namlob - Glocalnet

Transcription

namlob - Glocalnet

Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics
Compiled by Jouni Filip Maho
NAMLOB
Namibian Languages
Online Bibliography
THIS VERSION DATED
16 oktober 2008
Compiled by Jouni Filip Maho
This work is continually in progress, and is likely to contain errors,
omissions and misplaced entries -- previous version(s) certainly did.
This one is much better. Honest!
Faulty pages breaks might be fixed later.
Comments and corrections can be mailed to ‹[email protected]›.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
Introduction ...............................................................................
A few preliminaries.......................................................................
Acknowledgements.......................................................................
Collected references from the annotations ....................................
4
4
4
5
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
Bantu languages .......................................................................
Fwe, Chifwe .................................................................................
Herero, Otjiherero........................................................................
Kwangali, Rukwangali, incl. Mbundza ...........................................
Lozi, Silozi, “Kololo” ......................................................................
Manyo, Rumanyo, incl. Gciriku, Sambyu .......................................
Mbukushu, Thimbukushu ..............................................................
‘Nyemba’ of Kavango...................................................................
Subiya, Chisubiya, incl. Mbalangwe ..............................................
Totela of Namibia, Chitotela .........................................................
Tswana, Setswana ........................................................................
Wambo, Oshiwambo ....................................................................
Yeyi, Shiyei ...................................................................................
More on Namibian Bantu languages.............................................
11
11
11
38
43
49
54
60
60
63
63
64
84
90
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Khoesan languages...................................................................
/’Auni †, Ki/hazi †, N/usa(n) † ......................................................
Khoekhoe, Nama/Damara, incl. Hai//om .....................................
!Kung ...........................................................................................
Kxoe ............................................................................................
Naro ............................................................................................
!Xóõ, Taa......................................................................................
More on Namibian Khoesan languages ........................................
94
94
95
175
212
227
233
240
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Indoeuropean and other languages ........................................
Afrikaans ......................................................................................
English and Namlish .....................................................................
German and Südwesterdeutsch ....................................................
Portuguese ...................................................................................
Even more languages ...................................................................
259
259
264
267
278
278
5.0 Namibian sign language .......................................................... 279
6.0 General, miscellaneous, unsorted ............................................ 280
6.1 Linguistic and ethnographic overviews .......................................... 280
6.2 Miscellaneous, unsorted, “the rest“ ............................................... 283
1
Introduction
This bibliographical survey lists printed works dealing with any and all Namibian languages. It
aims to be as comprehensive (in coverage) and accurate (in details) as possible. It contains
roughly 4,600 unique entries. The bibliography is not an inventory of any existing library.
Note that NAMLOB is a simplified version of another bibliography, NAMLAB or Namibian
Languages Bibliography, which is currently being prepared for “proper” publication. This
version lack the fancy maps and most of the thematic sections.
1.1 A few preliminaries
NAMLOB aims to list all works about any and all languages in Namibia, including extinct ones.
Each language has a bibliographical section of its own, and these are listed alphabetically within
their respective chapters.
The officially recognised languages Kwanyama (Oshikwanyama) and Ndonga (Oshindonga) are
here treated as dialects of Wambo (Oshiwambo).
Names of Bantu languages are given here without their characteristic prefixes. Thus Oshiwambo
is listed as Wambo, Otjiherero is listed as Herero, Rukwangali as Kwangali, and so on. There is
no better reason for this than personal preference and convenience.
Anonymous works, incl. those that are commonly credited to so-called corporate authors (such as
Namibia, UNICEF, UNIN, etc.), are listed first. Names commencing with clicks, e.g. ≠Oma and
//Hoeseb, are alphabetised according to the first Roman letter. Thus ≠Oma is alphabetised as if it
been written Oma, etc.
There are annotations to many references, incl. web site addresses from where a digital version of
the bibliographical item in question can be downloaded. The annotations also include occasional
cross-references to book reviews, various follow-ups and rejoinders, etc.; here jointly referred to
as peripherals (short for peripheral literature).
I have avoided abbreviations and acronyms as far as possible. The ones that do appear are
common and self-explanatory, such as “v.” for “volume”, “p.” for “pages”, “Univ.” for “University”, etc. The unavoidable drawback of this is, of course, the increased size of the bibliography.
On the other hand, a higher page count is a small price to pay in order to avoid having to flip
back and forth between the pages to find the answer to seemingly undecipherable details.
1.2 Acknowledgements
Any bibliography, no matter how comprehensive its coverage may be, will always remain
unfinished. There are no doubt any random number of omissions, mistakes and misplaced entries
NAMLOB - Namibian Languages Online Bibliography - 16 oktober 2008
5
in this bibliography. I have done my best to avoid them, but to err is human (as they say). Any
comments, suggestions, or corrections would be greatly appreciated by the compiler and can be
emailed to ‹[email protected]›.
Without the help of others, I would hardly have been able to produce even a fraction of this
bibliography. The data has in fact been compiled over a range of years and derives from a wide
assortment of sources, both literary and personal. Several individual have, at some point or other,
directly or indirectly, helped me in one way or other. Heartfelt thanks are due to Anton Bredell,
David Fourie, Wilfrid Haacke, Harald Hammarström, Tore Janson, Karsten Legère, Bonny
Sands, Thilo Schadeberg, Gabriele Sommer, Rainer Vossen, plus the staffs at the University of
Namibia Library, the National Archives of Namibia, the Estorff Library (all in Windhoek), and
the Göteborg University Library in Sweden.
1.3 Collected references from the annotations
In many of the annotations, there are citations to the literature. It may not always be evident
which specific piece of literature any particular citation refers to. So for convenience, therefore,
they are collected here. (Anonymous works appear first.)
[Namibia]. 2007. 2007 textbook catalogue: grades 1-12. Windhoek: Min. of Education, Namibia.
[Namibia]. 2008. 2008 textbook catalogue: grades 1-12. Windhoek: Min. of Education, Namibia.
[SIL13]. 1996. Ethnologue: languages of the world. 13th edition, edited by Barbara F. Grimes.
Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
[SIL14]. 2000. Ethnologue: languages of the world. 14th edition, edited by Barbara F. Grimes.
Dallas: SIL International.
[SIL15]. 2005. Ethnologue: languages of the world. 15th edition, edited by Raymond G. Gordon.
Dallas: SIL International.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Languages in Botswana: language ecology in
southern Africa. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.
Barnard, Alan. 1992. Hunters and herders of southern Africa: a comparative ethnography of the
Khoisan peoples. Studies in social and cultural anthropology, #85. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Barnard, Alan. 1992. The Kalahari debate: a bibliographical essay. Occasional papers from the
Centre of African Studies (CAS), #35. Univ. of Edinburgh.
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1972. The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola. Journal of
African languages, v. 11, 2, p. 45-73.
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1975. The phonology of proto-Wambo. African studies, v. 34, 3, p. 165184.
Baumbach, Ernst J.M. 1997. Languages of the Eastern Caprivi. In: Namibian languages: reports
and papers, p. 307-451. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke & Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African
studies, #4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Behrend, Heike. 1998. Sonderforschungsbereich 389, Teilprojekt C6: Gewaltformem und Liedenserfahrungen im Norden Namibias / Violence, exile and landscape: Nyemba refugees in
Kaisosi and Kehemu (Rundu, Namibia). In: Kultur- und Landschaftswandel im ariden Afrika:
Entwicklungsprozesse unter ökologischen Grenzbedingungen / Sonderforschungsbereich 389:
Ergebnisbericht für die Jahre 1995/2, 1996, 1997, 1998/1, p. 363-387. Inst. für Afrikanistik,
Univ. zu Köln.
6
Bigge, John Thomas. 1830. Report of the commissioners of inquiry upon the Hottentot population of the Cape of Good Hope and of the missionary institutions. Cape Town.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1929. Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages. Publications
from the School of African Life and Language, Univ. of Cape Town. Cambridge: The Univ.
Press.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1937. Grammatical notes and texts in the /Auni language. Bantu studies
(Johannesburg), v. 11, p. 253-258.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1937b. /Auni vocabulary. Bantu studies (Johannesburg), v. 11, p. 259278.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1956. A Bushman dictionary. Edited by Zellig S. Harris. American
Oriental series, #41. New Haven CN: American Oriental Society.
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1998. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. In: Language,
identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 321-357. Ed. by Mathias Schladt.
Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe
Verlag.
Britz, Rudolf G.; Lang, Hartmut; Limpricht, Cornelia. 1996. Beknopte geskiedenis van die Rehoboth Basters tot 1990. Rehoboth: Rehoboth Museum.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1976. The Kavango: the country, its people and history. Namib und
Meer, v. 7, p. 29-43.
Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 1991. Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia. 4th draft copy, unpublished. Pretoria: Dept. of
Linguistics, Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Colebrook, W.M.G. 1829. Report on the state of the Hottentots and Bushmen. Cape Town.
Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad]. 2001. Aspects of plurality in ≠Hoan. Language, v. 77, 3, p. 456476.
Cust, Robert Needham. 1883. A sketch of the modern languages of Africa, 2 vols. London:
Trübner & Co.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1933. A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in
South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development of literature. Bantu studies,
v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1940. Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century. Bantu studies,
v. 14, 3, p. 207-246.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1945. Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicological studies.
London: Percy Lund, Humphries & Co. for the International Inst. of African Languages and
Cultures (IIALC).
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1954. The Southern Bantu languages. Handbook of African languages.
London: Oxford Univ. Press for the International African Inst. (IAI).
Drexel, Albert. 1921/22. Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen [pt. 1]. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 16/17, p. 72-108.
Eirola, Martti. 1985. Namibiana in Finland, I: guide to the Finnish archival sources concerning
Namibia before 1938. Studies in history, #2. Fac. of Arts, Univ. of Joensuu.
Fisch, Maria. 1977. Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in Südwestafrika, #15. Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Fisch, Maria. (Ed.) 1999. Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika, gesammelt und
herausgegeben 1915-1918 von Professor Dr E. Moritz. Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftliche
Gesellschaft.
7
Fortune, George. 1977. An outline of Lozi. In: Language in Zambia: grammatical sketches, p.
(?). Lusaka: Inst. of African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Zambia.
Fourie, David J. 1990. Comments on the future of Oshiwambo. Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 9-14.
Gibson, Gordon D.; Larson, Thomas John; McGurk, Cecilia R. 1981. The Kavango peoples.
Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Gluckman, Max. 1951. The Lozi of Barotseland in north-western Rhodesia. In: Seven tribes of
British Central Africa, p. 1-93. Ed. by Elizabeth Colson & Max Gluckman. London: Oxford
Univ. Press for the Rhodes-Livingstone Inst.
Gordon, Robert James. 1992. The Bushman myth: the making of a Namibian underclass. Conflict
and social change series. Boulder CO, San Francisco & Oxford: Westview Press.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1993. The lost “Umlaut”: the German language in Namibia 1915-1939 a suppressed language? Logos (Windhoek), v. 13 (spec. theme: ‘Language ecology in Africa,
pt. I’, ed. by Karsten Legère and Hans-Volker Gretschel), p. 44-60.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1995. The status and use of the German language in independent Namibia: can German survive the transition? In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p.
299-313. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New
York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1986. The Nharo Bushmen of Botswana: tradition and change. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #3. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Güldemann, Tom. 2006. The San languages of southern Namibia: linguistic appraisal with special reference to J.G. Krönlein’s Nuusaa data. Anthropological linguistics, v. 48, 4, p. 369ff.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1948. The classification of the Bantu languages. London: Oxford Univ. Press
for the International African Inst. (IAI).
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1967/71. Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics
and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4 vols. Letchworth UK & Brookfield VT: Gregg International.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1990. Nama: survival through standardization? In: Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 397-429. Ed. by István Fodor & Claude Hagège. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas. 2002. A Khoekhoegowab dictionary, with
an English-Khoekhoe index. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas; Namaseb, Levi. 1997. Internal and external
relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey. In: Namibian languages: reports and
papers, p. 125-209. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke & Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African
Hasselbring, Sue. 1996. A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Gantsi District. Gaborone:
Botswana Language Use Project.
Homburger, Lilias. 1925. Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues. Angola et Rhodesia, 19121914. Mission Rohan-Chabot, sous les auspice du Min. de l’Instruction Publique et de la
Société de Géographie, #3:1. Paris: Libr. Orientaliste Paul Geuthner.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1919/22. A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages, 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa; Schladt, Mathias. 1997. Preliminary dictionary Kxoe-English, EnglishKxoe. Unpublished typescript. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. Les langues khoisan: présentation d’ensemble. In: Les
langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, p. 459-482. Ed. by Jean Perrot, Gabriel Manessy &
Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
8
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. Les langues khoisan: extension et classification provisoire
(carte). In: Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne. Ed. by Jean Perrot, Gabriel Manessy
& Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
König, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 2001. The !Xun of Ekoka: a demographic and linguistic report.
Khoisan forum working papers, #17. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in
Africa (ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne.
Larson, Thomas John. 1992. The Bayeyi of Ngamiland. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
Latham, Robert Gordon. 1847. On the present state and recent progress of ethnographical philology, pt. 1: Africa. Reports of the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, v. 17, p. 154-229.
Lee, Richard B. 1981. Politics, sexual and nonsexual, in an egalitarian society: the !Kung San. In:
Social inequality: comparative and developmental approaches, p. 83-102. Ed. by Gerald D.
Berreman. New York: Academic Press.
Levy, Leah. 1968. A preliminary list of publications referring to the non-Bantu click languages.
Communications from the School of African Studies, new series, #33. Univ. of Cape Town.
Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2003. What is Rukavango? Nordic journal of African studies, v. 12, 1, p. 92104.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1993. An overview of people and languages in Namibia. Undergraduate Dlevel essay. Dept. of Linguistics, Göteborg Univ.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia. Windhoek:
Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2003. A classification of the Bantu languages: an update of Guthrie’s referential system. In: The Bantu languages, p. 639-651. Ed. by Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson.
Language family series, #4. London & New York: Routledge.
Marais, Johannes Stephanus. 1939. The Cape Coloured people, 1652-1937. London, New York
& Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co.
Meyer, Hans Heinrich Joseph. (Ed.) 1909/10. Der deutsche Kolonialreich: eine Länderkunde der
deutschen Schutzgebieten, 2 Bde. Unter Mitarbeit von Siegfried Passarge, Leonhard Schultze,
Wilhelm Sievers, und Georg Wegener. Leipzig: Verlag des Bibliographischen Inst.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1967. Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Prosodologie und
Morphologie. Inaugural-Dissertation. Univ. zu Köln.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1997. A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu. In: Namibian languages: reports and papers, p. 211234. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke & Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4. Köln:
Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Ndinomwaami. 2006. Go back to the original names. New era (Windhoek), December 20, 2006.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1980. Toponymica Hottentotica B. Naamkundereeks, #10. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1887. Aus dem Sagenschatz der Nama Khoi-Khoin. Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, v. 6, p. 1-47.
Prinsloo, Karel P.; Stoker, D.J.; Lubbe, A.M.; Strydom, A.E.; Engelbrecht, H.A.; Vuuren, D.P.
van. (Ed.) 1982. Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 13 vols.
Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Pütz, Martin. 1995. Attitudes and language: an empirical investigation into the status and use of
English in Namibia. In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p. 245-284. Ed. by
Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York: Mouton de
Gruyter.
9
Rooyen, P.H. van. 1977. Die inheemse reg van die Kavango. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Schapera, Isaac. 1941. Select bibliography of South African native life and problems. London:
Oxford Univ. Press for the Inter-Univ. Committee for African Studies.
Schinz, Hans. 1891. Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika: Forschungsreisen durch die deutschen Schutzgebiete Gross-Nama- und Hereroland nach dem Kunene, dem Ngami-See und der KalaXari,
1884-1887. Oldenburg & Leipzig: Schultzesche Hofbuchhandlung.
Schladt, Mathias. 2000. A multi-purpose orthography for Kxoe: development and challenges. In:
The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 125-139. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Joseph
Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa
Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
Schwabe, Kurd. 1909. Die deutschen Kolonien, 1: Togo, Kamerun, Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Berlin: Weller & Hüttig.
Simola, Raisa. 2001. Encounter images in the meetings between Finland and South-West Africa /
Namibia. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 195-205. Ed. by
Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1997. A preliminary classification of the !Xûû and Zhu/’hõasi dialects. In:
Namibian languages: reports and papers, p. 21-106. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke & Edward Derek
Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the Univ. of Namibia
(UNAM).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1998. An official orthography for Zu/’õasi Kokx’oi. In: Language, identity
and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 95-115. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1995. Ethnographie des Sprachwechsels: sozialer Wandel und Sprachverhalten bei den Yeyi (Botswana). Sprachkontakt in Afrika/Language contact in Africa, #2.
Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Stanley, George Edward. 1968. The indigenous languages of South West Africa. Anthropological
linguistics, v. 10, 3, p. 5-18.
Strohmeyer, Eckhard. 1982. Umfassende Bibliographie der Völker Namibiens (Südwestafrikas)
und Süd-West Angolas, Bd 2. Karben (Deutschland).
Strohmeyer, Eckhard; Moritz, Walter. 1975. Umfassende Bibliographie der Völker Namibiens
(Südwestafrikas) und Süd-West Angolas, Bd 1. Kampala & Spenge (Deutschland).
Taskinen, Anssi. 2004. Namibiana in Finland, II: inventory of museum and photographic collections concerning Namibia in Finnish museums. Studies in history, #26. Univ. of Joensuu.
Traill, Anthony. 1985. Phonetic and phonological studies of !Xóõ Bushman. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. Khoesan languages: an overview. In: Developing Basarwa research and
research for Basarwa development, p. 14-18. Ed. by Sidsel Saugestad & Joseph Tsonope.
Gaborone: National Inst. of Development Research and Documentation (NIR), Univ. of
Botswana.
Traill, Anthony. 1997. Linguistic phonetic features for clicks: articulatory, acoustic and perceptual evidence. In: African linguistics at the crossroads: papers from Kwaluseni, 1st World
Congress of African Linguistics, Swaziland, 18-22. VII. 1994, p. 99-117. Ed. by Robert K.
Herbert. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Visser, Hessel. 1994. Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro. Ghanzi (Botswana): Naro
Language Project.
Visser, Hessel. 1998. The phonological system of Naro. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 117-136. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Visser, Hessel; Visser, Coby. 1993. Naro in a quarter of an hour. Ghanzi (Botswana).
10
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1971. The click languages of southern and eastern Africa. In:
Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 367-420. Ed. by Thomas
Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.
Widlok, Thomas. 1999. Living on Mangetti: ‘Bushman’ autonomy and Namibian independence.
Oxford Univ. Press.
Willet, Shelagh M.; Motlogi, Abertina. 2004. The Khoe and San: an annotated bibliography, v.
2. Gaborone: Lightbooks.
Williams, Frieda-Nela. 1991. Precolonial communities of southwestern Africa: a history of
Owambo kingdoms, 1600-1920. Archeia, #16. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia.
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1981. Khoisan. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 329-374. Ed. by Bernd
Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg & Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
2
Bantu languages
2.1 Fwe, Chifwe
[Anon.] 1986. Lipulelo za luna. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp 48. ISBN-10 0-86848-319-2.
Contains texts in Lozi K21, Subiya K42, Yeyi R41, Namibian Totela K411, Fwe K402, and Mbalangwe K401.
Baumbach, Ernst J.M. 198x. Tentative orthography of Fwe (as spoken in the Caprivi). Windhoek:
Min. of Education and Culture, SWA/Namibia. Pp 4.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group U (West-Central Zambezia), language
79a: Ciwe. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. The Bantu languages of Namibia. In: Few people, many tongues: the
languages of Namibia, p. 26-96. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Molyneaux, C.F.; Worthington, F.V. 190x. Unpublished vocabularies of Chiwe, Chitotela, Subia.
British South Africa Company (BSAC).
Among the many unpublished sources used by Johnston (1919:798f).
Pretorius, Johan L. 1975. The Fwe of the Eastern Caprivi Zipfel: a study of their historical and
geographical backgrund, tribal structure and legal system, with special reference to Fwe family
law and succession. MA thesis. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
URL: hdl.handle.net/10019/358
van. (Ed.) 1982. Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 12:
Capriviane. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
van. (Ed.) 1982. Aspekte van taal- en kommunikasieaangeleenthede in SWA/Namibië, 13: total
bevolking. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Seidel, Frank. 2005. The Bantu languages of the Eastern Caprivi: a dialectometric analysis and its
historical and sociolinguistic implications. South African journal of African languages, v. 26,
4, p. 207-242.
2.2 Herero, Otjiherero
[Anon.] 19xx. Jahresnamen der Herero von 1820-1920. Manuskript. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 9.
[Anon.] 1846. ... = Herero spelling book. Cape Town: Saul Solomon & Co.
Details wanting.
12
[Anon.] 1861. Die Publikation einzelner Abschnitte der heiligen Schrift in der Hereró-Sprache
durch den Missionar H. Hahn. Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, neue Folge, v. 11, p. 67.
[Anon.] 1867. Protokolle der Hererokonferenz 1867. Barmen-Wuppertal: Archiv der
Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
[Anon.] 1878. Herero-Land: Land und Leute. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen
(Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen
auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), v. 8, p. 306-311.
Something’s wrong with the details. The jorno, date and volume don’t match. (Vol 8 appeared 1862, while vol 24 appeared
1978.) Maybe it’s in an Ergänzungsband. Source?
[Anon.] 1905. Das Hererovolk in seinen Sitten und Gebräuchen [pt. 1-2]. Freie Stunden - Beilage
zu ‘Maria Immaculata’, v. 10, p. 310-312, 345-348.
[Anon.] 1905. Das Hererovolk in seinen Sitten und Gebräuchen [pt. 3]. Freie Stunden - Beilage
zu ‘Maria Immaculata’, v. 11, p. 379-382.
[Anon.] 1906/07. Die Kämpfe der deutschen Truppen in Südwestafrika, 2 Bde, 7 Häfte. Berlin:
Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn.
The first volume deals with “Der Feldzug gegen die Herero”, the second with “Der Hottentottenkrieg”. Apparently these first
appeared in/as Vierteljahrsheften für Truppenführung und Heereskunde (whatever that is).
[Anon.] 1910. Schulordnung: Bereich der Hererokonferenz. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.
[Anon.] 1966. Die ethnischen Gruppen Südwestafrikas. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in
Südwestafrika, #3. Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
[Anon.] 2005. N$3-million for mother tongues. New era (Windhoek), March 2, 2005.
The Namibian Min. of Basic Education, Sport and Culture “has splurged N$3 million on textbooks ... The 120 000 textbooks
covering three subjects would mainly benefit around 25 000 pupils [in grades 1 to 4] ... the target languages of Khoekhoegowab, Otjiherero, Ru-kwangali, Rumanyo, Thim-bukushu and Silozi.”.
URL: www.newera.com.na/archives.php?id=5898
[South Africa]. 1975. Herero rekenkunde: terminologielys. Pretoria: Dept. of Bantu Education,
South Africa. Pp ii, 46. ISBN-10 0-621-02294-2.
[SWA/Namibia]. 196x. Herero orthography: preliminary edition. Edited by P.A. Volschenk.
Windhoek: Native Language Bureau, Dept. of Bantu Education, SWA/Namibia. Pp i, 18.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1968. Herero spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 39.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1974. Herero spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys,
SWA/Namibië. Pp 70. ISBN-10 0-621-02289-6.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1976. Herero taalkundige terminologielys. Pretoria: Dept. van BantoeOnderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp i, 67. ISBN-10 0-621-03613-7.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1983. Herero spelreëls/orthography 3. Windhoek: Gamsberg Uitgewers vir die
Buro vir Inheemse Tale, Dept. van Nasionale Opvoeding, SWA/Namibië. Pp 67. ISBN-10 086848-147-5.
Abati, Francisco Giner. 1998. Los Himba: etnografia de una cultura ganadera de Angola y
Namibia. 2a edición. Salamanca (España): Amaru Ed. Pp 202. ISBN-10 84-86368-66-9.
Abel, Herbert. 1954. Beiträge zur Landeskunde des Kaokoveldes, Südwestafrika. Deutsche
geographische Blätter, #47:1/2. Bremen.
Abel, Herbert. 1959. Völkerkundlich-kulturgeographische Beobachtungen in Südwestafrika und
Südangola (1952, 1957). Veröffentlichungen aus dem Übersee-Museum Bremen, Reihe B:
Völkerkunde, v. 1, 3, p. 165-187.
Unsure about the contents.
Almagor, Uri. 1970. Pastoral identity and reluctance to change: the Mbanderu of Ngamiland.
Journal of African law, v. 24, 1, p. 35-61.
Almeida, João de. 1912. Sul d’Angola: relatorio de um governo de distrito, 1908-1910. Lisboa.
Pp xix, 648.
13
Alnaes, Kirsten. 1988. Some notes on oral tradition and its performance among the Herero in
Botswana. In: Namibia 1884-1984: readings of Namibia’s history and society, p. 476-491. Ed.
by Brian Wood. London: Namibia Support Committee in association with the United Nations
Inst. for Namibia (UNIN).
Alnaes, Kirsten. 1989. Living with the past: the songs of the Herero in Botswana. Africa: journal
of the International African Inst., v. 59, 3, p. 267-299.
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1855. Explorations in South Africa with route from Walfisch Bay to Lake
Ngami, and ascent to the Tiogé River (Damara). Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of
London, v. 25, p. 79-107.
Includes a “Comparative table of Otjiherero, Bayeye, and Chylimanse words” (p. 96-100).
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1872. Notes on the birds of Damara Land and the adjacent countries of
South-West Africa. London: John van Voorst.
URL: www.archive.org/details/notesonbirdsofda00anderich
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Otjiherero: an immigrant language. In: Languages
in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa, p. 83-90. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.
Angenot, Jean-Pierre. 1970. La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues. In:
Africana linguistica, v. 4, p. 1-53. Annales du MRAC (Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale),
sciences humaines, #68. Tervuren.
Appleyard, John Whittle. 1847. Euphonic concord, general remarks; The Congo and Damara
dialects; The Sechuana dialects; The Kaffir dialects; Unclassified dialects of the allitteral class.
The South African Christian watchman and missionary magazine, v. 3-7, p. (?).
Five articles spread over several issues. Details wanting. The “dialects” of the allitteral class (i.e. the Bantu languages) are
divided into four branches, viz. Congo (= Kikongo), Damara (Herero), Sechuana (Sotho-Tswana), and Kafir (Nguni). To
these, the author adds an unclassified category comprising Yao, Swahili, Kamba, and Kauma (cfr Doke 1960).
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Baines, Thomas. 1864. Explorations in South West Africa, being an account of a journey in the
years 1861 and 1862 from Walvisch Bay, on the western coast, to Lake Ngami and the
Victoria Falls. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green. Pp xiv, 535.
The author “travelled through Naro and southern !Kung country” (Barnard 1992:12). Reprinted 1968 by Gregg International
in Farnborough; and 1973 by Pioneer Head in Salisbury/Harare.
Peripherals: Anon, “Explorations in South West Africa”, The anthropological review, v. 4 (1866), p. 243-252.
Baines, Thomas. 1868. Voyage dans le sud-ouest de l’Afrique: récits d’explorations faites en
1861 et 1862, depuis la baie Valfich jusqu’aux chutes Victoria. Traduit de l’anglais et abrégé
por J. Belin de Launay. Paris: Hachette. Pp vii, 298.
Batibo, Herman M. 2004. The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of
Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong. In: Proceedings of the 4th world congress of African
linguistics, New Brunswick 2003. Ed. by Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí & Oluseye Adesola. Köln:
Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Baumann, Julius. 1966. Kulturerscheinungen bei den Herero. Die Muschel, v. (?), p. 21-24.
Bayer, Maximillian. 1936. Ist Okowi treu? Die Geschichte eines Hererospähers. Potsdam:
Voggenreiter. Pp 146.
There are many editions of this. No idea if this is the first. A later edition is dated 1942 (127 p.), and the 9th edition is dated
1943 (187 p.).
Beck, Rose Marie. 2006. “We speak Otjiherero but we write in English”: disempowerment
through language use in participatory extension work. In: Along the routes to power:
explorations of the empowerment through language. Ed. by Martin Pütz, Joshua A. Fishman &
JoAnne Neff-van Aertselaer. New York & Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Beiderbecke, H. 1880. A Herero legend. Folk-lore journal (Cape Town), v. 2, 5, p. 76-85.
Beiderbecke, H. 1881. Vorstellungen der Herero von Gott, Schöpfung, etc. Berichte der
Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, v. 6, p. 179-184.
Beiderbecke, H. 1922. Among the Hereros in Africa. St. Louis MO.
14
Belwe, Max. 1916. Gegen die Herero 1904/05: Tagebuchaufzeichnungen. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried
Mittler & Sohn. Pp viii, 152.
Berger, Paul. 1937/38. Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen.
Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 28, p. 81-122, 199-230, 255-286.
Uses data from Herero, Ndali, Gikuyu, and Yao. Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Berlin, 1938.
Peripherals: A.N. Tucker, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 10 (1939), p. 270-271.
Bernsmann, Friedrich. 1909. Grammatische Anmerkungen. Archiv für die Herero- und
Namasprache in Deutsch Südwestafrika, #10. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Pp 4.
Biddulph, Joseph. 1993. Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia.
Pontypridd UK: Languages Information Centre. Pp 24. ISBN-10 0-948565-93-4.
Brief notes on Herero, Dhimba, Kwanyama and Ndonga.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1851. De nominum generibus linguarum africae australis,
copticae, semiticarum aliarumque sexualium. Scripsit et ad summos in philosophia honores
auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis. Bonnae: Formis Caroli Georgii. Pp iv, 61.
Dissertation. Credited to Guilelmus Bleek. Compares gender systems in Herero, Xhosa, Zulu, Tswana, Sotho, Tlapi, Yao,
Kongo, Mbundu, Swahili, Nyika, Pokomo (all Bantu), Nama and Korana (Central Khoesan), Aramaic, Hebrew, Ethiopian,
Arabic, Amharic (Semitic), Coptic (Egyptian), Galla (Kushitic), and one Berber language. It also contains a classification of
said languages based on gender systems.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218;
F.A.J. Dierks, “Die bydrae tot die Bantoetaalkunde wat deur Lichenstein, Appleyard and Bleek gelewer is”, Limi, v. 7 (1969),
p. 6-12; Alexander Zajcev & Andrei Zhukov, “The data on Semito-Hamitic languages in W. Bleek’s De nominum
generibus...“, Studia chadica et hamitosemitica (edited by Dymitr Ibriszimow & Rudolf Leger, Rüdiger Köppe Verlag, 1995),
p. 10-16.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1854. Entwurf einer Grammatik der Herero-Sprache, Teil 1.
Bonn. Pp 51.
Any further parts?
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1874. African folklore [pt. 3]. Cape monthly magazine, new
series, v. 9, 7/12, p. (?).
There’s some mention of Herero (as “Damara”) in here.
Blench, Roger M. 1999. Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction? In: Central African
hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challenging elusiveness, p. 41-60. Ed. by
Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders & Gerda Rossel. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African
and Amerindian Studies (CNWS).
Discusses many “remnant” populations/languages of Africa, such as Kwadi, Kwisi, Dama, Cimba, Hadza, Sandawe, Okiek,
Dahalo, Yaaku, Boni, Ik/Soo (Kuliak), Ongota, Shabo, Oropom, Kujarge, Kajakse, Laal, and Jalaa.
Bollig, Michael. 1998. Zur Konstruktion ethnischer Grenzen im Nordwesten Namibias (zwischen
1880-1940): ethnographische Dekonstruktion im Spannungsfeld zwischen indigenen
Ethnographien und kolonialen Texten. In: Afrikaner schreiben zurück, p. 245-271. Ed. by
Heike Behrend & Thomas Geider. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
“Analysis of colonial and indigenous texts with reference to the construction of (ethnic) borders in Kaoko” (Dag Henrichsen,
Namibia Bibliographical Update 17.11.1998).
Bollig, Michael; Mbunguha, Tjakazapi Janson. 1997. ‘When war came the cattle slept...’: Himba
oral traditions. History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa, #1. Köln:
Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 352. ISBN-10 3-89645-049-2.
Peripherals: John Thornton, International journal of African historical studies, v. 32 (1999), p. 461-462.
Booysen, J.M. 1982. Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans.
Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp 304. ISBN-10 0-86848-136-X.
Booysen, J.M.; Muharupu, J. 1987. Otjiherero terminologielys/terminology. Windhoek:
Gamsberg Publ. Pp 111. ISBN-10 0-86848-288-9.
A trilingual Afrikaans-Otjiherero-English and Otjiherero-English-Afrikaans dictionary.
Boss, Georg. 1934. Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas. Windhoek: John Meinert.
15
Bourquin, Walther [Rev.] 1955. Notes on the “close vowels” in Bantu. African studies, v. 14, 2,
p. 49-62.
Brauer, E. 1925. Züge aus der Religion der Herero. Leipzig: T.O. Weigel.
Peripherals: Carl Meinhof, Orientalistische Literatur-Zeitung, v. 29 (1926), p. 538-540.
Bridgman, Jon M. 1981. The revolt of the Hereros. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press. Pp vii,
184. ISBN-10 0-520-04113-5.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 199x. Herero- und Namakrieg 1863-1870: Erinnerungen an die
Kriegswirren und die missionarische Friedensarbeit von Pater H. Brincker. Herausgegeben
von Walter Moritz. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #14. Werther (Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp
64.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1879. Omahonge ookuleza otyiherero, 2: with an Otyiherero-English
vocabulary. Published anonymously. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann. Pp 218.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1886. Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-Hérero, mit
Beifügung verwandter Ausdrücke und Formen des Oshi-Ndonga-Otj-Ambo. Heraugegeben
von C.G. Büttner. Leipzig: T.O. Weigel. Pp viii, 351, 31.
Reprinted 1964 by Gregg Press, as well as during the 1980s by Gregg International.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1886. Die Omumborombonga Sage der Herero (Ovaherero) und ihre
ethnologisch-mythologische Bedeutung. Globus, v. 50, p. 247-250.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1889. Zur Sprachen- und Völkerkunde der Bantuneger und verwandter
Stämme Südwestafrikas. Internationale Zeitschrift für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, v. 5, 1,
p. 19-46.
Also published in book form the same year by Henninger in Heilborn, Germany.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1891. Lehrbuch des Oshikuanjama: Bantu-Sprache in DeutschSüdwest-Afrika. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, #8. Stuttgart & Berlin:
Verlag von W. Spemann. Pp ix, 118, 136.
Besides notes on Kwanyama, this also includes introductory notes on Herero and Ndonga.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1895. Etymologische Deutung von Stammesnamen in der LinguaBantu. Globus, v. 68, 1, p. 15-16.
Not sure what languages this deals with.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1895. Heidnisch-religiöse Sitten der Bantu, speciell der Ovahérero und
Ovámbo. Globus, v. 67, 17, p. 289-290.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Deutscher Wortführer für die Bantu-Dialekte Otjihérero,
Oshindónga und Oshikuánjama in Südwest-Afrika. Mit einem Anhang über die Thesen und
Hypothesen über Art und Wesen der Clicks in der Dialekten Kafir-Bantu und Hottentotten.
Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen & Co. Pp 562.
The original manuscript for this (v+684 p.) and the proof-read version (547 p.) are available at the Rheinische
Missionsgesellschaft in Windhoek.
Peripherals: C. Velten, Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 1 (1898), p. 205.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Vergleichende Grammatik des Otjiherero, Osikuanjama und
Osindonga.
Details wanting.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Die Bedeutung der Nominalpräformative und deren
Pronominalcharaktere und deren Verbalaffixe von e.g. sechs Dialekten der Lingua Bantu.
Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 3, 4, p. 318-331.
Peripherals: Alice Werner, “Zu P.H. Brinckers Aufsatz”, Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 4 (1898), p.
199-200.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1898. Zur Symbolik und Etymologie der Zahlwörter in fünf Dialekten
der Lingua Bantu. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 1, III, p. 138-145.
Includes a comparative section called “Etymologisch-mythologische Andeutungen über den Namen ‘omundu-omuntu’ pl‘ovandu-abantu’ (Mensch, Menschen)” on p. 139.
16
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1899. Die Eingeborenen Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas nach Geschichte,
Charakter, Sitten, Gebrauchen und Sprachen. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische
Sprachen, v. 2, III, p. 125-139.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1900. Charakter, Sitten und Gebräuche speziell der Bantu DeutschSüdwestafrikas. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 3, III, p. 66-92.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1902. Sprachproben aus Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Mitteilungen des
Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 5, III, p. 149-174.
Brockmann, Heinrich. 1941. Einführung in die Hererosprache. Swakopmund. Pp viii, 59.
Republished (as a straight reprint?) in 1974 by Lektuurkommissie van die Evangeliese Lutherse Kerk at Karibib
(SWA/Namibia). The title-page on the reprint reads “Herero-Deutsch”.
Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1961/62. Suidwes-Afrika sedert Maharero. Journal of
the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 16, p. 73-79.
Bülow, Franz Josef von. 1905. Im Felde gegen die Hereros: Erlebnisse eines Mitkämpfers.
Bremen: Halem. Pp 88.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1877/80. Contribution to a comparative dictionary of the Bantu languages.
Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society, v. 1, 3, p. 165-191.
Peripherals: Thilo C. Schadeberg, “Büttner’s contribution to a comparative dictionary of the Bantu languages”, Africana
marburgensia, v. 3 (1970), p. 31-35.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1883. Die Vieh-Wirtschaft der Herero. Das Ausland: Wochenschrift für
Länder- und Völkerkunde, v. 56, p. 550-556.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1885. Die Temporalformen in den Bantusprachen. Zeitschrift für
Völkerpsykologie und Sprachwissenschaft, v. 16, p. 76-117.
Includes data from Herero as well as other languages.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1887/88. Sprachführer für Reisende in Damaraland. Zeitschrift für
afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1, p. 252-294.
Peripherals: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 252-294.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1887/88. Weitere Märchen der Ova-Herero. Zeitschrift für afrikanische
Sprachen, v. 1, p. 295-307.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1887/88. Märchen der Ova-Herero. Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen,
v. 1, 3, p. 189-216.
“Contains two original tales in the vernacular, their translations and annotations” (Stanley 1968:9). Reprinted 1888 as a small
booklet by Ascher in Berlin.
Peripherals: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 189-216, 295-307.
Cameron, Barbara; Kunkel, Janet. 2002. A sociolinguistic survey of the Dhimba language. SIL
electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-070. SIL International for the Lutheran Bible
Translators. Pp 39.
URL: www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2002-070
Caminata, Sergio. 1997. Himba. Milano: Federico Motta Ed. Pp 90. ISBN-10 88-7179-125-8.
Photograph collection.
Campbell, Alec C. 1968. The guide to Botswana. Johannesburg.
Campbell, Alec C. 1979. The guide to Botswana. 2nd edition. Johannesburg & Gaborone:
Winchester Press. Pp 672. ISBN-10 0-620-04579-5.
Campbell, Alec C. 1980. The guide to Botswana. 3rd edition. Johannesburg & Gaborone:
Winchester Press.
Canstadt, Oscar. 1904. Der Herero-Aufstand und dessen Einwirkung auf die weitere Entwicklung
Deutsch-Südwestafrikas. Berlin: Hahn. Pp 32.
Cardoso, Carlos Lopes. 1967. “Ovatjimba” em Angola. Cadernos de etnografia, serie segunda,
#1. Barcelona: Museu Regional de Ceramica. Pp 36.
17
Chapman, James. 1868. Travels in the interior of South Africa, comprising fifteen years’ hunting
and trading; with journeys across the continent from Natal to Walvisch Bay, and visits to Lake
Ngami and Victoria Falls, 2 vols. London: Bell & Daldy; Edward Stanford.
The appendix to the second volume includes short vocabularies. Herero is erroneously referred to as “Damara”. A muchexpanded edition with missing parts appeared 1971 as Traveller in the interior of South Africa, 1849-1863, published by A.A.
Balkema in Amsterdam.
Peripherals: Y. Baws, Index to ‘Travels in the interior of South Africa’ (1868) by James Chapman, (Johannesburg Public
Library, 1964).
Chapman, James. 1868/1971. Traveller in the interior of South Africa, 1849-1863: hunting and
trading journeys, from Natal to Walvis Bay & visits to Lake Ngami & Victoria Falls, 2 vols.
Edited and expanded by E.C. Tabler. South African biographical and historical series, #10.
Cape Town: A.A. Balkema. Pp xiv, 258; xiv, 244.
“Chapman’s diaries were severely cut by more than one hand before they were first published in 1868. In this new, annotated
version, E.C. Tabler ... has followed Chapman’s original manuscripts now scattered in a number of places” (Marks
1975:310f). The original edition was titled Travels in the interior of South Africa, published 1868.
Cloos, Hans. 1919. Der Erongo: ein vulkanisches Massiv im Tafelgebirge des Hererolandes und
seine Bedeutung für die Raumfrage plutonischer Massen. Berlin: Geologische Landesanstalt.
Pp 238.
Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 1991. Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an
ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia. 4th draft copy, unpublished. Pretoria:
Dept. of Linguistics, Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Crabtree, William Arthur. 1922. Primitive speech, 2 parts. London: Society for Promoting
Christian Knowledge (SPCK).
Deals with some 20 Bantu languages, e.g. Zulu, Herero, Duala, ‘Kavirondo’, Kamba, Ganda, and others. Not much liked by
the reviewers. The first part is “a study in African phonetics”, the second deals with Bantu noun classes and agreements.
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 21 (1921/22), p. 345-346; N.W. T[homas], Man, v. 23 (1923), p.
15 (art. 7); E.W. S[mith], Journal of the African Society, v. 23 (1923), p. 84.
Crandall, David Peter. 1989. The construction of personhood in dual descent systems: some
African cases. MPhil (Master of Philosophy) thesis. Univ. of Oxford. Pp ii, 140.
Looks at Herero (Himba) and Ashanti.
Crandall, David Peter. 1992. The OvaHimba of Namibia: a study of dual descent and values.
DPhil thesis. Univ. of Oxford. Pp x, 268.
Crandall, David Peter. 2000. The place of stunted ironwood trees: a year in the lives of the cattleherding Himba of Namibia. New York: Continuum International Publ. Group. Pp viii, 269.
ISBN-10 0-8264-1270-X.
Crandall, David Peter. 2004. Himba flora taxonomy and herbal medicines. Anthropos:
internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 99, 1, p. 200-206.
Dammann, Ernst. 1956/57. Die Sprache als Ausdruck des Denkens, erläutert an
südwestafrikanischen Sprachen. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v.
12, p. 69-80.
Dammann, Ernst. 1959. C.G. Büttner, der erste berliner Afrikanist. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift
der HUB (Humboldt-Univ. Berlin): gesellschafts- und sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe, v. 8,
2/3, p. 237-240.
Dammann, Ernst. 1962. Beobachtungen an der Übersetzung des Neuen Testaments in das Herero.
Afrikanischer Heimatkalender (Windhoek), v. 33, p. 81-88.
Dammann, Ernst. 1971. Deutsche Missionare als Erforscher der Sprachen im südlichen Afrika.
Dammann, Ernst. 1977. Bantu thinking as reflected in their languages. Lugha (Uppsala), v. 1, p.
9-25.
Deals with the Kwangari and Herero.
18
Dammann, Ernst. 1983. Herero-Texte, erzählt von Pastor Andreas Kukuri. Marburger Studien
zur Afrika- und Asienkunde, Reihe A: Afrika, #36. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 62.
ISBN-10 3-496-00564-5.
Dammann, Ernst. 1987. Was Herero erzählten und sangen: Texte, Übersetzung, Kommentar.
Suppl. 32 to Afrika und Übersee. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp 322.
Dammann, Ernst. 1996. Einigs über omitandu. Afrika und Übersee, v. 79, 2, p. 271-294.
Dannert, Eduard. 1888. Soziale Verhältnisse der Ovaherero. Mitteilungen der Geographischen
Gesellschaft für Thüringen, 1888, p. 115-120.
Dannert, Eduard. 1906. Zum Rechte der Herero, insbesondere ihr Familien- und Erbrecht.
Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp ix, 66.
Dannert, Eduard. 1907. Zahnverstümmelung bei den Ovaherero. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 39,
p. 948-953.
Dedering, Tilman. 1993. The German-Herero war of 1904: revisionism of genocide or imaginary
historiography? Journal of southern African studies, v. 19, 1, p. 80-88.
Dempwolff, Otto. 1916/17. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Sprachen in Deutsch-Ostafrika, 9:
Ostbantu-Wortstämme. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 7, p. 134-149, 167-192.
Contains lexical reconstructions, based on Herero of Namibia plus 27 East African Bantu languages, i.e. Bondei, Dschaga,
Fipa, Ganda, Kamba, Kami, Kerewe, Kinga, Konde (Nyakyusa), Makua, Nika, Njamwesi, Pare, Pogoro, Pokomo, Ruanda,
Rundi, Sango, Schambala, Segedju, Siha, Suaheli, Sukuma, Sutu, Tusi, Yao, Ziba, and Zigula.
Diehl, Hans-Karl. 1980. Aus der Werkstatt der Herero-Bibelübersetzung. Afrikanischer
Heimatkalender, v. 51, p. 125-129.
Dierks, Klaus. 1999. Chronology of Namibian history from pre-historical times to independent
Namibia. Windhoek: Namibia Scientific Society. Pp 270. ISBN-10 99916-40-10-X.
Dierks, Klaus. 2003. Chronologie der namibischen Geschichte: von der vorgeschichtlichen Zeit
zum unabhängigen Namibia. 2. Auflage. Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Pp xiii, 674. ISBN-10 99916-40-39-8 pb, 99916-40-41-X hb.
Dinter, Kurt. 1912. Die vegetabilische Veldkonst Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Bautzen & Okahandja:
Rühl. Pp 47.
v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.
Includes, among other things, “An alphabetical bibliography of Bushman language and literature” (p. 34-35), “List of most
important works dealing with the Nama language” (p. 36-38), “List of works dealing with the Korana language” (p. 38-39),
“List of the most important works dealing with Herero, Ndonga, Kwanyama” (p. 93-99).
Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1925. Pygmies and Bushmen of the Kalahari: an account of the hunting
tribes inhabiting the great arid plateau of the Kalahari desert, their precarious manners of
living, their habits, customs and beliefs; with some reference to Bushman art, both early and
of recent date, and to the neighbouring African tribes. London: Seeley, Service & Co. Pp 312.
Deals with “Bushmen [Hiechware], Hottentots, Herero” (Strohmeyer 1982:189). Reprinted 1975 as a ‘new edition’ by
Cornelis Struik Publ. in Cape Town, with a new introduction by Ione Rudner (Africana collectanea, #50; ISBN-10 0-86977055-1).
Peripherals: Alice Werner, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 3 (1925), p. 851-852.
Dove, Karl. 1913. Die Eingeborenen Südwestafrikas. Koloniale Zeitschrift, v. 14, p. 332-333,
341-345, 357-361, 376-379.
Drechsler, Horst. 1966. Südwestafrika unter deutscher Kolonialherrschaft: der Kampf der Herero
und Nama gegen den deutschen Imperialismus (1884-1915). Studien zur Geschichte Asiens,
Afrikas und Lateinamerikas. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. Pp 372.
“An excellent, detailed account of Herero-Nama-German interaction” (Barnard 1992:60).
Peripherals: Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 30 (1967), p. 738-739.
19
Drechsler, Horst. 1980. Let us die fighting! The struggles of the Herero and Nama against
German imperialism, 1884-1915. Translated from German. London: Zed Books. Pp x, 277.
ISBN-10 0-905762-47-9.
Drexel, Albert. 1930/31. Der Ewe-Typus in seiner systematischen Eigenart und in seiner
sprachgeschlichtigen Stellung. Bibliotheca africana (Innsbruck), v. 4, 2, p. 31-41.
Contains data from Namwesi F22, Herero R31, Yaunde A72a, Ful (Atlantic), Ewe (Kwa) and Bornu (Kanuri, Nilosaharan).
Duparquet, Charles. 1868-1881. ... [Titles and details wanting]. Les missions catholiques, v.
1+11+12+13, p. (?).
Title(s) and details wanting. It’s a total of four articles in four separate volumes, published over a 13-year span. Deals with
“Dâmaras, Namacuas, Hereros, Quanhamas, Ovampos, Bushman, Humbe e Cubangos” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:8).
Duparquet, Charles. 1953. Viagens na Cimbebásia: versão e prefácio de Gastão de Sousa Dias.
Luanda: Museu de Angola. Pp 185.
Contains four articles originally published in Missions catholiques in 1868 and 1879-1881.
Eckl, Andreas. 1997. Kognition und Konzeptualisierung am Beispiel der Bezeichnungen für
Farben und Musterungen von Rinderfellen im Herero. Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik,
Univ. zu Köln.
Ehrmann, Theophil Friedrich. 1791/98. Geschichte der merkwürdigsten Reisen, welche set dem
zwölften Jahrhunderte zu Wasser und zu Land unternommen worden sind, 22 Bde. Frankfurtam-Main: Hermannsche Buchhandlung.
Mentions/discusses a variety of African languages, Ngangela K12b, Shona S10, Herero R31, Susu, Bullom, Timmani
(Temne), Khoekhoe, and others.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1999. Word keys in Herero. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v.
57, p. 151-166.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 2001. Herero and Common Bantu. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere
(AAP), v. 66 (spec. theme: ‘From the south: a selection of papers’, ed. by Femi Dele Akindele
and Karsten Legère), p. 7-27.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 2003. Herero (R31). In: The Bantu languages, p. 581-608. Ed. by Derek
Nurse & Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New York: Routledge.
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1925. Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit
besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse. Mitteilungen des Seminars für
orientalische Sprachen, v. 28, III, p. 86-131.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Friedrich-Wilhelms-Univ. Berlin, 1925.
Essen, Otto von. 1971. Bedeutungsbestimmende Silbentonhöhen in der Sprache der Herero. In:
Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen: ein Querschnitt (Johannes Lukas zum 70. Geburtstag
gewidmet), p. 88-94. Ed. by Veronika Six, Norbert Cyffer, Ludwig Gerhardt, Hilke MeyerBahlburg & Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, #14. Hamburg:
Deutsches Inst. für Afrika-Forschung.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1957? Etnográfia do sudoeste de Angola. Tomo 3: [...] Esboço étnico
do sudoeste de Angola. Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar (JIU).
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1969. Beiträge zur Geschichte der Erforschung von Land und Leuten
des unteren Kunene. In: Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N.J. van Warmelo:
essays contributed on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969, p. 63-80.
Ethnological publications, #52. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Ethnological Section of
the Dept. of Bantu Administration and Development, South Africa.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1977? Ethnographie du sud-ouest de l’Angola. Tome 3: [...] Traduit
de la portuguese. Bruxelles: Académie Royale des Sciences d’Outre-Mer (ARSOM).
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1981. The ethnography of southwestern Angola, 3: the Herero people.
Edited by Gordon D. Gibson. New York: Africana Publ. Pp ix, 182. ISBN-10 0-8419-0206-2.
Fisch, Maria. 1985/87. Ursprung und Bedeutung des Namens Okavango. Journal of the SWA
(South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 40/41, p. 7-28.
20
This “has a great deal to say about the travels of C.J. Andersson (who coined the term ‘Okavango’) and about the migration
routes of the Herero” (Barnard 1992:60).
Fleisch, Axel. 1993. Die Sprachenkarte Angolas. In: Angola: Referate des 6. DASP-Symposiums
in der Universität zu Köln, p. 64-77. Ed. by Manfred Kuder & M. Prinz. Bonn: Deutsche
Gesellschaft für die afrikanischen Staaten portugiesischer Sprache (DASP).
Fleisch, Axel. 1995. Tempus, Aspekt und Modalität im Herero anhand von fiktiven und
dokumentarischen erzähltexten. Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Förster, Larissa. 2005. Land and lanscape in Herero oral culture: cultural and social aspects of
the land question in Namibia. Analyses and views series. Windhoek: Namibian Inst. for
Democracy (NID) & Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung. Pp 20.
URL: www.nid.org.na/publications.php
Fourie, David J. 1991. Cardinal directions in Ndonga, Kwanyama, Herero and Nama: a cognitive
linguistic analysis. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 28, p. 141-155.
François, Curt von. 1892. Reise zwischen Windhoek und Gobabis im Jahre 1892. Mitteilungen
aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 5, p. 97ff.
Frenssen, Gustave. 190x. Peter Moors Fahrt nach Südwest.
Details wanting.
Frenssen, Gustave. 1908. Peter Moor’s journey to southwest Africa: a narrative of the German
campaign. Translated from the original with the consent of the author by Margaret May Ward.
London & Boston: Arch. Constable & Co.; Houghton Mifflin & Co. Pp 244.
Reprinted 1914 as Peter Moor: a narrative of the German campaign in south-west Africa.
URL: www.archive.org/details/petermoorsjourne00freniala
Gaerdes, Jan. 1970. Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 10, 10/11, p. 2-7.
Galton, Francis. 1852. Recent expedition into the interior of south-western Africa. Journal of the
Royal Geographical Society of London, v. 22, p. 140-163.
Galton, Francis. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa, being an account of
a visit to Damaraland in 1851. London: John Murray. Pp xiv, 314.
Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in Nw York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
Peripherals: Johannes Fabian, “Thoughts on anthropology upon reading Francis Galton’s Narrative of an explorer in tropical
Africa”, Critique of anthropology, v. 7 (1987), p. 37-49.
Galton, Francis. 1853. Bericht eines Forschers im tropischen Südafrika. Aus dem englischen
übersetzt. Leipzig: Dyk. Pp xi, 180.
Reprinted 1980 by Gesellschaft für Wissenschaftliche Entwicklung und Museum in Swakopmund, Namibia (ISBN-10 0-62004681-3).
a visit to Damaraland in 1851; containing vacation tours in 1860 and 1861. 4th edition.
London: Ward & Lock.
Gentz, P. [Oberleut.] 1903. Einige Beiträgen zur Kenntnis der südwestafrikanischen
Völkenschaften [pt. 2]. Globus, v. 84, p. 156-159.
Gestwicki, Ronald [Rev.]; Gestwicki, Mrs Ronald. 1966. English-Herero, Herero-English
dictionary. Windhoek: Diocese of Damaraland (Anglican Church) Book Store. Pp iv, 188.
This is an enlargement of Kolbe’s English-Herero dictionary from 1883. According to the Library of Congress, it was “further
enl. and corr. by Eduard Kaangootui”, which refers either to this particular thing or to a subsequent version.
21
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 1996. Towards redemption: a socio-political history of the Herero of Namibia
between 1890 and 1923. CNWS (Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies)
publications, #47. Leiden. Pp 400. ISBN-10 90-73782-68-6.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Leiden, 1996.
Peripherals: Tilman Dedering, South African historical journal, v. 35 (1996), p. 240-243.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 1999. Herero heroes: a socio-political history of the Herero of Namibia, 18901923. Oxford: James Currey. Pp x, 310. ISBN-10 0-8214-1245-0.
Revision of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Leiden, 1996.
Peripherals: Marion Wallace, H-Net book reviews (online), April 2001.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2000. Colonization, genocide and resurgence: the Herero of Namibia 18901933. In: People, cattle, and land: transformations of a pastoral society in southwestern
Africa, p. 187-226. Ed. by Michael Bollig & Jan-Bart Gewald. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2002. Missionaries, Hereros, and motorcars: mobility and the impact of motor
vehicles in Namibia before 1940. International journal of African historical studies, v. 35, 2/3,
p. 257-285.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2002. “I was afraid of Samuel, therefore I came to Sekgoma”: Herero refugees
and patronage politics in Ngamiland, Bechuanaland Protectorate, 1890-1914. Journal of
African history, v. 43, 2, p. 211-234.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2004. Imperial Germany and the Herero of southern Africa: genocide and the
quest of recompense. In: Genocide, war crimes and the West: history and complicity, p. 59-77.
Ed. by Adam Jones. London: Zed Books.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2004. The Herero genocide: German unity, settlers, soldiers, and ideas. In: Die
(koloniale) Begegnung: AfrikanerInnen in Deutschland (1880-1945), Deutsche in Afrika
(1880-1918), p. 109-127. Ed. by Marianne Bechhaus-Gerst & Reinhardt Klein-Arendt.
Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Gibson, Gordon D. 1956. Double descent and its correlates among the Herero of Ngamiland.
American anthropologist, new series, v. 58, 1, p. 109-139.
Gibson, Gordon D. 1962. Bridewealth and other forms of exchange among the Herero. In:
Markets in Africa, p. 617-639. Ed. by Paul Bohannan & George Dalton. Evanston:
Northwestern Univ. Press.
Goodwill, J.; others. 1991. A first school dictionary for Namibia with Nama-Damara, Herero,
Kwangali, Oshiwambo and Afrikaans words. Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press. Pp 193. ISBN10 0-19-570630-7.
Gordon, Robert James. 1972. Some sociological aspects of verbal communication in Okombahe,
SWA: a community study. MA thesis. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
Gray, G.P. 1966. The morphology of the substantive in Herero. BA Honours thesis.
Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Gürich, Georg. 1891/92. Deutsch Südwest-Afrika: Reisebilder und Skizzen aus den Jahren 1888
und 1889 mit einer Original-Routenkarte. Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in
Hamburg, Reihe H, #1. Hamburg. Pp viii, 216.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. Comparative Bantu, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and indexes.
London: Gregg International. Pp 180. ISBN-10 0-576-11002-7.
This volume contains a suggested outline of Bantu prehistory, lists of reconstructed Proto-Bantu and Common Bantu roots
and an inventory of Bantu languages with data for many individual languages.
22
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. R.30 Herero group: R.31 Herero. In: Comparative Bantu, v. 2, p. 61.
London: Gregg International.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1985. Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero
and Nama. South African journal of African languages, v. 5, 2, p. 43-48.
Hagolani, Elhanan. 1968. Das Kulturmodell der Bantu-sprechenden Rindernomaden
Südwestafrikas. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp ix, 74. ISBN-10 3-87118-175-7.
Publication of the author’s Inaugural-Dissertation, Univ. of Cologne, 1968.
Hahn, Emma Sarah. 1992. The letters of Emma Sarah Hahn, pioneer missionary among the
Herero. With annotations and biographical notes by Peter Reiner; edited by Dorothy Guedes.
Windhoek: Namibia Scientific Society. Pp xi, 489. ISBN-10 99916-702-0-3.
Ms Hahn worked in Namibia during the second half of the 19th century.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1869. Die Ovaherero. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu
Berlin, v. 4, p. 226-258, 481-511.
Not sure about the author. It could one of the other Hahns.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1857. Grundzüge einer Grammatik des Hereró (im westlichen Afrika) nebst
einem Wörterbuch. Berlin, London & Paris: Wilhelm Hertz; Williams & Norgate; Libr. C.
Klincksieck. Pp x, 197.
“Die Tabellen enthalten ein vergleichendes Vokabularium, u.a. auch Nama, Rondu (Ba-rondu), Vanda (Oki-vanda), Rui (Aruí), Ngola (Ma-ngóla), Indu (Ma-indu). Die Vorrede enthält eine Aufzählung der Kunene-Anrainer” (Strohmeyer & Moritz
1975:211). Published simultaneously by Wilhelm Hertz in Berlin, Williams & Norgate in London and Klincksieck in Paris.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century”, African studies, v. 14 (1940), p. 207-246; C.M.
Doke, “Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century” (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959), p. 1-27.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1858. Reisetagebuch des Miss. Hugo Hahn (Fortsetzung). Berichte der
Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, 1858, p. 195-206.
Not sure about the journal. Could be Jahresbericht der Rheinischen Mission.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1860. Hereroübersetzungen und wie es gegenwärtig bei den Herero
aussieht. Evangelisches Monatsblatt für Westfalen, v. 17, p. (?).
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1868. Sagen und Märchen der Ova-Herero in Südafrika. Globus, v. 13, p.
(?).
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1873. Missionar Hugo Hahn’s Reise im Lande der Hereró und Bergdamara
in Südwest-Afrika, 1871. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus
Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete
der Geographie), v. 19, p. 95-101.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1961. Aus Alt-Südwestafrika: Tagebuchaufzeichnungen und Reisenotizen
1842/1843. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 32, p. 99-121.
“Über Nama, Bergdama und Ovaherero” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).
Hasselbring, Sue. 2000. A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Botswana, v. 1.
Sociolinguistic studies of Botswana language series. Gaborone: Basarwa Languages Project,
under the Univ. of Botswana/Univ. of Tromsø Collaborative Basarwa Research Programme.
Pp ii, 142.
Hasselbring, Sue; Segatlhe, Thabiso; Munch, Julie. 2001. A sociolinguistic survey of the
languages of Botswana, v. 2. Sociolinguistic studies of Botswana language series. Gaborone:
Basarwa Languages Project, under the Univ. of Botswana/Univ. of Tromsø Collaborative
Basarwa Research Programme. Pp v, 196.
Hendrickse, H. 1981. The concepts ‘mood’ and ‘sentence type’ in a Herero grammar with
theoretical aims. Communications from the Dept. of African Languages, #9. Grahamstown:
Rhodes Univ.
Hendrickson, Hildi. 1994. The ‘long’ dress and the construction of Herero identities in Southern
Africa. African studies, v. 53, 2, p. 25-54.
23
Hendrickson, Hildi. 1996. Bodies and flags: the representation of Herero identity in colonial
Namibia. In: Clothing and difference, p. 213-244. Ed. by Hildi Hendrickson. Durham NC:
Duke Univ. Press.
Henrichsen, Dag. 2000. Ozongombe, omavita and ozondjembo: the process of (re-)pastoralization
amongst Herero in pre-colonial 19th-century central Namibia. In: People, cattle, and land:
transformations of a pastoral society in southwestern Africa, p. 149-185. Ed. by Michael
Bollig & Jan-Bart Gewald. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Heywood, Annemarie; Lau, Brigitte; Ohly, Rajmund. (Ed.) 1992. Warriors, leaders, sages and
outcasts in the Namibian past: narratives collected from Herero sources for the Michael Scott
Oral Records Project, 1985-6. Windhoek: Michael Scott Oral Records Project (MSORP). Pp
223. ISBN-10 0-86976-250-8.
Includes “The war between the Nama and Herero”, “The Maharero family”, “Mureti of Kaupangua", “Tjamuaha", “Mbaha",
“Kukuri" (all narr. by A. Kaputu), “Kahimemua" (narr. by Kenapeta Tjatindi to G. Mupaine), “Herero clans and customs"
(narr. by Willy Njanekua and Kasisanda Muuondjo, to G. Mupaine), “Kambazembi" (narr. by Pastor Muuondjo to G.
Mupaine), “Tjiponda, Kahivesa, and the wars of the Herero" (narr. by Willy Njanekua and Kasisanda Muuondjo to G.
Mupaine), “Manasse Veseeveta on his youth and Vita Harunga” (narr. by M. Veseeveta to A. Kaputu), and “Borders,
Kambazembi, Maharero" (narr. by Nicolas Tuvahi to R. Hijarunguru).
Hitzeroth, Helmut Walter. 1976. On the identity of the stone-working Tjimba, South West Africa:
a comparative study based on fingerprint pattern frequencies. Cimbebasia, series B, v. 2, 7, p.
187-202.
Hobirk, Fr. 1878. Wanderungen auf dem Gebiete der Länder- und Völkerkunde: ein Hausbuch
für Jedermann. Detmold (Deutschland): Meyersche Hofbuchhandlung. Pp 200.
Hoffmann, Anette. 2006. Ein unsichtbares Denkmal für eine Anerkennung des
Monumentcharakters eines Otjiherero praise poems (omutando) für die Old Location in
Windhoek. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers, #5/2005. Basel. Pp 16.
URL: www.baslerafrika.ch/e/bab_working_papers.php
Höftmann, Hildegard. 1961. Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in
Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero. Dissertation. Humboldt-Univ. zu
Berlin.
Höftmann, Hildegard. 1963. Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in
Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero. Ethnographisch-archäologische
Zeitschrift, v. 4, p. 60-65.
Excerpts from the author’s dissertation, Humboldt-Univ. zu Berlin, 1961. Cluver (1991:349) gives the pagination as 40-65.
Homburger, Lilias. 1929. Noms des parties du corps dans les langues négro-africaines.
Collection linguistique de Société de Linguistique de Paris, #25. Paris: Libr. Ancienne Honoré
Champion. Pp vi, 118.
Unsure exactly what this contains. At least Herero and Kwanyama are mentioned.
Peripherals: Ernst Zyhlarz, Orientalistische Literatur-Zeitung, v. 35 (1929), p. 504-505; A. W[erner], Journal of the African
Society, v. 29 (1929/30), p. 207-208.
Iliffe, John. 1969. The Nama and Herero risings: South West Africa, 1904-1907. In: Aspects of
South African history. Ed. by G. Kibodya. Inst. of Education, Univ. College of Dar es Salaam.
Irle snr, Jakob. 1905. Die Herero: ein Beitrag zur Landes-, Volks- und Missionskunde. Gütersloh:
C. Bertelsmann.
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 5 (1905/06), p. 419-420.
Irle snr, Jakob. 1913/14. Herero-Sprichwörter. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 4, p. 1-19.
Irle snr, Jakob. 1917. Deutsch-Herero Wörterbuch. Abhandlungen der hamburgischen KolonialInst., #32; Reihe B: Völkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen, #18. Hamburg:
Friederichsen, De Gruyter & Co. Pp viii, 455.
Peripherals: M. von Tiling, Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 8 (1917/18), p. 75-77; Carl Meinhof, Petermanns
geographische Mitteilungen, v. 64 (1918), p. 140.
Irle snr, Jakob. 1917. Die Religion der Herero. Archiv für Anthropologie, neue Folge, v. 15 [43],
p. 337-367.
24
Irle snr, Jakob. 1917/18. Herero-Texte. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 8, p. 36-45.
Jacobsohn, Margaret. 1986. Preliminary notes on the symbolic role of space and material culture
among semi-nomadic Himba and Herero herders in western Kaokoland. Cimbebasia, series B,
v. 10, p. (?).
Jacobsohn, Margaret. 1986. Himba space in Kaokoland. BA Honours thesis. Dept. of
Archaeology, Univ. of Cape Town.
Jacobsohn, Margaret; Pickford, Peter; Pickford, Beverly. 1990. Himba: die Nomaden Namibias.
Aus dem englischen übersetzt von Gudrun Grapow. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ. Pp 144.
ISBN-10 1-86825-032-6.
There’s also an English edition.
Jenkins, Trefor; Grové, S.S.; Dunn, David S.; Nurse, George Trevor. 1983. Serogenetic studies
on the Herero and Herero-related peoples of Namibia and Botswana. (journal?), v. (?), p. (?).
Details wanting. Source?
Jensen, Emil. 1942. Unpublished manuscript on Otjiherero. Andalusia (South Africa).
Mentioned by Strohmeyer (1982:86).
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1913. A survey of the ethnography of Africa, and the former racial
and tribal migrations in that continent. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Inst. of Great
Britain and Ireland, v. 43, 2, p. 375-421.
Johnton’s paper is followed by comments by Emil Torday (p. 414-415), T. Athol Joyce (p. 415-417), a reply from Johnston
(p. 418-419), a further comment by C.G. Seligman (p. 419-420) and another reply from Johnston (p. 420-421).
URL: www.archive.org/details/surveyofethnogra00johniala
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group X (South-West Africa), language 89:
Ociherero, ‘Damara’, incl. Ocicimba (North-East Herero), Ocikaoko (North-West Herero). In:
A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group X (South-West Africa), language 89a:
Ocimbandieru (Andersson’s Eastern Herero). In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semiBantu languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Jonk, Steffen. 1910. Okowi - eine Hererospion? Eine Geschichte aus dem südafrikanischen
Kriege. Berlin: W. Weicher. Pp 236.
Steffen Jonk could be a pseudonym.
Kamupingene, Theo[philus] K. 1985. Meaning of place names and the phenomenon of
nomenclature in Otjiherero. Logos (Windhoek), v. 5, 1/2, p. 66-71.
Kandapaera, K. 1992. War, flight, asylum: a brief history of the Ovambanderu of Ngamiland,
Botswana, 1896-1961. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana.
Kandjou, M. 2001. Ovambanderu struggle against Herero subjugation. BA thesis. Gaborone:
Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana.
Kaotozu, K.K. 1994. From subjugation to politics of collaboration: an introduction to the history
of the Ovaherero of Tsabong, 1830-1870. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of
Botswana.
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1990. Toponomastics: places names in Kaokoland. Logos (Windhoek), v.
10, 1/2, p. 115-120.
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1993. Languages in Kaokoland and Herero dialects. Logos (Windhoek),
v. 13 (spec. theme: ‘Language ecology in Africa, pt. I’, ed. by Karsten Legère and HansVolker Gretschel), p. 72-88.
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1993. Moods in Otjiherero. BA Honours thesis. Windhoek: Univ. of
Namibia (UNAM).
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1994. Arrangements of components in Otjiherero narrative texts. In:
Sprachen und Sprachzeugnisse in Afrika: eine Sammlung philologischer Beiträge Wilhelm
J.G. Möhlig zum 60. Geburtstag zugeeignet, p. 221-229. Ed. by Thomas Geider & Raimund
Kastenholz. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
25
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1994. Moods in Otjiherero. Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek), v. 12,
p. 27-29.
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1995. Text morphology of Otjiherero folktales, 2 vols. MA thesis.
Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1996. Learning and teaching problems and attitudes towards Otjiherero.
In: African languages in basic education, p. 225-232. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek:
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 2002. The state of Bantu languages in Namibia. In: Speaking in unison:
the harmonisation and standardisation of southern African languages. Ed. by Kwesi Kwaa
Prah. Cape Town: Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society (CASAS).
Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 2002. The form and meaning of Otjiherero praises. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe
Verlag.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of London.
Kebonang, Boammaruri Bahumi. 1988. The socio-economic and political history of the Herero of
Mahalapye, Central District, 1922-1984. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of
Botswana.
Kebonang, Boammaruri Bahumi. 1989. The history of the Herero in Mahalapye, Central District:
1922-1984. Botswana notes and records, v. 21, p. 43-60.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s BA thesis, Univ. of Botswana, 1988.
Kieckers, E. 1931. Die Ndonga-Gruppe. In: Die Sprachstämme der Erde, p. 146. Kultur und
Sprache, #7. Heidelberg: Carl Winter Univ.-Verlag.
According to Strohmeyer (1982:37), this does not deal with the Ovambo, but Herero and Nyamwezi.
Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt. 1995. Die Niederschlagung der Nama- und Herero-Aufstände in
Deutsch-Südwestafrika. In: Sprachkulturelle und historische Forschungen in Afrika: 11.
Afrikanistentage, Köln, 19.-21. Sept. 1994, p. 225-234. Ed. by Axel Fleisch & Dirk Otten.
Koenen, Eberhard von. 1977. Heil- und Giftpflanzen in Südwestafrika. Windhoek & Stuttgart:
Akademischer Verlag; Stuttgarter Verlagskontor. Pp 272. ISBN-10 0-620-02887-4.
The appendix contains plant names in Herero, Himba, Kwanyama, Ndonga, Khoekhoe, English, Afrikaans and German.
Kohler, Josef. 190x. Das Recht der Herero (Das Recht der deutschen Schutzgebieten, I).
Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, v. (?), p. (?).
Peripherals: Emile Durkheim, Année sociologique, v. 5 (1902), p. 330-332.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 19xx. Feldaufzeichnungen zu einem tonbezeichneten HereroDeutschen Wörterbuch. Manuskript.
Manuscript referred to by Möhlig (1967:267).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1956. Ahnenkult der Herero. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v.
27, p. 80-88.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1958. Herero-Farmnamen in Südwest-Afrika. Afrikanischer
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1958. A study of Karibib district (South West Africa). Partly
based on material of Günter Wagner. Ethnological publications, #40. Pretoria: Government
Printer for the Dept. of Bantu Administration, South Africa.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1958/59. Tongestalt und Tonmuster in der Infinitivform des
Verbum im Herero. Afrika und Übersee, v. 42, p. 97-110, 159-172.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. A study of Gobabis district (South West Africa).
Ethnological publications, #42. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Dept. of Bantu
Administration, South Africa.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. A study of Grootfontein district (South West Africa).
26
“This contains a lot of useful historical & demographic info about the Hai//om, !Kung, Herero, Damara, Nama and Boers ...
and their interactions with each other” (Bonny Sands, pc).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. A study of Omaruru district (South West Africa). Partly
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. A study of Otjiwarongo district (South West Africa).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1960. Sprachakkulturation im Herero. In: Völkerkundige
Forschungen (Festschrift Martin Heydrich), p. 331-362. Ed. by W. Fröhlich. Suppl. 2 to
Ethnologica. Köln.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1854. Account of the Damara country. Journal of the
Ethnological Society of London, v. 3, p. 1-3.
“Damara” is here a misnomer for the Herero.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1868. A brief statement of the discovery of the laws of the
vowels in Herero, a dialect in South West Africa. Cape Town: Van der Sandt de Villiers & Co.
Pp 8.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1869. The vowels, their primeval laws and bearing upon the
formation of roots in Herero, a dialect of South West africa. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp ii, 32.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1870. The Ba-ntu prefixes. Cape monthly magazine, new series,
v. 1, 6, p. 344-355.
Compares Herero, Zulu and Kikongo.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1880. On the primeval laws of the vowels and bearing upon
universal etymology. Transactions of the South African Philosophical Society, v. 2, p. 69-78.
Deals primarily with Herero.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1883. An English-Herero dictionary, with an introduction to the
study of Herero and Bantu in general. London & Cape Town: Trübner & Co.; J.C. Juta. Pp lv,
570.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1888. A language study based on Bantu: an inquiry into the
laws of root-formation, the original plural, the sexual dual and the principles of wordcomparison, with tables illustrating the primitive pronominal system restored in the African
Bantu family of speech. London: Trübner & Co. Pp viii, 97.
“In this work ... Kolbe allowed his imagination to run away with his judgment” (Doke 1945:103). It contains “comparisons
between Indogermanic, Bantu (Herero), and Hottentot language and root-formation” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:211).
Reprinted 1971 by Books for Libraries Press in Freeport NY (Black heritage library collection; ISBN-10 0-8369-8792-6); and
1972 by Zentralantiquariat der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik in Leipzig.
Peripherals: ..., Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 308-309.
Kolberg, Hermann. 1969. “Frauenstein”: eine Deutung des Farmnamens. Mitteilungen der
Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 9, 12, p. 5-6.
“Verklarung des Namens ‘Okaue mukaenda’” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:216).
Krause, Gottlob Adolf. 1895. Die Stellung des Temne innerhalb der Bantu-Sprachen. Zeitschrift
für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 1, 3, p. 250-267.
Apparently this uses data from Herero.
Kuhlmann, August. 190x. Wörterverzeichnis zu den Hereropredigten (unpubliziertes
Manuskript). Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 28.
Kuhlmann, August. 1906. Über Anwendung des “nanda”. Archiv für Otjiherero- und NamaForschung, #2. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 2.
Kuhlmann, August. 1914. Götter- und Geisterglaube der Herero. Allgemeine Missionszeitschrift,
v. 41, p. 24-29, 79-86.
Kuhlmann, August. 1930. Zur Psychologie unserer afrikanischen Christen. Berichte der
27
Kuhn, P. 1907. Die Herero. Address delivered at the Abteilung Berlin-Charlottenburg der
Deutschen Kolonialgesellschaft. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Kula, Nancy Chongo; Marten, Lutz. 2002. Constraints and processes: evidence from Bemba,
Herero and Swahili. SOAS working papers in linguistics and phonetics, v. 10, p. 91-102.
URL: www.nancykula.net/Kula%20&%20Marten%202000.pdf
Kuvare, Silas. 1977. Die Kaokoveld-Herero [übersetzt von Theo Sundermeier] - Beiheft. In: Die
Mbanderu, p. 187-267. Ed. by Theo Sundermeier. St. Augustin: Anthropos-Inst.
Langkavel, Bernhard. 1892. Der Mensch und seine Rassen. Stuttgart: Dietz. Pp xiv, 644.
Deals with Ovambo R20 on p. 319-320, Damara (i.e. Herero R31) on p. 320-321, “Hottentotten” on p. 345-346, and Bushmen
on p. 346-349 (Strohmeyer 1982:197).
Lau, Brigitte. 1989. Uncertain certainties: the German-Herero war of 1904. Mibagus, v. 2, 4, p.
(?).
Lau, Brigitte. 1995. History and historiography: 4 essays in reprint. Windhoek: Michael Scott
Oral Records Project (MSORP). Pp 64. ISBN-10 99916-30-54-6.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1951. Die Häuptlings-Erbfolgeordnung der Herero. Zeitschrift für
Ethnologie, v. 76, p. 94-102.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1954/55. Die politische und soziale Stellung der Häuptlings im
Owambo-Land während der deutschen Schutz-Herrschaft in Südwest-Afrika. Tribus:
Zeitschrift für Ethnologie und ihre Nachbarwissenschaften (Stuttgart), v. 4/5, p. (?).
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1955. Das Häuptlingstum der Herero in Südwestafrika: eine kurze
Übersicht über die Entwicklung der politischer Organisation und des heutigen
Nationalbewusstseins der Herero. Sociologus, neue Folge, v. 5, p. 28-43.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1963/65. Ejuru, sprach- und religionswissenschaftliche
Anmerkungen zum Himmels-Begriffe der Herero. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa)
Scientific Society, v. 18/19, p. 48ff.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1965/66. Die Bedeutung der Wörter zera und tapu in ihrer
Verwendung in der Sprache der Herero (SWA) und ihr Gebrauch in heutiger Zeit. Journal of
Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2001. Languages and glossonymic units: contribution to the assessment of the
linguistic diversity of Angola and Namibia. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 66 (spec.
theme: ‘From the south: a selection of papers’, ed. by Femi Dele Akindele and Karsten
Legère), p. 47-65.
Looks at the naming of Kikongo, Umbundu, Oshiwambo, Otjiherero, Olunyaneka-Nkhumbi, and Rukavango (i.e. Kwangali,
Mbundza, Sambyu, Gciriku).
Luttig, Hendrik Gerhardus. 1933. The religious system and social organization of the Herero: a
study in Bantu culture. Utrecht: Kemink & Zoon. Pp xii, 121.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, State Univ. of Leiden, 1933.
Peripherals: T. C[ullen] Y[oung], Man, v. 35 (1935), p. 158-159 (art. 175).
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1995. Calculating differences in phonological features of consonants in a
sample of 25 Bantu languages. Graduate paper. Dept. of Linguistics, Göteborg Univ. Pp 44,
15.
Uses data from Bobangi, Lingala, Ganda, Kamba, Sukuma, Swahili, Lwena, Rukwangari, Mbukushu, Gciriku, Bemba,
Tumbuka, Nyanja, Kwanyana, Ndonga, Herero, Shona (Zezuru), Venda, Setswana, Sepedi, Southern Sotho, Xhosa, Zulu,
Swati, and Ndebele.
URL: goto.glocalnet.net/maho/papers.html
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2000. The linguistic legacy of the early missionaries in southern Africa. In:
Tongues and texts unlimited: studies in honour of Tore Janson on the occasion of his sixtieth
28
birthday, p. 143-154. Ed. by Hans Aili & Peter af Trampe. Dept. of Classical Languages,
Stockholm Univ.
A less-than-critical praise of the linguistic material the missionaries have left us. Think of it, who else was interested in
recording languages during the nineteenth century? Linguists?
Maho, Jouni Filip; Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 1991. Unpublished Herero word/phrase list. Dept. of
Linguistics, Göteborg Univ. Pp 11.
Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1971. Dubbele afkomsberekening by die Himba: ’n Hererosprekende
volk in Suidwes-Afrika. Proefskrif (PhD). Johannesburg: Randse Afrikaanse Univ. (RAU).
Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1973. Double descent among the Himba of South West Africa.
Cimbebasia, series B, v. 2, 3, p. (?).
Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1974. The Herero-speaking peoples of Kaokoland. Cimbebasia, series
B, v. 2, 4, p. (?).
Malan, Johannes Stefanus; Owen-Smith, G.L. 1974. The ethnobotany of Kaokoland. Cimbebasia,
series B, v. 2, 5, p. 131-178.
Manase, George Uaisana. 1984. The politics of separation: the case of the Ovaherero in
Ngamiland. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana. Pp 24.
Manase, George Uaisana. 1999. The politics of separation: the case of the OvaHerero in
Ngamiland. Pula: Botswana journal of African studies, v. 13, 1/2 (spec. theme: ‘Essays on
twentieth century Botswana history’, ed. by Bruce Bennett), p. 3-13.
Publication of the author’s BA thesis, Univ. of Botswana, 1984.
Marten, Lutz. 2006. Locative inversion in Otjiherero: more on morphosyntactic variation in
Bantu. In: Papers in Bantu grammar and description, p. 97-122. Ed. by Laura J. Downing,
Lutz Marten & Sabine Zerbian. ZAS (Zentrum für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Typologie
und Universalienforschung) papers in linguistics, #43. Berlin.
URL: www.zas.gwz-berlin.de/index.html?publications_zaspil
Marten, Lutz; Kula, Nancy Chongo. 2007. Morphosyntactic co-variation in Bantu: two case
studies. SOAS working papers in linguistics, v. 15 (spec. theme: ‘Bantu in Bloomsbury’, ed.
by Nancy C. Kula and Lutz Marten), p. 227-238.
URL: www.soas.ac.uk/linguistics/research/workingpapers/volume-15/swpl-volume-15.html
Massman, Ursula. 1971. Ein Brief zum Thema der Eingeborenen-Ortsbezeichnungen.
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12, 2, p. 4-6.
Matundu-Tjiparuro, Kae. 2004. Botswana Mbanderu seek to revive language. New era
(Windhoek), December 8, 2004.
Mayo, Earl of. 1883. A journey from Mossamedes to the River Cunene, S.W. Africa.
Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and monthly record of geography, new
monthly series, v. 5, 8, p. 458-473.
McCalman, H.R.; Grobbelaar, Barend Johannes. 1965. Preliminary report on two stone-working
OvaTjimba groups in the northern Kaokoveld of South West Africa. Cimbebasia, v. 13, p. 139.
Medeiros, Carlos Laranjo. 1981. VaKwandu history, kinship, and systems of production of an
Herero people of south-west Angola. Lisboa: Junta de Investigações Científicas do Ultramar.
Pp 75.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1895. Vorbemerkungen zu einem vergleichenden
Wörterbuch der Bantusprachen. Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 1, p.
268-281.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1899. Grundriss einer Lautlehre der Bantusprachen.
Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, #11:2. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus. Pp 245.
Includes detailed descriptive sections of Duala, Swahili, Herero, Sango (p.133-148), Konde/Nyakyusa and North Sotho.
29
Peripherals: R.N. C[ust], Journal of the Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland: anthropological reviews and
miscellanea, v. 30 (1900), p. 19-20; E. Jacottet, “Bantu phonetics”, Christian express, supplement, September 1907; C.M.
Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1909. Die Sprache der Herero in Deutsch-Südwestafrika.
Deutsche Kolonialsprachen, #1. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 114.
Reprinted several times, e.g. 1973 by Kraus Reprint in Nendeln, Liechenstein. A revised edition appeared in 1937.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1910. Grundriss einer Lautlehre der Bantusprachen, nebst
Anleitung zur Aufnahme von Bantusprachen. 2. Ausgabe. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Pp vi, 340.
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 10 (1910/11), p. 115-116; A.N. Tucker, “The meaning and value of
comparative Bantu philology”, Transactions of the Philological Society, 1938, p. 13-24.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1926. Afrikanische Bibelübersetzungen: ein kurzer
Überblick für Freunde der Bibel und der Mission. Basel & Stuttgart: Verlag der Basler
Missionsbuchhandlung; Evangelischer Missionsverlag. Pp 33.
Deals with difficulties in translating the Bible into various southern African languages, like Herero, Khoekhoe and others.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1937. Die Sprache der Herero in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. 2.
Auflage. Deutsche Kolonialsprachen, #1. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp viii, 118.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1968. Die Sprache der Herero. Drukskrif in Afrikaans
vertaal deur P.A. Volschenk. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys,
SWA/Namibië. Pp 16.
An Afrikaans translation (with German title) of Meinhof’s Die Sprache der Herero, published 1909. This was not properly
published, but circulated at the Native Language Bureau as a typescript.
Metzkes, J. 1962. Otjimbingwe: aus alten Tagen einer rheinischen Missionstation unter den
Herero, 1849-1890. Windhoek.
Meyer, F. 1905. Wirtschaft und Recht der Herero. Berlin: Julius Springer-Verlag.
Miescher, Giorgio. 1997. Dealing with ‘the concept of Ndamuranda and Tjimba’ in Kaoko: the
Kaoko Development League (Namibia). BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers,
#7. Basel. Pp 15.
Miescher, Giorgio; Henrichsen, Dag. (Ed.) 2000. New notes on Kaoko: the northern Kunene
Region (Namibia) in texts and photographs. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). Pp
310.
Miescher, Giorgio; Rizzo, Lorena. 1998. Registratur AA.4 Epupa, water, energy, ‘indigenous /
tribal peoples’ and chieftaincy: a bibliography of Namibian newspaper articles 1990-96 with
special reference to Kaoko. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). Pp 164. ISBN-10 3905141-71-9.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 2000. The language history of Herero as a source of
ethnohistorical interpretation. In: People, cattle and land: transformations of a pastoral
society in southwestern Africa, p. 119-146. Ed. by Michael Bollig & Jan-Bart Gewald. Köln:
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 2006. Zur Geschichte der Laut- und Toninventare des Herero.
In: Zwischen Bantu und Burkina: Festschrift für Gudrun Miehe zum 65. Geburtstag, p. 149162. Ed. by Kerstin Winkelmann & Dymitr Ibriszimow. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg; Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 2007. Referential grammar of Herero
(Otjiherero), a Bantu language of Namibia. Southern African languages and dialects, #3.
Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 372. ISBN 978-3-89645-602-1.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg; Marten, Lutz; Kavari, Jekura Uaurika. 2002. A grammatical
sketch of Herero (Otjiherero). Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #19. Köln:
Molosiwa, Annah. 2000. Deculturalisation and language shift among the Otjiherero-Mbanderu
speakers of Tshabong. In: Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 177-192. Ed. by
30
Herman M. Batibo & Birgit Smieja. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft,
#40. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Discusses intermarriage with Namas.
Moltke, Johannes von. 1973. Die Mythus vom Unabhängigkeitskrieg der Herero und die
Häuptlingswürde Anderssons. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 44, p. 33-44.
Moritz, Walter. 1961. Mosaik der erforschung der Hererosprache. Der Kreis, v. 4, 8, p. 222-223.
Moritz, Walter. (Ed.) 1996. Erlebnisse im Hereroaufstand 1904: um die aktuellen Vorwürfe
gegen die Missionsarbeit im damaligen Südwest. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #3. Werther
(Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp 47.
Mühlbauer, Peter. 1996. Überlegungen zur Geschichte der otruppa (“Truppenspieler”)Bewegung in Namibia. Magisterarbeit. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ. München. Pp 186.
Müllendorf, P. 1904. Deutsch-Südwestafrika zur Zeit des Herero-Aufstandes. Allgemeine Zeitung
(München), v. 107, 527, p. 5.
Published November 18, 1904. Deals with how arms were smuggled through Ovamboland to the Herero.
Mutjinde, Asser. 19xx. Oviondo. Typescript. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 3.
List of names for the (Western) months.
Nitzsche, Georg. 1913. Beitrag zur Owatschimbafrage. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 36, p. 594595.
A slightly abridged version of this was published 1979 in Nachrichten (der Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung,
Swakopmund, Namibia), v. 11, p. 40-41.
Nitzsche, Georg. 1913/79. Beitrag zur Owatschimbafrage. Nachrichten (Gesellschaft für
wissenschaftliche Entwicklung) (Swakopmund), v. 11, 3/4, p. 40-41.
Slightly abridged version of an article originally published in Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 36 (September 6th, 1913), p. 594595.
Nogueira, António Francisco. 1880. A raça negra sob o ponto de vista de civilisação da Africa:
usos e costumes da alguns povos gentilicos do interior de Mossamedes e as colonias
portuguezas. Lisboa: Nova Minerva. Pp 314.
“Ovimbundu, Nyaneka-Humbi, Ovambo; ‘Be-Himba ou Ba-Simba, Ba-Cubale, Ban-Dombe, Ba-Hacaôna’: pp. 99-117”
(Strohmeyer 1982:274).
Norton, W.A. 1924. Bantu place names in Africa. Bibliotheca ethnologica et linguistica africana,
v. 1, p. 31-43.
Not sure the pagination is correct.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1984. Linguistic differentials in Herero and Swahili: a case study in
paradigmatic economy. Logos (Windhoek), v. 4, 2, p. 16-21.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1984. The dynamics of the verbal stem in Herero. South African journal of
Ohly, Rajmund. 1984. Nesting in Herero: language economy or language philosophy. South
African journal of African languages, v. 4, suppl. 1, p. 121-134.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1984/85. Moderne Begriffsbildung in der Herero-Sprache. Journal of the SWA
(South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 39, p. 71-88.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1985. Herero: academic handbook, pt. I-III. Windhoek: Dept. of African
Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
The title appears sometimes as “Study guide for Herero”, unless that’s something different.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1986. Verism in traditional Herero prose. Logos (Windhoek), v. 6, 1, p. 14-23.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1987. The destabilization of the Herero language. African studies of the
Academy, #2. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp xii, 81. ISBN-10 0-947433-02-3.
Peripherals: Brian Harlech-Jones, Logos (Windhoek), v. 9 (1989), p. 119-123.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1987. Afrikaans loan-words in Herero: the question of folk taxonomy. South
African journal of linguistics, v. 5, 2, p. 119-130.
31
Ohly, Rajmund. 1988. Sociolectal divergence in dialectometrics. South African journal of African
languages, v. 8, 1, p. 16-22.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1989. Linguistic ecology: the African language case. Logos (Windhoek), v. 9, 1,
p. 11-21.
Reprinted 1989 in Logos (Windhoek), v. 9.2 [sic], p. 80-90; and 1990 in Searching for relevance (ed. by J. Keith Chick;
Southern African Applied Linguistics Association), p. 104-123.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. The poetics of Herero song: an outline. Discourse, #1. Windhoek: Univ. of
Namibia (UNAM). Pp 68.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. Standard versus colloquial developments in the Herero language. In:
Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 197-214. Ed. by István Fodor & Claude Hagège.
Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. The Herero language: an outline. Mimeographed. Windhoek: Dept. of
African Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. Herero ecology, 1: sociolinguistic and cultural interference.
Mimeographed. Windhoek: Dept. of African Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Ohly, Rajmund. 1995. Lexical engineering in African languages: exemplified through Herero. In:
Discrimination through language in Africa?, p. 285-298. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to
the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1995. Dhimba: a Herero dialect. Studies of the Dept. of African Languages and
Cultures, Warsaw Univ., v. 18, p. 5-33.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1999. A grammatical sketch of Herero. Studies of the Dept. of African
Languages and Cultures, #25. Warsaw: Inst. of Oriental Studies, Warsaw Univ. Pp 73.
Ohly, Rajmund. 2000. Folk-taxonomy in reactive and exact term coinage, exemplified by Herero
terminology. Studies of the Dept. of African Languages and Cultures, Warsaw Univ., v. 28, p.
5-58.
Ohly, Rajmund. 2000. Herero ecology: the literary impact. Orientalia polona, #1. Warsaw:
Academic Publ. House Dialog. Pp 279. ISBN-10 83-88238-23-X.
Olmsted, David L. 1957. Three tests of glottochronological theory. American anthropologist,
new series, v. 59, 5, p. 839-842.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1899-1910. Referate bei den Missionarskonferenz im Hereroland.
Details wanting.
Otto, Antje. 1979. Einige Gedanken zur Geschichte und zum Verlauf des Zeraua-Festes der
westlichen Herero. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA
(South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, 1, p. 39-47.
Otto, Antje. 1981. ’n Volkekundige studie van die sosio-ekonomiese posisie van Hererovroue in
Katutura, Windhoek, Suidwes-Afrika/Namibië. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Otto, Antje. 1985. Herero-naamgewing. Logos (Windhoek), v. 5, 1/2, p. 126-132.
Pennington, Renée; Harpending, Henry C. 1991. How many refugees were there? History and
population change among the Herero and Mbanderu of northwestern Botswana. Botswana
notes and records, v. 23, p. 209-222.
Pennington, Renée; Harpending, Henry C. 1993. The structure of an African pastoralist society:
demography, history, and ecology of the Ngamiland Herero. Research monographs on human
population biology, #11. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Pp xvi, 268. ISBN-10 0-19-852286-X.
Poewe, Karla O. 1985. The Namibian Herero: a history of their psychosocial disintegration and
survival. Lewiston NY: Edwin Mellen Press. Pp 364.
Peripherals: Rajmund Ohly, Logos, v. 8 (1988), p. 83-91.
Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32. Die Bäume und Sträucher des Distriktes Windhuk. Journal of
Unsure about the title. Possibly it includes local names for trees and bushes.
32
Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32. Die Akazien unseres Landes. Journal of the SWA (South West
Africa) Scientific Society, v. 6, p. 5-18.
Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1938. Abendmahl und Orunjara bei den Herero. Berichte der Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft, 1938, p. 279-280.
Pool, Gerhard. 1979. Die Herero-opstand, 1904-1907. Kaapstad: Hollandsche Afrikaanse
Uitgewers Maatschappij (HAUM).
Hereros. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Kaokolanders. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Rath, F. 1865. Six Otshi-Herero fables with interlinear versions in English and German.
Details wanting. Referred to by Stanley (1968:13).
Rath, Johannes. 18xx. Ausführliches (unpubliziertes) Wörterbuch des Otjiherero. Windhoek:
Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 490.
Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:214).
Rath, Johannes. 18xx. Unpubliziertes Wörterbuch des Otjiherero, 3 Bde. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Rath, Johannes. 186x. Short unpublished English-Otyiherero vocabulary. Cape Town: Grey
Collection, South African Public Library.
Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:214); cfr also Johnston (1919:800).
Rath, Johannes. 1865. Materialien zu einem Otyi-Herero-Deutschen Wörterbuche, 17 Teile.
Rath, Johannes. 1873. Unpublizierte Deutsch-Otyiherero Wörtersammlung.
Rice, Mary. 2002. Heat, dust and dreams: an exploration of people and environment in
Kaokoland and Damaraland, Namibia. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ. Pp 160. ISBN-10 186872-632-0.
Rizzo, Lorena. 2006. The elephant shooting: inconsistencies of colonial law and indirect rule in
Kaoko (north-western Namibia) in the 1920s and 1930s. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien)
working papers, #3/2006. Basel. Pp 30.
Rohden, Ludwig von. 1878. Die Mission unter den Ovaherero, nach Mitteilungen Rheinischer
Missionare insonderheit des Miss. Brincker. Allgemeine Missionszeitschrift, v. 5, p. 294ff.
Rothfuss, Eberhard. 1998. Fremdenverkehr in NW-Namibia unter besonderer Berücksichtigung
des Ethnotourismus bei den ‘Himba’ in der nördlichen Kunene-Region. Staatsexamen. Univ.
Freiburg (Schweiz).
Rothfuss, Eberhard. 2004. Ethnotourismus - Wahrnehmungen und Handlungsstrategien der
pastoralnomadischen Himba (Namibia): ein hermeneutischer, handlungstheoretischer und
methodischer Beitrag aus sozialgeographischer Perspektive. Passauer Schriften zur
Geographie, #20. Univ. Passau. Pp 191. ISBN-10 3-9807866-3-3.
Rottland, Franz. 1990. Formen sprachlicher Dominanz in interethnischen Beziehungen. In:
Sprache und Politik: Kongreßbeiträge zur 19. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für angewandte
33
Linguistik (GAL), p. 197-202. Ed. by Bernd Spillner. Forum angewandte Linguistik, #18.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1970. Büttner’s contribution to a comparative dictionary of the Bantu
languages. Africana marburgensia, v. 3, 2, p. 31-35.
Schapera, Isaac. 1945. Notes on some Herero genealogies. Communications from the School of
African Studies, new series, #14. Univ. of Cape Town.
Abridged version appeared 1979 in African studies, v. 38, p. 17-42.
Peripherals: E. Boelart, Aequatoria, v. 9 (1946), p. 36.
Schapera, Isaac. 1979. Notes on Herero genealogies. African studies, v. 38, 1, p. 17-42.
Extracts from Schapera’s Notes on some Herero genealogies (Communications from the School of African Studies, Univ. of
Cape Town, new series, #14), publ. 1945.
Scheulen, Peter. 1990. Die “Eingeborenen” Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: ihr Bild in deutschen
Kolonialzeitschriften 1884-1918. Magisterarbeit. Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Univ. Bonn.
Kolonialzeitschriften von 1884 bis 1918. History, cultural traditions and innovations in
southern Africa, #5. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 202. ISBN-10 3-89645-054-9.
Publication of the author’s Magisterarbeit, Univ. of Bonn, 1990. Deals with “German colonial periodicals and the construction
of ethnographies and stereotypes in these” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 17.11.1998).
Schinz, Hans. 1891. Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika: Forschungsreisen durch die deutschen
Schutzgebiete Gross-Nama- und Hereroland nach dem Kunene, dem Ngami-See und der
KalaXari, 1884-1887. Oldenburg & Leipzig: Schultzesche Hofbuchhandlung. Pp xvi, 568.
Includes, among other things, data on !Kung and Naro, plus material derived from one Pabst who wrote down some words of
a South Khoesan language called ≠Kaurure-//nai (cfr Winter 1981:342f).
Schlosser, Katesa. 1955. Die Herero im Britisch-Betschuanaland-Protektorat und ein Besuch in
einer ihrer Siedlungen: Ncwe-le-tau. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 80, p. 200-258.
Schuchardt, Hugo. 1883. Über die Benguela-Sprache. Sitzungsberichte der (kaiserlichen)
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien, philosophisch-historische Klasse, v. 103, 1, p. 21-32.
“Vergleiche mit dem Herero, dem Kimdundu und Bleek’s ‘Comparative Grammar’” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:305).
Schultze, Leonard. 1914. Südwestafrika. In: Der deutsche Kolonialreich, v. 2, p. 131-298. Ed. by
Hans Meyer. Leipzig & Wien: Verlag des Bibliographischen Inst.
“Mainly physical geography, but includes some ethnographic information on Bushmen and other groups” (Barnard 1992:18).
Schwarz, Ernest Humbert Lewis. 1919. The origin of the Hereros and Ovambo. The geographical
journal, v. 54, 1, p. 46-49.
Peripherals: Harry Johnston, The geographical journal, v. 54 (1919), p. 49-52.
Seidel, August. 1892. Praktische Grammatiken der Hauptsprachen Deutsch-Südwestafrikas: 1.
Nama (Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke,
nebst einem nama-deutschen und einem deutsch-nama Wörterbuch; 2. Otyiherero (Sprache
der Herero), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem otyihererodeutschen und einem deutsch-otyiherero Wörterbuch; 3. Oshindonga (Sprache des NdongaStammes der Ovambo), kurzgefasste Grammatik, Lesestücke nebst einem oshindongadeutschen und einem deutsch-oshindonga Wörterbuch. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, #37. Wien
& Leipzig: A. Hartleben’s Verlag. Pp x, 180.
“Full of inconsistencies, but intended only as a first introduction” (Doke 1933:36).
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa”, Bantu studies, v.
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Seidel, August. 1909. Praktische Grammatiken der Hauptsprachen Deutsch-Südwestafrikas. 2.
Auflage, verbessert. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, #37. Wien & Leipzig: A. Hartleben’s Verlag.
Pp xii, 180.
Includes brief grammatical introductions to Nama, Otyiherero, and Oshindonga. Unsure about the subtitle on this edition.
34
Seiler, Franz. (Ed.) 1960. Otshike: alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und
Haushalt, für den Verkehr mit den jungen aus dem Ovamboland. 2. Ausgabe. Okatana
(Südwestafrika). Pp 20.
Serefete, O. 2003. The Baherero of Pilane in the Kgatleng District. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of
History, Univ. of Botswana.
Sicard, Harald von. 1970. Herd und Herdfeuer im südlichen Afrika. Ethnologia europea, v. 4, p.
115-121.
Spiecker, F.A. 1905. Handel und Mission unter den Nama und Herero in Südwest-Afrika.
Beiträge zur Missionskunde, #10. Berlin: Buchhandlung der Berliner evangelischen
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1988. Die Van der Merwes van Ehomba. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ.
Stanley, B.H. 1996. The Otjiherero-speaking people of Gantsi: from wanderers to settlers, 1890s1960s. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana.
Starke, A. 19xx. ... = Something on Herero phonetics.
Title and details wanting. Possibly a manuscript. Something about “die Phonetik des Otjiherero; titel ist unbekannt”
(Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:215).
Steenkamp, W.P. 1944. Is the South-West-African Herero comitting race suicide? Cape Town:
Unie Volkspers. Pp 39.
Streitwolf, Kurt [Hauptm.] 1911. Der Caprivizipfel. Süsserotts Kolonialbibliothek, #21. Berlin:
Wilhelm Süsserott. Pp iv, 234.
“Makoba bzw. Majei; die ‘Makobasprache’ ähnelt sehr dem Otjiherero: pp. 18-32. - Geschichte der Herero in Botswana nach
dem ‘Hererokrieg’: pp. 30-32. - Anmerkungen zu den Mbukushu und Hukwe” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:22).
Sundermeier, Theo. 1962. Mission, Bekenntnis und Kirche: Missionstheologische Probleme des
19. Jahrhunderts bei C.H. Hahn. Barmen-Wuppertal.
Sundermeier, Theo. 1977. Die Mbanderu: Studien zu ihrer Geschichte und Kultur. Mit einem
Anhang über die Kaokoveld-Herero von Silas Kuvare. Collectanea instituti anthropos, #14. St.
Augustin: Anthropos-Inst. Pp 267. ISBN-10 3-921389-60-7.
Sundermeier, Theo. 1985. Die Mbanderu: their history as told to Theo Sundermeier in 1966.
Translated from German by Annemarie Heywood, annotated and edited by Brigitte Lau.
Windhoek: Michael Scott Oral Records Project (MSORP). Pp 70.
Reprinted 1987 by Basler Afrika Bibliographien, Switzerland (Beiträge zur Afrikakunde, #8).
Tjoutuku, Angelika. 1996. The use of Otjiherero in basic formal education. In: African languages
in basic education, p. 216-224. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Vambo/Kwambi, Kawang, Vambo/Ongajera, Vambo/Okwaluthi,
Vambo/Kwanyama, Herero. Sound of Africa series, #TR 217. Grahamstown: International
Library of African Music (ILAM).
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1939. Grundzüge der Phonologie. Travaux du Cercle
Linguistique de Prague, #7. Prague. Pp 271.
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1949. Principes de phonologie. Traduit par Jean Cantineau.
Paris. Pp xxxiv, 396.
Reprinted 1967 by Klincksieck in Paris (Traditions de l’humanisme, #7).
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1958. Grundzüge der Phonologie. 2. Auflage. Göttingen:
Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Pp 297.
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1962. Grundzüge der Phonologie. 3. Ausgabe. Göttingen:
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1969. Principles of phonology. Translated from the German by
Christiane A.M. Baltaxe. Berkeley & Los Angeles: Univ. of California Press. Pp xvi, 344.
Based on the third German edition.
35
Tworeck, F.E. 1976. Wie zufällig sind Ähnlichkeiten zwischen den Sprachen der Bantu und den
indoeuropäischen? Nachrichten (Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung)
(Swakopmund), v. 8, 3/4, p. 8-12.
“Sprachwurzelvergleich zwischen Otjiherero / Oshikwanyama und Deutsch / Lateinisch / Griechisch” (Strohmeyer 1982:89).
Uakumbua, B.S. 1996. Namibian languages at Windhoek College of Education (WCE): focus on
Otjiherero. In: African languages in basic education, p. 107-110. Ed. by Karsten Legère.
Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1921. Die Spruchweisheit der Herero und Bergdama in SüdwestAfrika. Rheinische Missionsschriften, #285. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen
Missionshauses. Pp 24.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1923. Zum Tode des ehemaligen Oberhäuptlings Samuel Maharero.
Berichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, 1923, p. 117-122.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1925. Zwölf Lesetafeln für Anfängers in Otjiherero. Windhoek.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928. The Herero. In: The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 153208. Ed. by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town:
Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928/30. Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, 29 Bde.
Windhoek: Staatsarchiv.
A collection of missionary letters and documents. Bd 1: zur Einführung; die Gemeindechronik von Otjimbingwe. Bd 2:
mündliche Mitteilungen von Eingeborenen über die vorgeschichtliche Zeit. Bd 3: Namaland und Bethanien. Bd 4: Bethanien
(Namaland) 1879-1906. Bd 5: Rehoboth und Hoachanas 1847-1866. Bd 6: Hoachanas vom Jahre 1873-1905. Bd 7: Gobabis
1854-1880. Bd 8: Warmbad 1867-1885. Bd 9: Warmbad 1885-1902. Bd 10: Berseba 1851-1858. Bd 11: Berseba 1858-1864.
Bd 12: Berseba 1864-1870. Bd 13: Berseba 1870-1890. Bd 14 (Spezialband): Berseba 1857-1905. Bd 15: 75 Dokumente aus
dem Nachlass von Maharero. Bd 16: Gibeon und der Stamm der Witboois 1863-1879. Bd 17: Gibeon und der Stamm der
Witboois. Bd 18: der zeib’sche Hottentotentstamm von Keetmanshoop 1866-1906. Bd 19: die franzmansche Hottentotten des
Simon Kooper 1888-1905; Rietmond 1900-1904. Bd 20: ... Bd 21: ... Bd 22: Rehoboth 1882-1902. Bd 23: die de tuinschen
und vilanderschen Bastards (1878-1906). Bd 25: C. Hugo Hahn 1845-1857. Bd 24: Windhoek 1873-1881. Bd 26: C. Hugo
Hahn 1857-1871. Bd 27: Okahandja 1873-1890; Otjikango (Barmen) 1880-1888. Bd 28: Kolbe 1848-1851; Büttner 1876;
Brincker 1864-1870; Irle 1869-1871; Eich 1882-1888; C.H. Hahn; H. Kleinschmidt. Bd 29: Von Lindequist;
südwestafrikanische Erlebnisse; Berenga von Zastrow; das Freikorps von Südwestafrika.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1929/31. Maharero und seine Zeit im Lichte der Dokumente seines
Nachlasses. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 5, p. 5-31.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1940. Maharero: Südwestafrika vor 50 Jahren. Afrikanischer
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1958. Einführung in die Hererosprache. Okahandja: Rheinischen
Veii, Kazuvire. 2003. Cognitive and linguistic predictors of literacy in Namibian Herero-English
bilingual school children. PhD thesis. School of Human Sciences, Univ. of Surrey. Pp 258.
Veii, Kazuvire; Everatt, John. 2005. Predictors of reading among Herero-English bilingual
Namibian school children. Bilingualism: language and cognition, v. 8, 3, p. (?).
Viehe, [Friedrich] [Wilhelm] Gottlob. 1890. Unter den Hereros. Barmen-Wuppertal.
Viehe, [Friedrich] [Wilhelm] Gottlob. 1897. Grammatik des Otjiherero, nebst Wörterbuch.
Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, #16. Stuttgart & Berlin: Verlag von W.
Spemann. Pp xii, 140.
Viehe, [Friedrich] [Wilhelm] Gottlob. 1902. Die omaanda und otuzo der Ovaherero. Mitteilungen
des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 5, III, p. 109-117.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens. (Ed.) 1975. Oshike? Otjike? Alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im
Farmbetrieb und Haushalt mit einer kurzen Übersicht über die Lautlehre des Ndonga und
Herero. 3. Ausgabe. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp 44. ISBN-10 0-627-00356-7.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Kamupingene, Theo[philus] K. 1983. Otjiherero woordeboek,
dictionary, embo romambo. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp xix, 197. ISBN-10 0-86848-195-5.
36
Peripherals: Rajmund Ohly, Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa)
Scientific Society, v. 10 (1984), p. 255-264; J. Kavari, Lexikos, v. 4 (1994), p.(?).
Vivelo, Frank Robert. 1974. The Herero of western Botswana: aspects of change in a group of
Bantu-speaking cattle-herders. PhD thesis. New Brunswick NJ: Rutgers Univ. Pp 255.
Vivelo, Frank Robert. 1976. The entry of the Herero into Botswana. Botswana notes and records,
v. 8, p. 39ff.
Vivelo, Frank Robert. 1977. The Herero of western Botswana: aspects of change in a group of
Bantu-speaking cattle-herders. Monographs from the American Ethnological Societ), #61. St.
Paul MN: West Publ. Pp xviii, 232. ISBN-10 0-8299-0057-8.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s dissertation, Rutgers Univ., 1974.
Volschenk, Philippus Albertus. 1968. Herero: volwasse onderwys, met oefeninge. Drukskrif.
Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 18, 7.
The first Herero orthography came 1968. A similar kind of thing by Meinhof (translated into Afrikaans from German) was
also in circulation at the NLB. Volschenk’s booklet was used in nightschool courses.
Volschenk, Philippus Albertus. 1968. Herero: a morphological survey. MA thesis. Univ. of Cape
Town. Pp xvi, 150.
Vossen, Rainer. 1991/92. Strukturveränderung als Folge von Mehrsprachigkeit? Die
Nominalklassenpräfixe der Bantusprachen Ngamilands. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika
(SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 343-371.
Vries, Joris de. 1997. ‘That time is long gone!’ - Manasse Tjiseseta, Chief of Omaruru Namibia,
1884-1898. MA thesis. State Univ. of Leiden. Pp 93.
Vries, Joris de. 1998. Manasse Tjiseseta: Chief of Omaruru, 1884-1898, Namibia. History,
cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s MA thesis, State Univ. of Leiden, 1997.
Wagner, Gunther. 1952. Aspects of conservatism and adaptation in the economic life of the
Herero. Sociologus, neue Folge, v. 2, p. 1-25.
Reprinted 1954 in African studies, v. 13 (3/4), p. 117-130.
Wagner, Gunther. 1954. Some economic aspects of Herero life. African studies, v. 13, 3/4, p.
117-130.
Wahba, Sabine. 1999. Ausspracheschwierigkeiten im Deutschen: Interferenzen bei Herero- und
Khoekhoegowabsprachigen Lernern als Folgeerscheinungen der erzieherischen und
sprachlichen Situation in Namibia. Dissertation. Univ. zu Trier. Pp 362.
Waldeyer, Wilhelm. 1906. Gehirne südwestafrikanischer Völker. Sitzungsberichte der
königlichen preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1906, p. 3-8.
Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van. 1951. Notes on the Kaokoveld (South West Africa) and its
people. Ethnological publications, #26. Pretoria: Government Printer for the Dept. of Native
Affairs, South Africa.
Reprinted 1962 by the same publishers/printers.
Wärnlöf, Christofer. 1996. The Truppenspieler performance of the Herero of central Namibia. In:
Political ritual. Ed. by Åsa Boholm. Inst. for Advanced Studies in Social Anthropology,
Göteborg Univ.
Wärnlöf, Christofer. 1998. An Ovahimba political landscape: patterns of authority in
northwestern Namibia. PhD thesis. Dept. of Social Anthropology, Göteborg Univ. Pp iv, 187,
errate page.
Wegner, [?]. 1903. Otjozondjupa im Hereroland. In: Rheinische Missionsarbeit 1828-1903:
Gedenkbuch zum 75jährigen Jubiläum, p. 72-80. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des
Missionshauses.
Weninger, Margarete. 1965. Chimba und Vatwa, bantuide Viehzüchter und nicht-bantuide
Wildbeuter. Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, v. 95, p. 180-190.
37
Werner, Alice. 1919. Introductory sketch of the Bantu languages. London & New York: Kegan
Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co.; E.P. Dutton & Co. Pp viii, 346.
Often referred to simply as “The Bantu languages”. Includes surveys of various grammatical and phonetic features. The
appendix (p.232-306) contains texts in Zulu, Herero, Ila, Nyanja, Swahili, and Ganda.
URL: www.archive.org/details/introductorysket00wernuoft
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 18 (1918/19), p. 225-227; H.H. Johnston, The geographical journal, v.
54 (1919), p. 57-58; Sidney H. Ray, Man, v. 19 (1919), p. 192 (art. 95); C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu
philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Werner, Wolfgang. 1989. An economic and social history of the Herero of Namibia, 1915-1946.
PhD thesis. Univ. of Cape Town.
Werner, Wolfgang. 1998. No one will become rich: economy and society in the Herero reserves
in Namibia, 1915-1946. Namibia studies series, #2. Basel: Pierrette Schlettwein Publ. Pp 254.
ISBN-10 3-908193-01-X.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1964. An example of complex language contacts in
Ngamiland B.P. In: Colloque sur le multilingualisme / Symposium on multilingualism: the
second meeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August
1962, p. 205-210. Publications du CCTA (Commission pour Coopération Technique en
Afrique) & CSA (Conseil Scientifique pour l’Afrique), #87. London, Lagos & Nairobi.
“Batawana dominant over Ovaherero, Bayei, N/hãi and other scattered tribes. Siyei has probably Barotseland and Congo
affilations” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:219).
Wienecke, Werner Andreas. 1962. Die Gemeinschaft der Ahnen und die Gemeinde Jesu Christi
bei den Herero. Magisterarbeit. Univ. Hamburg.
Wienecke, Werner Andreas. 1967/68. Die Herero im Spannungsfeld zwischen Tradition und
Säkularisation. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 22, p. 69-83.
Wolputte, Steven van. 2003. Material culture in Himbaland, northern Namibia. African
pastoralists studies series, #1. Tervuren: Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale (MRAC). Pp 328.
ISBN-10 90-75894-49-X.
Peripherals: David Crandall, H-Net book reviews (online), June 2005.
Wolputte, Steven van; Verswijver, Gustaaf. (Ed.) 2004. At the fringes of modernity: people,
animals, transitions. African pastoralists studies series, #2. Tervuren: Musée Royal de
l’Afrique Centrale (MRAC). Pp 237. ISBN-10 90-75894-62-7.
On Karamojong, Turkana, Nyangatom, Himba.
Yoneda, Nobuko. 1997. Herero-go tekiyou kei no kinou = The primary function of the
applicative in Herero. Journal of Asian and African studies / Ajia Afuriku gengo bunka kenkyu,
v. 53, p. 123-136.
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1998. Herero-go dooshi akusento shiron = A tentative analysis of Herero
verbs. Journal of Asian and African studies / Ajia Afuriku gengo bunka kenkyu, v. 55, p. 191236.
Zastrow, Berengar von. 1930. Die Herero. In: Das Eingeborenenrecht, 2: Togo, Kamerun,
Südafrika, die Südseekolonien, p. 213-268. Ed. by August Schlettwein, Erich Schultz-Ewerth
& Leonhard Adam. Leipzig: Strecker & Schröder.
Zeidler, Heinrich Friedrich Bernhard. 1914. Beiträge zur Anthropologie der Herero. Zeitschrift
für Morphologie und Anthropologie, v. 17, p. 185-246.
Publication of the author’s (unabridged?) dissertation, Berlin, 1914.
Zhukov, Andrei. 1966. O nekotorich grammaticeskich kategorijach imeni suscestvitelnogo v
jazykach Bantu = On some grammatical categories of nouns in Bantu languages. Africana:
afrikanskii etnograficheskii sbornik, v. 6, p. 122-169. (Trudy Inst. etnografii imeni N.N.
Miklucho Maklaja, novaja serija, #90.)
Some diacritics have been omitted from the title.
Zimmerer, Jürgen; Zeller, Joachim. (Ed.) 2003. Völkermord in Deutsch-Südwestafrika: der
Kolonialkrieg (1904-1908) in Namibia und seine Folgen. Berlin: Ch Links Verlag. Pp 280.
ISBN-10 3-86153-303-0.
38
Peripherals: Matt Fitzpatrick, H-Net book reviews (online), February 2005.
Zukowsky, L. 1924. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Säugetiere Deutsch-Südwest-Afrikas unter
besonderer Berücksichtigung des Rotwildes [gegründet von A.F.A. Wiegmann; fortgesetzt
von W.F. Erichson, F.H. Troschel, E. von Martens, F. Hilgendorf, W. Weltner und E. Strand;
herausgegeben von Embrik Strand]. Archiv für Naturgeschichte (Berlin), v. 90, A1, p. 29-164.
Includes vocabularies for Betschuana, Mambukuschu, Makuba, Otjiherero, as well as “Kung im Sandfeld und Kaukau”, and
Hukwe (Bonny Sands, pc).
2.3 Kwangali, Rukwangali, incl. Mbundza
[SWA/Namibia]. 197x. Kwangali: linguistic terms and abbreviations/taalkundige terme en
afkortings. Windhoek: Dept. of Bantu Education, SWA/Namibia. Pp 31.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1968. Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
[SWA/Namibia]. 1974. Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: Dept. van BantoeOnderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 100. ISBN-10 0-621-02288-8.
Compiled by J.K. Kloppers and D. Nakare.
Akuupa, Michael Uusiku. 2006. “Checking the Kulcha”: local discourses of culture in the
Kavango region of Namibia. MA thesis. Bellville: Dept. of Social Anthropology, Univ. of the
Western Cape. Pp v, 71, v.
URL: etd.uwc.ac.za/index.php?module=etd&action=viewtitle&id=gen8Srv25Nme4_7832_1204118330
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1955. Contribuição para o estudo da sero-antropologia dos
bantos. Garcia de orta, v. 3, 3, p. 271-283.
Deals with Cambucusso or Mbukushu K333, and Cuangares/Kwangali K33A (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:340).
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1956. Subsídio para o estudo antropológico dos Mucussos e
Cuangares (Angola), 1: sobre a estatura e o índice esquelético. Estudos ultramarinos, v. 6, 1/3,
p. 97-110.
Cuangares (Angola), 2: sobre os índices cefálico e nasal. Garcia de orta, v. 6, 2, p. 209-221.
Cuangares (Angola), 3: o índice de pignet. Garcia de orta, v. 6, 3, p. 425-442.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1959. Das mutilações étnicas dos Mucussos e Cuangares.
Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia, v. 17, 1/4, p. 381-389.
Amwele, R. 1996. The Kolteno project and national languages. In: African languages in basic
education, p. 127-131. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1963/65. Die matriliniêre verwantskapsbegrip by die
Ovambo-Kavango-volke. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 18/19,
p. (?).
Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1966. Die matrilineêre orde van die Kavango.
Proefskrif (PhD). Univ. van Port Elizabeth.
39
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1973. Umgangsformen am Kavango, SWA. Suppl. to Mitteilungen
der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 14, n. 6. Windhoek: SWA
(Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 7.
Meer, v. 7, p. 29-43.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1976. Der Kavango: Geschichte, Land und Leute. Afrikanischer
Heimatkalender, v. 46, p. (?).
12, p. 69-80.
Dammann, Ernst. 1957. Studien zum Kwangali: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar. Abhandlungen aus
dem Gebiet der Auslandskunde, #63; Reihe B: Völkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen,
#35. Hamburg: Cram, de Gruyter & Co. Pp ix, 184.
Reprinted by Mouton de Gruyter in Berlin (ISBN-10 3-11-009156-9).
Peripherals: Guy Atkins, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 21 (1958), p. 434; Ernst Westphal, Africa,
v. 28 (1958), p. 179-180; B.I.C. van Eeden, African studies, v. 18 (1959), p. 44-47.
Dammann, Ernst. 1957/58. Stimmlose Nasale im Kwangali. Afrika und Übersee, v. 41, 4, p. 165170.
Dammann, Ernst. 1959/60. Kwangali-Texte. Afrika und Übersee, v. 43, p. 201-227, 279-298.
Dammann, Ernst. 1977. Bantu thinking as reflected in their languages. Lugha (Uppsala), v. 1, p.
9-25.
Deals with the Kwangari and Herero.
Diaz, Herbert Ndango. 1992. A definite edition and analysis of the Tjakova myth of the
Vakavango. PhD thesis. Univ. of Cape Town. Pp 375, plates.
1+11+12+13, p. (?).
Eedes, H.L.P. 1933. Customs of the Okavango natives. In: Report presented by the Government
of the union of South Africa to the Council of the League of Nations concerning the
administration of South West Africa for the year 1932, p. 58-69. Pretoria.
Published without author’s name (Gibson et al. 1981:272).
Fisch, Maria. 1979. Die mythische Wasserschlange bei den Kavangostämmen, ihre Beziehung zu
Geistern in Tiergestalt und zum Regenbogen. Namibiana: communications of the ethnohistorical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, 3, p. 37-52.
Fisch, Maria. 1979/81. Personennamen und Namensgebung: eine ethnologisch-etymologische
Studie bei den Kavangostämme. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v.
34/35, p. 27-42.
Fisch, Maria. 1980. Die Zeremonie des ersten Haarschnittes bei den Kavangostämmen.
Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa)
Scientific Society, v. 2, 1, p. 7-19.
Fisch, Maria. 1984. Die Kavangofischer. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical
study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 5, 1, p. 105-169.
Includes, among other things, wordlists of names for various fish in Gciriku, Mbukushu, Kwangali, and Yei.
Fleisch, Axel; Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 2002. Historical texts of the Kavango area
(Namibia). History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa, #14. Köln: Rüdiger
Köppe Verlag. Pp 344. ISBN-10 3-89645-353-X.
40
Includes material on Kwangali, Sambyu, Gciriku, and the Tjaube (Yeyi).
Peripherals: Meredith McKittrick, International journal of African historical studies, v. 36 (2003), p. 227-228.
Förg, Manfred. 1967/68. Tod und Begräbnis bei den Vambundza am Okavango. Journal of the
SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 22, p. 41-68.
Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp viii, 275. ISBN-10 3-51503343-2.
Includes separate sections on “The Kwangari” (p. 35-80) by McGurk & Gibson, “The Mbundza” (p. 81-96) by McGurk, “The
Sambyu” (p. 97-158) by McGurk, “The Gciriku” (p. 159-209) by Gibson, and “The Mbukushu” (p. 211-268) by Larson.
Peripherals: Johan Pottier, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 47 (1984), p. 409-410.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. K.30 Luyana group: K.31 Luyana (Luyi), K.32 Mbowe, K.33
Kwangari. In: Comparative Bantu, v. 2, p. 53-54. London: Gregg International.
Jantunen, Tuulikki. 1960. Kwangalikielen opas = Guide to the Kwangali language. Ondangwa
(South West Africa): Finnish Mission Society. Pp 72.
Jungraithmayr, Herrmann; Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1983. Lexikon der Afrikanistik:
afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp 351, 3 maps.
Includes brief sections on a variety of subjects, e.g. “Bantoid” by Wilhem Möhlig (p. 40-41), “Chaga” by Wilhem Möhlig (p.
60), “Kavangosprachen” by Wilhem Möhlig (p. 124-125), “Khoisansprachen” by J.C. Winter (p. 125-127), “Mbugu” by
Wilhem Möhlig (p. 158-159), “Niger-Kordofanisch” by Wilhem Möhlig (p. 175-176), “Süd-Kuschitisch” by Andrzej
Zaborski (p. 233), “Sprachpolitik in Afrika” by Ayo Bamgbose (p. 224-226), “Yoruba” by Ayo Bamgbose (p. 271-272).
Peripherals: Rainer Vossen, Tribus, v. 34 (1985), p. 204-206.
Kampungu, R. 1965. Okavango marriage customs investigated in the light of ecclesiastical
legislation. PhD thesis. Roma: Pontificia Univ. Gregoriana (PUG).
Kandjimi, J. 1996. Activities of the Rukwangali Curriculum Committee. In: African languages in
basic education, p. 257-259. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Kloppers, J.K.; Nakare, D.; Isala, L.M. 1994. Bukenkango Rukwangali - English, English
Rukwangali dictionary. Edited by Anton W. Bredell. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Pp iv, 164. ISBN 978-0-86848-878-3 pb, ISBN-10 0-86848-878-X pb.
Peripherals: Karsten Legère, Lexikos, v. 5 (1995), p. 216-218.
Larson, Thomas John. 1972. Tales from the Okavango. With drawings by Rufus Pepenfus. Cape
Town: Howard Timmins. Pp 118. ISBN-10 0-86978-005-0.
Lategan, Martha Margrietha. 1980. Sending- en staatsonderwys vir die inheemse bevolking van
die Kavango: ’n histories-pedagogiese besinning. MA tesis. Pretoria: Univ. van Suid-Afrika
(UNISA).
Laukkanen, Pauli. 1993. Evankelis-luterilaisen Ambokavangon kirkon lähetystyö 1957-1970 =
The mission work by the Evangelical Lutheran Ovambo-Kavango Church, 1957-1970. Univ.
of Helsinki. Pp 86.
Could be a thesis.
Laukkanen, Pauli. 1999. Raamatunkäännöstyö Lounais-Afrikan Ambomaalla ja Kavangolla
1954-1987 = Bible translation work in South-West African Owamboland and Kavango, 19541987. PhD thesis. Helsingin Yliopisto. Pp 234.
41
Laukkanen, Pauli. 2002. Rough road to dynamism: Bible translating in northern Namibia, 19541987 - Kwanyama, Kwangali, and Ndonga. Translated from Finnish by Jouni Salko. Schriften
der Luther-Agricola-Gesellschaft, #52. Helsinki: Luther-Agricola-Society. Pp 296.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Helsinki, 1999.
Legère, Karsten. 1998. Khoisan traces in Kavango languages. In: Language, identity and
conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 193-215. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur
Traces Central Khoisan click words in the Kavango languages.
Legère, Karsten. 2005. Preprefix or not? - that is the question: the case of Kwangali, Kwanyama
and Ndonga. In: Studies in African linguistic typology, p. 251-262. Ed. by Erhard Friedrich
Karl Voeltz. Typological studies in language, #64. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Loggerenberg, J.C. van. 1963. Grammatika van die Kuangali-taal. Drukskrif. Windhoek:
Legère), p. 47-65.
URL: www.njas.helsinki.fi
15.
Swati, and Ndebele.
McGurk, Cecilia R. 1981. The Mbundza. In: The Kavango peoples, p. 81-96. Ed. by Gordon D.
Gibson, Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56.
Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
McGurk, Cecilia R.; Gibson, Gordon D. 1981. The Kwangari. In: The Kavango peoples, p. 35-80.
Ed. by Gordon D. Gibson, Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk. Studien zur
Kulturkunde, #56. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Mertens, Alice. 1974. Kavango, South West Africa. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ. Pp 148
(unpaginated). ISBN-10 0-86977-573-1.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1983. Kavangosprachen. In: Lexikon der Afrikanistik:
afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung, p. 124-125. Ed. by Herrmann Jungraithmayr &
Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1997. A dialectometrical analysis of the main Kavango
languages: Kwangali, Gciriku and Mbukushu. In: Namibian languages: reports and papers, p.
211-234. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke & Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4.
Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Nairenge, Karl. 1996. Rukwangali: a case-study report. In: African languages in basic education,
p. 249-256. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Noll, Jacob. 1xxx. Grammatik der Kuangali-Sprache. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln. Pp 35.
Details wanting.
42
Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1975/76. The Kavango peoples. Journal of the SWA
Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1977. Serogenetic studies on the Kavango of South West
Africa. Annals of human biology, v. 4, 5, p. 465-478.
Otto, Antje. 1985/87. Einführung in die traditionelle materielle Kultur der Kwangali. Journal of
the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 40/41, p. 159-198.
Plessis, J.A. du. 1978. The noun in Kwangali. Stellenbosch studies in Afrikatale, v. 3/1978, p. 4088.
In Afrikaans?
Plessis, J.A. du. 1979. Bepalers by die naamwoord in Kwangali. Stellenbosch studies in
Afrikatale, v. 1/1979, p. 1-74.
Plessis, J.A. du. 1979. Die werkwoord in Kwangali. Stellenbosch studies in Afrikatale, v. 2/1979,
p. 1-71.
Plessis, J.A. du. 1980. Bywoorde en vrae in Kwangali. Stellenbosch studies in Afrikatale, v.
1/1980, p. 68-100.
Kavangos. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi. 1936. Das versteht mein Ovambo: Zusammenstellung 200
wichtigster Sätze aus dem täglichen Leben in 4 Dialekten. Windhoek: Karakulzucht-Verein.
Pp 38.
The work claims to give phrases for four Bantu languages, viz. those of Okavango, Ovambo, Portuguese West Africa and
Barotse. “Die angegebenen ‘Sprachen’ sind mehr ein Gemisch verscheidener Dialekte und sogenanntes ‘Kitchen-Kafir’”
Seifert, Marc. (Ed.) 2006. Narrations from Kavango: folktales and documentary texts from
northern Namibia and southern Angola. Wortkunst und Dokumentartexte in afrikanischen
Sprachen, #23. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 284. ISBN 978-3-89645-279-5.
Contains 59 folktales of the Kavango peoples Kwangali, Mbunza, Manyo, Mbukushu, and Nyemba.
Sivhute, G.; Fisch, Maria. 1984. Die koninklike feeste van die Kwangali. South African journal
of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 7, 2, p. 16-25.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 2003. Western Savanna (K, R). In: The Bantu languages, p. 566-580.
Ed. by Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New York:
Routledge.
Tamm-Koptjevskaja, Maria. 1984. Some Bantu tense systems. In: Selected working papers from
the tense-mood-aspect project, p. 158-194. Ed. by Östen Dahl & Dora Kós-Dienes.
Stockholm: Inst. of Linguistics, Univ. of Stockholm.
Based on literature reviews. Besides a number of Bantu languages, the study also includes Nkom (Grassfields), Bamileke
Dschang (Grassfields), Aghem (Grassfields) and Banda (Ubangi). Pages 167-168 have been duplicated on 169-170.
Urquhart, Alvin W. 1963. Patterns of settlement and subsistence in southwestern Angola.
Publications from the National Research Council, #1096. Washington DC: National Academy
of Sciences.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1958. Kwangari: an index of lexical types. Cyclostyled.
School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), Univ. of London. Pp ix, 109.
Wüst, Josef. 1940. Die kultische Gottesverehrung der Okawangostämme. Missionswissenschaft
und Religionswissenschaft (Münster), v. 3, p. 264-270.
Wüst, Josef. 1940. Die Gottesvostellung der Okawangostämme in Südwestafrika.
Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft (Münster), v. 3, p. 37-43.
43
Zwart, Madelon. 1999. Indigenous churches in the Kavango. Utrecht: Unitwin. Pp 157. ISBN-10
90-5187-296-8.
Deals with the Mbunza people and their (many) indigenous churches.
2.4 Lozi, Silozi, “Kololo”
[Anon.] 2000. Zambian phrase book. Helen Grant Publ. Pp 167. ISBN-10 9982-845-00-4.
Includes phrases translated to Bemba, Kaonde, Lozi, Lunda, Luvale, Nyanja, and Tonga.
[Namibia]. 2007. Silozi orthography. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. ISBN 978-99916-0847-1.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1985. Lozi orthography 2. Windhoek: Dept. of Bantu Education,
SWA/Namibia. Pp 48. ISBN-10 0-86976-210-9.
Baines, Thomas. 1865. The Victoria Falls, Zambezi river: sketched on the spot during the
journey of J. Chapman & T. Baines. London: Day & Son. Pp 8.
Eight pages?
Bennett, Patrick R. 1970. Sesotho-Lozi: a clue to the evolution of multi-level tonal systems.
Journal of African languages, v. 9, 3, p. 153-164.
Bertrand, Alfred [Capt.] 1898. Au pays des ba-rotsi, haut-Zambeze: voyage d’exploration en
Afrique et retour par les Chutes Victoria, le Matabeleland, le Transvaal, Natal, le Cap. Paris:
Hachette. Pp 3, 331.
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the American Geographical Society of New York, v. 30 (1898), p. 349-351; Edward Heawood,
“African books 1897-98”, The geographical journal, v. 12 (1898), p. 300-306.
Bertrand, Alfred [Capt.] 1899. The kingdom of the Barotse, upper Zambezia: a voyage of
exploration in Africa, returning by the Victoria Falls, Matabeleland, the Transvaal, Natal, and
the Cap. Translated by A.D. Miall. London: T. Fisher Unwin. Pp xx, 304.
Travelogue in the form of a diary.
Peripherals: W. Crooke, Journal of the Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 29 (1899), p. 188.
Buiswalelo, Henry Makata. 1984. Lilimi la silozi: litopa ze pahami. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ.
Burger, J.P. 1960. An English-Lozi vocabulary. Mongu (Northern Rhodesia): Paris Missionary
Society. Pp 171.
Chimuka, S.S. 1977. Zambian languages: orthography approved by the Ministry of Education.
Lusaka: National Educational Company of Zambia (NECZAM). Pp ix, 128.
Issued anonymously. Not sure what languages it deals with.
Coillard, François. 1894. “Zambesia”: work among the Barotsi. Glasgow: Maclure, Macdonald
& Co. Pp 32.
44
Coillard, François. 1897. On the threshold of Central Africa: a record of twenty years’
pioneering among the Barotsi of the Upper Zambesi. Translated from French and edited by his
niece Catherijne Winckworth Mackintosh. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Pp xxxiv, 663.
Translation of Sur le Haut-Zambèzi. Reprinted 1971 by Franck Cass & Co. in London (Cass library of African studies,
missionary researchers and travels, #19; ISBN-10 0-7146-1865-9).
Peripherals: Edward Heawood, “African books 1897-98”, The geographical journal, v. 12 (1898), p. 300-306.
Coillard, François. 1898. Sur le Haut-Zambèzi: voyages et travaux de mission. Avec une préface
de M.J. de Seynes. Paris: Impr. Berger-Levrault. Pp xxviii, 590.
Coillard, François. 1971. On the threshold of central Africa: a record of twenty years’ pioneering
among the Barotsi of the upper Zambesi. 3rd edition, with a new introduction by Max
Gluckman. London: Frank Cass & Co. Pp 663.
Collett, David Philip. 1987. A contribution to the study of migrations in the archaeological
record: the Nguni and Kololo migrations as a case study. In: Archaeology as long-term
history, p. 105-106. Ed. by Ian Hodder. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Colson, Elizabeth; Gluckman, Max. (Ed.) 1951. Seven tribes of British Central Africa. London:
Oxford Univ. Press for the Rhodes-Livingstone Inst. Pp 395.
Includes sections on the Lozi, Plateau Tonga, Nyakyusa, Fort Jameson Ngoni, Bemba, Shona, and Yao.
Peripherals: R.S.H., African affairs, v. 51 (1952), p. 74-76; G. Hulstaert, Aequatoria, v. 15 (1952), p. 162.
Colyer, Stanley. 1914. SiKololo: notes on the grammar with a vocabulary. London: John Bale,
Sons & Danielson. Pp vi, 53.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1954. The Southern Bantu languages. Handbook of African languages.
London: Oxford Univ. Press for the International African Inst. (IAI). Pp 262.
Reprinted 1967 by Dawsons of Pall Mall for the International African Inst. in London.
Peripherals: Malcolm Guthrie, African affairs, v. 54 (1955), p. 75-76; Gérard P. Lestrade, African studies, v. 14 (1955), p. 8589; A.E. Meeussen, Aequatoria, v. 18 (1955), p. 75; S.A. Rochlin, “Some South African language pioneers of the nineteenth
century”, African studies, v. 14 (1955), p. 171-173; H. Allan Gleason jnr, Language, v. 32 (1956), p. 567-573; Ernst
Westphal, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 18 (1956), p. 200-202.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1998. Silozi in Namibia. In: Cross-border languages: reports and
studies, p. 205-225. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Deutsche Stiftung für
Entwicklungsländer (DSE); Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Fanshawe, D.B.; Mutimushi, J.M. 1971. A check list of plant names in the Lozi languages. Forest
research bulletins, #23. Lusaka: Min. of Rural Development, Zambia. Pp 29.
Fortune, George. 1963. A note on the languages of Barotseland. In: Proceedings of the
conference on the history of Central African peoples. Lusaka: Rhodes-Livingstone Inst.
Fortune, George. 1977. An outline of Lozi. In: Language in Zambia: grammatical sketches.
Lusaka: Inst. of African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Zambia.
Fortune, George. 2001. An outline of Lozi grammar. New (2nd) edition. Lusaka: Bookworld
Publ. Pp xi, 106. ISBN-10 9982-24-159-1.
Revision or reprint of Fortune (1977).
Gibbons, Alfred St. Hill. 1897. A journey in the Marotse and Mashikolumbwe countries. The
geographical journal, v. 9, 2, p. 121-143.
Peripherals: Percy C. Reid, “The régime of the Okavango River”, The geographical journal, v. 15 (1900), p. 186-187.
Gibbons, Alfred St. Hill. 1898. Exploration and hunting in Central Africa, 1895-96. London:
Methuen & Co. Pp xi, 408.
Gibbons, Alfred St. Hill. 1904. Africa from south to north through Marotseland, 2 vols. London
& New York: Lane & Bodley Head.
45
Gluckman, Max. 1942. Prefix concordance in Lozi, lingua franca of Barotseland. African studies,
v. 1, 2, p. 105-114.
Gluckman, Max. 1943. Administrative organization of the Barotse Native Authorities, with a plan
for re-forming them, 2 parts. Communications from the Rhodes-Livingstone Inst., #1.
Livingstone.
Gluckman, Max. 1943. Essays on Lozi land and royal property. Rhodes-Livingstone papers, #10.
Livingstone: Rhodes-Livingstone Inst. Pp 99.
Gluckman, Max. 1950. Kinship and marriage among the Lozi of Northern Rhodesia and the Zulu
of Natal. In: African systems of kinship and marriage, p. 166-206. Ed. by Alfred Reginald
Radcliffe-Brown & Daryll Forde. London, New York & Toronto: Oxford Univ. Press for the
International African Inst. (IAI).
Gluckman, Max. 1951. The Lozi of Barotseland in north-western Rhodesia. In: Seven tribes of
British Central Africa, p. 1-93. Ed. by Elizabeth Colson & Max Gluckman. London: Oxford
Univ. Press for the Rhodes-Livingstone Inst.
Gluckman, Max. 1955. The judicial process among the Barotse of Northern Rhodesia.
Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press for the Rhodes-Livingstone Inst. Pp 386.
Gluckman, Max. 1955. The reasonable man in Barotse law [pt. 1-2]. Journal of African
administration, v. 7, p. 51-55, 127-131.
Gluckman, Max. 1956. The reasonable man in Barotse law [pt. 3-4]. Journal of African
administration, v. 8, p. 101-105, 151-156.
Gluckman, Max. 1959. The technical vocabulary of Barotse jurisprudence. American
anthropologist, new series, v. 61, 5, p. 743-759.
Gorman, W.A.R. 1950. Simple Silozi: a guide for beginners. London: Longmans, Green & Co. in
association with the Northern Rhodesia & Nyasaland Joint Publ. Bureau. Pp 107.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1964. Morphology of the substantive in Lozi. BA Honours thesis.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1966. Some Lozi riddles and tongue-twisters annotated and analysed. African
studies, v. 25, 3, p. 139-158.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1967. Morphology of the verb in Lozi. MA thesis. Johannesburg: Univ. of the
Witwatersrand.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1968. Some secret languages of children of South Africa. African studies, v.
27, 3, p. 135-139.
Reprinted 1993 in Foundations in southern African linguistics (ed. by Robert K. Herbert; Witwatersrand Univ. Press), p. 227231.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1971. A selection of Lozi folktales and riddles. African studies, v. 30, p. 15-33,
91-115.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1979. A structural typology for Bantu riddles. African studies, v. 38, 1, p. 4765.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1989. The parentage and development of Lozi. Journal of African languages
and linguistics, v. 11, p. 127-149.
Gowlett, Derek F. 2003. Zone S. In: The Bantu languages, p. 609-638. Ed. by Derek Nurse &
Gérard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New York: Routledge.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. K.20 Lozi group: K.21 Lozi (Kololo). In: Comparative Bantu, v. 2, p.
53. London: Gregg International.
46
Harding, Colin [Col.] 1905. In remotest Barotseland: being an account of a journey of over 8,000
miles through the wildest and remotest parts of Lewanika’s Empire. London: Hurst &
Blackett.
Hartland, Sidney E. 1907. Notes on some South African tribes. Man: a record of anthropological
science, v. 7, p. 49-50 (art. 35).
A brief list of ethnic names with locations, incl. Batoka M64, Masubia K42, Angoni N12, Bambukushu K333, Mankoya L62,
Batutela K41, Bamashe K34, Mankwongwa (?), Bamakoma K353, Barotse K21, and Batonga M64.
Heine, Bernd. 1968. Afrikanische Verkehrssprachen. Schriftenreihe zur empirischen
Sozialforschung, #4. Köln: Deutsche Welle für Infratest. Pp 280.
Peripherals: Herrmann Jungraithmayr & Wilfried Gunther, Language, v. 47 (1971), p. 957-958.
Heine, Bernd. 1970. Status and use of African lingua francas. Translated from German. AfrikaStudien der IFO-Inst. für Wirtschaftsforschung, #49. München: Weltforum-Verlag. Pp 206.
Hudson, R.S. 1935. The human geography of Balovale District, Northern Rhodesia. Journal of
the Royal Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 65, p. 235-266.
Includes mentions of the Valovale (Lwena), the Valunda, the Valochaze, the Mankoya, Maliuwa, Mambuma, and
Marozi/Makololo. The authors says that the “Mankoya, Maliuwa, Marozi, and Mambuma all speak Sikololo” (p. 245).
Hudson, R.S.; Prescot, H.K. 1924. The election of a “Ngambela” in Barotseland. Man: a record
of anthropological science, v. 24, p. 138-139 (art. 103).
Jalla, Adolphe. 1910. Litaba tsa sechaba sa Marotse. Firenze.
“Notes sur les Louyi en sotho” (Homburger 1925:168).
Jalla, Adolphe. 1917. Sikololo-English dictionary. Pp 205.
Details wanting.
Jalla, Adolphe. 1917. English-Sikololo dictionary. Torre Pellice (Italy): Impr. Alpine for the
British South Africa Company (BSAC). Pp 161.
Jalla, Adolphe. 1917. Elementary grammar of the Sikololo language. Pp 102.
Details wanting.
Jalla, Adolphe. 1936. Dictionary of the Lozi language, 1: Lozi-English. 2nd edition. London:
United Society for Christian Literature (USCL). Pp 393.
Jalla, Adolphe. 1937. Elementary grammar of the Lozi language, with graduated exercises. 2nd
edition, revised. London: United Society for Christian Literature (USCL). Pp 108.
Reprinted (revised?) 1982 by the United Society for Christian Literature (USCL).
Jalla, Adolphe. 1982. Silozi-English dictionary. 3rd edition, revised and enlarged by the
Literature Committee of the United Church of Zambia. Lusaka: National Educational
Company of Zambia (NECZAM). Pp 497.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group S (Becuana-Transvaal), language 74b:
Sikololo. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford: Clarendon
Press.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group S (Becuana-Transvaal), language 74c:
Njenji or Zinzi. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group V (West Zambezia), language 83: Silûyi
(Luiana, Lue, Sikubu) or ‘Barotse’. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu
languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Johnston, James. 1893. Reality versus romance in South Central Africa: an account of a journey
across the continent from Benguella on the West, through Bihe, Ganguella, Barotse, the
Kalihari Desert, Mashonaland, Manica, Gorongoza, Nyasa, the Shire Highlands, to the mouth
of the Zambesi on the East. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Pp 353.
Reprinted 1969 (as a “second edition”) by Frank Cass & Co. in London (Cass library of African studies, missionary
researches and travels, #9; ISBN-10 0-7146-1871-3).
47
Peripherals: Anon, The Atlantic monthly, v. 74 (1894), p. 557.
Kamitondo, E. Ndopu. 1958. Silozi note book. Based on the Chibemba note book by Commander
T.S.L. Fox-Pitt. London: Longmans. Pp 45.
Kashina, Kashina. 1996. The distribution of adverbials in the Lozi clause. In: Proceedings of the
Edinburgh Linguistics Dept. conference ’96, p. 69-80. Edinburgh.
Kashina, Kashina. 2005. The Silozi clause: a study of the structure and distribution of its
constituents. Studies in African linguistics, #66. München: Lincom Europa. Pp 384. ISBN-10
3-89586-770-5.
Kashoki, Mubanga E. 1973. In what language is Zambia’s copper produced? Enterprise, October
1973, p. 32-35.
Kashoki, Mubanga E. 1975. Three Zambian languages go to town. Enterprise, v. 2, p. 29-31.
Kashoki, Mubanga E. 1978. Lexical innovation in four Zambian languages. African
languages/Langues africaines, v. 4, p. 80-95.
Kashoki, Mubanga E. 1994. Loanwords in Lozi, Nyanja and Tonga. Cyclostyled. Lusaka: Inst. of
African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Zambia.
Kashoki, Mubanga E.; Katengo, M.E.; Mundia, M. 1998. Cross-border language perspectives:
experiences and lessons form Zambia - focus on Silozi. In: Cross-border languages: reports
and studies, p. 168-204. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Deutsche Stiftung für
Entwicklungsländer (DSE); Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Lewanika, Godwin A. Mbikusita. 1956. English-Lozi phrase book. London: Macmillan.
This coould be a reprint.
Limbo, P.M. 1982. The Caprivi: facts and figures. SWA annual / SWA jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch
(Windhoek), 1982, p. 53.
Livingstone, David [Rev.] 18xx. An alphabetical vocabulary of the various Tsuana dialects. Cape
Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 258.
In addition to what is stated in the title, “from [page] 214 on it is a polyglottic comparison of Bakhoba [R41], Bashubea
[K42], Baloyazi [K13]; Bamaponda [K13], Barotse [K21], Batoka [M64], Banyenko [K16], Bechuana [S31] and English”
(Doke 1959:11n41).
Livingstone, David [Rev.] 18xx. Dictionary of the Barotse, Tete, etc., languages. Cape Town:
Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 132.
Livingstone, David [Rev.] 1851. Comparative vocabulary of eight Bantu languages: Bakhoba
(Bayeyi), Bashubea, Balojazi, Ba(ma)ponda, Barotse, Batoka, Banyenko, Betshwana.
Handwritten manuscript, ref. MSB 305-1. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public
Library. Pp 35.
No title. Sometimes referred to as “Livingstone’s five vocabularies”. It does, however, contain columns for eight languages,
i.e. Bakhoba/Bayeyi R41, Bashubea K42, Balojazi K13, Ba(ma)ponda K13, Barotse K21, Batoka M64, Banyenko K16, and
Betshwana S31. Dated 1851 by Johnston (1919:799).
Lubinda, John M. 2001. Consonantal elision and anticipatory coarticulation in Silozi: the glottal
fricative in diachronic and synchronic perspectives. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v.
66 (spec. theme: ‘From the south: a selection of papers’, ed. by Femi Dele Akindele and
Karsten Legère), p. 29-45.
Mainga, Mutumba. 1966. The origin of the Lozi: some oral traditions. In: The Zambesian past, p.
238-247. Ed. by Eric T. Stokes & Richard Brown. Manchester: Manchester Univ. Press for the
Inst. for Social Research, Univ. of Zambia.
Mainga, Mutumba. 1966. The Lozi kingdom. In: A short history of Zambia. Ed. by Brian M.
Fagan. Nairobi: Oxford Univ. Press.
Mainga, Mutumba. 1969. A history of the Lozi people to 1900. PhD thesis. Univ. of London. Pp
448.
48
Mainga, Mutumba. 1973. Bulozi under the Luyana kings: political evolution and state formation
in pre-colonial Zambia. London: Longmans. Pp xvii, 278. ISBN-10 0-582-64073-3, 0-58264088-1.
Peripherals: Melvin E. Page, ASA (African Studies Association) review of books, v. 3 (1977), p. 155-164.
Mamili, M. 1996. Silozi after independence: the view of the Silozi Curriculum Committee. In:
African languages in basic education, p. 272-274. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek:
Mandala, Elias C. 1978. The nature and substance of Mang’anja and Kololo oral traditions: a
preliminary survey. Society of Malawi journal, v. 31, 1, p. 6-22.
Marten, Lutz; Kula, Nancy Chongo. 2007. Morphosyntactic co-variation in Bantu: two case
studies. SOAS working papers in linguistics, v. 15 (spec. theme: ‘Bantu in Bloomsbury’, ed.
by Nancy C. Kula and Lutz Marten), p. 227-238.
URL: www.soas.ac.uk/linguistics/research/workingpapers/volume-15/swpl-volume-15.html
Mbala, R. 1996. Silozi in basic education. In: African languages in basic education, p. 264-271.
Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Milimo, J.T. 1972. Bantu wisdom. Lusaka: National Educational Company of Zambia
(NECZAM). Pp 119.
A collection of proverbs from Luvale K14, Lozi K21, Lunda L52, Bemba M42, Swaka M53, Lala M54, Tonga M64,
Tumbuka N21, Chewa N31, Sena N44, and Shona S10.
Mortimer, C.M. 1957. History of the Barotse National School, 1907-1957. Northern Rhodesia
journal, v. 3, 4, p. 303-310.
Mukuni, J.F. 1991. Silozi-English phrase book. Lusaka: Kenneth Kaunda Foundation. Pp vii, 83.
Muuka, L.S. 1966. The colonization of Barotseland in the seventeenth century. In: The
Zambesian past, p. 248-260. Ed. by Eric T. Stokes & Richard Brown. Manchester: Manchester
Univ. Press for the Inst. for Social Research, Univ. of Zambia.
Mwikisa, Peter. 1988. Setswana, Sesotho and Silozi: a preliminary forecast of mutual
intelligibility. Marang, v. 7, 12, p. 28-38.
Mwikisa, Peter. 1989. Enhancing mutual intelligibility among Sesotho, Setswana and Silozi:
problems and prospects. Unpublished manuscript. Gaborone: Univ. of Botswana.
Mwisiya, M.W. 1977. Introduction to Silozi grammar. Lusaka: Kenneth Kaunda Foundation. Pp
xv, 168. ISBN-10 9982-01-112-X.
O’Sullivan, Owen. 1993. English-Silozi dictionary. Lusaka: Zambia Educational Publ. House. Pp
xxii, 362.
Parker, T.F. 1951. Let’s talk together: timwane, tumfwane, a lu twane, tumvwane. Cape Town,
Lusaka & Blantyre: Longmans, Green & Co. in conjunction with the Northern Rhodesia &
Nyasaland Publ. Bureau.
Contains phrases in Nyanja, Bemba, Lozi and (Plateau) Tonga.
Reid, Percy C. 1901. Journeys in the Linyanti region. The geographical journal, v. 17, 6, p. 573588.
Reid’s paper is followed by comments by T.H. Holdich, Maj. Gibbons, and Maj. Coryndon (p. 585-588).
Pp 38.
49
4, p. 207-242.
Shaloff, Stanley. 1972. The Kasempa salient: the tangled web of British-Kaonde-Lozi relations.
International journal of African historical studies, v. 5, 1, p. 22-40.
Smith, Edwin William. 1956. Sebetwane and the Makololo. African studies, v. 15, 2, p. 49-74.
Stappers, Leo. 1947. Het toonsysteem van het lozi. Verhandelingen van het vlamse
filologencongres, 1947, p. 240-247.
Stirke, D.E.C.; Thomas, A.W. 1915. Sikololo phrase book. London: John Bale, Sons &
Danielson.
Peripherals: S.H. R[ay], Man, v. 16 (1916), p. 128 (art. 78); A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 16 (1916/17), p.
353-354.
Stirke, D.E.C.; Thomas, A.W. 1916. A comparative vocabulary of Sikololo-Silui-Simbunda.
London: John Bale, Sons & Danielson. Pp 40.
Contains an English-Sikololo-Silui-Simbunda comparative vocabulary.
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 16 (1916/17), p. 353-354; Sidney H. Ray, Man, v. 17 (1917), p.
167-168 (art. 112).
Sumbwa, Nyambe. 1993. Zambian proverbs. Lusaka: Multimedia Zambia. Pp 84. ISBN-10 998230-071-7.
Contains proverbs from Bemba, Kaonde, Lozi/Luyana, Luvale, Nyanja and Chitonga.
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Ndau, Lozi. Sound of Africa series, #TR 67. Grahamstown:
International Library of African Music (ILAM).
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Lozi. Sound of Africa series, #TR 51. Grahamstown: International
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Lozi, Bemba. Sound of Africa series, #TR 182. Grahamstown:
Turner, Victor W. 1952. The Lozi peoples of north-western Rhodesia. Ethnographic survey of
Africa, West Central Africa, #3. London: Oxford Univ. Press for the International African
Inst. (IAI). Pp vii, 62, map.
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1987. A tonal study of Lozi verbs. In: Bantu linguistics, 1: studies in
Zambian languages, p. 73-128. Inst. for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and
Africa (ILCAA), Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies.
Yukawa, Yasutoshi; Hachipola, Simooya Jerome; Kagaya, Ryohei. 1987. Bantu linguistics, 1:
studies in Zambian languages. Inst. for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and
Africa (ILCAA), Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies. Pp 478.
2.5 Manyo, Rumanyo, incl. Gciriku, Sambyu
[Namibia]. 2004. Rumanyo ntjangitito / orthography 2. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
ISBN-10 99916-0-510-X.
50
[SWA/Namibia]. 1988. Gciriku ortografie/orthography 1. Opgestel deur J.K. Kloppers en K.P.
Shiyaka, in medewerking met die Gciriku-vakkomitee. Windhoek: Dept. van Nasionale
Opvoeding, SWA/Namibië. Pp 77, 43. ISBN-10 0-86976-223-0.
Bierfert, Augustin [Pater]. 1913. Die Diriku. In: Lesebuch zur Heimatkunde von Deutsch
Südwestafrika, p. 44-47. Ed. by Bernhard Voigt. Stuttgart.
Bierfert, Augustin [Pater]. 1925. Rechtanschauungen der Eingeborenen am Okawango.
Monatsblätter der Oblaten der Unbefleckten Jungfrau Maria, v. 32, 1, p. 291-295.
Bierfert, Augustin [Pater]. 1935. Fünfundzwanzig Jahre katholische Mission bei den Wadiriku
am Okawango. Monatsblätter der Oblaten der Unbefleckten Jungfrau Maria, v. 42, 9, p. 265268.
Bierfert, Augustin [Pater]. 1938. 25 Jahre bei den Wadiriku am Okawango. Hünfeld
(Deutschland).
Bosch, Johannes L. 1964. Die Shambiu van die Okavango: ’n volkenkundige studie. Proefskrif
(PhD). Univ. van Stellenbosch.
p. (?).
Meer, v. 7, p. 29-43.
Eirola, Martti; Bradley, Jan; Laitinen, Arto. 1990. Kavango, the Sambiyu tribe: the way of life of
the Mupapama river terrace community. Rundu (Namibia).
Details wanting. Referred to by Behrend (1998:382).
34/35, p. 27-42.
51
Fisch, Maria. 1999. History of the female chiefs of the Shambyu tribe (Kavangoland). Journal of
the Namibia Scientific Society, v. 47, p. 109-120.
Fiuza, Guilherme. 1948. Apontamentos para a história do baixo Cubango (na area do posto do
Dirico). Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 11, p. 39-41.
Fiuza, Guilherme. 1948. Historia da tribu Va-Diriku. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 10, p.
29-30.
Gibson, Gordon D. 1953. Unpublished notes ethnographic and linguistic field notes on the
Gciriku, recorded in Shakawe, Ngamiland, Bechuanaland Protectorate.
Referred to by Gibson et al. (1981:273).
Gibson, Gordon D. 1981. The Gciriku. In: The Kavango peoples, p. 159-209. Ed. by Gordon D.
Hüttenberger, Jens. 1997. Zur Beziehung zwischen Sprache und Kultur anhand der
Jagdterminologie im Gciriku (Kavangosprache). Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ.
zu Köln.
(UNISA).
Likuwa, K. 2000. The history of the Vamanyo people. The Namibian, 10 November 2000, p. (?).
Legère), p. 47-65.
52
15.
Swati, and Ndebele.
Maho, Jouni Filip; Shiyave, S.S. 1991. Unpublished Gciriku and Shambyu word/phrase list.
Dept. of Linguistics, Göteborg Univ. Pp 11.
Marten, Lutz; Kula, Nancy Chongo. 200x. Semantic transparency in phonology: telicity and
vowel copying in Dciriku. In: Phonologica 2002. Ed. by John Richard Rennison.
Mberema, F.K. Haingura wa. 1996. Rugciriku and the Rugciriku Curriculum Committee after
Namibian independence. In: African languages in basic education, p. 242-248. Ed. by Karsten
Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Written on behalf of the Rugciriku Curriculum Committee.
Mberema, F.K. Haingura wa. 1996. Rugciriku in basic education. In: African languages in basic
McGurk, Cecilia R. 1981. The Sambyu. In: The Kavango peoples, p. 97-158. Ed. by Gordon D.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1965. Unpublizierte Wortliste Dciriku-Deutsch-Französisch.
Windhoek: Estorff Library. Pp 56.
Includes 1030 verbs and 1183 nouns.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1967. Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Prosodologie und
Morphologie. Inaugural-Dissertation. Univ. zu Köln. Pp xxx, 279.
Peripherals: A.E. Meeussen, Journal of African languages, v. 7 (1968), p. 163-164; Wilhelm Möhlig, “Some concepts
underlying language description: a reply to A.E. Meeussen’s review”, Journal of African languages, v. 7 (1968), p. 164-167;
Emmi Kähler-Meyer, Afrika und Übersee, v. 56 (1972/73), p. 136-140.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1968. Some concepts underlying language description: a reply
to A.E. Meeussen’s review of my monograph ‘Die Sprache der Dciriku’. Journal of African
languages, v. 7, p. 164-167.
Peripherals: A.E. Meeussen, Journal of African languages, v. 7 (1968), p. 163-164.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1969. Zur prosodologischen Analyse sogenannter Tonsprachen
im Bantu. In: XVII. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 21. bis 27. Juli 1968 in Würzburg:
Vorträge, v. 3, p. 1155-1165. Ed. by Wolfgang Voigt. Suppl. 1 to Zeitschrift der deutschen
morgenländischen Gesellschaft. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Deals primarily with Dciriku K332, and to a lesser degree also with Hehe G62, Chaga E62 and Shi D53.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1979. Sprichwörter als Quelle des traditionellen Rechts in
Afrika. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, v. 78, p. 221-237.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1981. Geier und Erhörnchen: eine Tiererzählung der Dciriku. In:
Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von P. Anton Vorbichler, v. 2, p. 127-164. Ed. by Inge
53
Hofmann. Veröffentlichungen des Inst. für Afrikanistik und Ägyptologie der Univ. Wien, #15;
Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, #12. Wien: Afro-Pub.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1983. Überlegungen zu einer kulturinternen Analyse oraler
Literatur in Afrika mit Beispielen der Dciriku vom mittleren Kavango (Namibia). Afrika und
Übersee, v. 66, 1, p. 43-55.
URL: books.google.com/books?id=mjIzAAAAIAAJ
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1995. The architecture of Bantu narratives: an interdisciplinary
matter analysis of a Dciriku text. In: The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J.
Dickens, p. 85-113. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen & Megan Biesele. Afrikanische
Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 2005. A grammatical sketch of Rugciriku. Grammatische
Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #26. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 136. ISBN-10 389645-542-7.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 2007. Linguistic evidence of cultural change: the case of the
Rumanyo speaking people in northern Namibia. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v.
18 (spec. theme: ‘Cultural change in the prehistory of arid Africa’, ed. by Wilhelm J.G.
Möhlig), p. (?).
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg; Shiyaka-Mberema, Karl Peter. 2005. A dictionary of the
Rumanyo language: Rumanyo-English, English-Rumanyo, including a grammatical sketch.
Southern African languages and dialects, #2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 459.
Peripherals: Jacky Maniacky, Journal of African languages and linguistics, v. 28 (2007), p. 239-241.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg; Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1970. Zur Bedeutungsanalyse der
unterschiedlichen Nominalklassenzugehörigkeit von Verwandtschaftsbezeichnungen im
Dciriku: eine sozialanthropologisch-linguistische Untersuchung. In: Probleme der
interdisziplinären Afrikanistik, p. 59-93. Schriften der Vereinigung von Afrikanisten in
Deutschland, #1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Peters, Mark A. 1972. Notes on the place names of Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, v. 4,
p. 219-233.
Includes lots of Bushman names (Strohmeyer 1982:250).
Pisani, Etienne du. 1978. Some aspects of animal husbandry in Kavango. Namib und Meer, v. 8,
p. 67-71.
“With plenty of Rucgiriku words, distinguishing sex and colour of animals” (Strohmeyer 1982:172).
54
Schapera, Isaac; Merwe, D.F. van der. 1942. Notes on the noun classes of some Bantu languages
of Ngamiland: Yeei, Subia, Gova and Gcereku. Communications from the School of African
Studies, new series, #2. Univ. of Cape Town. Pp iii, 181.
Peripherals: A.N. Tucker, Africa, v. 14 (1943), p. 101-102; G. Hulstaert, Aequatoria, v. 8 (1945), p. 120; Pierre Schumacher,
Anthropos, v. 45 (1950), p. 402-403.
Seifert, Marc. 2003. Zur Analyse eines modernen Schulwörterbuches im Rumanyo (Bantusprache
Namibias). Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Seifert, Marc. 2007. Zur Anlage eines modernen Schulwörterbuches im Rumanyo (Bantusprache
Namibias). In: Beiträge zur 1. Kölner Afrikawissenschaftlichen Nachwuchstagung (KANT I),
12.-14. Mai 2006. Ed. by Marc Seifert & others. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
URL: www.uni-koeln.de/phil-fak/afrikanistik/kant/kant1_i3.html
Routledge.
Tamm-Koptjevskaja, Maria. 1984. Some Bantu tense systems. In: Selected working papers from
the tense-mood-aspect project, p. 158-194. Ed. by Östen Dahl & Dora Kós-Dienes.
Stockholm: Inst. of Linguistics, Univ. of Stockholm.
Based on literature reviews. Besides a number of Bantu languages, the study also includes Nkom (Grassfields), Bamileke
Dschang (Grassfields), Aghem (Grassfields) and Banda (Ubangi). Pages 167-168 have been duplicated on 169-170.
of Sciences.
(SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 343-371.
2.6 Mbukushu, Thimbukushu
[Namibia]. 2006. Thimbukushu orthography 3. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. ISBN-10
99916-0-646-7.
[South Africa]. 1973. Mbukushu taalkunst en rekenkunde: terminologielys. Pretoria: Central
Orthography Committee, Dept. of Bantu Education, South Africa.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1968. Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 47.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1980. Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. for the
Dept. of National Education, SWA/Namibia. Pp 65. ISBN-10 0-86848-062-2.
This could be a reprint from the mid-1970s.
55
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1955. Contribuição para o estudo da sero-antropologia dos
bantos. Garcia de orta, v. 3, 3, p. 271-283.
Deals with Cambucusso or Mbukushu K333, and Cuangares/Kwangali K33A (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:340).
Cuangares (Angola), 1: sobre a estatura e o índice esquelético. Estudos ultramarinos, v. 6, 1/3,
p. 97-110.
Cuangares (Angola), 2: sobre os índices cefálico e nasal. Garcia de orta, v. 6, 2, p. 209-221.
Cuangares (Angola), 3: o índice de pignet. Garcia de orta, v. 6, 3, p. 425-442.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1959. Das mutilações étnicas dos Mucussos e Cuangares.
Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia, v. 17, 1/4, p. 381-389.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Thimbukushu: a language of the Delta. In:
Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa, p. 91-99. Gaborone: Longman
Botswana.
Batibo, Herman M. 1998. A lexicostatistical survey of the Bantu language of Botswana. South
African journal of African languages, v. 18, 1, p. 22-28.
p. (?).
Meer, v. 7, p. 29-43.
Carvalho, Horácio R.A. de. 1949. Contos, lendas e provérbios (Ganguelas e Mucussos).
Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 17, p. 37-40.
Cooke, G. 1970. The Hambukushu of Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, v. 2, p. 24-29.
Peripherals: Thomas Larson, “The Hambukushu of Ngamiland”, Botswana notes and records, v. 2 (1970), p. 29-44.
Couceiro, Henrique de Paiva. 1892. Relatorio de viagem entre Bailundo e as terras do Mucusso.
Lisboa.
Fisch, Maria. 1977. Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia.
Wissenschaftliche Forschung in Südwestafrika, #15. Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika)
Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 149. ISBN-10 0-949995-15-0.
Peripherals: Ernst Dammann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 62 (1979), p. 228-229; Thilo C. Schadeberg, Journal of African
languages and linguistics, v. 2 (1980), p. 176-178.
Fisch, Maria. 1978. Was ist eine Bantusprache? Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 49, p. 57-62.
This is a “kleiner Überblick mit Beispielen aus dem Thimbukushu” (Strohmeyer 1982:170).
56
34/35, p. 27-42.
Fisch, Maria. 1998. Thimbukushu grammar. Translated from German by the author. Windhoek:
Out of Africa Publ. Pp v, 153. ISBN-10 99916-2-135-0.
Fisch, Maria. 2005. The Mbukushu in Angola: a history of migration, flight and royal
rainmaking. History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern Africa, #11. Köln:
Fröhlich, A. 1953. Religiöse Anschauungen der Hambukushu am Okawango. Anthropos:
internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 48, p. 485-492.
science, v. 7, p. 49-50 (art. 35).
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group V (West Zambezia), language 82: Nyeñgo
(South Luyi, ‘Bampukushu’, Livingstone’s ‘Banyenka’). In: A comparative study of the Bantu
and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Kampungu, R. 1965. Okavango marriage customs investigated in the light of ecclesiastical
legislation. PhD thesis. Roma: Pontificia Univ. Gregoriana (PUG).
Kathage, Birte. 2001. Cognition and conceptualisation of landscape in the Thimbukushu
language as a mirror of cultural and environmental change. Reform forum: journal for
education reform in Namibia, v. 13, p. 5.
Kathage, Birte. 2004. Konzeptualisierung von Landschaft im Mbukushu (Bantusprache in NordNamibia). Southern African languages and dialects, #1. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 273.
ISBN-10 3-89645-600-8.
57
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1966. Tradition und Wandel bei den Kxoe-Buschmannern von
Mutsiku. Sociologus, neue Folge, v. 16, p. 122-140.
Deals with the relationship between Kxoe and Mbukushu.
Larson, Thomas John. 1962. The ecological adaptation of the Mbukushu, a Bantu tribe of
Ngamiland. MA thesis. Washington DC: American Univ.
Larson, Thomas John. 1962. Rainmakers of the Okavango. Explorers journal, v. 40, p. 44-47.
Deals with the Mbukushu K333.
Larson, Thomas John. 1963. Epic tales of the Mbukushu. African studies, v. 22, 4, p. 176-189.
Larson, Thomas John. 1965. The political structure of the Ngamiland Mbukushu under the rule of
the Tawana. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 60, p.
164-176.
Larson, Thomas John. 1966. The significance of rainmaking for the Mbukushu. African studies,
v. 25, 1, p. 23-26.
Larson, Thomas John. 1970. The Hambukushu of Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, v. 2,
p. 29-44.
Peripherals: G. Cooke, “The Hambukushu of Ngamiland”, Botswana notes and records, v. 2 (1970), p. 24-29.
Larson, Thomas John. 1971. The spirits of the ancestors and the mandengure ceremony of the
Hambukushu of Ngamiland. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und
Sprachenkunde, v. 66, p. 52-70.
Larson, Thomas John. 1971. The Hambukushu migrations to Ngamiland. African social research
(Lusaka), v. 11, p. 27-49.
Larson, Thomas John. 1972. The Hambukushu of the Okavango. Explorers journal, v. 50, p. 3048.
Larson, Thomas John. 1973. Ancestor worship and group therapy of the Hambukushu of
Ngamiland. Virginia social science journal, v. 8, 2, p. 1-8.
Larson, Thomas John. 1977. Kinship terminology of the Hambukushu of Ngamiland. Botswana
Larson, Thomas John. 1980. Sorcery and witchcraft of the Hambukushu of Ngamiland (SW
Africa). Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 75, 3/4, p.
416-432.
Larson, Thomas John. 1980. The Hambukushu of Ngamiland: ecology and settlement pattern of a
riverine people. PhD thesis. Charlottesville VA: Univ. of Virginia. Pp 320.
Larson, Thomas John. 1981. The Mbukushu. In: The Kavango peoples, p. 211-268. Ed. by
Gordon D. Gibson, Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56.
Larson, Thomas John. 1989. History and social organization of the Bayeyi and Hambukushu.
South African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 12, 1, p. 23-26.
Larson, Thomas John. 1989. Sourcery and witchcraft with the Bayeyi and Hambukushu: a crosscultural comparison. South African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir
etnologie, v. 12, 4, p. 131-136.
Larson, Thomas John. 1994. Bayeyi and Hambukushu tales from the Okavango. Gaborone: The
Botswana Society. Pp 114.
Peripherals: Sandy Grant, Botswana notes and records, v. 26 (1994), p. 199-200.
58
(UNISA).
Legère, Karsten. 1996. Thimbukushu: a case-study report. In: African languages in basic
Legère, Karsten; Munga, Robert. 2004. Thimbukushu-Thihingirisha manandorandathana
ghothikuhonga / English-Thimbukushu subject glossaries: language and literature,
mathematics, body and health, fauna and flora. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp
146. ISBN-10 99916-0-518-5.
15.
Swati, and Ndebele.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1905. Die Mambukuschu. Globus, v. 87, 13, p. 229-234, 295-301.
Contains a German-Mbukushu vocabulary, among other things.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1905. Die Grundlinien im ethnographischen Bilde der Kalahari-Region.
Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. 1, p. 20-36, 68-88.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1997. The Hambukushu; translated by Leander Gloversmith. In: The
Kalahari ethnographies (1896-1898) of Siegfried Passarge. Ed. by Edwin N. Wilmsen.
Verlag.
p. 219-233.
59
Anthropos, v. 45 (1950), p. 402-403.
Routledge.
Stigand, A.G. 1913. Notes on Ngamiland. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa, v. 3,
p. 379-391.
Includes a few words of Makuba (Yeyi) and Mosarwa (San).
Stigand, A.G. 1923. Ngamiland. The geographical journal, v. 62, 6, p. 401-419.
Thighuru, J.H. 1996. Thimbukushu. In: African languages in basic education, p. 293-296. Ed. by
Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Tlou, Thomas. 1972. The taming of the Okavango Swamps, the utilization of a riverine
environment ±1750 - ±1800. Botswana notes and records, v. 4, p. 147-159.
Tlou, Thomas. 1972. A political history of north-western Botswana to 1906. PhD thesis. Univ. of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Later published as A history of Ngamiland, 1750-1906 (1985).
Tlou, Thomas. 1985. A history of Ngamiland, 1750-1906: the formation of an African state.
Gaborone: Macmillan Botswana. Pp xi, 174. ISBN-10 0-333-39635-9.
Revision of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Wisconsin-Madison, 1972. This “important book chronicles interaction between
... the Batawana, BaMbukushu, BaYei, BaSarwa (including !Kung), and other groups ... Tlou has much to say about
migrations, trade, slavery, and other relevant topics, as well as the political history of the Tawana people” (Barnard 1992:64).
Tonder, Louis Lourens van. 1966. The Hambukushu of Owamboland: an anthropological study
of a south-western Bantu people in Africa. PhD thesis. Univ. of Port Elizabeth.
Includes a Mbukushu vocabulary of 350 words.
of Sciences.
60
(SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 343-371.
Wynne, R.C. 1980. English-Mbukushu dictionary. Amersham UK: Avebury Publ. Pp xxxiii, 615.
ISBN-10 0-86127-203-X.
The copy available at Göteborg ends somewhere in the middle of the letter ‹U›. Could be a faulty copy.
2.7 ‘Nyemba‘ of Kavango
Behrend, Heike. 1998. Sonderforschungsbereich 389, Teilprojekt C6: Gewaltformen und
Liedenserfahrungen im Norden Namibias / Violence, exile and landscape: Nyemba refugees in
Kaisosi and Kehemu (Rundu, Namibia). In: Kultur- und Landschaftswandel im ariden Afrika:
Entwicklungsprozesse unter ökologischen Grenzbedingungen (Sonderforschungsbereich 389:
Ergebnisbericht für die Jahre 1995/2, 1996, 1997, 1998/1), p. 363-387. Inst. für Afrikanistik,
Univ. zu Köln.
Meer, v. 7, p. 29-43.
2.8 Subiya, Chisubiya, incl. Mbalangwe
61
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Sesubiya: a language of the north. In: Languages in
Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa, p. 100-106. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.
Baumbach, Ernst J.M. 198x. Tentative orthography of Subiya (as spoken in the Caprivi).
Windhoek: Min. of Education and Culture, SWA/Namibia. Pp 5.
Chimuka, S.S. 1977. Zambian languages: orthography approved by the Ministry of Education.
Lusaka: National Educational Company of Zambia (NECZAM). Pp ix, 128.
Issued anonymously. Not sure what languages it deals with.
Davey, Anthony S. 1965. Morphology of the substantive in Subiya. BA Honours thesis.
Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand. Pp 56.
Fortune, George. 1970. The languages of the western province of Zambia. Journal of the
Language Association of Eastern Africa, v. 1, 1, p. 31-38, fold-out map.
Fosse, Leif John. 1996. Negotiating the nation in local terms: ethnicity and nationalism in Eastern
Caprivi. MA thesis. Univ. of Oslo. Pp 257.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. K.40 Subiya group: K.41 Totela, K.42 Subiya. In: Comparative Bantu,
v. 2, p. 54. London: Gregg International.
science, v. 7, p. 49-50 (art. 35).
Jacottet, Edouard. 1896. Etudes sur les langues du haut-Zambèze, 1: grammaires soubiya et
louyi. Paris: Ernest Leroux. Pp xxxvii, 134.
Jacottet, Edouard. 1901. Etudes sur les langues du haut-Zambèze, 2: textes soubiya. Paris: Ernest
Leroux. Pp x, 182.
Not sure about the date.
Janson, Tore. 2000. The history of the minority-language speakers in Botswana. In: Botswana:
the future of the minority languages, p. 3-12. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Birgit Smieja.
Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, #40. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter
Lang.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group U (West-Central Zambezia), language 80:
Subia (Shubia, Shubea). In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
(Doke 1959:11n41).
Library. Pp 35.
62
Maruatona, Tonic. 1998. Gender perspectives of the Botswana national literacy programme
among the minorities in the Chobe district. Botswana notes and records, v. 30, p. 9ff.
Masule, Matengu L. 1988. The history of be-Kuhane of Iteenge (the BaSubia). Mmegi wa
Dikgang, v. 5, 36, p. (?).
Masule, Matengu L. 1989. Letters to the editor: the ethnic problems of the Chobe in perspective.
Mmegi wa Dikgang, v. 6, 1, p. 10-11.
Masule, Matengu L. 1989. Letters to the editor: chieftainship Act “a headache to minority
groups”. Mmegi wa Dikgang, v. 5, 46, p. 10.
Molyneaux, C.F.; Worthington, F.V. 190x. Unpublished vocabularies of Chiwe, Chitotela, Subia.
British South Africa Company (BSAC).
Among the many unpublished sources used by Johnston (1919:798f).
Ohly, Rajmund. 1994. The position of the Subiya language in Caprivi. Afrika und Übersee, v. 77,
p. 105-127.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1905. Das Okavangosumpfland und seine Bewohner. Zeitschrift für
Ethnologie, v. 37, 5, p. 649-716.
Contains a German-Subiya-Yeyi vocabulary, as well as some notes on Bushman groups in the Okavango Delta.
Ramsden, F.L. 1977. The Basubiya. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana
and Swaziland.
Samuzala, C. 2003. A history of the Basubiya of Chobe. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History,
Univ. of Botswana.
Anthropos, v. 45 (1950), p. 402-403.
4, p. 207-242.
Shamukuni, D.M. 196x. Manuscript grammar of Subiya. Johannesburg.
Source?
Shamukuni, D.M. 1972. The Basubiya. Botswana notes and records, v. 4, p. 161ff.
Theil [Endresen], Rolf. 1983. Towards a grammar of Subiya. Manuscript. Nittedal (Norway).
Theil [Endresen], Rolf. 1988. Towards a grammar of Suviya. Univ. of Oslo.
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Mbunda, Subiya, Luvale, Luchazi, Chokwe. Sound of Africa series,
#TR 184. Grahamstown: International Library of African Music (ILAM).
63
(SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 343-371.
2.9 Totela of Namibia, Chitotela
Crane, Thema Marie. 2007. Totela’s diminishig augments: a case study of language change in
progress. Paper presented at the (2nd) international conference on Bantu languages, Göteborg
University, October 5, 2007.
Kipacha, Ahmad. 2007. The quest for Kimgao Swahili: latest findings. Paper presented at the
(2nd) international conference on Bantu languages, Göteborg University, October 6, 2007.
4, p. 207-242.
2.10 Tswana, Setswana
Chebanne, Andy M.; Mokitimi, ’Makali I.; Matlosa, Lits’episo; Nakin, Rosalia; Nkolola, Mildred
Wakumelo; Mokgoatsana, Sekgothe; Machobane, ’Malillo [Morolong] Matshepo. 2003. A
unified standard unified orthography for Sotho-Tswana languages: Botswana, Lesotho,
Namibia, South Africa, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of
African Society) monograph series, #31. Cape Town: Centre for Advanced Studies of African
Society (CASAS). Pp 40. ISBN-10 1-919932-13-5.
Fisch, Maria. 1983. Der Kriegzug der Tawana zum Kavango. Namibiana: communications of the
ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 4, 2, p. 43-71.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1933. Das Betschuanendorf Epukiro (Südwestafrika). Zeitschrift für
Ethnologie, v. 65, p. 44-74.
Liedtke, Wolfgang. 1992. Die gesellschaftliche Stellung von San-Gruppen in ihren Beziehungen
zu Ovambo, Nama und Tswana, belegt älteren deutschsprachigen Quellen. Jahrbuch des
Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig, v. 39, p. 201-214.
Makgone, V.L. 1996. Setswana in basic education. In: African languages in basic education, p.
260-263. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Tswanas. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Trewby, Richard. 1998. The status of Setswana in education in Namibia. In: Cross-border
languages: reports and studies, p. 82ff. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Deutsche Stiftung
für Entwicklungsländer (DSE); Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
64
2.11 Wambo, Oshiwambo
[Anon.] 1893. Omuleshifi ile omukanda uokuleshifa oshikuanjama: a Bantu dialect of the
Ovakuanjama in northern Ovamboland. Cape Town: Townshend, Taylor & Snashall. Pp 13, 2.
[Anon.] 1994. Adult literacy in Ondangwa and Windhoek: a survey of adult learners’ literacy
skills. SSD (Social Sciences Division) research reports, #16. Windhoek: Multi-Disciplinary
Research Centre, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp 41. ISBN-10 0-947433-50-3.
[ARPAC]. 1992. Línguas nacionais: Moçambique. Série investigação, #2. Maputo: Arquivo do
Património Cultural (ARPAC). Pp ii, 40.
Not sure about the contents.
[MPLA]. 1977. Reflexoes sobre o estudo das linguas nacionais. Cadernos da Frente Cultural,
#4:1. Luanda: Dept. do Trabalho Ideológico do MPLA (Movimento Popular de Libertação de
Angola).
[MPLA]; [INALD]. 1980. Histórico sobre a criação dos alfabetos em línguas nacionais. Luanda
& Lisboa: Dept. de Cultura e Desporto do Trabalho Ideológico do MPLA (Movimento
Popular de Libertação de Angola); Inst. Nacional do Livro e do Disco (INALD). Pp 178.
Includes sections “Língua nacional kikoongo” (p. 25-48), “Língua nacional kimbundu” (p. 49-70), “Língua nacional cokwe”
(p. 71-96), “Língua nacional umbundu” (p. 97-122), “Língua nacional mbunda” (p. 123-145), “Língua nacional kwanyama”
(p. 146-167).
Peripherals: Karsten Legère, Asien Afrika Lateinamerika, v. 5 (1981), p. 1147-1148.
[Namibia]. 2004. Oshindonga orthography 3. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. ISBN-10
99916-0-238-0.
[Namibia]. 2004. Oshikwanyama omushangelo / orthography 3. Windhoek: Gamsberg
Macmillan Publ. ISBN-10 99916-0-514-2.
[SWA/Namibia]. 196x. Voorgestelde ortografie vir Kwanyama. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo,
Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië.
[SWA/Namibia]. 196x. Voorgestelde ortografie vir Ndonga. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo,
Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1966. Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die Dept.
van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA Administrasie.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1966. Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA Administrasie.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1971. Ndonga: taalkundige terme en afkortings. Windhoek: Dept. van BantoeOnderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 26.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1971. Kwanyama: taalkundige terme en afkortings. Windhoek: Dept. van
Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 23, 2.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1973. Ndonga taalkunde en rekenkunde: terminologielys. Windhoek: Dept. van
Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 55. ISBN-10 0-621-01196-7.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1973. Kwanyama taalkunde en rekenkunde: terminologielys. Windhoek: Dept.
van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 56.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1973. Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
[SWA/Namibia]. 1973. Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die Dept.
van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 80. ISBN-10 0-621-03591-2.
Reprinted 1975 by the publishers.
65
[SWA/Namibia]. 1975. Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2. Compiled by W. Zimmermann and
G.S. Taapopi of the Native Language Bureau, in collaboration with the Kwanyama Language
Committee and the Native Language Board. Windhoek: Dept. of Bantu Education,
SWA/Namibia. Pp 88. ISBN-10 0-621-01189-4.
Republished 1980 by Gamsberg Publ. for the SWA (Namibia) Dept. of National Education in Windhoek (ISBN-10 0-86848104-1).
Aarni, Teddy. 1982. The Kalunga concept in Ovambo religion from 1870 onwards. Studies in
comparative religion, #22. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell for Acta Universitatis
Stockholmiensis. Pp 166. ISBN-10 91-7146-301-1.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Stockholm, 1982.
Völkerkunde, v. 1, 3, p. 165-187.
Almeida, João de. 1912. Sul d’Angola: relatorio de um governo de distrito, 1908-1910. Lisboa.
Pp xix, 648.
Amakali, Petrus. 1978. Tokongo. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp 32. ISBN-10 0-86848-001-0.
Deals with “Geschichte der älteren Zeit in Oshindonga” (Strohmeyer 1982:118).
Amutenya, A.P. 1996. The work of the Oshindonga Curriculum Committee. In: African
languages in basic education, p. 210-215. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg
Macmillan Publ.
Amwele, R. 1996. The Kolteno project and national languages. In: African languages in basic
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1858. Travel and adventures in Ovamboland. Cape monthly magazine, v.
4, 21, p. 156-159.
Angebauer, Karl. 1927. Ovambo: fünfzehn Jahre unter Kaffern, Buschleuten und
Beziksamtmännern. Berlin: A. Scherl. Pp 254.
Angebauer, Karl. 1937. Abenteur im Ovamboland. Dresden: Neuer Buchverlag. Pp 64.
Athayde, Alfredo Mendonça da Costa. 1968. Estudo bioantropológica dos Cuamatos, Cuanhamas
e Evales. In: Estudos sobre a antropologia física do ultramar português, v. 3, p. 75-107.
Memórias da Junta de Investigações do Ultramar, serie II, tomo 55. Lisboa: Junta de
Investigações do Ultramar (JIU).
Who are the Cuamatos?
Auala, Leonard Nangolo Vilho [Bishop]. 1973. The Ovambo: our problems and hopes. Munger
africana library notes, #17. Pasadena CA: California Inst. of Technology (CalTech). Pp 32.
Auala, Leonard Nangolo Vilho [Bishop]. 1977. Onakuziwa yandje = My life. Oniipa-Ondangwa
(SWA/Namibia): Oshinyanyangidho shongeleka ya ELOC (Evangelical Lutheran OvamboKavango Church). Pp 167.
Bishop Auala’s autobiography.
Banghart, P.D. 1969. Migrant labour in South West Africa and its effects on Ovambo tribal life.
MA thesis. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
Banghart, P.D. 1972. The effects of the migrant labourer on the Ovambo of South West Africa.
Fort Hare papers, v. 5, 4, p. 265-281.
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1972. The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola. Journal of
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1975. The phonology of proto-Wambo. African studies, v. 34, 3, p. 165184.
66
Baucom, Kenneth L.; Nambundunga, P.P.P. 1974. Pocket oshiNdonga dictionary. Windhoek:
Bureau of Literacy and Literature. Pp iv, 62.
Ndonga-English & English-Ndonga.
Baum, Hermann. 1900. Reisebericht über die Kunene-Sambesi-Expedition. Der Tropenpflanzer,
v. 4, p. 57-75, 378-383, 447-458.
Baum, Hermann. 1903. Reisebericht: Kunene-Sambesi Expedition. Redigiert von Otto Warburg.
Berlin: Kolonialwirtschaftliches Komitee.
Could be a reprint of earlier article(s).
Biddulph, Joseph. 1993. Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia.
Pontypridd UK: Languages Information Centre. Pp 24. ISBN-10 0-948565-93-4.
Brief notes on Herero, Dhimba, Kwanyama and Ndonga.
Bourquin, Walther [Rev.] 1955. Notes on the “close vowels” in Bantu. African studies, v. 14, 2,
p. 49-62.
Brambilla, Chiara. 2007. Voci di frontiera: borderscape creativi e geografie pluriversali (il caso
della frontiera Angola/Namibia e l’identita kwanyama). Afriche e orienti, v. 3/4, p. (?).
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1886. Wörterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-Hérero, mit
Beifügung verwandter Ausdrücke und Formen des Oshi-Ndonga-Otj-Ambo. Heraugegeben
von C.G. Büttner. Leipzig: T.O. Weigel. Pp viii, 351, 31.
Reprinted 1964 by Gregg Press, as well as during the 1980s by Gregg International.
p. 19-46.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1891. Lehrbuch des Oshikuanjama: Bantu-Sprache in DeutschSüdwest-Afrika. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, #8. Stuttgart & Berlin:
Verlag von W. Spemann. Pp ix, 118, 136.
Besides notes on Kwanyama, this also includes introductory notes on Herero and Ndonga.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1894. Zur etymologischen Deutung des Namens “Ov-ámbo”. Globus, v.
66, 13, p. 207-208.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1895. Etymologische Deutung von Stammesnamen in der LinguaBantu. Globus, v. 68, 1, p. 15-16.
Not sure what languages this deals with.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1895. Heidnisch-religiöse Sitten der Bantu, speciell der Ovahérero und
Ovámbo. Globus, v. 67, 17, p. 289-290.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1896. Bemerkungen zu Bernmanns Karte des Ovambolandes. Globus,
v. 70, 5, p. 79-80.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Vergleichende Grammatik des Otjiherero, Osikuanjama und
Osindonga.
Details wanting.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Die Bedeutung der Nominalpräformative und deren
Pronominalcharaktere und deren Verbalaffixe von e.g. sechs Dialekten der Lingua Bantu.
Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 3, 4, p. 318-331.
67
Peripherals: Alice Werner, “Zu P.H. Brinckers Aufsatz”, Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 4 (1898), p.
199-200.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1897. Die Sage der Ovámbo vom Kalúnga. Globus, v. 71, 21, p. 342.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1898. Zur Symbolik und Etymologie der Zahlwörter in fünf Dialekten
der Lingua Bantu. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 1, III, p. 138-145.
Includes a comparative section called “Etymologisch-mythologische Andeutungen über den Namen ‘omundu-omuntu’ pl‘ovandu-abantu’ (Mensch, Menschen)” on p. 139.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1900. Unsere Ovambo-Mission, sowie Land, Leute, Religion, Sitten,
Gebräuche, Sprachen u.s.w. der Ovakuanjama-Ovambo. Rheinische Missionstraktate, #101.
Barmen-Wuppertal: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 76.
Reprinted 1998 in Ulm.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1902. Sprachproben aus Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Mitteilungen des
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1903. Beitrag zur Bantu-Forschung. Mitteilungen des Seminars für
Brochado, Bernardino José. 1854/58. Descripção das terras do Humbe, Camba, Mulondo,
Quanhama, e outras, contendo uma idéa da sua população, seus costumes, vestuarios, etc.
Annaes do conselho ultramarino (Lisboa), parte não official, v. 1, p. 187-197, 203-208.
Bruwer, Johannes Petrus van Schalkwyk. 1959. The Kuanyama of South West Africa: a
preliminary study. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
p. (?).
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1881. Kurze Anleitung für Forschungsreisende zum Studium der BantuSprachen. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. 16, p. 1-26.
Usure of the contents of this, though Ndonga appears there somewhere (Johnston 1919:800).
Calteaux, K.V. 1989. Study guide for Ndonga 1: phonetics and phonology. Windhoek: Dept. of
African Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp 67.
Calteaux, K.V. 1989. Study guide for Ndonga 1: literature. Windhoek: Dept. of African
Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp 127.
Capello, Hermengildo Augusto de Brito; Ivens, Roberto. 1886. De Angola á contra-costa:
descripção de uma viagem atravez do continente africano comprehendendo narrativas
diversas, aventuras e importantes descobertas entre as quais figuram a das origens do
Lualaba, caminhos entre as duas costas, visita ás terras da Garanganja, Katanga e ao curso
do Luapula, bem como a descida do Zambeze, do Choa ao Oceano, 2 tomos. Lisboa: Impr.
Nacional de Angola.
Includes short vocabularies of Kwanyama R21, Umbundu R11, Garanganja L35, Katanga L33, and possibly others.
Library, 1964).
68
Chubb, E.C. 1924. East African masks and an Ovambo sheathed knife. Man: a record of
anthropological science, v. 24, p. 145-146 (art. 110).
Claassen, P.E. 1977. Ontwikkelingsverslag vir Owambo. Inst. vir Ontwerp Navorsing, Univ. van
Stellenbosch.
Clarence-Smith, W. Gervase. 1979. Slaves, peasants and capitalists in southern Angola, 18401926. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Clarence-Smith, W. Gervase; Moorsom, Richard. 1977. Underdevelopment and class formation
in Ovamboland, 1844-1917. In: The roots of rural poverty in central and southern Africa. Ed.
by Robin Palmer & Quentin Neil Parsons. London: Heinemann Educational Books.
Reprinted 1988 in Namibia 1884-1984 (ed. by Brian Wood; Namibia Support Committee), p. 175-189.
Costa, Eduardo da. 1906. A questão do Cuanhama, sul de Angola. Lisboa: Typographie
Universal. Pp 127.
Crosby, Oscar T. 1931. Notes on Bushmen and Ovambo in South West Africa. Journal of the
African Society, v. 30, 121, p. 344-360.
Includes a short English-Hai//om-!Khun word & phrase list (p. 357-359). The article ends with “to be continued”, but it seems
unsure if any further parts were ever published.
Cunningham, Tony; others. 1992. Oshanas: sustaining people, environment, and development in
central Owambo, Namibia. Edited by Alan Marsh and Mary Seely. Windhoek: Desert
Research Foundation of Namibia (DRFN); Swedish International Development Authority
(SIDA). Pp 52. ISBN-10 99916-709-0-4.
Dammann, Ernst. 1954. Reziprok und Assoziativ in Bantusprachen. Zeitschrift der deutschen
morgenländischen Gesellschaft, neue Folge, v. 29 [104], p. 163-174.
Dammann, Ernst. 1957. Stimmlose Nasale im Ndonga. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine
Sprachwissenschaft, v. 10, 2, p. 120-126.
Dammann, Ernst. 1962/63. Zur Kenntnis des Kwambi. Afrika und Übersee (Berlin), v. 46, p.
200-203.
Dammann, Ernst. 1972/73. Alte Berichte aus dem Owamboland von Martti Rautanen. Journal of
Dammann, Ernst; Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 196x. Sprichwörter (der Wambo). Manuskript.
Contains 424 entries. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:261).
Dammann, Ernst; Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1975. Ndonga-anthologie. Suppl. 29 to Afrika und
Übersee. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp xiv, 239.
“Die Anthologie enthält Märchen und Erzählungen, Brauchtum und Religion, Meidungen (iidhila), Lieder und Preislieder”
Peripherals: E.O.J. Westphal, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 38 (1975), p. 684-685; Thomas O.
Beidelman, Africa, v. 46 (1976), p. 301.
Davies, Gwyneth. 1993. The medical culture of the Ovambo of southern Angola and northern
Namibia. PhD thesis. Canterbury UK: Univ. of Kent.
Diarra, Boubacar. (Ed.) 1985. Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kwanyama. Luanda: Inst. de
Línguas Nacionais.
Diarra, Boubacar. (Ed.) 1987. Alfabetos das línguas kikoongo, kimbundu, umbundu, cokwe,
mbunda, oxikwanyama. Luanda: Inst. de Línguas Nacionais.
69
Diarra, Boubacar. (Ed.) 1987. Léxico temático de saúde português-oxikwanyama. Luanda: Inst.
de Línguas Nacionais.
Diarra, Boubacar. (Ed.) 1987. Léxico temático de matemática português-oxikwanyama. Luanda:
Inst. de Línguas Nacionais.
Diarra, Boubacar. 1990. Gramática oxikwanyama. Luanda: Inst. de Línguas Nacionais.
Dick, J. Finlay. 1978. Owambo, South West Africa. Stamp collecting, v. 130, 2, p. 155, 159.
“Stamps. With etymologies of place and tribal names” (Strohmeyer 1982:117).
v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.
341-345, 357-361, 376-379.
1+11+12+13, p. (?).
Eirola, Martti. 1986. The Uukwambi incident and its aftermath: a study of the Ovambo resistence
against the German colonial power. In: Studying the northern Namibian past, p. 75-80. Ed. by
Harri Siiskonen. Univ. of Joensuu.
Eirola, Martti. 1992. The Ovambogefahr: the Ovamboland Reservation in the making. Jyväskyla
(Finland).
Eirola, Martti; Rytkönen, S.; Siiskonen, Harri; Sivonen, S. 1983. The cultural and social change
in Ovamboland 1870-1915. Joensuu (Finland): Univ. of Joensuu.
Elago, Hileni. 1997. Ovambo men’s experiences of participation in the Second World War
(1939-1945). In: New historical writing in Namibia: three research papers. Ed. by Johanna
Mweshida, Erastus Amupolo & Hileni Elago. Windhoek: Namibian History Trust, Univ. of
Namibia (UNAM).
Esser, Max. 1897. Meine Reise nach dem Kunene im nördlichen Grenzgebiet von Deutsch-SüdAfrika. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. 1, p. 103-113.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1927. La tribu kwanyama en face de la civilisation européenne.
Africa: journal of the International Inst. of African Languages and Cultures, v. 7, 4, p. 431443.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1956. Etnográfia do sudoeste de Angola. Tomo 1: os povos nãobantos e o grupo étnico dos Ambo’s. Esboço étnico do sudoeste de Angola. Lisboa: Junta de
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1963. Aculturação linguística no sul de Angola. Portugal em Africa,
v. 20, 115, p. 8-14.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1976. The ethnography of southwestern Angola, 1: the non-Bantu
peoples; the Ambo ethnic group. Edited and translated from Portuguese by Gordon D. Gibson.
New York: Africana Publ. Pp xxviii, 228. ISBN-10 0-8419-0204-6.
70
Peripherals: Peter Carstens, Canadian journal of African studies, v. 11 (1977), p. 374-375; Joseph C. Miller, ASA (African
Studies Association) review of books, v. 4 (1978), p. 19-20.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1977. Ethnographie du sud-ouest de l’Angola. Tome 1: les peuples
non bantous et le groupe éthnique ambo. Traduit de la portuguese par François le Roux.
Bruxelles: Académie Royale des Sciences d’Outre-Mer (ARSOM).
Peripherals: David Birmingham, Africa, v. 50 (1980), p. 111-112.
Faria, Manuel Motta Prego de. 1949. Cantos cuanhamas. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v.
22/23, p. 69-72.
Fivaz, Derek. 1984. Predication in Ndonga. African studies, v. 43, 2 (spec. theme:
‘Rramalebauya. Linguistic and language studies in Africa: essays in honour of Desmond T.
Cole’, ed. by Anthony Traill), p. 147-160.
Fivaz, Derek. 1986. A reference grammar of Oshindonga. African studies of the Academy, #1.
Windhoek: The Academy, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp xx, 183. ISBN-10 0-947433-06-6.
Fivaz, Derek. 2003. A reference grammar of Oshindonga. 2nd edition. African studies of the
Academy, #1. Windhoek: Out of Africa Publ.
Fleisch, Axel. 1994. Die ethnographische und linguistische Situation in Angola. In: Angola:
Naturraum, Wirtschaft, Bevölkerung, Kultur, Zeitgeschichte und Entwicklungsperspektiven.
Ed. by Manfred Kuder & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig. München, Köln & London.
Fourie, David J. 1990. Comments on the future of Oshiwambo. Fasette-Facets-Facetten
(Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 9-14.
Fourie, David J. 1991. The noun classes and nominal extensions of Mbalanhu. Afrikanistische
Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 26, p. 67-89.
Fourie, David J. 1991. On the modal system of Ndonga. South African journal of African
languages, v. 11, 3, p. 88-91.
Fourie, David J. 1991. Sociolinguistic trends in Owamboland. News from the Languages Society
of Namibia, v. 2, 2, p. 6.
Fourie, David J. 1991. Notes on the aspectual system of Oshindonga. South African journal of
Fourie, David J. 1991. Reflections on Owambo origins and early movements. Afrika und
Übersee, v. 74, 2, p. 205-221.
Fourie, David J. 1992. Nominal qualifiers in Mbalanhu: quantitatives and enumeratives.
Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 31, p. 105-118.
Reprinted 1993 in South African journal of African languages, v. 13 (3).
Fourie, David J. 1992. Oshiwambo: past, present and future. Discourse, #4. Windhoek: Univ. of
Namibia (UNAM).
Fourie, David J. 1993. Mbalanhu absolute and demonstrative “pronouns”. Languages of the
world, v. 7, 2, p. 14-22.
Fourie, David J. 1993. Mbalanhu. Languages of the world/Materials, #3. München: Lincom
Europa. Pp 42. ISBN-10 3-929075-06-7.
Peripherals: Rainer Vossen, Afrika und Übersee, v. 77 (1994), p. 308-309; Matthew S. Dryer, Language, v. 71 (1995), p. 813815; Doris L. Payne, SIL notes on linguistics, v. 68 (1995), p. 4-6.
Fourie, David J. 1993. The subject-, object- and possessive concords of Mbalanhu. South African
journal of African languages, v. 13, 1, p. 4ff.
Fourie, David J. 1993. The nominal classes of Ngandjera. South African journal of African
languages, v. 13, 2, p. 40ff.
71
Fourie, David J. 1993. Basic conjugation of the Mbalanhu verb. South African journal of African
languages, v. 13, 4, p. 107ff.
Fourie, David J. 1994. Kwambi subject, object and possessive concords. South African journal of
Fourie, David J. 1997. The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group. In:
(UNAM).
Galton, Francis. 1908. Memories of my life. 2nd edition. London: Methuen & Co.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2003. Near death in the streets of Karibib: famine, migrant labour and the
coming of Ovambo to central Namibia. Journal of African history, v. 44, 2, p. 211-239.
Goellnitz, W. 1945. Unpubliziertes Wörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama. Maschinenschriftliches
Manuskript. Andalusia (Südafrika): Internierungslager.
Gordon, Robert James. 1977. Variations in migration rates: the Ovambo case. Journal of
southern African studies, v. 3, 3, p. 261-294.
Green, Frederick. 1860. Narrative of a journey to Ovamboland. Cape monthly magazine, v. 41, 7,
p. 302-307, 353-362.
Something’s wrong with the reference details. There shouldn’t be any v.41.
Green, Frederick; Hahn snr, Carl Hugo; Rath, [Mr]. 1857/58. Account of an expedition from
Damara Land to the Ovampo, in search of the river Cunene. Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Society of London, v. 2, 6, p. 350-353.
Followed by “Remarks in response to the presentation...” by one James Macqueen (p. 353-354).
Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas. 1960. Ovakwankala (bochimanes) e Ovakwanyama (bantos): aspectos
do seu convivio. Garcia de orta, v. 8, p. 529-534.
Güldemann, Tom. 1996. Verbalmorphologie und Nebenprädikationen im Bantu: eine Studie zur
funktional motivierten Genese eines konjugationalen Subsystem. Bochum-Essener Beiträge zur
Sprachwandelforschung, #27. Bochum: Univ.-Verlag Dr Norbert Brockmeyer. Pp vii, 365.
ISBN-10 3-8196-0443-X.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s Inaugural-Dissertation, Univ. zu Köln, 1995.
Peripherals: Derek Nurse, Studies on African linguistics, v. 28 (1999), p. 267.
72
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. R.20 Ndonga goup: R.21 Kwanyama (Humba), R.22 Ndonga (Ambo),
R.23 Kwambi, R.24 Ngandyera. In: Comparative Bantu, v. 2, p. 61. London: Gregg
International.
Haapanen, Helmi. 1958. Omayeletumbulo gaawambo = Proverbs of the Owambo. Ondangwa
(South West Africa): Finnish Mission Society. Pp 228.
Contains some 2,000 proverbs.
Hahn jnr, Carl Hugo. 1927/28. Preliminary notes on certain customs of the Ovambo. Journal of
the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 3, p. (?).
Hahn jnr, Carl Hugo. 1928. The Ovambo. In: The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 1-36. Ed.
by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times
Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1868. D’Otjembingue au Cunene. Annales des voyages, de la géographie,
de l’histoire et de l’archéologie, v. 2, p. (?).
Homburger (1925:168) supplements this reference with “rens. sur les Kwambi”.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. (Ed.) 1980. Tagebuch Carl Hugo Hahn: Erkundungsreise ins Ovamboland,
1857. Herausgegeben von Walter Moritz. Scwäbisch Gmünd (Deutschland): Lempp Verlag.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. (Ed.) 1998. Erkundungsreise ins Ovamboland, 1857: Tagebuch Carl Hugo
Hahn. 3. Auflage, herausgegeben von Walter Moritz. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #4.
Werther (Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp 48.
Halme, Riikka. 1998. Tone in Kwanyama nouns. MA thesis. Inst. for Asian and African Studies,
Univ. of Helsinki.
Halme, Riikka. 2001. Research on Kwanyama tone. Africa & Asia: Göteborg working papers on
Asian and African languages and literatures, v. 1 (spec. theme: ‘Selected papers from the 1st
Nordic meeting on African languages, Göteborg University, 8-10 December 2000’, ed. by
Jouni Maho), p. 13-19.
Halme, Riikka. 2004. A tonal grammar of Kwanyama. Namibian African studies, #8. Köln:
Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp xii, 299. ISBN-10 3-89645-980-5.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Helsinki, 2004. Includes a Kwanyama-English vocabulary.
Peripherals: Dirk Otten, Afrikanistik online, art.303 (2006).
Hamutumua, M. 1996. Oshikwanyama after Namibian independence: focus on the contribution
of the Oshikwanyama Curriculum Committee. In: African languages in basic education, p.
Hasheela, Paavo. 1986. Omishe didule eyovi: more than a thousand proverbs in Oshikwanyama
with literal English translations. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ.
Hasheela, Paavo. 1996. The teaching of Oshikwanyama in lower primary schools. In: African
Macmillan Publ.
Hayes, Patricia. 1992. A history of the Ovambo of Namibia, c.1880-1935. PhD thesis. Univ. of
Cambridge.
Hayes, Patricia. 1993. Order out of chaos: Mandume ya Ndemufayo and oral history. Journal of
southern African studies, v. 19, 1, p. 89-113.
Hayes, Patricia; Haipinge, Dan. 1997. ‘Healing the land’. Kaulinge’s history of Kwanyama: oral
traditions and history by the late Reverend Vilho Kaulinge of Ondobe as told to Patricia
Hayes and Natangwe Shapange. History, cultural traditions and innovations in southern
Africa, #3. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 97. ISBN-10 3-89645-051-4.
Heintze, Beatrix. 1971/72. Buschmänner und Ambo: Aspekte ihrer gegenseitigen Beziehungen.
Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 26, p. 45-56.
Heintze, Beatrix. 1972/73. Kwanyama and Ndonga chronology: some notes. Journal of the SWA
73
Hendrikse, A.P.; Poulos, George. 1992. A continuum interpretation of the Bantu noun class
system. In: African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 195-209.
Ed. by Derek F. Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.
Based on data from Ganda, Chewa, Ndonga, Venda, Southern Sotho and Xhosa.
Hiltunen, M. 1986. Witchcraft and sorcery in Ovambo. Helsinki: Finnish Anthropological
Society.
Homburger, Lilias. 1925. Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues. Angola et Rhodesia, 19121914. Mission Rohan-Chabot, sous les auspice du Min. de l’Instruction Publique et de la
Société de Géographie, #3:1. Paris: Libr. Orientaliste Paul Geuthner. Pp x, 176.
Includes grammatical descriptions of Kwambi R23, Baïloundou R11, Ganguella K12b, Nyaneka R13, Ndonga R22, Louyi
K31, and Kimboundou H21a.
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 25 (1925/26), p. 396-397.
Homburger, Lilias. 1929. Noms des parties du corps dans les langues négro-africaines.
Collection linguistique de Société de Linguistique de Paris, #25. Paris: Libr. Ancienne Honoré
Champion. Pp vi, 118.
Unsure exactly what this contains. At least Herero and Kwanyama are mentioned.
Peripherals: Ernst Zyhlarz, Orientalistische Literatur-Zeitung, v. 35 (1929), p. 504-505; A. W[erner], Journal of the African
Society, v. 29 (1929/30), p. 207-208.
Hurskainen, Arvi; Halme, Riikka. 2001. Mapping between disjoining and conjoining writing
systems in Bantu languages: implementation on Kwanyama. Nordic journal of African studies,
v. 10, 3, p. 399-414.
Hurskainen, Arvi; Louwrens, Louis J.; Poulos, George. 2005. Computational description of verbs
in disjoining writing systems. Nordic journal of African studies, v. 14, 4, p. 438-451.
Jensen, Emil. 1940/43. Unpublished manuscript on Osikuanjama. Andalusia (South Africa). Pp
96.
Mentioned by Strohmeyer (1982:115).
Oshindoñga (Otyiambo). In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Kuanyama (Handa, Kuamamti, Humbi). In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu
languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Keeling, [Father]. 19xx. Unpublished vocabularies of Northern Ngangela, Luimbi, Kuanyama.
Unpublished source material referred to by Johnston (1919:799f).
Koivu, Kalle. 19xx. Ambolaisia sananlaskuja = Owambo proverbs. Manuscript.
Source?
Kotze, J.C. 1968. Die Kwanyama van Ovamboland, Suidwes-Afrika: ’n studie van waardeopvattinge. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Kounta, Maria Celeste Pereira [Albakaye]. 1981. The transcription and the harmonization of
African languages: national languages in Angola. In: African languages: proceedings of the
meeting of experts on the transcription and harmonization of African languages, Niamey, 17-
74
21 July 1978. Ed. by UNESCO. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO).
Kreike, Emmanuel H. 1996. Recreating Eden: agro-ecological shange, food security and
environmental diversity in southern Angola and northern Namibia, 1890-1960. PhD thesis.
New Haven CN: Yale Univ.
Kreike, Emmanuel H. 2004. Re-creating Eden: land use, environment, and society in southern
Angola and northern Namibia. Portsmouth NH: Heinemann. Pp x, 293.
Kurvinen, Pietari. 1876. ABD moshindonga: omukanda uatango koshindonga ua piangoa = The
ABC of Oshindonga: the first book in Oshindonga. Helsinki: Suomalaisen Kirjallisuuden
Kirjapaino. Pp 32.
Kurvinen, Pietari. 1890? Seitsemän ensimmäistä vuotta lähetyssaarnaajana, eli iloja ja suruja
Afrikaska, 1877-1889 = The first seven years as a missionary, or, Joys and sorrows in Africa,
1877-1889.
Journal of a Finnish missionary working in northern Namibia. Not sure about the date, nor whether it’s a publication or
manuscript. Mentioned by Simola (2001:196).
Kuusi, Martti. 1969. Southwest African riddle-proverbs. Proverbium (Helsinki), v. 12, p. 305311.
Parts of this were reprinted 1998 in the online journal De proverbio, v. 4.
Kuusi, Martti. 1970. Ovambo proverbs, with African parallels. Translated by A. Miller, M.T.
Salo and Eugene Holman. FF (Folklore Fellows) communications, #XXXVIII:208. Helsinki:
Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia / Academia Scientiarum Fennica. Pp 356.
Peripherals: Gudrun Miehe, Afrika und Übersee, v. 56 (1972/73), p. 231-233.
Kuusi, Martti. 1974. Ovambo riddles with comments and vocabularies, with African parallels.
Translated by Eugene Holman. FF (Folklore Fellows) communications, #XCI:215. Helsinki:
Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia / Academia Scientiarum Fennica. Pp 125.
Peripherals: Sigrid Schmidt, Fabula, v. 16 (1975), p. 372-374; Gudrun Miehe, Afrika und Übersee, v. 59 (1975/76), p. 238239.
on p. 346-349 (Strohmeyer 1982:197).
Lauermaa, Erkki. 1949. Afrika jUuningininomutenja. Helsinki.
This is “the first Ovambo history [written] in the Ndonga language” (Simola 2001:197n11).
Laukkanen, Pauli. 1993. Evankelis-luterilaisen Ambokavangon kirkon lähetystyö 1957-1970 =
The mission work by the Evangelical Lutheran Ovambo-Kavango Church, 1957-1970. Univ.
of Helsinki. Pp 86.
Could be a thesis.
Laukkanen, Pauli. 1999. Raamatunkäännöstyö Lounais-Afrikan Ambomaalla ja Kavangolla
1954-1987 = Bible translation work in South-West African Owamboland and Kavango, 19541987. PhD thesis. Helsingin Yliopisto. Pp 234.
Laukkanen, Pauli. 2002. Rough road to dynamism: Bible translating in northern Namibia, 19541987 - Kwanyama, Kwangali, and Ndonga. Translated from Finnish by Jouni Salko. Schriften
der Luther-Agricola-Gesellschaft, #52. Helsinki: Luther-Agricola-Society. Pp 296.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Helsinki, 1999.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1928. Die religiösen Vorstellen der //Khun-Buschmänner, der Buschmänner
der Etoshapfanne und des Ovambo-Landes, und der Ovambo-Bantu. In:
Festschrift/Publication d’hommage offerte au P.W. Schmidt: 76 sprachwissenschaftliche,
ethnologische, religionswissenschaftliche, praehistorische und andere Studien, p. 407-415.
Ed. by Wilhelm Koppers. Wien: Mechitharisten-Congregations-Buchdrukerei.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1936. Zur Kindesprache der Oondonga (Amboland, Südwestafrika).
Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 31, p. 578-580.
75
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1937. Eine Wortliste der !Kung vom oberen Omuramba u Ovambo. Wiener
Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, v. 44, p. 97-131.
Lecomte, Ernesto. 1902. Pequeno método português-cuanhama: pequeno método de aprender
português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola). Huíla (Angola).
Lecomte, Ernesto. 1903. Pequeno methodo de aprender portuguez para uso dos povos: ganguellas
e ambuellas, vimbundo, quanhama [pt. 1-9]. Portugal em Africa, v. 10, p. 141-144, 218-222,
269-272, 406-409, 458-461, 570-573, 526-527, 620-623, 670-671.
Lecomte, Ernesto. 1904. Pequeno methodo de aprender portuguez para uso dos povos: ganguellas
e ambuellas, vimbundo, quanhama [pt. 10]. Portugal em Africa, v. 11, p. 14-18.
Lecomte, Ernesto. 1935. Pequeno método português-cuanhama: pequeno método de aprender
português para uso dos povos do cuanhama (sul de Angola). 2a edição póstuma, corrigada e
aumentada. Luanda. Pp 55.
Lecomte, Ernesto. 1935. Pequeno método de aprender português para uso dos povos do
cuanhama (sul de Angola). 3a edição póstuma. Huíla (Angola).
The date could be wrong. Earlier edition(s) bore the title Pequeno método português-cuanhama.
Legère, Karsten. 1998. Oshikwanyama in Namibia. In: Cross-border languages: reports and
studies, p. 40ff. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Deutsche Stiftung für Entwicklungsländer
(DSE); Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Legère, Karsten. 2005. Preprefix or not? - that is the question: the case of Kwangali, Kwanyama
and Ndonga. In: Studies in African linguistic typology, p. 251-262. Ed. by Erhard Friedrich
Karl Voeltz. Typological studies in language, #64. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1955/56. Die verhouding van die duitse beskermingsadministrasie in
Suidwes-Afrika tot die Ambovolke. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society,
v. 11, p. 5-32.
Lehtonen, Lahja. 1998. Ondjokonona yoosikola mOwambo. Oniipa-Ondangwa (Namibia):
Evangelical Lutheran Church in Namibia (ELCIN).
A historical and biographical study of teacher training in Ovamboland, 1870-1970. An English translation appeared the
following year.
Lehtonen, Lahja. 1999. Schools in Ovamboland from 1870 to 1970. Translated from Oshindonga.
Helsinki: Finnish Evangelical Lutheran Mission. Pp 198. ISBN-10 951-624-526-1, 951-624257-X.
“The first comprehensive history of education in Ovamboland. Includes many short biographies of teachers, and lists of
teachers and graduates from the teacher training schools. Based on the author’s personal experience as a teacher in
Ovamboland, 1954-1991, and on archival research in Helsinki, Oniipa and Windhoek” (Werner Hillebrecht, emailannouncement of new books on Namibia, 1999.05.10). The original Oshindonga title reads Ondjokonona yoosikola
mOwambo, published 1998.
Liedtke, Wolfgang; Schippling, Heinz. 1986. Bibliographie deutschsprachiger Literatur zur
Ethnographie und Geschichte der Owambo, Nordnamibia, 1840-1915. Afrika-Bibliographien,
#2. Dresden: Staatliches Museum für Völkerkunde. Pp xviii, 261.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1946/49. The Kuanyama Ambo and other tribes of South West Africa.
Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 41/44, p. 848-852.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1948. Transition rites of the Kuanyama Ambo. African studies, v. 7, p. 16-28,
71-84.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1950. The Kuanyama Ambo. Scientific American, v. 183, p. 52-55.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1950. Courtship and the love song among the Kunyama Ambo. Anthropos:
internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 45, 4/6, p. 842-848.
Part of a longer article titled “Courtship and the love song”.
76
Loeb, Edwin M. 1951. Kuanyama Ambo folklore. Anthropological records, v. 13, 4, p. 289-335.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1955. Kuanyama Ambo magic, 1: Kuanyama witchcraft. Journal of American
folklore, v. 68, 267, p. 35-50.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1955. Kuanyama Ambo magic, 2: Kuanyama doctors. Journal of American
folklore, v. 68, 268, p. 153-168.
Loeb, Edwin M. 1955. Kuanyama Ambo magic, 3: Kuanyama magicians; 4: Kraal moving
magic; 5: Sacred animals and omens. Journal of American folklore, v. 68, 269, p. 291-311.
Loeb, Edwin M.; Koch, Carl; Loeb, Ella-Marie K. 1956. Kuanyama Ambo magic, 6: medicinal,
cosmetical, and charm flora and fauna. Journal of American folklore, v. 69, 272, p. 147-174.
Louw, W. 1967. Die sosio-politieke stelsel van die Ngandjera van Ovamboland. MA tesis. Univ.
van Port Elizabeth.
Legère), p. 47-65.
Magalhães, António Miranda. 1922. Manual de línguas indígenas de Angola: segundo o
programa oficial para exames administrativos. Luanda: Impr. Nacional. Pp li, 201.
Includes vocabularies and other stuff on Umbundu, Wambo, Kikongo (Vili), and others. Homburger (1925:168) gives Lisbon
as place of publication.
Magyar, László. 1860. Über die grossen See’n Inner-Afrika’s. Petermanns geographische
Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue
Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), v. 6, p. 114-116.
15.
Swati, and Ndebele.
Malan, Johannes Stefanus. 1990. Aspekte van identiteitsvorming en -verandering onder die
Wambo. South African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 13, 1,
p. 1-10.
Mbenzi, P.A. 1996. Oshindonga in basic education. In: African languages in basic education, p.
Mbenzi, P.A.; Iithete, O.N. 1996. English-Oshindonga dictionary (for primary schools) /
Embwiitya lyOshiingilisa nOshindonga. Windhoek: Out of Africa Publ. Pp v, 97. ISBN-10
99916-37-33-8.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1895. Vorbemerkungen zu einem vergleichenden
Wörterbuch der Bantusprachen. Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 1, p.
268-281.
Melaku-Tjirongo, Etamelahu; Devereux, Stephen. 1993. Adult literacy in Uukwaluudhi, northern
Namibia. SSD (Social Sciences Division) research reports, #5. Windhoek: Multi-Disciplinary
Research Centre, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp 46, 20. ISBN-10 0-947433-35-X.
Miescher, Giorgio. 2006. The Ovambo reserve Otjeru (1911-1938): the story of an African
community in central Namibia. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers, #1/2006.
Basel. Pp 22.
77
Miescher, Giorgio. 2006. Registratur AA.3: guide to the SWAPO collection in the Basler Afrika
Bibliographien. New edition, revised and enlarged. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien
(BAB). Pp 322.
Mittelberger, Carlos. 1968. A religião primitiva entre os Cuanhamas [pt. 1]. Portugal em Africa,
v. 149, p. 257-272.
Mittelberger, Carlos. 1968. A religião primitiva entre os Cuanhamas [pt. 2]. Portugal em Africa,
v. 150, p. 352-365.
Mittelberger, Carlos. 1991. A sabedoria dos povos Cuanhamas em provérbios e adivinhas.
Cunene (Angola): Editorial LIAM(?). Pp 192.
What’s LIAM?
Möller, Peter August. 1898. Iakttagelser under en resa i sydvästra Afrika = Observations during a
trip to southwestern Africa. Ymer (Stockholm), v. 18, p. 49ff.
Peripherals: E.W.D., “Anmärkningar (= Comments)”, Ymer (Stockholm), v. 19 (1899), p. 449.
Möller, Peter August. 1899. Journey in Africa through Angola, Ovamboland and Damaraland,
1895-1896. Pp 216.
Details wanting. Written after he had completed his ox-wagon drive through Angola. Reprinted 1974 by Cornelis Struik in
Cape Town.
Morgan, Ruth; Liddell, Scott K.; Haikali, Marius N.; others. 1991. Namibian Sign Language to
English and Oshiwambo. Washington DC: Gallaudet Univ. Press. Pp 254.
Moritz, Walter. (Ed.) 1980. Tagebuch Carl Hugo Hahn: Erkundungsreise ins Ovamboland, 1857.
Scwäbisch Gmünd (Deutschland): Lempp Verlag.
Moritz, Walter. (Ed.) 1998. Erkundungsreise ins Ovamboland, 1857: Tagebuch Carl Hugo Hahn.
3. Auflage. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #4. Werther (Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp 48.
Mweshida, Johanna. 1997. Nicknames in Ovamboland: some preliminary deliberations. In: New
historical writing in Namibia: three research papers. Ed. by Johanna Mweshida, Erastus
Amupolo & Hileni Elago. Windhoek: Namibian History Trust, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Nambala, S.V.V. 1996. Hambelela nyokokulu: ondjokonona ya ELCIN 1870-1990, 3 vols.
Oniipa-Ondangwa (Namibia): Finnish Mission Society. Pp 155; 144; 117.
A history of the Finnish Mission Society written in Oshiwambo.
Nampala, Lovisa; Shigwedha, Vilho. 2006. Aawambo kingdoms, history and cultural change:
perspectives from northern Namibia. Namibia studies series, #8/9. Basel: Pierrette Schlettwein
Publ. Pp 274. ISBN-10 3-908193-16-8.
Ndinomwaami. 2006. Go back to the original names. New era (Windhoek), December 20, 2006.
Opinion piece on the misuse of various ethnic and linguistic labels associated with Owambo.
Nogueira, António Francisco. 1880. A raça negra sob o ponto de vista de civilisação da Africa:
usos e costumes da alguns povos gentilicos do interior de Mossamedes e as colonias
portuguezas. Lisboa: Nova Minerva. Pp 314.
“Ovimbundu, Nyaneka-Humbi, Ovambo; ‘Be-Himba ou Ba-Simba, Ba-Cubale, Ban-Dombe, Ba-Hacaôna’: pp. 99-117”
Ntondo, Zavoni. 1991. Eléments de description du kwanyama langue bantoue d’Angola (R21).
Mémoire. Univ. Libre de Bruxelles.
Ntondo, Zavoni. 1998. The sociolinguistic situation of Oshikwanyama in Angola. In: Crossborder languages: reports and studies, p. 75ff. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Deutsche
Stiftung für Entwicklungsländer (DSE); Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Nujoma, Anna. 1996. The impact of Oshindonga in the National Literacy Programme. In: African
Macmillan Publ.
Nurse, George Trevor; Dunn, David S.; Rootman, A.J.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1987. Serogenetic studies
on the Ambo of Namibia. Gene geography, v. 1, p. 65-79.
78
Otten, Dirk. 1995. Temporale und lokale Adverbien und Adverbialen im Oshindonga
(Owambosprache Namibias). Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Otten, Dirk. 2005. Cardinal directions and environmental concepts of landscape in Kwanyama
(Owambo). Afrikanistik online, 2005.
URL: www.dipp.nrw.de/afrika/archiv/249/
Panconcelli-Calzia, Giulio. 1915/16. Objektive Untersuchungen über die stimmlosen Nasale im
Ndonga. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 6, p. 257-263.
Pentti, Elias Johannes. 1957. Suomalais-ndongalainen alkeissanasto = Elementary FinnishNdonga vocabulary. Helsinki: Suomen Lähetysseura. Pp 23.
Pentti, Elias Johannes. 1957. Ndongalais-suomalainen alkeissanasto = Elementary NdongaFinnish vocabulary. Helsinki: Suomen Lähetysseura. Pp 39.
Pettinen, A. 1924/25. Gebete und Zaubersprüche der Aandonga. Zeitschrift für EingeborenenSprachen, v. 15, p. 161-179.
Pettinen, A. 1925/26. Märchen der Aandonga. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 16, p.
133-148, 197-240, 256-275.
Pettinen, A. 1926/27. Sagen und Mythen der Aandonga. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen,
v. 17, p. 51-78, 108-129.
Pettinen, A. 1926/27. Lieder und Rätsel der Aandonga. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v.
17, p. 202-230.
Pettinen, A. 1926/27. Sprichwörter der Aandonga. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 17,
p. 249-266.
Pires, António Emilio. 1947. Um conto cuanhama. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 2, p. 2123.
Wambos. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Rath, Johannes. 1860. Anderson’s Reise nach dem Kunene. Petermanns geographische
Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie), v. 6, p. 116.
Says Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:19): “Namaqua-Buschmänner, genannt ‘Ovakuangari’; ‘Ovimbari’; Ovambo.”.
Rautanen, Martti. 1903. Die Ondonga. In: Rechtsverhältnisse von eingeborenen Völkern in Afrika
und Ozeanien, p. 326-345. Ed. by Sebald Rudolf Steinmetz. Berlin: Julius Springer-Verlag.
Roçadas, José Augusto Alves. 1910. Relatorio da campanha dos Cuamatos no sul de Angola em
1907. Lisboa: Impr. Nacional. Pp 333.
Peripherals: Carl Singelmann, Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 28 (1911), p. 709.
Roux, François William John le. 1962. Ovambo-woordelys. Durban & Pietermaritzburg: Natalse
Universiteitsbiblioteek. Pp 44.
Strohmeyer (1982:115) dates this 1962, though some biblios date this as early as 1927. Perhaps this is a reprint?
Roxburgh, J.A. 1980. Segmental phonology and morphology in Kwanyama. MA thesis.
Saarelma-Maunumaa, Minna. 2003. Edhia ekogidho - Names as links: the encounter between
African and European anthroponymic systems among the Ambo people in Namibia. Studia
fennica, #11. Helsinki: Finnish Literature Society. Pp 373. ISBN-10 951-746-529-7.
Publcation of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Helsinki, 2003.
Santos, João de Almeida. 1962. Gramática comparada dos falares bantos angolanos. Duplicado.
Nova Lisboa. Pp 8, 113, 10.
79
Mimeographed. Deals with Umbundu R11, Musele R11, Oluynaneka R13, Kwanyama R21, Kimbundu H21, Omumbwi H21,
Kikongo H16, and Tchokwe K11.
Santos, João de Almeida. 1962. Dicionário comparado banto-português e português-banto dos
falares bantos angolanos: 1. umbundu; 2. musele; 3. olunyaneka; 4. kwanama; 5. kimbundu;
6. omumbwi; 7. kikongo; 8. tchokwe. Aumentado por “Vocabulário português no vocabulário
banto”, “Vocabulário banto no vocabulário português” e “Interfluência nos falares bantos”.
Nova Lisboa. Pp 66.
Deals with Umbundu R11, Musele R11, Oluynaneka R13, Kwanyama R21, Kimbundu H21, Omumbwi H21, Kikongo H16,
and Tchokwe K11.
Savola, Albin. 1908. Oshindongan kielioppi = Textbook of Oshindonga. Helsinki: Suomen
Lähetysseura. Pp viii, 134.
Pp 38.
Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi. 1943. Unpubliziertes Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama.
Maschinenschriftliches Manuskript, zusammengestellt nach Angaben von H. Tönjes und P.
Schulte. Andalusia (Südafrika): Internierungslager. Pp i, 108.
Kwanyama-German dictionary.
Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi. 1944. Unpubliziertes Handwörterbuch DeutschOsikuanjama. Maschinenschriftliches Manuskript, zusammengestellt nach Angaben von H.
Tönjes und P. Schulte. Andalusia (Südafrika): Internierungslager. Pp ii, 96.
Not the same as the author’s Handwörterbuch des Osikuanjama, 1943. Sometimes credited to Schulte.
Schwarz, Ernest Humbert Lewis. 1919. The origin of the Hereros and Ovambo. The geographical
journal, v. 54, 1, p. 46-49.
Peripherals: Harry Johnston, The geographical journal, v. 54 (1919), p. 49-52.
Sckär, Karl. 1917. Handbuch für den dienstlichen Verkehr mit den Ovambo Arbeitern: eine
Sammlung der gebräuchlichsten Vokabeln und Redewendungen in Deutsch - OvamboSprache. Pomona (Namibia?): Pomona Diamanten Gesellschaft. Pp 48.
The full name of the author might be Karl Skaer und Pflughoff.
Scruggs, Terri R. 1980. Notes on African linguistics. Work papers of the Summer Inst. of
Linguistics, Univ. of North Dakota session, v. 24, p. 142-169.
URL: eric.ed.gov (ED357615)
Seidel, August. 1890. Die Sprachverhältnisse in den deutschen Schutzgebieten. Koloniales
Jahrbuch, v. 3, p. 26-45.
With notes on the relationship between Oshiwambo dialects and other Bantu languages.
der Herero), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem otyiherero-
80
deutschen und einem deutsch-otyiherero Wörterbuch; 3. Oshindonga (Sprache des NdongaStammes der Ovambo), kurzgefasste Grammatik, Lesestücke nebst einem oshindongadeutschen und einem deutsch-oshindonga Wörterbuch. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, #37. Wien
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Pp xii, 180.
Seiler, Franz. (Ed.) 1960. Otshike: alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im Farmbetrieb und
Haushalt, für den Verkehr mit den jungen aus dem Ovamboland. 2. Ausgabe. Okatana
(Südwestafrika). Pp 20.
Shaketange, Lydia. 1996. The role of Oshikwanyama in functional literacy. In: African languages
in basic education, p. 179-189. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Shilongo, Teressia N. 2007. The transition from Oshikwanyama to English as a medium of
instruction: a case study of a rural Namibian school. MEd (Master of Education) thesis.
Grahamstown: Rhodes Univ. Pp x, 210.
Shipanga, Martin L. 1951. Die Ovambo-jaar. Die Augustineum Jaarblad, 1951, p. 61.
Oshiwambo names for the 12 (Western) months.
Siiskonen, Harri. 1990. Trade and socioeconomic change in Ovamboland, 1850-1906. Helsinki.
Simola, Raisa. 2001. Encounter images in the meetings between Finland and South-West Africa /
Namibia. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 195-205. Ed. by
Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
Routledge.
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1967. Die aanraking tussen Blankes en Ovambo’s in Suidwes-Afrika 1850-1915.
Proefskrif (PhD). Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1968. Die aanraking tussen Blankes en Ovambos in SWA 1850-1915.
Argiefjaarboek vir Suid-Afrikaanse geskiedenis / Archives yearbook for South African
history, #31:2. Pretoria.
Steinbergs, Aleksandra. 1985. Loanwords and MSC’s in Oshikwanyama. In: Papers from the
15th African linguistics conference, p. 293-297. Ed. by Russell Galen Schuh. Suppl. 9 to
Studies in African linguistics. Los Angeles: African Studies Center & Dept. of Linguistics,
Univ. of California at Los Angeles (UCLA).
Steinbergs, Aleksandra. 1985. The role of MSC’s in Oshikwanyama loan phonology. Studies in
African linguistics, v. 16, 1, p. 89-101.
Steinbergs, Aleksandra. 1985. Final vowels in deverbative nouns in OshiKwanyama. Papers from
the annual meetings of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association (PAMAPLA), v. 9, p.
127-136.
Struck, Bernhard. 1911. Zum Studium der Ovambosprache. Koloniale Rundschau, v. 3, 2, p. 123127.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1953. Aantekeninge oor die klank- en vormleer van Ndonga. Ondangwa
(Suidwes-Afrika): Finse Sendinggenootskap.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1955. Phonology of Ndonga. Suppl. 37 to Mitteilungen des Inst. für
Orientforschung. Berlin: Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1957. Über semantische Tonhöhen in Ndonga. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und
allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, v. 10, 2, p. 163-166.
81
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1958. Ndonga opas = A guide to Ndonga. Helsinki: Suomen Lähetysseura.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1958. Phonology of Ndonga. Mitteilungen des Inst. für Orientforschung, v.
6, 3, p. 455-478.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1960. Praktiese Ndonga. Ondangwa (Suidwes-Afrika): Finse
Sendinggenootskap. Pp 150.
Includes a Ndonga-Afrikaans/Afrikaans-Ndonga vocabulary (p. 85-150).
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1965. Oompango dhOshindonga: ooform I-III = Rules of the Ndonga
language. Ondangwa (South West Africa): Finnish Mission Society. Pp 181.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1971. Praktiese Ndonga. 2e uitgawe. Ondangwa (SWA/Namibië): Finse
Sendinggenootskap.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1975. Praktiese Ndonga. 3e uitgawe. Oniipa-Ondangwa (SWA/Namibië):
Finse Sendinggenootskap. Pp 162.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1977. Ndongan kielen oppikirja = Textbook of the Ndonga language.
Helsinki: Suomen Lähetysseura. Pp 164. ISBN-10 951-624-164-6.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1977. Oshindonga shetu. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van
Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1980. Ndongan kielen sanakirja = Wordbook of the Ndonga Language.
Helsinki: Suomen Lähetysseura. Pp 168. ISBN-10 951-624-165-4.
Sometimes erroneously credited to E.J. Pentti.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1986. Ndonga-English dictionary. Oniipa-Ondangwa (SWA/Namibia):
Oshinyanyangidho shongeleki ELCIN (Evangelical Lutheran Church in Namibia). Pp h, 507.
ISBN-10 0-620-07607-0.
Tirronen, Toivo Emil. 1996. English-Ndonga dictionary. Oniipa-Ondangwa (Namibia): Church
Council Special Committee, Evangelical Lutheran Church in Namibia (ELCIN). Pp 329.
Tobias, George Wolfe Robert; Turvey, Basil Henry Capes. 1954. English-Kwanyama dictionary.
Bantu lexicographical archives, #1. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press. Pp viii, 199.
Reprinted numerous times by Witwatersrand Univ. Press in Johannesburg (ISBN-10 0-85494-382-X).
Peripherals: Ernst Dammann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 39 (1954/56), p. 43-44; Gérard P. Lestrade, African studies, v. 14 (1955),
p. 137-138; Ernst Westphal, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 17 (1955), p. 408-409.
Tonder, Louis Lourens van. 1968. Leadership, power and status stratification, with reference to
Bushmen, Hottentot and Ovambo society. MA thesis. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
Tönjes, Herrmann. 19xx. Unpublished Kwanyama grammar and syntax, with vocabularies.
Translated into English by B.H.C. Turvey and G.W.R. Tobias. Windhoek: National Archives
of Namibia. Pp v, 281.
Tönjes, Herrmann. 1910. Lehrbuch der Ovambo-Sprache Osikuanjama. Lehrbücher des Seminars
für orientalische Sprachen, #24. Berlin: Georg Reimer. Pp xii, 235.
Includes a German-Kwanyama/Kwanyama-German vocabulary (p. 186-235). An unpublished English translation is available
at the National Archives of Namibia.
Peripherals: W.A. C[rabtree], Journal of the African Society, v. 10 (1910/11), p. 500-501; Carl Meinhof, Zeitschrift für
Kolonialsprachen, v. 1 (1910/11), p. 318-319.
Tönjes, Herrmann. 1910. Wörterbuch der Ovambo-Sprache: Osikuanjama-Deutsch. Lehrbücher
des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, #25. Berlin: Georg Reimer. Pp x, 271.
Peripherals: W.A. C[rabtree], Journal of the African Society, v. 10 (1910/11), p. 502-503.
Tönjes, Herrmann. 1911. Ovamboland: Land, Leute, Mission, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung
seines grössten Stammes Oukuanjama. Berlin: Martin Warneck. Pp viii, 316.
Cluver (1991:375) gives the publisher as Georg Reimer in Berlin.
Tönjes, Herrmann. 1954. Kwanyama grammar and syntax. Manuscript edition translated from
German by B.H.C. Turvey and G.W.R. Tobias. Windhoek: State Archives. Pp vi, 281.
82
Tönjes, Herrmann. 1996. Ovamboland: country, people, mission, with particular reference to the
largest tribe, the Kwanyama. Translated from German by Peter Reiner. Windhoek: Namibia
Scientific Society. Pp 283.
Tönjes, Herrmann; Wulfhorst, [Frau]. 1900. Angst- und Freudentage im Ovamboland: nach
Briefen von Miss. Tönjes und Frau Miss. Wulfhorst. Berichte der Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft, v. 3, p. 63-68.
Tötemeyer, Gerhard. 1970. Ovamboland im Übergang: Entwicklung vom Traditionalismus zum
Verfassungsstaat. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender (Windhoek), v. 41, p. 123-155.
Tötemeyer, Gerhard. 1974. Die rol van die Wambo-Elites in die politieke ontwikkeling van
Owambo. Proefschrif. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Tötemeyer, Gerhard. 1978. Namibia old and new: traditional and modern leaders in
Ovamboland. London: C. Hurst & Co. Pp x, 257. ISBN-10 0-903983-84-2.
Revision of the author’s disertation (Die rol van die Wambo-Elites in die politieke ontwikkeling van Owambo), Univ. of
Stellenbosch, 1974.
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Vambo/Kwanyama. Sound of Africa series, #TR 214, 215.
Grahamstown: International Library of African Music (ILAM).
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Vambo/Ndonga, Vambo/Kwambi. Sound of Africa series, #TR 216.
Grahamstown: International Library of African Music (ILAM).
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Vambo/Kwambi, Kawang, Vambo/Ongajera, Vambo/Okwaluthi,
Vambo/Kwanyama, Herero. Sound of Africa series, #TR 217. Grahamstown: International
Turvey, Basil Henry Capes. 1977. Kwanyama-English dictionary. Edited by Wolfgang
Zimmermann and G.W. Taapopi. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press. Pp xviii, 162.
ISBN-10 0-85494-315-3.
Peripherals: Ernst Dammann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 62 (1979), p. 226-227; Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig, Journal of African
languages and linguistics, v. 1 (1979), p. 236-237.
Tuupainen, Maija. 1970. Marriage in a matrilineal African tribe: a social anthropological study of
marriage in the Ondonga tribe in Ovamboland. Transactions of the Westermarck Society, #18.
Helsinki: Academic Bookstore. Pp 171.
(Swakopmund), v. 8, 3/4, p. 8-12.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens. 1973. Die konjugasie en die werkwoord in Ndonga. MA tesis.
Pretoria: Univ. van Suid-Afrika (UNISA).
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens. (Ed.) 1975. Oshike? Otjike? Alltägliche Redensarten und Fragen im
Farmbetrieb und Haushalt mit einer kurzen Übersicht über die Lautlehre des Ndonga und
Herero. 3. Ausgabe. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp 44. ISBN-10 0-627-00356-7.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens. 1975. Assimilasie in Ndonga. Limi, new series, v. 3, 2, p. 35-42.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens. 1979. Die kopulatief in Ndonga en Kwanyama. Proefskrif (PhD).
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1973. Ndonga 1: manual for Ndonga. Pretoria:
Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1973-1975. Ndonga, 3 vols. Pretoria: Univ. of South
Africa (UNISA). Pp x, 198; iv, 136; iv, 46.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1974. Ndonga 1: manual for Ndonga. Revised
edition. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA). Pp x, 198.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1975. Ndonga 2: workbook for grammar. Pretoria:
Univ. of South Africa (UNISA). Pp iv, 136.
83
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1975. Ndonga 3: guide to the reader. Pretoria: Univ.
of South Africa (UNISA). Pp iv, 46.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1975. Ndonga-Afrikaans-English. Drietalige
woordeboek / Tri-lingual dictionary / Embwiitya pamalaka gatatu. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.
Pp xiv, 89. ISBN-10 0-627-00328-1.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1980. Workbook: Oshiwambo excercises and key to
be used with the Handbook of Oshiwambo. Miscellanea congregalia, #23. Pretoria: Univ. of
South Africa (UNISA).
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus. 1984. Oshindonga woordeboek, dictionary,
embwiitya. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp 251. ISBN-10 0-86848-182-3.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus; Hasheela, Paavo. 1984. Folktales of the Owambo.
Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus; Namuandi, M. 1994. Oshindonga-English / EnglishOshindonga embwiitya / dictionary. 2nd edition. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp
xiii, 109. ISBN-10 0-86848-182-3.
This may just be a reprint; at least the ISBN is the same as on the first edition.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Amakali, Petrus; Ziervogel, Dirk. 1978. A handbook of Oshiwambo.
Miscellanea congregalia, #14. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA). Pp xiii, 160. ISBN-10
0-86981-102-9.
Not sure of the series title.
Viljoen, Johannes Jurgens; Namuandi, M. 1992. Oshindonga workbook: a practical course for
beginners. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 129. ISBN-10 0-86848-690-6.
Virchow, Rudolf. 1887. Die physische Anthropologie von Buschmäner, Hottentotten und
Omundonga. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und
Urgeschichte, v. 19, p. 656-666.
Vuuren, Willem Johannes Hendrik Jacobus Janse van. 1966. Die ortografie en klankstelsel van
Kwanyama en Ndonga. MA tesis. Potchefstroomse Univ. vir Christlike Hoër Onderwys
(PUCHO). Pp 146.
Waldeyer, Wilhelm. 1906. Gehirne südwestafrikanischer Völker. Sitzungsberichte der
königlichen preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1906, p. 3-8.
Wallroth, E. 1894. Die Bevölkerung von Gross- und Klein-Windhuk. Deutsches Kolonialblatt, v.
5, p. 114-115.
Deals with the Owambo in the Windhoek area.
Wegner, [?]. 1903. Omupanda im Ovambolande. In: Rheinische Missionsarbeit 1828-1903:
Gedenkbuch zum 75jährigen Jubiläum, p. 80-86. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des
Missionshauses.
Williams, Frieda-Nela. 1991. Precolonial communities of southwestern Africa: a history of
Owambo kingdoms, 1600-1920. Archeia, #16. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp x,
204. ISBN-10 0-86976-241-9.
Peripherals: David J. Fourie, South African journal of African languages, v. 13, supplement 3 (1993), p. 156ff.
Wisskirchen, A. 1935. Grammatische Studien zum Kwambi. Manuskript.
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1997. A tentative tonal analysis of Kwanyama verbs. Tokyo Univ. linguistics
papers/Tokyo Daigaku gengogaku ronshu (TULIP), v. 16, p. 369-440.
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1998. A tentative tonal analysis of Ndonga verbs. Tokyo Univ. linguistics
Yukawa, Yasutoshi. 1999. A tonological study of Mbalanhu verbs. Tokyo Univ. linguistics
Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1971. Die selfstandige naamwoord in Kwanyama: ’n oorsig oor die
vorm en inhoud. MA tesis. Pretoria: Univ. van Suid-Afrika (UNISA).
84
Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1973. Erläuterungen zu den Bezeichnungen “Damara” und “Owambo”.
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 13, 11, p. 9.
Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1978. Enkele gedagte oor die kwalifiseerende krag van klasprefikse in
die Suidwestale. Limi, new series, v. 6, p. 66-73.
Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1987. What kind of terminology service for third world languages?
Logos (Windhoek), v. 7, 2 (spec. theme: ‘Professional terminology in African languages’, ed.
by Rajmund Ohly), p. 47-53.
Zimmermann, Wolfgang; Hasheela, Paavo. 1998. Oshikwanyama grammar. Windhoek:
Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 155. ISBN-10 0-86848-820-8.
Zinke, S. 1992. Neue Gesänge der Owambo. Dissertation. Humboldt-Univ. zu Berlin.
2.12 Yeyi, Shiyei
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1855. Explorations in South Africa with route from Walfisch Bay to Lake
Ngami, and ascent to the Tiogé River (Damara). Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of
London, v. 25, p. 79-107.
Includes a “Comparative table of Otjiherero, Bayeye, and Chylimanse words” (p. 96-100).
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Reisen in Südwest-Afrika bis zum See Ngami in den Jahren 1850
bis 1854, 2 Bde. Aus dem swedischen übersetzt von Herrmann Lotze. Leipzig: Costenoble.
Peripherals: N. Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, neue Folge, v. 3 (1857), p. 372f; N. Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde,
neue Folge, v. 4 (1858), p. 80.
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Sjön Ngami: forskningar och upptäckter under fyra års
wandringar i sydwestra Afrika = Lake Ngami: researches and discoveries during four years’
travels in southwest Africa. Översättning av Gustav Thomée. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers
Förlag. Pp viii, 10, 503.
An improved and enlarged Swedish edition.
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Lake Ngami: or explorations and discoveries during four years of
wanderings in the wilds of south western Africa. London: Hurst & Blackett. Pp xviii, 546.
Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:1) claim this to be a second edition. Reprinted more than once by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town
(Africana collectanea, #24; ISBN-10 0-86977-341-0); and 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London. Various abridged editions
have also been published, many dated 1856, e.g. by Edward Dix in New York (433 p.), Potter in Philadelphia (433 p.), and
Harper in New York (521 p.).
URL: www.archive.org/details/lakengamiorexplo00andeiala
Peripherals: Anon, Littell’s living age (New York), v. 50 (1856), p. 362-369; Anon, “Lake Ngami, or, the waters beyond
Kalahari”, Putnam’s monthly magazine of American literature, science and art, v. 8 (1856), p. 607-617; Anon, N e w
Englander and Yale review, v. 15 (1857), p. 166.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1997. Seyeyi revisited: prospects for the future of a threatened
language. In: Namibian languages: reports and papers, p. 265-275. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke &
Edward Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag for the
Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Shiyeyi: a Bantu click language. In: Languages in
85
Bock, John. 1993. Okavango Delta peoples of Botswana. In: State of the peoples: a global human
rights report on societies in danger, p. 174-175. Ed. by Marc S. Miller. Boston: Beacon Press.
Bock, John. 1998. Economic development and cultural change among the Okavango Delta people
of Botswana. Botswana notes and records, v. 30, p. 27ff.
Winchester Press.
Donnelly, Simon Scurr. 1991. Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi. BA thesis. Univ.
of Cape Town.
Fulop, Sean A.; Fang, Liu; Ladefoged, Peter; Vossen, Rainer. 2003. Yeyi clicks: acoustic
description and analysis. Phonetica, v. 60, 4, p. 231-260.
Not sure about the proper order of authors.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1992. Yeyi reflexes of Proto-Bantu. In: African linguistic contributions
presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 122-188. Ed. by Derek F. Gowlett. Pretoria: Via
Afrika.
Gowlett, Derek F. 1997. Aspects of Yeyi diachronic phonology. In: Namibian languages: reports
Green, Frederick. 1857. Narratives of an expedition to the north-west of Lake Ngami, extending
to the capital of Debabe’s territory via Souka River, hitherto an unexplored portion of Africa.
Eastern Province monthly magazine, v. 1, p. 252-257, 316-323, 385-392, 533-543, 595-601,
661-669.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. R.40 Yeye group: R.41 Yei (Yeye, Kuba). In: Comparative Bantu, v. 2,
p. 61. London: Gregg International.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1880. Tradition of the Bayeye. Folk-lore journal (Cape Town), v. 2, 2, p.
34-37.
Hartmann, B. 1985/87. Die Tjaube, eine Vorbevölkerung im Kavangogebiet (nach einer
Erzählung von Rudolf Haushiku); mit eine Einführung von Maria Fisch. Journal of the SWA
(South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 40/41, p. 75-95.
Pp ii, 142.
86
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1970/73. The people of the Okavango Delta: the /Xokwe Bugakwe; the
end of a people (the swamp //Anekwe); the river //Anekwe; the /Andakwe Bugakwe; the
Tzexa; tales and fables of the //Anekwe, Yei and Bugakwe. Unpublished manuscripts.
Listed by Barnard (1992:29).
Lang.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton [Sir]. 1919/22. Bantu group V (West Zambezia), language 81: Yeye
(Makoba, Bakhoba). In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Kebiditswe, K. 1984. Surbordination and conflict in Ngamiland: the Bayei protest of 1948. BA
thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana.
Lambrecht, Doris. 1968. Two types of sevukuvuku of N’gamiland. Ethnomusicology, v. 12, p.
410-414.
Larson, Thomas John. 1989. The Bayeyi of Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, v. 21, p.
23-42.
Larson, Thomas John. 1989. History and social organization of the Bayeyi and Hambukushu.
South African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 12, 1, p. 23-26.
Larson, Thomas John. 1989. Sourcery and witchcraft with the Bayeyi and Hambukushu: a crosscultural comparison. South African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir
etnologie, v. 12, 4, p. 131-136.
Larson, Thomas John. 1992. The Bayeyi of Ngamiland. Gaborone: The Botswana Society. Pp 36.
ISBN-10 99912-60-13-7.
Larson, Thomas John. 1994. Bayeyi and Hambukushu tales from the Okavango. Gaborone: The
Botswana Society. Pp 114.
Peripherals: Sandy Grant, Botswana notes and records, v. 26 (1994), p. 199-200.
(Windhoek), 1982, p. 53.
(Doke 1959:11n41).
Livingstone, David [Rev.] 1851. Extract of letter from Rev. Dr Livingstone, under date
Kolobeng, 24th August, 1850 / Second visit to the South African lake, Ngami. Journal of the
Includes some mention of the Bakhoba (i.e. Yeyi), the Batoana, the Bakalahari, the Botletli (Bushmen). JSTOR gives the title
as “Second visit to the South African lake, Ngami” but that title does not appear in conjunction with the article itself.
Library. Pp 35.
Lukusa, Stephen T.M. 2002. Semantic categorization of Yeyi names. LASU: journal of the
Linguistics Association for SADC (Southern African Development Community) Universities, v.
1, p. 76-86.
87
Lukusa, Stephen T.M. 2002. Groundwork in Shiyeyi grammar, with a Shiyeyi-English glossary.
Frankfurt-am-Main & New York: Peter Lang. Pp xxvi, 150. ISBN-10 3-631-39140-4.
Peripherals: Frank Seidel, Annual publication in African linguistics, v. 2 (2004), p.(?).
Motlaloso, S.G.R. 1994. Class and ethnicity in Ngamiland: the case of the Bayei, 1906-1990s.
BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of Botswana.
Murray, Andrew. 1990. Peoples’ rights: the case of Bayei separatism. Human and peoples’ rights
project monographs, #9. Maseru: Inst. of Southern African Studies, National Univ. of Lesotho
(NUL).
Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] 2000. Linguistic and cultural domination: the case of the
Wayeyi of Botswana. In: Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 217-234. Ed. by
Nyati-Ramahobo, Lydia [M.] [B.] 2002. From a phone call to the High Court: Wayeyi visibility
and the Kamanakao Association’s campaign for linguistic and cultural rights in Botswana.
Journal of southern African studies, v. 28, 4 (spec. theme: ‘Minorities and citizenship in
Botswana’), p. 685-709.
Ethnologie, v. 37, 5, p. 649-716.
p. 219-233.
Anthropos, v. 45 (1950), p. 402-403.
Seidel, Frank. 2001. Eine lauthistorische Analyse des Yeyi, Bantusprache im Grenzraum
Botswana/Namibia, auf der Grundlage moderner bantuistischer Methoden. Magisterarbeit.
Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln. Pp 148.
4, p. 207-242.
Seidel, Frank. 2007. A Yeyi grammar (R.41). Dissertation. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
88
Seidel, Frank. 2007. The distal marker -ka- and motion verbs in Yeyi. Annual publication in
African linguistics (APAL), v. 5 (spec. theme: ‘Encoding motion: case studies from Africam,
edited by Angelika Mietzner & Yvonne Treiss), p. (?).
Seidel, Frank. 2008. A grammar of Yeyi, a Bantu language of southern Africa. Grammatische
Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #33. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 464. ISBN 978-389645-549-9.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Köln, 2007.
Singlemann, Karl. 1911. Die Expedition nach dem Okavango. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 28,
31, p. 520-522.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1991. Gradueller Sprachwechsel in Ägypten und Botswana: zwei
Fallbeispiele. In: Ägypten im afro-orientalischen Kontext. Aufsätze zur Archäologie,
Geschichte und Sprache eines unbegrenzten Raumes: Gedenkschrift Peter Behrens, p. 351368. Ed. by Daniela Mendel & Ulrike Claudi. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP),
Sondernummer 1991. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Discusses Yeyi R41 and Nubian.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. Processes of language shift among the Bayeyi of Ngamiland: a
brief report on field research among the Bayeyi (North-West District). Reports from the Office
of the President, #46-1 XXVII 169. Gaborone: Government Printer.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. Wohin gehört das Yeyi? Hypothesen und Widersprüche in der
Klassifikation südlicher Bantusprachen. Manuskript.
Referred to by Sommer (1995:392).
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa: Yei. In: Language death:
factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p. 401-402. Ed. by
Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language, #64. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1994. Sprachwechsel bei den Yei Ngamilands (Botswana).
Dissertation. Univ. zu Bayreuth.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1995. Sprachwechsel im südlichen Afrika: Fallbeispiele und
Interpretation. In: Sprachkulturelle und historische Forschungen in Afrika: 11.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1995. Ethnographie des Sprachwechsels: sozialer Wandel und
Sprachverhalten bei den Yeyi (Botswana). Sprachkontakt in Afrika/Language contact in
Africa, #2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 504. ISBN-10 3-927620-25-4.
Revision of the author’s dissertation (Sprachwechsel bei den Yei Ngamilands, Botswana), Univ. of Bayreuth, 1994.
Peripherals: Tore Janson, Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 8 (1996), p. 163-165; Rajmund Ohly, Afrika und Übersee, v.
80 (1997), p. 141ff; Helma Pasch, Language in society, v. 27 (1998), p.(?); Derek F. Gowlett, Journal of African languages
and linguistics, v. 20 (1999), p. 63-64.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1997. Towards an ethnography of language shift: goals and methods.
In: Language choices: conditions, constraints, and consequences, p. 55-76. Ed. by Martin
Pütz. Impact: studies in language and society, #1. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publ.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1999. Das Innere eines Ortes sehen: Dokumentation einer
Sprachforschung in Botswana. Schriften zur Afrikanistik / Research in African studies (SzA),
#1. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang. Pp 187. ISBN-10 3-631-34690-5.
Routledge.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]; Vossen, Rainer. 1992. Schnalzwörter in Yei (R.41). Afrika und
Übersee, v. 75, 1, p. 1-42.
89
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]; Vossen, Rainer. 1995. Linguistic variation in Siyeyi. In: The complete
linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 407-479. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer
Vossen & Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]; Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Language gain and language loss: the spread of
Setswana in Ngamiland. In: Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 129-153. Ed.
by Herman M. Batibo & Birgit Smieja. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und
Kulturwissenschaft, #40. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Stigand, A.G. 1913. Notes on Ngamiland. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa, v. 3,
p. 379-391.
Includes a few words of Makuba (Yeyi) and Mosarwa (San).
Stigand, A.G. 1923. Ngamiland. The geographical journal, v. 62, 6, p. 401-419.
Sutherland, Alistair J. 1980. Grass roots land tenure among Yeyi in north-west Botswana.
Journal of African law, v. 24, 1, p. 62-84.
Sutherland, Alistair J. 1981. Local level dispute processes in Botswana: the Yeyi moot
encapsulated. Journal of African law, v. 25, 2, p. 94-114.
Sutherland, Alistair J. 1984. Economic differentiation and cultural change among the Yeyi in
northwest Botswana. PhD thesis. Dept. of Social Anthropology, Univ. of Manchester.
Tlou, Thomas. 1971. The history of Botswana through oral traditions: research among the
peoples of the North-West District (Ngamiland). Botswana notes and records, v. 3, p. 79-90.
Wisconsin-Madison.
Tlou, Thomas. 1976. The peopling of the Okavango Delta, 1750-1906. In: Proceedings of the
symposium on the Okavango Delta and its future utilization, p. 49-53. Gaborone: The
Botswana Society.
Vossen, Rainer. 1988. Patterns of language knowledge and language use in Ngamiland in
Botswana. African studies series, #13. Bayreuth Univ. Pp 83.
Vossen, Rainer. 1990. Language maintenance, language shift and identity in Ngamiland,
Botswana: some hypotheses. In: Botswana: education, culture and politics, p. 65-75. Seminar
proceedings, #29. Centre of African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Edinburgh.
Vossen, Rainer. 1990. Sprachverhalten, Kompetenzgewinn und Identität: ein Beispiel aus Afrika.
In: Interkulturelle Kommunikation, p. 172-173. Ed. by Bernd Spillner. Frankfurt-am-Main:
Peter Lang.
Presumably this includes something on Yeyi R41.
Vossen, Rainer. 1992. Aspects of language behaviour in Botswana. LAUD (Linguistic Agency,
Univ. of Duisburg) papers, series B: applied and interdisciplinary papers, #234. Duisburg. Pp
17.
Vossen, Rainer. 1997. What click sounds got to do in Bantu: reconstructing the history of
language contacts in southern Africa. In: Human contact through language and linguistics, p.
90
353-366. Ed. by Birgit Smieja & Meike Sprenger Tasch. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und
Vossen, Rainer. 2003. Was haben Schnalze im Bantu verloren? Zum Problem der Rekonstruktion
von Kontaktgeschichte im südlichen Afrika. Sprawozdania z posiedzen komisji naukowych
(Krakow), v. 45, 2, p. 49-51.
2.13 More on Namibian Bantu languages
[Anon.] 1920. A trip to the Okavango [pt. 1]. The Nongqai, December 1920, p. 626-628.
Credited to H.J.K.
[Anon.] 1921. A trip to the Okavango [pt. 2-5]. The Nongqai, January/April 1921, p. 2-5, 58-62,
115-120, 174-178.
Credited to H.J.K.
Völkerkunde, v. 1, 3, p. 165-187.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Typological profile of Khoisan languages. In:
Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa, p. 143-169. Gaborone:
Longman Botswana.
Compares features in Nama, Ju/’hoan and !Xóõ.
Arnot, Frederick Stanley. 1900. Correspondence to the editor: the regions of the Okovango. The
geographical journal, v. 15, 3, p. 291.
Baynes, M. 1923. Notes on the Okavango and Kunene rivers. The geographical journal, v. 62, p.
370-377.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1898. Rechstbegriffe und Rechtshandhabung unter den Bantu.
Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 1, III, p. 115-119.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1900. Charakter, Sitten und Gebräuche speziell der Bantu DeutschSüdwestafrikas. Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 3, III, p. 66-92.
Crabb, David Wendell. 1962. Nasals and nasalized roots in proto-Southwest Bantu. PhD thesis.
New York: Columbia Univ. Pp 143.
Denbow, James Raymond. 1990. Congo to Kalahari: data and hypothesis about the political
economy of the western stream of the early iron age. African archaeological review, v. 8, p.
139-176.
91
Eckl, Andreas. 2004. Serving the Kavango sovereigns’ political interests: the beginnings of the
Catholic mission in northern Namibia. Le fait missionaire (Lausanne), v. 14, p. 9-46.
Eckl, Andreas. 2007. Reports from ‘beyond the line’: the accumulation of knowledge of Kavango
and its peoples by the German colonial administration 1891-1911. Journal of Namibian
studies, v. 1, p. 7-37.
Looks at “the accumulation of knowledge of the Kavango region and its peoples by analysing twenty reports on expeditions”
(from the abstract).
Eggers, [Lieut.] 1900. Bericht über eine Reise nach dem Okavangogebiet. Mitteilungen aus den
deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 13, 3, p. 185-188.
François, Curt von. 1891. Bericht des Hauptmanns Curt von François über seine Reise nach dem
Okavangofluss im Jahre 1891. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 4, p. 205220.
Frey, Karl. 1958. Die nie-blanke volke van Suidwes-Afrika. Johannesburg: Publisiteitsafdeling
van die Suid-Afrikaanse Uitsaaikorporasie (SAUK).
Gibson, Gordon D. 1952. The social organization of the South Western Bantu. PhD thesis. Univ.
of Chicago.
Gotthardt, Josef [Bischof]. 1933. Auf zum Okavango. 3. Ausgabe. Hünfeld (Deutschland):
Oblaten der Unbeflekten Maria.
Unsure what this contains.
Green, Frederick. 1867. Beyond the Okavango River. Cape Argus, 1876, p. 1-4.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1967/71. Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics
and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4 vols. Letchworth UK & Brookfield VT: Gregg
International. Pp 143; 180; 326; 248. ISBN-10 0-576-11468-5.
Supplementary indexes were produced and circulated by Michael Mann at SOAS in 1976.
Peripherals: David Dalby, “Reflections on the classification of African languages, with special reference to the work of
Sigismund Wilhelm Koelle and Malcolm Guthrie”, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p. 147-171; Eric H. Hamp, “On
Bantu and comparison”, International journal of American linguistics, v. 36 (1970), p. 273-287; Michael Mann, “Guthrie’s
linguistic terminology and its application to Bemba”, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p. 237-256; John C. Sharman,
“Internal and external inconsistencies in Malcolm Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’ (I,1) and other works” (manuscript, 1970);
John M. Stewart, “Onwards from Guthrie’s Comparative Bantu”, Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, v. 12
(1971), p. 83-94; Theodora Bynon & Michael Mann, “Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction”, African language
studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 1-14; A.E. Meeussen, “‘Comparative Bantu’: test cases for method”, African language studies, v. 14
(1973), p. 6-18; Patrick R. Bennett, “Identification, classification and Bantu linguistics”, African language studies, v. 14
(1973), p. 19-25; Michael Mann, “Sound-correspondences and sound-shifts”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 26-35;
Hazel Carter, “Tonal data in ‘Comparative Bantu’”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 36-52; Derek Fivaz, Bantu
classificatory criteria towards a critical examination and comparison of the language taxonomies of Doke and Guthrie (Dept.
of African Languages, Rhodes Univ., 1973); Magdalena Slavíková & Margaret Bryan, “‘Comparative Bantu’: the case of two
Swahili dialects”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 53-81; Alick Henrici, “Numerical classification of Bantu
languages”, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 81-104; David Dalby, “The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s
‘Comparative Bantu’ (pt. 1)”, Journal of African history, v. 16 (1975), p. 481-501; Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig, Kratylos, v. 19
(1975), p. 1-11; David Dalby, “The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’ (pt. 2)”, Journal of African
history, v. 17 (1976), p. 1-27; H. Labaere, “Guthrie et la zone C: traduction et commentaire du point de vue otetela”, Annales
Aequatoria, v. 22 (2001), p. 163-183; Jouni Filip Maho, “A classification of the Bantu languages: an update of Guthrie’s
referential system”, The Bantu languages (edited by Derek Nurse & Gérard Philippson, 2003), p. 639-651.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. The western Bantu languages. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7:
linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 357-366. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague &
Paris: Mouton & Co.
Jacobson, Leon Carl. 1985/87. The archaeology of the Kavango. Journal of the SWA (South West
Africa) Scientific Society, v. 40/41, p. 149-157.
92
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1919/22. A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu
languages, 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Pp xi, 819, map; xii, 544.
Johnston collected and systematized more or less all contemporary sources on the Bantu languages into a massive two-volume
catalogue of Bantu features, incl. comparative word lists (for individual languages as well as thematic ones) and several
comparative chapters on phonology, morphology, etc. The material he relied on did not only come from published sources,
but also his own field data and a not insignificant amount of unpublished notes compiled (sometimes specifically for him) by
G.L. Bates, Beba Bell, W.J.B. Chapman, C. Christy, J.F. Cunningham, Rev. R.D. Darby, J.H. Driberg, W. Fisher, W. Forfeitt,
Rev. J.J. Fuller, Rev. R. Glennie, Rev. G. Grenfell, Rev. J. Griffiths, R.N. Hall, A.C. Hollis, Rev. A. Jones, Father Keeling, L.
Lanne, R. Laws, A.G. Marwick, Consul G.B. Michell, C.F. Molyneaux, G.A.S. Northcote, S. Ormsby, Abbé A. Raponda
Walker, E.W. Smith, Rev. W.H. Stapleton, Rev. A.R.I. Steggall, Rev. A.R. Stonelake, E. Torday, J.H. Weeks, A. Werner,
Rev. H. Withey, F.V. Worthington, Rev. H.W. Woodward, and others. Johnston’s work was reprinted 1977 by the AMS Press
in New York (ISBN-10 0-404-12092-X set).
URL: www.archive.org/details/comparativestudy01johnuoft
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 18 (1918/19), p. 322; A.C., The geographical journal, v. 54 (1919), p.
253-254; Carl Meinhof, Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 10 (1919/20), p. 156-159; E.A. Hooton, Journal of Negro
history, v. 5 (1920), p. 383-385; A. Werner, Man, v. 20 (1920), p. 12-15 (art. 7); A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society,
v. 21 (1921/22), p. 340-341; A. Werner, Man, v. 22 (1922), p. 156-158 (art. 88); Anon, Journal of Negro history, v. 8 (1923),
p. 241-242; W.A. C[rabtree], The geographical journal, v. 61 (1923), p. 57-59; C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative
Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Kinahan, John. 1986. Settlement patterns and regional exchange: evidence from recent iron age
sites on the Kavango River, northeastern Namibia. Cimbebasia, series B, v. 3, p. 109-116.
Kose, Eileen; Richter, Jürgen. 2007. The prehistory of the Kavango people. Sprache und
Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Cultural change in the prehistory of arid
Africa’, ed. by Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig), p. (?).
Legendre, Sidney. 1939. Okavango: desert river. New York: Messner.
Legère, Karsten. 1997. ... = Language contacts in Namibia: examples from Bantu languages. In:
Neue Forschungsarbeiten zur Kontaktlinguistik, p. 320-326. Ed. by W.W. Moelleken & P.
Weber. Plurilingua, #19. Bonn: Dümmler.
Title and details wanting. In German.
(Windhoek), 1982, p. 53.
Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2007. Reports from ‘beyond the line’: the accumulation of knowledge of
Kavango and its peoples by the German colonial administration 1891-1911. Journal of
Namibian studies, v. 2, p. 85-101.
“This paper shows that the number of languages in Namibia, as it happens with the linguistic diversity of many countries, is a
range (10 to 31) whereby the margin of error (+/-21) is greater than the minimum count (10) ... the morphological behaviour
of language names, or glossonyms, as well as the way these can be grouped, were to a large extent responsible for this pattern
... the minimum count relates to the use of glossonyms in the media, while the maximum count relates to their use in the
education system” (quoted from the abstract).
Maniacky, Jacky. 1997. Contribution à l’étude des langues bantoues de la zone K: analyse
comparative et sous-groupements. Mémoire de diplôme d’études approfondies (DEA) de
langues, littératures et sociétés. Paris: Inst. National des Langues et Civilisations Orientales
(INALCO). Pp 101.
Meeussen, Achille Emiel. 1960. Les tons de l’infixe du bantou. Aequatoria, v. 23, p. 130-135.
URL: www.abbol.com/bookbank/bookbank_text_en.html
Proepper, Michael. 2006. Der ethnographische Forschungsstand zum Kavangogebiet in Nordost
Namibia 2006: eine kommentierte Bibliographie. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien)
Schönfelder, Eberhard Bruno Willi. 1935. Südost-Angola und der westliche Caprivi-Zipfel.
Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Dr A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes’
Geographischer Anstalt), v. 81, p. 49-52, 87-89.
93
Seiner, Franz. 1909. Ergebnisse einer Bereisung des Gebiets zwischen Okawango und Sambesi
(Caprivi-Zipfel) in den Jahren 1905 und 1906. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten,
v. 22, p. 98-119.
Shackley, M. 1986. A macrolithic factory site at Massari, Kavango (South West Africa/Namibia):
affinities and interpretation. South African archaeological bulletin, v. 41, p. 69-80.
Singlemann, Karl. 1911. Die Expedition nach dem Okavango. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 28,
31, p. 520-522.
Routledge.
Suckow, Christian. 1973. Die Bantu- und Khoisanbevölkerung Südafrikas unter den
Bedingungen der europäischen Kolonialexpansion von der Mitte des 17. Jh. bis zur Mitte des
19. Jh. im Spiegel der Berichte deutscher Reisender. Dissertation. Humboldt-Univ. zu Berlin.
Pp 493.
Vansina, Jan. 1984. Western Bantu expansion. Journal of African history, v. 25, 2, p. 129-145.
Were, Gideon S. 1974. The western Bantu people from 1300 to 1800. In: Zamani: a survey of
East African history. 2nd edition. Ed. by Bethwell A. Ogot. Nairobi: Longmans for the East
African Publ. House.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1963. The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa: Bush,
Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships. Africa: journal of the International
African Inst., v. 33, 3, p. 237-265.
3
Khoesan languages
3.1 /’Auni †, Ki/hazi †, N/usa(n) †
Khoisan peoples. Studies in social and cultural anthropology, #85. Cambridge Univ. Press. Pp
xxv, 349. ISBN 978-0-521-42865-1 pb, ISBN-10 0-521-41188-2 hb, 0-521-42865-3 pb.
Peripherals: Megan Biesele, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, v. 12/13 (1991/92), p. 375-379; Alec C. Campbell, Botswana
notes and records, v. 24 (1992), p. 218-219; Mathias Guenther, “‘The pattern is the thing’: diversity and uniformity amongst
Khoisan”, Current anthropology, v. 33 (1992), p. 478-481; Timothy J. Stapleton, International journal of African historical
studies, v. 25 (1992), p. 437-438; I.N. Mazonde, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 56 (1993), p. 427428; Robert Ross, African affairs, v. 92/368 (1993), p. 468-470; Rainer Vossen, Anthropos, v. 88 (1993), p. 562-564; Edwin
Wilmsen, Journal of southern African studies, v. 19 (1993), p. 530-531; Edwin S. Segal, African studies review, v. 37 (1994),
p. 162-166.
Press. Pp 94.
Includes lexical specimens of /Kam-ka !ke, //Ng !ke, Batwa (i.e. //Xegwi), /Auni, Masarwa (Kakia), /Nu//en, //K’au //en,
!Kung, !O !kung, Masarwa (Tati), Naron, and Nama.
Peripherals: F.W.H. M[igeod], Journal of the African Society, v. 28 (1928/29), p. 307-308; Eric Rosenthal, “Eerste Boesmanwoordeboek ter wêreld”, Fleur, v. 2,5 (1947), p. 33-34.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1937. Grammatical notes and texts in the /Auni language. Bantu studies
(Johannesburg), v. 11, p. 253-258.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1937. /Auni vocabulary. Bantu studies (Johannesburg), v. 11, p. 259278.
Oriental series, #41. New Haven CN: American Oriental Society. Pp xii, 773.
Contains lexical material from 29 Bushman languages/dialects. Part 1: Bushman-English; Part 2: English-Bushman.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, African studies, v. 16 (1957), p. 142-125; Joseph H. Greenberg, Language, v. 33 (1957), p. 495-497;
Ernst Westphal, Africa, v. 27 (1957), p. 203-204; Oswin R.A. Köhler, Afrika und Übersee, v. 43 (1959/60), p. 133-138.
Dart, Raymond Arthur. 1937. The physical characters of the /’Auni-≠Khomani Bushmen. Bantu
studies, v. 11, p. 175-246, appendices, photos.
The third word in the title is interchangeably noted as “characteristics”, “character” and “characters”. The article was
(re)published the same year by Rheinallt Jones & Doke in Bushmen of the southern Kalahari.
Dart, Raymond Arthur. 1937. The hut distribution, genealogy and homogeneity of the /’Auni≠Khomani Bushmen. Bantu studies, v. 11, p. 159-174.
Reprinted 1937 in Bushmen of the southern Kalahari (ed. by J.D. Rheinallt Jones & C.M. Doke; Witwatersrand Univ. Press),
p. 101-116.
Dart, Raymond Arthur. 1937. The physical characters of the /’Auni-≠Khomani Bushmen. In:
Bushmen of the southern Kalahari, p. 117-188. Ed. by John David Rheinallt Jones & Clement
Martyn Doke. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Simultaneusly published in Bantu studies, v. 11 (1937).
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870. Die Buschmänner: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischer
Völkerkunde. Globus, v. 18, p. 65-68, 81-85, 102-105, 120-123, 140-143, 153-155.
95
Includes, among other things, brief notes on a South Khoesan variety named /Nusa, originally collected by "Herr Missionär
Weber im Grossnamalande" (Hahn 1870:143).
Kirby, Percival R. 1936. The musical practices of the /Auni and ≠Khomani Bushmen. Bantu
studies, v. 10, p. 373-431.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2000. Unpublished comparative word list for !Kwi languages. Dept. of
Oriental and African Languages, Göteborg Univ. Pp 57.
Includes comparative word lists, extracted from a variety of sources, for /Xam, ≠Nusa, !Ga-!ne, //Xegwi, /’Auni, ≠Khomani,
N/huki, Ng//-!ke, ≠Unkwe, Kakia, /U//en.
Ryst, Maria van der. 2003. The so-called ‘Vaalpense’ or ‘Masele’ of the Waterberg: the origins
and emergence of a subordinate class of mixed descent. Anthropology southern Africa, v. 26,
1/2, p. 42-52.
Story, Robert. 1937. Unpublished materials on the Ki/hazi dialect of Bushman.
Referred to by Levy (1968:17).
Story, Robert. 1937/99. K’i/ha:si manuscript - MS collections of the Ki/hazi dialect of Bushman
[edited and introduced by Tony Traill]. Khoisan forum working papers, v. 13, p. 7-34.
3.2 Khoekhoe, Nama/Damara, incl. Hai//om
[Anon.] 1865. Mythological legendary tales of South Africa, and of the Esquimaux in Greenland
[= book review of Reynard the Fox in South Africa by Wilhelm Bleek]. The anthropological
review, v. 3, p. 138-145.
[Anon.] 1914. A handbook of German South West Africa: reliable information concerning
history, geography, climate, flora and fauna, native tribes, minerals, trade, railways, public
works, wireless telegraphy, etc., etc. Johannesburg: Transvaal Leader. Pp vi, 52, plates.
[Anon.] 1951. Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans. Die Augustineum Jaarblad
(Windhoek), 1951, p. 61.
[Anon.] 1952. A clear description of the Cape of Good Hope (1652). Translated from Dutch by
L.C. van Oordt. Cape Town: Book Exhibition Committee, Jan van Riebeeck Festival. Pp xv,
33, 35.
Supplemented with the original text.
[Anon.] 1968. Nama-gowab di//nai-tsanati: !gai-hoa kerkib. Lutheri dib S.W.A. !nahab [...]
Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen Missionshauses. Pp 522.
Lutheran hymns translated into Nama.
[Cape Colony]. 1879. Cape Colony blue book on native affairs. Cape Town: Government Printer.
[Cape Colony]. 1881. Report of the select committee appointed to consider and report on
Damaraland affairs. Cape parliamentary papers, #A14’1881. Cape Town. Pp viii, 132.
96
[Namibia]. 2003. Khoekhoegowab orthography 3. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp
119. ISBN-10 99916-0-408-1.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1970. Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 1. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo,
Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:106) date this 1969.
Peripherals: Walter Moritz, “Opmerkings tot die nuwe Nama ortografie”, Newsletter of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific
Society, v. 15 (1974), p. 7-9.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1976. Nama/Damara taalkundige terminologielys. Windhoek: Dept. van
Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp ii, 52. ISBN-10 0-621-03616-1.
With a Afrikaans-Nama-English section (p. 1-25), and a Nama-Afrikaans section (p. 26-52).
[SWA/Namibia]. 1977. Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 2. Windhoek: John Meinert vir die
Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys, SWA/Namibië. Pp 127. ISBN-10 0-62103631-5.
//Hoeseb, /Awebahe. 2005. Thinks Damaras’ origin theory absurd. New era (Windhoek),
February 4, 2005.
Reacting to a radio program in which Fritz I. Dirkse talked about the history of the Nama/Damaras.
Peripherals: Fritz Isak Dirkse, “Spoke about Namas not Damaras”, New era (Windhoek), February 11, 2005.
Abrahams, Yvette. 1995. “Take me to your leaders”: a critique of [Richard Elphick’s] ‘Kraal and
castle’. Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 22, p. 21-35.
Adelung, Johann Christoph. 1812/17. Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde mit dem
Vater unser als Sprachprobe in beynahe fünfhundert Sprachen und Mundarten, Bde 3-4.
Berlin: Christian Friedrich Voss & Sohn.
Includes lexical specimens for many language, incl. southern Bantu languages (Xhosa, Tswana, Ronga), Mandingo, Susu,
Kanga (?), Mangree (?), Gien (?), Fetu (Coastal Guang?), Moko (?), Krepee (Gbe), Amina (Nyo Kwa), Asianten (Asante),
Wawu (?), Calbra (Efik), Karaba (Efik), Ibo (Ibibio?), Ada (?), Camançons (?), Fulah, Fellatah (Sokoto Fula), Afnu (Hausa?),
Howssa (Hausa), Begirma (p. 152-153), Bornu (Kanuri), Gaog, Affadèh (p. 231-235, Kanuri?), Móbba (Maba?), Dahera,
Schilluk (p. 235-239), “Sprachproben der Schilluk-Sprache nach handschriftlichen Nachrichten von Dr Seetzen” (p. 237-238),
Dar Fur, Zeghawa, Dar Runga, Dar Kulla (p. 239-244), Gallas (p. 247-254), Tiggry, Argubba, Massua (Tigré?), Suáken
(Beja?), Korana (p. 256), Hottentot (p. 267-275), Khoi-San (p. 289-305). Reprinted 1970 by Georg Olms Verlag in
Hildesheim & New York.
Akira, Tadaka. 2000. “The San” in Ohangwena, Namibia: lifestyles of the !Xû and Hai//om.
Unpublished report. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO).
Referred to by König & Heine (2000:189).
Albrecht, Abraham. 1808/12. Observations made in the country of the Great Namaqualand.
Transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, v. 3, p. (?).
Alexander, James Edward [Capt.] 1836. Captain Alexander’s intended visit to the Damaras,
South Africa. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, v. 6, p. 443-445.
Alexander, James Edward [Capt.] 1837. Latest intelligence from Captain Alexander. Journal of
the Royal Geographical Society of London, v. 7, p. 439-446.
Contain extracts from letters written by Captain Alexander during his travels to the Damaras.
Alexander, James Edward [Capt.] 1838. Expédition de découvertes faite e 1836, à travers les
pays des grands namaquas, des boschjesmans et des damaras des montagnes, dans l’Afrique
méridionale. Nouvelles annales des voyages, de la géographie et de l’histoire ou recueil des
relations originales inédites, 3ème série, v. 18, p. 56-110.
Alexander, James Edward [Capt.] 1838. Report of an expedition of discovery, through the
countries of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans, and the Hill Damaras, in South Africa. Journal
of the Royal Geographical Society of London, v. 8, p. 1-28.
Alexander, James Edward [Capt.] 1838. An expedition of discovery into the interior of Africa,
throughout the hitherto undescribed countries of the Great Namaquas, Boschmans and Hill
Damaras, 2 vols. London & Philadelphia: Henry Colburn; E.L. Carey & A. Hart.
97
Reprinted 1967 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series); and 1967 by Cornelis Struik in
Cape Town (Africana collectanea, #22-23).
Peripherals: Anon, “Men and brutes of South Africa”, The North African review (Cedar Falls IO), v. 68 (1849), p. 265-300.
Alverdes, Hermann. 1906. Mein Tagebuch aus Südwest: Erinnerungen aus dem Feldzuge gegen
die Hottentotten. Oldenburg: Stalling. Pp 285.
Anders, H.D. 1934. Hottentot place-names. Blythswood review, new series, v. 11, p. 36-37, 4445.
“Hottentot place names” is what the article is about, not necessarily its actual title (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:120).
Anders, H.D. 1937. Marginal notes to Wikar’s journal (Van Riebeeck Vereniging XV, 1935).
Bantu studies, v. 11, p. 47-52.
Contains “some suggestions about Nama words” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:112).
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1989. Trade and politics in central Namibia: diaries and correspondence
of Charles John Andersson. Edited by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, #10; Charles John Andersson
papers, #2. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp xi, 338.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1992. Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er) = The typological
profile(s) of the Khoisan languages. In: Till Rune från oss, p. 4-23. Ed. by Roger Källström &
Bo Ralph. Inst. för nordiska språk, Göteborgs Univ.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1993. Khoisanspråk = Khoisan languages. Nationalencyklopedin
(Stockholm), v. 10, p. 590.
Longman Botswana.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Nama/Damara. In: Languages in Botswana:
language ecology in southern Africa, p. 127-128. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.
Angas, George French. 1849. The Kafirs illustrated in a series of drawings taken among the
Amazulu, Amaponda, and Amakosa tribes; also, portraits of the Hottentot, Malay, Fingo, and
other races inhabiting southern Africa, together with sketches of landscape scenery in the Zulu
country, Natal and Cape Colony. London: J. Hogarth. Pp 2, 50, 31.
Includes 30 coloured plates/drawings of Amazulu, Amaponda and Amakosa. Reprinted 1974 by Balkema in Amsterdam
(ISBN-10 0-86961-060-0).
Appleyard, John Whittle. 1847. Hottentot dialects; Hottentot grammar, Bushman dialects. The
South African Christian watchman and missionary magazine, v. 1-2, p. (?).
Two articles in separate issues. Details wanting.
Arbousset, Jean Thomas; Daumas, François. 1842. Relation d’un voyage d’exploration au nordest de la colonie du Cap de Bonne-Espérance, entrepris dans les mois de Mars, Avril et Mai,
1836. Paris: A. Bertrand. Pp x, 620.
Includes stuff on the Cape Khoikhoi, Southern Sotho, Zulu, and samples of Bushman languages, e.g. Seroa (p. 510-516).
Various extracts from Arbousset’s journal were reprinted 1932 as Voyage d’exploration aux Montagnes Bleues (253 p.) by
Société des Missions Evangéliques in Paris.
Arbousset, Jean Thomas; Daumas, François. 1846. Narrative of an exploratory tour to the northeast of the colony of the Cape of Good Hope. Translated from French by John Crumbie
Brown. Cape Town: Robertson & Solomon. Pp xii, 329.
Reprinted 1968 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, #27).
Argyle, W. John. 1994/95. Khoisan-southern Bantu livestock exchanges: reinterpreting the
linguistic evidence (summary). Azania, v. 29/30 (spec. theme: ‘The growth of farming
communities in Africa from the Equator southwards’, ed. by John E.G. Sutton), p. 200-201.
Bachmann, F. 1899. Die Hottentotten der Cap-Colonie: ein ethnographisches Genre-Bild.
Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), v. 31, p. 87-98.
Backhouse, James. 1844. A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South Africa. London:
Hamilton, Adams & Co. Pp xvi, 648.
98
Includes notes on the Khoekhoe.
Baines, Thomas. 1866. Notes to accompany Mr C.J. Andersson’s map of Damara Land. Journal
of the Royal Geographical Society of London, v. 36, p. 247-248.
Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1730. Allerneueste und wahrhafte Ost-Indianische ReiseBeschreibung, darinnen 1. seine durch Deutschland und Holland nach Indien gethane Reise;
2. sein elff-jähriger Aufenthalt auf Java, Banda und den südwester Inseln [...]; 3. seine
Rückreise, der dabei erlittene grausame Sturm [...] beschrieben wird [...] Chemnitz
(Deutschland): Össeln. Pp xx, 657.
Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 63-86, 629-634.
Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1751. Neu-vermehrte Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung,
darinnen I. seine durch Teutsch- und Holland nach Indien gethane Reise; II: sein elff-jähriger
Aufenthalt auf Java, Banda und den Südwester-Iusulen, Glücks- und Unglücks-Fälle, seltsame
Begebenheiten, auch remarquirte rare Gewächse, Bäume, Früchte, Thiere, Fische, Insecten,
Berge, Vestungen, Nationen, Gewohnheiten, Aberglauben der Wilden, und viele andere
Denckwürdigkeiten mehr; 3: seine Rück-Reise, der dabey erlittene grausame Sturm und
endlich glücklich erfolgte Ankunft in sein Vaterland umständlich erzehlet wird. 2. Ausgabe.
Erfurt (Deutschland): Jungnicol. Pp x, 680, xvi.
Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 73-77.
Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph. 1762. Neu-vermehrte Ost-Indianische Reise-Beschreibung. 4.
Auflage. Erfurt (Deutschland): Hartung. Pp 687.
Barnard, Alan. 1976. Nharo Bushman kinship and the transformation of Khoi kin categories. PhD
thesis. Univ. of London.
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Convergent structures in Nama and Dutch-Afrikaans kinship terminologies.
VOC, v. 1, 1, p. 25-34.
p. 162-166.
Barnard, Alan; Widlok, Thomas. 1996. Nharo and Hai//om settlement patterns in comparative
perspective. In: Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective,
p. 87-107. Ed. by Susan Kent. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Barrow, John. 1801. Voyage dans la partie méridionale de l’Afrique, fait dans les années 1797 et
1798: contenant des observations sur la géologie, la géographie, l’histoire naturelle de ce
continent et une esquisse du caractère physique et moral des diverses races d’habitants qui
environments l’establissement du cap de Bonne-Esperance, suivi de la description de l’état
present, de la population et du produit de cette importante colonie, 2 vols. Traduit de l’anglais
par L. Degranpré. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp xvi, 403; 326.
Barrow, John. 1801. Reisen in das Innere von Südafrika in den Jahren 1797 und 1798, Bd 1. Aus
dem englischen mit Anmerkungen übersetzt. Leipzig: Rein.
The second volume appeared 1805.
Barrow, John. 1801/04. Travels into the interior of southern Africa (1797-1798), in which are
described the character and the condition of the Dutch colonists of the Cape of Good Hope,
and of the several tribes of natives beyond its limits; the natural history of such subjects as
occured in the animal, mineral and vegetable kingdoms; and the geography of the southern
extremity of Africa; comprehending also a topographical and statistical sketch of Cape
99
Colony, with an inquiry into its importance as a naval and military station, as a commercial
emporium, and as a territorial possession, 2 vols. London: T. Cadell & W. Davies. Pp xvi,
427; 373.
Includes a vocabulary of 34 Xhosa words (which are contrasted with Khoekhoe).
Doke, “Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century” (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959), p. 1-27; Mary Louise
Pratt, “Scratches on the face of the country, or, what Mr Barrow saw in the land of the Bushmen”, Critical inquiry, v. 12
(1985), p. 119-143.
Barrow, John. 1802. A narrative of the travels in the interior of southern Africa (1797-1798),
from the Cape of Good Hope to Graaff Reynet and the countries of the Kaffers, Bosjemans,
Namaquas, etc. Abridged edition. London: Kerby. Pp 80.
The unabridged edition includes a short Xhosa vocabulary. Not sure this edition does.
Barrow, John. 1805. Reisen in das Innere von Südafrika in den Jahren 1797 und 1798, Bd 2. Aus
dem englischen mit Anmerkungen übersetzt, und herausgegeben von Theophil Friedrich
Ehrmann. Weimar: Landes-Industrie-Comptoir.
Barrow, John. 1805. Neue Reise in das Innere von Südafrika, nebst Robert Semple’s
Beschreibung der Capstadt und Schilderung seiner Einwohner. Aus dem englischen übersetzt
von J.A. Bergk. Wien: Doll in Kommission. Pp viii, [9]-429.
Looks like an abridged edition.
Barrow, John. 1806. Nouveau voyage dans la partie méridionale de l’Afrique, 2 vols. Traduit de
l’anglais par C.A.W. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp x, 310, maps; 312, maps.
Barrow, John. 1806. An account of travels into the interior of southern Africa, 1797-1798, in
which are described the character and condition of the Dutch colonists of the Cape of Good
Hope, and the several tribes of natives beyond the limits; the natural history of such subjects
as occured in the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms, and sketches of the physical and
moral characters of the various tribes of inhabitants surrounding the settlement of the Cape of
Good Hope, to which is annexed a description from actual observations made in the course of
travel, 2 vols. 2nd edition. London: T. Cadell & W. Davies.
Reprinted 1968 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
Bassani, Ezio; Tedeschi, Letizia. 1990. The image of the Hottentot in the seventeeth and
eighteenth centuries: an iconographic investigation. Journal of the history of collections, v. 2,
p. (?).
Bat, Bernabé J.G. de la. 1982. Etosha 75 years. SWA annual / SWA jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch
(Windhoek), 1982, p. 11-22.
Includes something on the “Heikum”.
Batibo, Herman M. 2004. The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of
Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong. In: Proceedings of the 4th world congress of African
linguistics, New Brunswick 2003. Ed. by Akinbiyi M. Akinlabí & Oluseye Adesola. Köln:
Batibo, Herman M.; Tsonope, Joseph. 2000. Language vitality among the Nama of Tshabong. In:
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1970. More on the indigenous languages of SWA. Anthropological
linguistics, v. 12, 9, p. 343-348.
Baumann, Chr. 1915/16. Nama-Texte: aufgezeichnet von Christian Goliath zu Berseba,
Südwestafrika. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 6, p. 55-78.
Baumann, Chr. 1917/18. Nama-Fabeln: gesammelt von Missionar W. Schaar in Okombahe und
übersetzt von Chr. Baumann. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 8, p. 81-109.
Beach, Douglas Martyn. 1932. The phonetics of the Hottentot language. DLitt thesis. Univ. of
London.
100
Beach, Douglas Martyn. 1938. The phonetics of the Hottentot language. Supplemented with
“Lautfolge in den weitaus meisten Wortstämme der Namasprache” by Heinrich Vedder.
Cambridge: William Heffer & Sons. Pp xiv, 329.
Enlarged revision of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of London, 1932.
Peripherals: A. Lloyd James, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 9 (1938), p. 815-817; P. de V. Pienaar, Bantu
studies, v. 12 (1938), p. 148-152; I.C. W[ard], Journal of the Royal African Society, v. 37 (1938), p. 407-408; Nikolai S.
Trubetzkoi, Anthropos, v. 34 (1939), p. 267-276; H.J. Uldall, Africa, v. 12 (1939), p. 369-372; M.B. Emeneau, Language, v.
17 (1941), p. 359-361; A.N. Tucker, “Systems of tone-marking African languages”, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and
African Studies, v. 27 (1964), p. 594-611.
Beeckman, Daniel. 1718. A voyage to and from the island of Borneo, in the East Indies, with a
description of the said island; giving an account of the inhabitants, their manners, customs,
religion, product, chief ports, and trade; together with the re-establishment of the English
trade there, an. 1714, after our factory had been destroyed by the Banjareens some years
before; also a description of the islands of Canary, Cape Verd, Java, Madura; of the Streights
of Bally, the Cape of Good Hope, the Hottentots, the island of St. Helena, Ascension, &c.; with
some remarks and directions touching trade, &c.; the whole very pleasant and very useful to
such as shall have occasion to go into those parts. Illustrated with several curious maps and
cuts. London: Warner. Pp 16, 205, 3.
This “contains a most curious and lengthy description of the Hottentots” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:3).
Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1737. Reise und Begebenheiten durch die bekannte und unbekannte
Südländer und um die Welt: worinnen die Canarische und Saltz-Insulen, Brasilien, die
Magellanische und Lameerische Strassen, Küste von Chili, die neu-entdeckte Insulen, gegen
Süden und unterschiedene Plätze in Asia, Africa und America; wie auch deren Einwohner
Lebens-Art, Policey, Commercien, Gottesdienst und dergleichen. Frankfurt-am-Main: Joachim
von Lahnen. Pp 16, 380.
Includes notes on Khoekhoe. Note that there’s also a similarly-titled book dated 1735 (only 55 p.), which may or may not
contain anything on Africa.
Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1738. Der wohlversuchte Süd-Länder; das ist: ausführliche ReiseBeschreibung um die Welt, worinnen von denen Canarischen- und Saltz-Insuln, Brasilien, der
Strass Magellanus und Lamer-Küste, Chili, und neu-entdeckten Insuln gegen Süden,
dessgleichen von den Moluckischen Insuln und verschiedenen Plätzen in Asia und Africa, als
auch ihren Inwohnern, Lebens-Art, Policey, Handel Wandel und Gottesdienst gehandelt wird;
nebst einer accuraten Charte der gantzen Welt, und andern Kupffern. 2. Ausgabe. Leipzig:
Joh. Georg Monath. Pp 14, 331.
Second edition of Reise und Begebenheiten durch die bekannte und unbekannte Südländer und um die Welt. Includes notes on
Khoekhoe.
Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1739. Histoire de l’expédition de trois vaisseaux, envoyés par la
Compagnie des Indes Occidentales des Provinces-Unies aux terres Australes en MDCCXXI, 2
tome. Traduit de l’allemand. La Haye.
Includes notes on Khoekhoe.
Behrens, Carl Friedrich. 1925. Der wohlversuchte Südländer: Reise um die Welt 1721-1722. 2.
Ausgabe, bearbeitet von Hans Plischke. Alte Reisen und Abenteuer, #7. Leipzig: F.A.
Brockhaus. Pp 159.
Abridgement of the second edition, originally published in 1738. Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 144-155. Includes a map of
Khoekhoe settlements.
Benzel, Ulrich. (Ed.) 1975. Märchen, Sagen und Fabeln der Hottentotten und Kaffern.
Taschenbücher, #1614. Frankfurt-am-Main: Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag. Pp 111.
Includes tales and other stuff that originate from the Grey Collection at the Cape Town’s Public Library (Strohmeyer
1982:45).
Bergh, Oloff. 1683. Journael van de landtocht bij d’E. Vaenrich Oloff Bergh, Sargianten
Christoffel Henningh [...] gehouden bij de stuyrluyden Reynier Damie en Rosierich Hermansz
in den jare 1682. Den Haag: Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
Bergh seems to be the first one ever to use the word “bosjesmans” (Barnard 1992:9). Reprinted 1931, with an English
translation, by E.E. Mossop (published by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town).
101
Bergh, Oloff. 1931. Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh [with an
English translation by E.E. Mossop]. In: Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig
Olof Bergh (1682 en 1683) en die vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the
expeditions of the honorable ensign Olof Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver
(1689), p. 1-191. Ed. by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #12. Cape
Town.
Bernhardt, Adolf; Schmid, Petrus; Gaerdes, Jan. 1970. Versuch einer Deutung von NamaFarmnamen im Bezirk Maltahöhe. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen
Gesellschaft, v. 11, 5, p. 8-10.
Besten, Hans den. 1985. Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans. In: Substrata vs
universals in Creole genesis, p. 185-230. Ed. by Pieter Muysken & Norval Smith. Creole
language library (CLL), #1. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.
Besten, Hans den. 1985. Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft. In: Akten des 1.
Essener Kolloquium über Kreolsprachen und Sprachkontakte vom 21.1.1985 an der
Universität Essen, p. 9-42. Ed. by Norbert Boretzky, Werner Enninger & Thomas Stolz.
Bochum: Studienverlag Dr Norbert Brockmeyer.
Besten, Hans den. 1989. From Khoekhoe foreignertalk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the
creation of a novel grammar. In: Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on
pidgin and creole languages, p. 207-250. Ed. by Martin Pütz & René Dirven. Duisburger
Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, #5. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Besten, Hans den. 1993. Etnische nomenclatuur in Zuid-Afrika. In: ‘Waar komen de juiste ideeën
vandaan’: opstellen over taal, wetenschap en maatschappij, p. 11-15. Ed. by Jan ten Thije.
Publikaties van het Inst. voor Algemene Taalwetenschap, #59. Univ. van Amsterdam.
Besten, Hans den. 2002. Khoekhoe syntax and its implications for L2 acquisition of Dutch and
Afrikaans. Journal of Germanic linguistics, v. 14, 1, p. 3-56.
Besten, Hans den. 2003. Onverstaanbare woorden in de mond van Hottentotten: vroege T2 bij
zeventiende-eeuwse Khoekhoen. In: Appel heeft het gedaan: liber amicorum voor René Appel
bij zijn afscheid van de Universiteit van Amsterdam, p. 138-143. Ed. by Folkert Kuiken.
Amsterdam: Bert Bakker.
Beverley, Robert Mackenzie. 1837. The wrongs of the Caffre nation; a narrative, with an
appendix containing Lord Glenelg’s despatches to the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope.
London: James Duncan. Pp xix, 333.
Credited to Justus. Includes a chapter titled “A sketch of the oppression of the Hottentots” (p. 15-25).
URL: books.google.se/books?id=7xgPAAAAYAAJ
Bigge, John Thomas. 1830. Report of the commissioners of inquiry upon the Hottentot
population of the Cape of Good Hope and of the missionary institutions. Cape Town. Pp 60.
See also Colebrook (1829).
Bill, Mary C. 1974. The influence of the Hottentot languages on the Bantu languages. Limi, new
series, v. 2, 2, p. 63-77.
Blainville, M. de. 1816. Sur une femme de la race hottentote. Bulletin des sciences par la Société
Philomatique de Paris, 1816, p. 183-190.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1927. The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa. In:
Festschrift Meinhof, p. 55-64. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.
Press. Pp 94.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 18xx. Ho-tan-to: a Hottentot expression analyzed. Cape
102
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1851. De nominum generibus linguarum africae australis,
copticae, semiticarum aliarumque sexualium. Scripsit et ad summos in philosophia honores
auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis. Bonnae: Formis Caroli Georgii. Pp iv, 61.
Dissertation. Credited to Guilelmus Bleek. Compares gender systems in Herero, Xhosa, Zulu, Tswana, Sotho, Tlapi, Yao,
Kongo, Mbundu, Swahili, Nyika, Pokomo (all Bantu), Nama and Korana (Central Khoesan), Aramaic, Hebrew, Ethiopian,
Arabic, Amharic (Semitic), Coptic (Egyptian), Galla (Kushitic), and one Berber language. It also contains a classification of
said languages based on gender systems.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218;
F.A.J. Dierks, “Die bydrae tot die Bantoetaalkunde wat deur Lichenstein, Appleyard and Bleek gelewer is”, Limi, v. 7 (1969),
p. 6-12; Alexander Zajcev & Andrei Zhukov, “The data on Semito-Hamitic languages in W. Bleek’s De nominum
generibus...“, Studia chadica et hamitosemitica (edited by Dymitr Ibriszimow & Rudolf Leger, Rüdiger Köppe Verlag, 1995),
p. 10-16.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857. Researches into the relations between the Hottentots
and the Kafirs [pt. 1]. Cape monthly magazine, v. 1, p. 199-208.
Contains, for instance, notes on the relatedness between Khoekhoe and “Alt-Ägyptisch”.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857. Researches into the relations between the Hottentot
and the Kafir races [pt. 2]. Cape monthly magazine, v. 1, p. 289-296.
Note the slightly different title compared to part 1.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1857. Manuscript vocabulary of the Hottentots and
Bushmen, drawn up from various sources for the use of His Excellency Sir George Grey. Cape
Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library.
Mentioned by, for instance, Levy (1968:3).
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858. Catalogue of the Library of His Excellency Sir
George Grey, v. 1, pt. 1-3. London & Leipzig: Trübner & Co.
This is where Bleek first uses the term “Bantu”. Part 1 covers South Africa (within the limits of British influence), part 2
covers Africa (north of the Tropic of Cancer), and part 3 covers Madagascar. The first part includes “The family of sexdenoting languages: South African species, 1: the Hottentot language” and “The family of sex-denoting languages: South
African species, 2: the Bushman language”. Reprinted at least once.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218; O.
Silverstein, “A note on the term ‘Bantu’ as first used by W.H.I. Bleek”, African studies, v. 27 (1968), p. 211-212; P.E.H. Hair,
correspondence to the editors, African studies, v. 28 (1969), p. 54.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Beziehungen zwischen
Hotentotten und Kafir. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus
der Geographie), v. 4, p. 418.
Consists mainly of translated extracts from Bleek’s Researches into the relations between the Hottentots and the Kaffirs
(1857), such as a query into the relatedness between Khoekhoe and “Alt-Ägyptisch”.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1858. The Hottentot language. Cape monthly magazine, v.
3, p. 34-41, 116-119.
Includes various translated extracts from contemporary literature, some Bible texts plus short vocabularies.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1862. Sir George Grey’s library: native literature. Cape
monthly magazine, v. 11, p. 315-319, 385-389.
Includes Nama tales -- translations or originals?
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1864. Reynard the Fox in South Africa, or Hottentot fables
and tales. London: Trübner & Co.
Peripherals: Anon, “Mythological legendary tales of South Africa, and of the Esquimaux in Greenland”, The anthropological
review, v. 3 (1865), p. 138-145.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1936. A fragment: a continuation of a comparative grammar
of South African languages (paragraphs 559-562). Bantu studies, v. 10, 1, p. 1-7.
Bochert, C. 1980. The Witboois and the Germans in South West Africa: a study of their
interactions between 1863 and 1905. MA thesis. Durban: Univ. of Natal.
Boëseken, Anna J. 1972. The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan.
Cabo, v. 1, 1, p. 5-10.
103
Peripherals: Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10;
Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p. 12-15; Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”,
Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Boëseken, Anna J. 1974. Dr A.J. Boëseken replies to Prof. R.H. Elphick, “The meaning, origin
and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 2, 2, p. 8-10.
Peripherals: Anna J. Boëseken, “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”, Cabo, v. 1 (1972), p.
5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p.
12-15; Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Boëseken, Anna J. 1975. On changing terminology in history. Cabo, v. 2, 3, p. 16-18.
5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10;
Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p. 12-15.
Böhm, Gerhard. 1985. Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt.
Veröffentlichungen des Inst. für Afrikanistik und Ägyptologie der Univ. Wien, #36; Beiträge
zur Afrikanistik, #25. Wien: Afro-Pub. Pp 406.
Peripherals: Wilfrid Haacke, “How to perpetuate misconceptions of a language”, Logos (Windhoek), v. 8 (1988), p. 139-150.
Böhm, Gerhard. 2001. “Schalzlautsprachen”? Boskop, Buschmann, Hottentott: Aspekte der
Ursprachstammesgeschichte in Afrika. Mit einem Anhang “Abriss zur historischen
Sprachenkunde von Afrika”. Beiträge zur Afrikanistik, #68. Wien: Afro-Pub. Pp 585. ISBN10 3-85043-092-8.
Boois, John. 1996. Khoekhoegowab as a medium of instruction in formal education. In: African
Macmillan Publ.
Boonzaier, Emile; Malherbe, Candy; Smith, Andrew; Berens, Penny. 1996. The Cape herders: a
history of the Khoikhoi of southern Africa. Cape Town & Athens OH: David Philip Publ.;
Ohio Univ. Press. Pp 147. ISBN-10 0-86486-311-X, 0-8214-1174-8.
Peripherals: Brian Siegel, H-Net book reviews (online), June 1997; Roger B. Beck, International journal of African historical
studies, v. 31 (1998), p. 476-478.
Boshoff, Stephanus Petrus Erasmus. 1950. Abiekwasgeelhout: ’n etimologiese bydrae. Tydskrif
vir wetenskap en kuns, nuwe reeks, v. 10, p. 89-91.
“Tamarix articulata of abiekwasgeelhout, plantnaam, genoem na die bewoners (Obiquas) van die streek waar die plante groei”
Bosi, Roberto. 1965. I boscimani del Kalahari. Milan: Il Saggiatore.
The title explicitly mentions Kalahari. Strohmeyer (1982:186) claims that it deals with the Hei//om. However, the Hei//om (or
Hai//om) do not reside in Kalahari. Maybe Bosi’s notion of Kalahari extended further than for most.
Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1923. Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. Amsterdam. Pp 154.
The date could be wrong (see Bosman 1928). Perhaps this is a dissertation. Contains notes on the influence of Khoekhoe on
Afrikaans.
Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1928. Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. Pp 125.
Details wanting. Could be a second edition. Reprinted 1962 by Swets & Zeitlinger in Amsterdam.
Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1942. Uit die biografie ’n Hottentottin. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde
weekblad, v. (?), p. (?).
Bosman, Daniel Brink. 1976. Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans. 2e uitgawe. Amsterdam: Swets &
Zeitlinger.
Could be a reprint.
Boss, Georg. 1934. Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas. Windhoek: John Meinert.
Botha, Colin Graham. 1925. The distribution of South African fauna in relation to place names.
South African journal of science, v. 22, p. 537-539.
Bövingh, Johann Georg. 1712. Curieuse Beschreibung und Nachrichten von den Hottentotten
[...] wobey noch eine gantz neue und accurate Beschreibung von dem jetzigen Religions
Wesen, samt angehängten Bericht, von einigen unter denen Herrn Missionaris daselbst
entstandenen Streitigkeiten. Kopenhagen. Pp viii, 48.
104
Reprinted 1933 in The early Cape Hottentots (ed. by Isaac Schapera; Van Riebeeck Society, Cape Town).
Peripherals: Hans van den Besten, “Deciphering three Pidgin Dutch statements concerning religion recorded by Muller, Ten
Rhyme, and Bövingh”, Quaterly bulletin of the National Library of South Africa, v. 57 (2003), p. 149-155.
Bövingh, Johann Georg. 1714. Kurtze Nachricht von den Hottentotten oder denen Heyden welche
das äusserste africanische Vorgebirge Cabo de bona Esperanca genannt bewohnen. 2.
Ausgabe. Hamburg: Caspar Jaehkel. Pp 30.
First edition titled Curieuse Beschreibung und Nachrichten von den Hottentotten.
Bradlow, E. 1985. The Khoi and the proposed vagrancy legislation of 1834. Quarterly bulletin of
the South African Library, v. 39, 3, p. 99-105.
Brain, C.K. 1969. The contribution of Namib Desert Hottentots to an understanding of
Australopithecine bone accumulations. Scientific papers of the Namib Desert Research
Station, v. 39, p. 13-22.
Brandt, Paul M. 1937. Orlog im Gross-Namaland. Dresden: Neuer Buchverlag. Pp 48.
Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti. 1981. Background to the Khoikhoi rebellion of 1799-1803. In:
Collected seminar papers of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, v. 10. London.
Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti. 1982. Van veeverskaffers tot veewagters: ’n historische onderzoek na
betrekkinge tussen die Khoikhoi en europeëns aan die Kaap, 1662-1679. Bellville.
Bredekamp, Henry C. Jatti; Newton-King, Susan. 1984. The subjugation of the Khoisan during
the 17th and 18th centuries. In: On the political economy of race: proceedings of the
conference on economic development and racial domination, October 8-10, 1984, v. 1, p. 140. Bellville: Univ. of the Western Cape.
64.
Brincker, Peter Heinrich. 1886. Die Bewohner des Nama- und Damralandes. Globus, v. 49, p.
231-233, 253-255, 265-267.
The spelling “Damralandes” is there in the title.
p. 19-46.
Brink, Carl Frederik. 1762. Dag register.
Early description of the Cape. Properly published 1947, with an English translation, by E.E. Mossop (Van Riebeek Society,
Cape Town).
Brink, Carl Frederik. 1778. Nouvelle description du Cap de Bonne-Espérence, avec un journal
historique d’un voyage de terre, fait par ordre du gouverneur Ryk Tulbagh, dans l’intérieur de
l’Afrique, par une caravane de 85 personnes, sous le commandement du Capitain Henri Hop.
Traduit de la néerlandaise par J.N.S. Allamand. Amsterdam: Schneider. Pp viii, 130, 100.
105
Brink, Carl Frederik. 1778. Nieuwste en beknopte beschryving van de Kaap der Goede Hoop,
nevens een Dag-Verhaal van eenen landtogt naar het binnenste van Afrika, door het land der
kleine en groote Namacquas. Amsterdam.
Brink, Carl Frederik. 1779. Neue kurzgefasste beschreibung des Vorgebirges der guten Hoffnung,
nebst dem Journal eines Landzuges in das Innerste von Afrika durch das Land der grossen
und kleinen Namacquas. Aus dem holländischen übersetzt, mit Anmerkungen von J.N.S.
Allamand und J.C. Klockner. Leipzig: Weygand.
Brink, Carl Frederik. 1947. ... [with an English translation by E.E. Mossop]. In: The journals of
Brink and Rhenius, being the journal of Carel Frederik Brink of the journey into Great
Namaqualand, 1761-1762, made by Captain Hendrik Hop, and the journal of Ensign
Johannes Tobias Rhenius, 1724. Ed. by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck
Society, #28. Cape Town.
Title wanting.
Brink, Yvonne. 2005. The transformation of indigenous societies in the south-western Cape
during the rule of the Dutch East India Company. In: The archaeology of contact in settler
societies, p. 91-109. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Broadbent, Samuel. 1860. The missionary martyr of Namaqualand: memorials of the Rev.
William Threlfall, late Wesleyan missionary in South Africa, who was murdered in Great
Namaqualand, together with two native converts, Jacob Links and Johannes Jager. London: J.
Mason. Pp iv, 170.
Broom, R. 1941. Bushmen, Koranas and Hottentots. Annals of the Transvaal Museum, v. 20, p.
217-249.
Bruyn, J. du. 1981. The Oorlams Afrikaners: from dependence to dominance, c.1760-1823.
Unpublished typescript. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Buchenroder, W.L. von. 1832. Diary of a journey made by Governor Simon van der Stel to the
country of the Amaquas, in the year 1685; translated from Dutch by W.L. von Buchenroder
[pt. 1]. South African quarterly journal, 2nd series, v. 1, p. 39-48.
Buchenroder, W.L. von. 1833. Diary of a journey made by Governor Simon van der Stel to the
country of the Amaquas, in the year 1685; translated from Dutch by W.L. von Buchenroder
[pt. 2]. South African quarterly journal, 2nd series, v. 2, p. 189-200.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1970. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Gai-//khaun (Rote Nation).
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1970/71. Preisgedichte von Khoe-Khoe Häuptlingen in
Südwestafrika. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 25, p. 65-75.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1972. Stam en stamkaptein by die Khoe-Khoen in Suidwes-Afrika.
In: Etnografiese studies in Suidelike Afrika, p. 246-290. Ed. by J.F. Eloff & R.D. Coertze.
Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1972. Die traditionelle politische Struktur der Khoekhoen in
Südwestafrika (Stamm und Stammersregierung, auf historischer Grundlage). Proefskrif (PhD).
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1977. The ≠Aonin or Topnaars of the Lower !Kuiseb Valley and the
sea. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 1-42. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the
African Studies Inst., #6. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1977. Die Aonin und das Meer. In: Zur Sprachgeschichte und
Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 14-37. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Franz Rottland &
Bernd Heine. Neue Beiträge afrikanistischer Forschungen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979. Byname in Basterland. Namibiana: communications of the
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979. The Khoe-khoen of South West Africa. SWA journal, 1979, p.
111-115.
Source? What’s SWA journal? It’s not the Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, at least.
106
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979. Anmerkungen zum Preisgedicht des Häuptlings Jonker
Afrikaner. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West
Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, 1, p. 35-37.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1981? Die Volker Südwestafrikas (31): ein vergessenes Volk? Das
Problem der Hai//omn. Allgemeine Zeitung (Windhoek), v. (?), p. (?).
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1983. A harvesting people on the South Atlantic coast. South
African journal of ethnology / Suid-afrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 6, 2, p. 1-7.
Deals with the ≠Aonin.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1985. Inter-etniese name in SWA. Logos (Windhoek), v. 5, 1/2, p.
133-144.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1986. Die Klassifikation der Khwe-khwen (Naman) in
Südwestafrika. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the
occasion of his 75th birthday, pt. 1, p. 107-143. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann.
Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1987. Inter-ethnic relations as expressed in name-giving and
cultural mimicry. Namibiana: communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA
Bühler, Andreas Heinrich. 2003. Der Namaaufstand gegen die deutsche Kolonialherrschaft in
Namibia von 1904-1913. ISSA wissenchaftliche Reihe. Frankfurt-am-Main: IKO Verlag für
Interkulturelle Kommunikation. Pp 435. ISBN-10 3-88939-676-3.
Peripherals: Dag Henrichsen, H-Net book reviews (online), April 2005.
Bulck, Gaston van [R.P.] 1948. Le problème bochiman et hottentot: les faits linguistiques. Studia
missionalia, v. 4, 25, p. 119-185.
The article has the author pinned down as “V. van Bulck”, which surely is a mistake (or?). Moreover, the article contains a
table of contents where the pagination is given as 1-67, though the actual page numbers are numbered 119-185. (Possibly the
table of contesn was made for an off-print.).
Bulck, Gaston van [R.P.] 1952. Les langues khoin. In: Les langues du monde, p. 905-940.
Nouvelle édition. Ed. by Antoine Meillet & Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la
Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
Bülow, Franz Josef von. 1896. Drei Jahre im Lande Hendrik Witboois: Schilderung von Land
und Leuten. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn. Pp vi, 365.
Burchell, William John. 1822/24. Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa, 2 vols. London:
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green.
Contains a few notes on Setswana S31, and something Khoekhoe. Reprinted 1953 by Batchworth Press in London, edited by
Isaac Schapera; and 1967 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea), with a new introduction by A. GordonBrown; and 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London (Cass library of African studies); and 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in
New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
URL: books.google.com/books?id=4r8NAAAAQAAJ
Peripherals: H.M. McKay, “Sketch map of Burchell’s trek”, Journal of South African botany, v. 9 (1943), p.(?).
Burckhard, Christian. 1693. Ost-Indianische Reisebeschreibung, oder kurzgefaster Abriss von
Ost-Indien, und dessen angräntzenden Provincien [...] Halle & Leipzig: J.F. Zeitler. Pp 24,
312.
Caille, Nicolas Louis de la. 1763. Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Espérance.
Avec remarques et de réflexions sur les coutumes des Hottentots et des habitants du Cap.
Paris: Guillyn. Pp xxxvi, 380.
Includes biographical information about the author.
Caille, Nicolas Louis de la. 1776. Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Espérance.
2ème édition. Paris: Guillyn.
107
Winchester Press.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1815. Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the Missionary
Society. London. Pp xv, 582.
First edition? Includes some 80 Tswana words (p. 304+306), 74 Xhosa words (p. 561), and something on Cape Khoekhoe as
well as the Korana.
Doke, “Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century” (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959), p. 1-27.
Society. 2nd edition, corrected. London: Black, Parry & Co.; T. Hamilton. Pp xv, 400, plates.
Society. 3rd edition, corrected. London: Black, Parry & Co. Pp xv, 400, plates.
Reprinted 1974 (though labelled as a fourth edition) in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, #47; ISBN-10 0-86977-044-6).
Peripherals: Anon, Quarterly review, 1815, p. 309-340.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1816. Reisen in Süd-Afrika, unternommen auf Verlangen der MissionGesellschaft. Nach der zweiten verbesserten englischen Auflage übersetzt. Nürnberg: Campe.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1822. Travels in South Africa, undertaken at the request of the London
Missionary Society, being a narrative of a second journey in the interior of that country, 2
vols. London: Westley for the London Missionary Society (LMS).
Reprinted 1967 by the Johnson Reprint Co. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology).
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1823. Reisen in Süd-Afrika: die zweite Reise in das Innere des Landes.
Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Weimar. Pp iv, 300.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1830. Hottentot children, with a particular account of Paul Dikkop, the
son of a Hottentot chief, who died in England, Sept. 14, 1824. London: The Religious Tract
Society. Pp 48.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1837. Journal of travels in South Africa, among the Hottentot and other
tribes, in the years 1812, 1813 and 1814. Abridged edition. London: The Religious Tract
Society. Pp vi, 228.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1837. A journey to Lattakoo. London: The Religious Tract Society.
A “travelogue with no word lists, but perhaps interesting comments for the historian or missionary goings on in the Korana
area, and the San area to the north. Also, there are sporadic comments on who spoke what languages (some Korana trying to
learn to read, etc) and who stole whose cattle” (Bonny Sands, pc).
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1840. Journal of travels in South Africa, among the Hottentot and other
tribes, in the years 1812, 1813 and 1814. 2nd edition, abridged. London: The Religious Tract
Society.
Could be a reprint.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1961. The community of Steinkopf: an ethnographic study and an analysis of
social change in Namaqualand. PhD thesis. Univ. of Cape Town.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1969. Some aspects of Khoikhoi (Hottentot) settlement patterns in
historicoecological perspective. In: Contributions to anthropology, p. 95-101. Ed. by David
Damas. Bulletins from the National Museums of Canada, #230. Ottawa: Queens Printer for the
National Museums of Canada.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1975. Some implications of change in Khoikhoi supernatural beliefs. In:
Religion and social change in southern Africa, p. 78-98. Ed. by Michael G. Whisson & Martin
West. Cape Town: David Philip Publ.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1982. The socio-economic context of initiation ceremonies among two
southern African peoples. Canadian journal of African studies / Revue canadienne des études
africaines, v. 16, p. 505-522.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1983. The inheritance of private property among the Nama of southern Africa
reconsidered. Africa: journal of the International African Inst., v. 53, 2, p. 58-70.
108
Carstens, W. Peter. 1983. Opting out of colonial rule: the brown voortrekkers of South Africa and
their constitutions [pt. 1]. African studies, v. 42, 2, p. 135-152.
Deals with various written constitutions of some of RSA’s early trekker populations: the Rehoboth Basters (Namibia), the
Basters of Little Namaqualand, the Komaggas, Steinkopf, Concordia and the Rietfontein Basters.
Carstens, W. Peter. 1984. Opting out of colonial rule: the brown voortrekkers of South Africa and
their constitutions [pt. 2]. African studies, v. 43, 1, p. 19-30.
Chaix, Paul Georges Gabriel. 1800. Etude sur l’ethnographie de l’Afrique. Paris. Pp 89.
Mentions several peoples, e.g. Namaquas, Damaras, Hottentots, Cafres, Berbères, Mandingues, Amharique, Danakil, Haoussa,
Dongola.
URL: books.google.se/books?id=4ViTWHVZ3gAC
Champagnac, [?]. 1858. Le voyageur de la jeunesse dans les cinq parties du monde, contenant la
description géographique et pittoresque des divers pays [...] Paris: Morizot. Pp viii, 645.
Deals with Khoekhoe on p. 424-429. “Contenant les résultats de Damberger et Levaillant” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:3).
Library, 1964).
Charency, Hyacinthe de. 1862. Eléments de la grammaire hottentote (dialecte Nama). Revue
orientale et américaine, v. 8, p. 244-263.
Reprinted 1864 as a 20-page booklet by Soye & Bouchet in Paris (Extrait 47 de la revue orientale et américaine).
URL: books.google.se/books?id=VmYFAAAAMAAJ
Chomsky, [Avram] Noam; Halle, Morris. 1968. Manner of articulation features. In: The sound
pattern of English, p. 317-326. New York, Evanston & London: Harper & Row Publ.
Contains two discussions about clicks (under “Release of secondary closures” and “Suction”) which is based primarily on
Beach’s (1938) description of Nama clicks.
Christaller, Johann Gottlieb [Rev.] 1887/88. Bemerkungen zu R. Lepsius’ Einleitung über die
Völker und Sprachen Afrikas, Nubische Grammatik, 1880. Zeitschrift für afrikanische
Sprachen, v. 1, p. 241-251.
Cipriani, Lidio. 1931. Fra i boscimani dell’Etuscia e del deserto del Kalahari. L’universo:
geografia, cartografia, studi urbani, territoriali e ambientali, v. 12, p. 550-582.
Discusses the Hai//om.
Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 2000. Changing language attitudes: the stigmatisation of
Khoekhoegowap in Namibia. Language problems and language planning, v. 24, 1, p. 77-100.
Coetzee, C.G.; Stern, A. Christel. 1985. Die beleid wat gevolg is by amptelike pleknaamgewing
in Duits-Suidwes-Afrika. Logos (Windhoek), v. 5, 1/2, p. 7-12.
Cole, Alfred Whaley. 1852. The Cape and the Kafirs: notes on five years’ residence in South
Africa. London: Richard Bentley. Pp xv, 319.
Some kind of travelogue with data on the Nguni and Khoekhoe languages. Source?
109
Cole, Alfred Whaley. 1858. Das Kap und die Kaffern, oder Mittheilungen über meinen
fünfjährigen Aufenthalt in Südafrika. 2. Auflage, aus dem englischen übersetzt von J.K.
Hasskarl. Leipzig: Edward Arnold. Pp xv, 280.
See also Bigge (1830).
Colquhoun, Archibald Ross. 1893. Matabeleland. Proceedings of the Royal Colonial Inst., v. 25,
p. 44-103.
Includes something about Khoekhoe.
Contant d’Orville, André Guillaume. 1770/72. Histoire des différens peuples du monde, cont. les
cérémonies religieuses et civiles, l’origine des religions, leurs sectes et superstitions, et les
moeurs et usages de chaque nation, 6 vols. Paris: Herissant.
Vol 4 contains notes on the Khoekhoe.
Cruse, Hieronymus. 1669/1916. Journael oft daghregister gehouden bijden Corporael Jeronimus
Croes vertreckende door last van d’E. Hr. Commandeur Jacobus Borghorst uyt het fort de
Goede Hope naer de Obiquas en Hessequaes om met deselve natie de veehandelingh door de
aen hem daertoe medgegeven coopmanschappen, en’t geene verder ten dienste ende tot profijt
van d’E. Conp. e soude mogen strecken, te bevorderen, 1669. In: Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de
hollandse tijd, v. 1, p. 122-128. Ed. by Everhardus Cornelis Godée-Molsbergen. Werken
uitgegeven door de Linschoten-Vereeniging, #11. ’s-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff.
Publication of previously unpublished manuscripts (see Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:6).
Cruttenden, Alan. 1992. Clicks and syllables in the phonology of Dama. Lingua, v. 86, 2/3, p.
101-117.
Cuvier, M.G. 1817. Extrait d’observations faites sur le cadavre d’une femme connue à Paris et à
Londres sous le nom de Vénus Hottentot. Mémoires du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, v. 3, p.
259-274.
Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801. Landreise in das Innere von Afrika,
vom Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung durch die Kaffarey, die Königreiche Mataman, Angola,
Massi, Monomuegi, Muschako, u.a.m., ferner durch die Wüste Sahara und die nördliche
Barbarey bis nach Morocco, in den Jahren 1781 bis 1797, 2 Bde. Leipzig: Martini. Pp vi, 218;
278.
“Fabricated travels; but contains good informations about Hottentots” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:7). Reprinted 1930 by
Uhlenhorst-Verlag Brenner in Hamburg, though it could be an abridgement (315 p.).
Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801. Travels through the interior of
Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Morocco. Translated from German. London: Lee. Pp
360.
Abridged translation?
Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801. Travels through the interior of
Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Morocco; in the Caffraria, the kingdoms of Mataman,
Angola, Massi, Monoemugi, Muschako, Bahahara, Wangara, Haoussa, &c., &c., and thence
through the desert of the Sahara and the north of Barbary to Morocco, between the years 1781
and 1797. Faithfully translated from German. London: Sir Richard Phillips & Co. Pp xxii,
544.
URL: www.archive.org/details/travelsthroughin00tauriala
Damberger, Christian Friedrich (Zacharias Taurinius). 1801. Voyage dans l’intérieur de
l’Afrique, depuis le Cap de Bonne-Espérance, à travers la Cafrérie, les royaumes de
Mataman, et d’Angola, de Massi, de Monoémugi, de Muschako, etc., en continuant par le
désert de Sahara et la partie septentrionale de la Barbarie, jusqu’à Maroc, commencé en
110
1781 et achevé en 1797, 2 vols. Traduit de l’allemand par L.H. Delamarre. Paris & Stuttgart:
König.
URL: gallica.bnf.fr/scripts/ConsultationTout.exe?O=N084355&E=0
12, p. 69-80.
Dammann, Ernst. 1982. Zur Ortographie des Nama. Afrika und Übersee, v. 65, 1, p. 15-27.
Damme, Patrick van; Eynden, Veerle van den. 1992. Topnaar or Hottentot? The people on the top
revisited. Afrika-Focus (Ghent), v. 8, 3/4, p. 215-221.
Dampier, William [Capt.] 1697. A new voyage round the world: describing particularly the
Isthmus of Americ, several coasts and islands [...], New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar Isles, the
Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Hellena; their soil, rivers, harbours, plants, fruits, animals
and inhabitants, their customs, religion, government, trade etc. London: James Knapton. Pp
vi, 550.
Contains a description of the ‘Homodods’, i.e. the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:7). There are several subsequent
editions of this, some of which are abridged. There is also a reprint dated 1927 by Argonaut Press in London, possibly
abridged.
Isthmus of America, several coasts and islands in the West Indies, the isles of Cape Verd, the
passage by Terra del Fuego, the South Sea coasts of chili, Peru, and Mexico, the isle of Guam,
one of the Ladrones, Mindanao, and other Philippine and East-India islands near Cambodia,
China, Formosa, Luconia, Celebes &c., New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar isles, the Cape of
Good Hope, and Santa Hellena. 2nd edition, corrected. London: James Knapton. Pp vi, 550.
There exist several abridged 19th-century editions of this.
Isthmus of America, several coasts and islands in the West Indies, the Isles of Cape Verd, the
passage by Terra del Fuego, the South Sea Coasts of Chili, Peru, and Mexico, the Isle of
Guam, one of the Ladrones, Mindanao and other Philippine and East-India Islands near
Cambodia, China, Formosa, Luconia, Celebes &c., New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar Isles, the
Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Hellena. 3rd edition, corrected. London: James Knapton. Pp
550.
Dampier, William [Capt.] 1715. Nouveau voyage autour du monde, 5 vols. Traduit de l’anglais.
Rouen.
Dapper, Olfert. 1668. Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten. Amsterdam: Van
Meurs.
This might a two-volume thing. It mentions several peoples, sometimes with specimens of languages (see Hair 1967), e.g.
Bolm (Bullom), Cilm (Krim), Gebbe (Bassa-dialect), Quaabe (Krahn?), Gala (Gola), Kquoja (Vai), Konde-Kquoja (Kono),
Hondo (Mende?), Karradoboe (Koranko?), Folgia (Gio?), Manoe (Mano?), Duala, Khoekhoe, Ijo.
Peripherals: P.E.H. Hair, “An early seventeenth-century vocabulary of Vai”, African studies, v. 23 (1964), p. 129-139; Jürgen
Zwernemann, “Zwei Quellen des 17. Jahrhunderts über die Vai in Liberia: Samuel Brun und Olfert Dapper”, Neue
afrikanistische Studien (ed. by Johannes Lukas, 1966), p. 293-318; Paul E.H. Hair, “Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea
coast”, Journal of African history, v. 8 (1967), p. 247-269; P.E.H. Hair, “An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea
coast before 1700”, African language review, v. 7 (1968), p. 47-73, v. 8 (1969), p. 225-236; P.E.H. Hair, “The earliest
vocabularies of Cameroons Bantu”, African studies, v. 28 (1969), p. 49-54.
Dapper, Olfert. 1670. Umbständliche und eigentliche Beschreibung von Afrika. Aus dem
holländischen übersetzt von J.C. Beer. Amsterdam: Van Meurs. Pp xvii, 695, 101.
Contains notes on ‘Mataman’ and ‘Klimbebe or Zimbebas’ on p. 601-602 plus Khoekhoe on p. 602-627 (Strohmeyer &
Moritz 1975:7). Reprinted 1967 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
Dapper, Olfert. 1676. Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten, 2 boeke. 2e uitgawe.
Amsterdam: Van Meurs.
The chapter entitled “Kaffrarie of Lant der Kaffers, anders Hottentots genaemt” was later republished and translated by
Schapera (1933).
111
Dapper, Olfert. 1676/1933. Kaffrarie, of lant der Kaffers, anders Hottentots genannt / Kaffraria,
or land of the Hottentots [with translation by Isaac Schapera]. In: The early Cape Hottentots,
p. 6-77. Ed. by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #14. Cape Town.
Includes extracts and translations from the second edition of Dapper’s Naukeurige beschrijvinge der Afrikaensche Gewesten.
Dapper, Olfert. 1686. Description de l’Afrique, contenant les noms, la situation et les confins de
toutes les parties, lers rivières, leurs villes et leurs habitations, leurs plantes et leurs animaux;
les moeurs, les coutûmes, la langue, les richelles, la religion, et le gouvernement de les
peuples. Traduite du Flamand. Amsterdam: Wolfgang, Waesberge, Boom & Van Sommeren.
Pp vi, 534, xii.
Reprinted 1970 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
Peripherals: Anon, Littell’s living age (New York), v. 66 (1860), p. 412.
Dart, Raymond Arthur. 1955. Three Strandlopers from the Kaokoveld coast. South African
journal of science, v. 55, p. 175-178.
Davey, Anthony S. 1979. Some remarks on tonal realization in Nama: a preliminary survey. In:
Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1977, p. 52-61. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman.
Davids, Laurentius S. 1997. Cost-effectiveness of publishing educational materials in African
languages: Namibia. In: Cost-effectiveness of publishing educational materials in African
languages, p. 57-78. Ed. by Maureen Woodhall. Perspectives on African book development,
#1. London: Working Group on Books and Learning Materials, Association for the
Development of Education in Africa.
Davids, Laurentius S. 1997. Centralisation and identity: sub-regional language cooperation. In:
Shaping Africa’s future through innovative curricula, p. 101-107. Ed. by Roger Avenstrup.
Davids, Laurentius S. 2001. Empowering African languages in the Namibian education system.
In: Language and development in southern Africa: making the right choices, p. 123-135. Ed.
by Richard Trewby & Sandra Fitchat. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Davids, Laurentius S. 2002. Mother-tongue education: the case of Khoekhoegowab. In: Reports
on mother-tongue education, p. 77-82. Ed. by T. Beckett. Project for Alternative Education in
South Africa (PRAESA), Univ. of Cape Town.
Davids, Laurentius S. 2002. Co-operation for the standardisation and harmonisation of Khoe and
San languages in southern Africa. In: Speaking in unison: the harmonisation and
standardisation of southern African languages, p. 223-235. Ed. by Kwesi Kwaa Prah. CASAS
(Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, #22. Cape Town.
Davids, Laurentius S. 2003. The status of Khoe and San speaking people and languages in
Namibia: a baseline study. In: Silenced voices: studies on minority languages of southern
Africa, p. 101-127. Ed. by Kwesi Kwaa Prah. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of
African Society) book series, #34. Cape Town.
Davies, Ian R.L.; Roling, Polly; Corbett, Greville G.; Xoagub, Fritz; Xoagub, Jomo. 1998. Color
terms and color term acquisition in Damara. Journal of linguistic anthropology, v. 7, 2, p. 181207.
Decrey, Jean. 1939. Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des bochimans,
hottentots, et griquas. Thèse. Univ. de Genève.
Decrey, Jean. 1940/41. Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des bochimans,
hottentots, et griquas. Archives suisses d’anthropologie générale, v. 9, 1/2, p. 1-77.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Geneva, 1939.
Dedering, Tilman. 1989. Southern Namibia c.1700-c.1840: Khoikhoi, missionaries and the
advancing frontier. PhD thesis. Univ. of Cape Town. Pp 385.
Dedering, Tilman. 1990. Khoikhoi and missionaries in early nineteenth-century southern
Namibia: social change in a frontier zone. Kleio (Pretoria), v. 22, p. 24-41.
112
Dedering, Tilman. 1994. Missionare und Khoikhoi in Namibia 1806-1840: sozialer Wandel in
einer afrikanischen Nomadengesellschaft. In: Kolonien und Missionen: Referate des 3.
internationalen Kolonialgeschichtlichen Symposiums 1993 in Bremen, p. 222-241. Ed. by
Wilfried Wagner. Bremer Asien-Pazifik-Studien, #12. Münster: Lit Verlag.
Dedering, Tilman. 1997. Hate the old and follow the new: Khoekhoe and missionaries in early
nineteenth-century Namibia. Missionsgeschichtliches Archiv, #2. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner
Verlag. Pp 205. ISBN-10 3-515-06872-4.
Revision of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Cape Town, 1989. “Extensive analysis of southern Namibia between c.1800 to
c.1840: internal dynamics of Nama society, impact of the Oorlam migrations. Critical assesment of the theoretical and
empirical basis of Brigite Lau’s work” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 24.6.1997).
Deeke, Jürgen. 1986. Sprachdokumente des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts über das Hottentottische der
westlichen Kapregion: eine kritische Analyse der Überlieferungsgeschichte. Magisterarbeit.
Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Dehérain, Henri. 1904/09. Etudes sur l’Afrique, 2 vols. Paris: Hachette.
The first volume deals with “Soudan orientale, Ethiopie, Afrique équatoriale, Afrique du Sud”, and the second with “Le Cap
de Bonne-espérance au XVIIe siècle”.
Delegorgue, Adulphe. 1847. Voyage dans l’Afrique australe, notamment dans le territoire de
Natal, dans celui des cafres, amazoulous et makatisses et jusqu’a au tropique du capricorne,
exécuté pendant les années 1838-1844, 2 vols. Paris.
Includes something on the Khoekhoe. The second volume contains an 800-item Zulu vocabulary.
Delegorgue, Adulphe. 1990/97. Travels in southern Africa, 2 vols. Translated from French by
Fleur Webb, with an introduction and annotations by Stephanie Alexander and edited by Colin
de B. Webb. Pietermaritzburg: Univ. of Natal Press.
Delius, Peter; Trapido, Stanley. 1983. Inboekselings and Orlams: the creation of and
transformation of a servile class. In: Town and countryside in the Transvaal. Ed. by B.
Bozzoli. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.
Dempwolff, Otto. 1913. Sprechapparate beim Unterricht der Namasprache. Vox: internationales
Zentralblatt für experimentelle Phonetik, Reihe H, v. 5, p. 246-255.
Dempwolff, Otto. 1919/20. Ein Sanskritwort im Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für EingeborenenSprachen, v. 10, p. 61-63.
Dempwolff, Otto. 1927. Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung
besonderer Wortformen. In: Festschrift Meinhof, p. 73-80. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J.
Augustin.
Looks at Nama and Malay.
Dempwolff, Otto. 1934/35. Einführung in die Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten. Zeitschrift für
Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 25, p. 30-66, 89-134, 188-229.
Denbow, James Raymond. 1986. A new look at the later prehistory of the Kalahari. Journal of
African history, v. 27, 1, p. 3-28.
Denbow, James Raymond; Campbell, Alec C. 1986. The early stages of food production in
southern Africa and some potential linguistic correlations. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika
(SUGIA), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international
symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer
Vossen), p. 83-103.
Denbow, James Raymond; Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1986. Advent and course of pastoralism in the
Kalahari. Science, v. 234, 4783, p. 1509-1515.
Dentlinger, Ursula. 1977. The !nara plant in the Topnaar Hottentot culture in Namibia:
ethnobotanical clues to an 8000-year-old tradition. Munger africana library notes, #38.
Pasadena CA: California Inst. of Technology (CalTech). Pp 39.
Desforêts, Edouard. 1861. Joseph Duplessis, ou le futur missionaire en Cafrerie: souvenirs d’un
voyage dans la Colonie du Cap du Bonne-Espérance, dans le pays des hottentots, des
boschesmans et de cafres. Publiée par J.J.E. Roy. Bibliothèque illustrée de la jeunesse, série II.
Tours: Alfred Mame & fils. Pp 347.
113
Apparently, Edouard Desforêts is a pseudonym for one Just-Jean-Etienne Roy.
Dickens, Charles. 1853. The noble savage. Household words: a weekly journal (London), 11
June 1853, p. 337-339.
Dieckmann, Ute. 2005. Hai//om: between the “Bushman Problem” and San activism, colonial
imaginations and postcolonial appropriations of ethnicity in Namibia. Dissertation. Inst. für
Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Dieckmann, Ute. 2006. Hai//kom zwischen “Buschmannplage” und San Aktivismus: Koloniale
Repräsentationen und postkoloniale Aneignung von Ethnizität im Namibia des 20.
Jahrhunderts. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers, #2/2006. Basel. Pp 32.
Dieckmann, Ute. 2007. Hai//om in the Etosha Region: a history of colonial settlement, ethnicity
and nature conservation. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). Pp 398. ISBN 978-3905758-00-9.
Dietrich, Keith. 1993. Of salvation and civilization: the image of indigenous Southern Africans in
European travel illustrations from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries. PhD thesis. Univ.
of South Africa (UNISA).
Dinter, Kurt. 1912. Die vegetabilische Veldkonst Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Bautzen & Okahandja:
Rühl. Pp 47.
Dirkse, Fritz Isak. 2005. Spoke about Namas not Damaras. New era (Windhoek), February 11,
2005.
Rebuttal of //Hoeseb’s reply re the history of the Nama/Damaras.
Peripherals: /Awebahe //Hoeseb, “Thinks Damaras’ origin theory absurd”, New era (Windhoek), February 4, 2005.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925. An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen
of north-west Kalahari. Bantu studies and general South African anthropology, v. 2, 3, p. 129165.
The article includes a few sample words of Hai//om. Note also that ‹Chû:› in the title is only a rough graphic approximation of
the actual spelling. The ‹C› should be the retroflex IPA click symbol (the old version), while the ‹u:› should have two
diacritics, a tilde on top and a circumflex below.
v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.
Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1917. The Tati Bushmen (Masarwas) and their language. Journal of the
Royal Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 47, p. 37-112.
Contains comparisons between Tati Bushman and Nama, !Ora and several Bushman languages.
Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1925. Pygmies and Bushmen of the Kalahari: an account of the hunting
tribes inhabiting the great arid plateau of the Kalahari desert, their precarious manners of
living, their habits, customs and beliefs; with some reference to Bushman art, both early and
of recent date, and to the neighbouring African tribes. London: Seeley, Service & Co. Pp 312.
Deals with “Bushmen [Hiechware], Hottentots, Herero” (Strohmeyer 1982:189). Reprinted 1975 as a ‘new edition’ by
Cornelis Struik Publ. in Cape Town, with a new introduction by Ione Rudner (Africana collectanea, #50; ISBN-10 0-86977055-1).
Peripherals: Alice Werner, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 3 (1925), p. 851-852.
114
Dove, Karl. 1899. Geographische Bezeichnungen in der Namasprache. Mitteilungen des
Unsure about the pagination.
341-345, 357-361, 376-379.
Drechsler, Horst. 1966. Südwestafrika unter deutscher Kolonialherrschaft: der Kampf der Herero
und Nama gegen den deutschen Imperialismus (1884-1915). Studien zur Geschichte Asiens,
Afrikas und Lateinamerikas. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag. Pp 372.
“An excellent, detailed account of Herero-Nama-German interaction” (Barnard 1992:60).
Peripherals: Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 30 (1967), p. 738-739.
Drechsler, Horst. 1980. Let us die fighting! The struggles of the Herero and Nama against
German imperialism, 1884-1915. Translated from German. London: Zed Books. Pp x, 277.
ISBN-10 0-905762-47-9.
Drexel, Albert. 1921/22. Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen [pt. 1]. Anthropos:
internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 16/17, p. 72-108, map.
The article as such starts on page 73. On page 72 there is a linguistic-genetic classification of the languages discussed. Facing
page 72 there is also a coloured map showing some geographical distributions. This first part discusses Die Khoin-Sprachen
(= mainly Nama incl. Sandawe and Hadza!) and Die Wule-Sprachen (= Ubangi plus Fang and Kirundi).
Peripherals: J.H. Greenberg, “The classification of African languages”, American anthropologist, new series, v. 50 (1948), p.
24-30.
Drexel, Albert. 1929/30. Das grammatische Geschlecht im Nama und Sandawe. Bibliotheca
africana (Innsbruck), v. 3, p. 51-58.
Dreyer, T.F.; Meiring, A.J.D. 1952. The Hottentot. Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum,
Bloemfontein, v. 1, p. 19-22.
Duly, L.C. 1972. A revisit with the Cape’s Hottentot Ordinance of 1828. In: Studies in economics
and economic history. Ed. by M. Kooy. London & Durham NC.
Duminy, Andrew; Guest, Bill. (Ed.) 1989. Natal and Zululand from earliest times to 1910.
Pietermaritzburg. Pp 489.
Dunn, Edward John. 1931. The Bushman. London: C. Griffin & Co. Pp xii, 130, plates.
Dunn, Edward John. 1937. The Bushmen. South African journal of science, v. 33, p. 1050-1054.
Describes the distribution of Khoekhoe and Bushman anno 1870 (Köhler 1981:477).
Dunn, Robert. 1875. Some remarks on ethnic psychology. Journal of the Anthropological Inst. of
Great Britain and Ireland, v. 4, p. 255-265.
Discusses South Khoesan Bushmen as well as Khoikhoi.
1+11+12+13, p. (?).
Ebner, Johann Leonhardt. 1829. Reise nach Süd-Afrika, und Darstellung meiner während acht
Jahren daselbst als Missionar unter den Hottentotten gemachten Erfahrungen, so wie einer
kurzen Beschreibung meiner ganzen, bisherigen Lebensschicksale. Berlin: Oehmigke & Ebner
in Kommission. Pp xvi, 342.
Eggert, J.F.J. 1856. Unpubliziertes Vocabular der Namasprache. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu
Köln. Pp 290.
An unfinished Nama-Dutch/Dutch-Nama dictionary.
Ehret, Christopher. 1967. Cattle-keeping and milking in eastern and southern African history: the
linguistic evidence. Journal of African history, v. 8, 1, p. 1-17.
115
Ehret, Christopher. 1982. The first spread of food production to southern Africa. In: The
archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history, p. 158-181. Ed. by
Christopher Ehret & Merrick Posnansky. Berkeley, Los Angeles & London: Univ. of
California Press.
Ehret, Christopher. 1986. Proposals on Khoisan reconstruction. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika
Vossen), p. 105-130.
Ehret, Christopher; Bink, M.; Ginindza, T.; Gotschall, E.; Hall, B.; Hlatshwayo, M.; Johnson, D.;
Pouwels, Randall L. 1972. Outlining southern African history: a re-evaluation, AD 100-1500.
Ufahamu: journal of the African Activist Association (Los Angeles), v. 3, 1, p. 9-27.
Deals with Bantu/Khoe interactions.
Ehrmann, Theophil Friedrich. 1791/98. Geschichte der merkwürdigsten Reisen, welche set dem
zwölften Jahrhunderte zu Wasser und zu Land unternommen worden sind, 22 Bde. Frankfurtam-Main: Hermannsche Buchhandlung.
Mentions/discusses a variety of African languages, Ngangela K12b, Shona S10, Herero R31, Susu, Bullom, Timmani
(Temne), Khoekhoe, and others.
Eiseb, Eliphas; Giess, Wilhelm; Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1991. A preliminary list
of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara) plant names. Dinteria, v. 21, p. 17-30.
Eiseb, Eliphas; Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999. Khoekhoegowab language of
Damara, Hai//om and Nama. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Elbourne, Elizabeth. 1992. Early Khoisan uses of mission Christianity. Kronos: journal of Cape
history, v. 19, p. 3-27.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1986. Kxoe tone and Kxoe ‘jonctures’. In: Contemporary studies on
Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 225-235. Ed.
by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg:
Helmut Buske Verlag.
Elffers, Hubertus. 1902. Through the thirst land: a story of Kalahari. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp
38.
Includes articles originally published in Cape Times.
Elliott, William [Rev.] 1845. Origin of the Hottentot language. Eastern Province herald (Port
Elizabeth), 7 May 1845, p. (?).
Peripherals: S.A. Rochlin, “Some South African language pioneers of the nineteenth century”, African studies, v. 14 (1955), p.
171-173.
Elphick, Richard H. 1972. The Cape Khoi and the first phase of South African race relations.
PhD thesis. New Haven CN: Yale Univ.
Elphick, Richard H. 1974. Comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms
Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 2, 1, p. 3-7.
5-10; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p. 12-15;
Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Elphick, Richard H. 1975. Final comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the
terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 3, p. 12-15.
5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10; Anna
J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Elphick, Richard H. 1977. Kraal and castle: Khoikhoi and the founding of White South Africa.
Yale historical publications: miscellany, #116. New Haven CN & London: Yale Univ. Press.
Peripherals: Yvette Abrahams, “‘Take me to your leaders’: a critique of Kraal and castle”, Kronos: journal of Cape history, v.
22 (1995), p. 21-35.
Elphick, Richard H. 1985. Khoikhoi and the founding of White South Africa. 2nd edition.
Johannesburg: Ravan Press. Pp xxii, 266. ISBN-10 0-86975-230-8.
116
New edition of Kraal and castle, published 1977.
Elphick, Richard H.; Shell, Robert Carl-Heinz. 1989. Intergroup relations: Khoikhoi, settlers,
slaves and free blacks, 1652-1795. In: The shaping of South African society, 1652-1840, p.
184-239. 2nd edition. Ed. by Richard H. Elphick & Hermann Giliomee. Middletown CN &
Cape Town: Wesleyan Univ. Press; Maskew Miller Longman.
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1925. Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit
besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse. Mitteilungen des Seminars für
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Friedrich-Wilhelms-Univ. Berlin, 1925.
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1928. Studies oor die Korannataal. Annale van die Univ. van
Stellenbosch, #6:B:2. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers. Pp 45.
“Containing a grammatical sketch and copious vocabulary” (Doke 1933:38).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1935. The tribes of Wikar’s journal. In: The journal of Hendrik Jacob
Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791),
p. 221-237. Ed. by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #15. Cape
Town.
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1936. The Korana: an account of their customs and their history, with
texts. Cape Town: Maskew Miller. Pp 239.
Includes a section “The language” (p. 197-239).
Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie. 1937. Die wordings- en verwordings-geskiedenis van die Koranna.
Publikasies van die Univ. van Pretoria, reeks 4: intreeredes, #8. Pp 19.
Engelbrecht, S.J. 1925. Die Hottentotsinvloed op Afrikaans in die distrik Gordonia. (journal?), v.
(?), p. 30-31.
Details wanting. Referred to with the above insufficient data by Nienaber & Raper (1980:772).
Erasmus, P. 2005. The ‘lost’ South African tribe: rebirth of the Koranna in the Free-State. New
Contree, v. 50, p. (?).
Essen, Otto von. 1955. Über wortdifferenzierende Tonhöhen der Namasprache. In:
Afrikanistische Studien 5: Festschrift für D. Westermann, p. 350-354. Ed. by Johannes Lukas.
Veröffentlichungen des Inst. für Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, #26. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
Essen, Otto von. 1957. Das Phonemsystem des Nama-Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für Phonetik
und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, v. 10, 2, p. 127-143.
Essen, Otto von. 1962. Sprachliche Ermittlungen im Nama-Hottentottischen nach einer
Tonbandaufnahme.
Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und
Kommunikationsforschung, v. 15, 1/2, p. 65-92.
Essen, Otto von. 1965/66. Über die Anschlussarten Schnalz-Vokal im Namahottentottischen.
Afrika und Übersee, v. 49, p. 53-58.
Essen, Otto von. 1966. Zur Intonation der Frage im Nama-Hottentottischen. In: Neue
afrikanistische Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben, p. 79-88. Ed. by Johannes Lukas.
Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, #5. Hamburg: Deutsches Inst. für Afrika-Forschung.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1951. Os “Vatwa”. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 49/50, p.
51-54.
“Mentions Kwepe, Kwisi, Dama of Angola, among others” (Bonny Sands, pc).
Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 1999. Le hottentot, ou l’homme-limite: généalogie de la
représentation des khoisan en Occident XVe-XIXe siècle. Thèse. Univ. Panthéon-Sorbonne
(Paris 1).
Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 1999. Quel passé pour les khoisan? Représentations, mémoire,
héritages. Cahiers d’études africaines, v. 39, 155/156, p. 979-985.
117
URL: www.persee.fr/showIssue.do?issueKey=cea_0008-0055_1999_num_39_155
Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 2002. L’invention du hottentot: histoire du regard occidental
sur les khoisan. Paris: Publ. de la Sorbonne. Pp 415. ISBN-10 2-85944-445-9.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s dissertation (Le hottentot, ou l’homme-limite), Univ. Panthéon-Sorbonne (Paris 1),
1999.
Peripherals: Irene Staehlin, International journal of African history, v. 35 (2002), p. 604-605; Patrick Harries, “European
images of the Khoisan”, Journal of African history, v. 46 (2005), p. 153-154.
Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 2005. Four wordlists of extinct Cape Khoekhoe from the 18th
century. Studies in African linguistics, v. 33, 2, p. 159-178.
Firla, Monika. 1994. Kants Bild von den Khoi-Khoin (Südafrika). Tribus: Veröffentlichungen des
Linden Museums, v. 43, p. 60-94.
Fisch, Maria. (Ed.) 1999. Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika, gesammelt und
herausgegeben 1915-1918 von Professor Dr E. Moritz. Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftliche
Gesellschaft. Pp 224.
Includes reprints of three articles originally collected and published by Eduard Moritz in Mitteilungen aus den deutschen
Schutzgebieten, v. 28, 29 & 31.
Fischer, Eugen. 1955. Über die sogenannte Hottentotschurze. Zeitschrift für Morphologie und
Anthropologie, v. 47, 1, p. 58-66.
Fischer, H. 1911. Volkscharakter und Fabeln der Hottentotten. Deutsche Rundschau für
Geographie, v. 33, p. 555-559.
Flachberger, I. 1971. Das Glaubensleben der Namaqua von 1777 bis 1837 mit einer Einführung
in die Stammesgeschichte. Dissertation. Univ. Wien.
Flacourt, Etienne de. 1658. Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar, avec un petit recueil des
noms et dictions propres des choses qui sont d’une mesme espère, plus quelques mots du
langage des sauvages de la baye de Bonne Espérance; un petit catéchisme et les prières du
matin et du soir que les missionnaires font et enseignent aux néophytes et cathéchumènes de
cette isle, le tout en françois et en cette langue. Paris: Josse. Pp xvii, 176, iv, 63, 114.
“Contains 7 p. of Hottentot words” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:113). Reprinted 1905 together with Flacourt’s Histoire de la
grande isle Madagascar (in one vol) by Gabriel M. Ferrand.
Flacourt, Etienne de. 1905. Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar / Histoire de la grande isle
Madagascar. Publié par Gabriel M. Ferrand d’après l’édition de 1658 et 1661. Publications de
l’Ecole des Lettres d’Alger; Bulletin de correspondance africaine, #33. Paris: Ernest Leroux.
Pp xxxix, 296.
Contains reprints of Dictionnaire de la langue de Madagascar (1658) and Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar (1661).
Peripherals: Sidney H. Ray, Man, v. 7 (1907), p. 43-45.
Fleming, Francis. 1856. Southern Africa: a geography and natural history of the country,
colonies and inhabitants from the Cape of Good Hope to Angola; together with notices of their
origin, manners, habits, customs, traditions, superstitions, religious usages, languages, past
and present conditions, manufactures, weapons, &c., &c., &c., &c. London: Hall & Virtue. Pp
xi, 496.
Includes notes on the “Hottentot and Korunnas” (p. 124-160) and “Bushmen” (p. 161-186). Reprinted 1969 by Negro
Universities Press in New York.
URL: books.google.com/books?id=kQ8AAkRDGzQC
Fourie, Louis. 1925/26. Preliminary notes on certain customs of the Hei-//om Bushmen. Journal
of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, p. 49-63.
Later reprinted (at least) twice in the same journal, i.e. v. 8 (1951), p. 65-80, and v. 18/19 (1963/65), p. 19-34.
Fourie, Louis. 1928. The Bushmen of South West Africa. In: The native tribes of South West
Africa, p. 79-105. Ed. by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann Heinrich Vedder.
Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.
118
François, Curt von. 1891. Bericht des Hauptmanns Curt von François über seine Reise nach dem
Okavangofluss im Jahre 1891. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 4, p. 205220.
François, Curt von. 1892. Reise zwischen Windhoek und Gobabis im Jahre 1892. Mitteilungen
aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 5, p. 97ff.
François, Curt von. 1893. Bericht des Hauptmanns C. von François über eine Bereisung der
Kalahari. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 6, p. 290-295.
François, Hugo von. 1896. Nama und Damara: Deutsch Süd-West Afrika. Magdeburg: E.
Baensch. Pp 334, xxviii.
Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1868. Drei Jahre in Süd-Afrika: Reiseskizzen nach Notizen des
Tagebuchs zusammengestellt. Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt. Pp xvi, 416.
Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1872. Die Eingeborenen Süd-Afrika’s: ethnographisch und anatomisch
beschrieben (nebst einem Atlas). Breslau: Ferdinand Hirt. Pp xxiv, 528.
Barnard (1992:13) dates this erroneously 1863. Reprinted 1999 by Oserna in Wilhelmsfeld (Germany).
Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1894. Berg-Damara. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für
Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, v. 26, p. 79-80.
Fry, Danby Palmer. 1866. Further remarks on the word Hottentot. Transactions of the
Philological Society, 1866, p. 21-25.
Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).
Fry, Danby Palmer. 1866. Kolben’s account of the name of the Hottentots, with comments.
Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 6-11.
Fry, Danby Palmer; Wedgwood, Hensleigh; Watermeyer, Egidius Benedictus. 1971. The word
“Hottentot”: articles extracted from Transactions of the Philological Society 1866. State
Library reprints, #61. Pretoria: State Library. Pp iv, 21, iii.
Contains a series of reprints: two articles by Fry, one by Wedgwood, and two letters-to-editors (sort of) by Watermeyer.
Galton, Francis. 1852. Recent expedition into the interior of south-western Africa. Journal of the
a visit to Damaraland in 1851. London: John Murray. Pp xiv, 314.
Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in Nw York (Landmarks in anthropology series).
Peripherals: Johannes Fabian, “Thoughts on anthropology upon reading Francis Galton’s Narrative of an explorer in tropical
Africa”, Critique of anthropology, v. 7 (1987), p. 37-49.
Galton, Francis. 1853. Bericht eines Forschers im tropischen Südafrika. Aus dem englischen
übersetzt. Leipzig: Dyk. Pp xi, 180.
Reprinted 1980 by Gesellschaft für Wissenschaftliche Entwicklung und Museum in Swakopmund, Namibia (ISBN-10 0-62004681-3).
a visit to Damaraland in 1851; containing vacation tours in 1860 and 1861. 4th edition.
London: Ward & Lock.
Galton, Francis. 1908. Memories of my life. 2nd edition. London: Methuen & Co.
Gangla, Lilian Atieno. 2001. Pictorial illustrations in dictionaries. MA thesis. Univ. of Pretoria.
Pp 84.
Gaseb, Ivan. 1999. A historical hangover: the absence of Damara from accounts of the 1904-08
war. In: More new historical writing in Namibia. Ed. by Ivan Gaseb, Amenda Zingelwa &
Vilho Shigwedha. Windhoek: Namibian History Trust, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Gayre, R. Gayre of. 1964. The races of peoples of southern Africa: some notes on their ethnic
movements and distributions. Tydskrif wir rasse-aangeleenthede, v. 15, 4, p. 141-154.
119
Geibel, Lothar. 1909. Die Eingeborenen der deutschen Kalahari (ausschliesslich Bezirk
Aminuis). Deutsches Kolonialblatt, v. 20, 17, p. 824-831.
Includes various info on Nama groups.
Gilmour, Rachael. 2006. Grammars of colonialism: representing languages in colonial South
Africa. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Pp x, 231. ISBN 978-1-4039-3381-2, ISBN-10 14039-3381-2.
The book “an overview of colonial linguistics in the region from the sixteenth to the nineteenth century, before proceeding to
a detailed study of representations of the Bantu languages Xhosa and Zulu from the beginning of the nineteenth century to the
1870s” (quoted from the publisher’s blurb).
Peripherals: Paul T. Roberge, Historiographica linguistica, v. 34 (2007), p. 363-371.
Goodwin, A.J.H. 1952. Jan van Riebeek and the Hottentots, 1652-1662. South African
archaeological bulletin, v. 7, 25, p. 1-53.
Gordon, David. 1996. From rituals of rapture to dependence: the political economy of Khoikhoi
narcotic consumption, c.1487-1870. South African historical journal, v. 35, p. 62-88.
Gordon, Robert James. 1971. Towards an ethnography of Bergdama Gossib. Namib und Meer, v.
2, p. 45-57.
Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1695. Elegans et accurata gentis africanae circa promontcrium
capitis bone spei vulgo Hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio epistolaris. Pp 62, ii, 121.
Credited to Johannes Gulielmus Grevenbroek (cfr Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:10).
Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1695/1933. Gentis hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio / An
account of the Hottentots [with translation by B. Farrington]. In: The early Cape Hottentots, p.
161-299. Ed. by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #14. Cape
Town.
Includes extracts and translations from Graevenbroek’s Elegans et accurata gentis africanae.
Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1886. Uit den ouden tijd (1695) [pt. 2; vertaalt van J.W.G. van
Oordt]. Het zuid-afrikaanse tijdschrift, Februarie 1886, p. 1-48.
Includes translated extracts from Graevenbroek’s Elegans et accurata gentis africanae.
Graevenbroek, Jan Willem de. 1886. Uit den ouden tijd (1695) [pt. 1; vertaalt van J.W.G. van
Oordt]. Het zuid-afrikaanse tijdschrift, Januarie 1886, p. 360-372.
Graham, Elizabeth J. 1968. Christianity and the Khoi Khoi: a study of the roles of missionaries as
contact agents. PhilM (Master of Philosophy) thesis. Univ. of Toronto.
Grasserie, Raoul de la. 1896. Des quelques particularités de la langue des namas. Zeitschrift für
afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen, v. 2, p. 205-216.
Green, Frederick; Hahn snr, Carl Hugo; Rath, [Mr]. 1857/58. Account of an expedition from
Damara Land to the Ovampo, in search of the river Cunene. Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Society of London, v. 2, 6, p. 350-353.
Followed by “Remarks in response to the presentation...” by one James Macqueen (p. 353-354).
Grobbelaar, C.S. 1956. The physical characters of the Korana. South African journal of science,
v. 53, p. 97-159.
Güldemann, Tom. 2002. Die Entlehnung pronominaler Elemente des Khoekhoe aus dem !Ui-Taa.
In: Aktuelle Forschungen zu afrikanischen Sprachen: sprachwissenschaftliche Beiträge zum
120
14. Afrikanistentag Hamburg, 11.-14. Oktober 2000, p. 43-61. Ed. by Theda Schumann,
Mechthild Reh, Roland Kiessling & Ludwig Gerhardt. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Güldemann, Tom. 2006. Structural isoglosses between Khoekhoe and Tuu: the Cape as a
linguistic area. In: Linguistic areas: convergence in historical and typological perspective, p.
99-134. Ed. by Yaron Matras, April McMahon & Nigel Vincent. Hampshire UK: Palgrave
Macmillan.
Gumprecht, Thaddäus Eduard. 18xx. Die Reise des Paters Krump nach Nubien in den Jahren
1700-1702 und dessen Mittheilungen über Abyssinien. Unpubliziertes Manuskript. Kapstadt:
Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek.
Not sure what date to put on this. Includes notes on Khoekhoe on p. 39-88 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:10-11).
Günther, Theophilus. 1969. Die Pronomina im Hottentottischen. In: Wort und Religion, Kalima
na dini: Studien zur Afrikanistik, Missionswissenschaft, Religionswissenschaft, Ernst
Dammann zum 65. Geburtstag, p. 57-60. Ed. by Hans-Jürgen Greschat & Herrmann
Jungraithmayr. Stuttgart: Evangelischer Missionsverlag.
Gusinde, Martin. 1952. Bericht über meine südafrikanische Forschungsreise 1950/51. Anthropos:
“Buschmänner und Namastämme” (Strohmeyer 1982:192).
Haacke, Wulf D. 1992. The Kalahari expedition March 1908: the forgotten story of the final
battle of the Nama War. Botswana notes and records, v. 24, p. 1-18.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 199x. Khoekhoe. Languages of the world/Materials, #25.
München: Lincom Europa.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 200x. The demographic situation of the speakers of
Khoekhoegowab. Khoisan forum working papers, v. (?), p. (?).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 200x. The lexical tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara):
a typological account. In: Language, history and identity: papers from the Tutzing conference
on Khoisan studies. Ed. by Robert J. Ross, Rainer Vossen & Edwin N. Wilmsen. Köln:
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1976. A Nama grammar: the noun-phrase. MA thesis.
Univ. of Cape Town.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1977. The so-called “personal pronoun” in Nama. In:
Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 43-62. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1978. Subject deposition in Nama. MA thesis. Colchester
UK: Univ. of Essex.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1980. Nama “coreferential copulative sentences”
reassessed. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 80-106. Ed. by Jan Winston
Snyman. Miscellanea congregalia, #16. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1982. Traditional hut-building technique of the Nama
(with some related terminology). Cimbebasia, series B, v. 3, 2, p. 78-98.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1983. The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama.
Khoisan Special Interest Group: newsletter, v. 1, p. 9-10.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1983. Nama-English dictionary project. Khoisan Special
Interest Group: newsletter, v. 1, p. 12.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1985. Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero
and Nama. South African journal of African languages, v. 5, 2, p. 43-48.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1986. Preliminary observations on a dialect of the
Sesfontein Damara. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the
121
occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 375-396. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1987. A typological survey of Nama/Damara. Typescript.
Windhoek: Dept. of African Languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1988. How to perpetuate misconceptions of a language
(review article). Logos (Windhoek), v. 8, 2, p. 139-150.
Peripherals: Gerhard Böhm, Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt (Afro-Pub, 1985).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1990. Nama: survival through standardization? In:
Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 397-429. Ed. by István Fodor & Claude Hagège.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992. Compound noun phrases in Nama. In: African
linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 189-194. Ed. by Derek F.
Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992. Die Sprache der Nama und Damara. In: Namibia
Express Reisehandbuch, p. 267-271. Ed. by Wendula Dahle & Wolfgang Leyerer. Leer
(Deutschland): Mundo.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992. Dislocated noun phrases in Khoekhoe
(Nama/Damara): further evidence for the sentential hypothesis. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere
(AAP), v. 29, p. 149-162.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1992. The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). PhD
thesis. Univ. College London (UCL). Pp 5, 272.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1995. Instances of incorporation and compounding in
Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara). In: The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J.
Dickens, p. 339-361. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen & Megan Biesele. Afrikanische
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1998. A Khoekhoe dictionary in the making: some
lexicographic considerations. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the
Khoisan, p. 35-64. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in
Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999. Phonological gleanings from the dialects of
Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara): towards internal reconstruction. In: African mosaic:
festschrift for J.D. Louw, p. 131-163. Ed. by Rosalie Finlayson. Pretoria: Univ. of South
Africa (UNISA).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999. The tonology of Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). Quellen
zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #16. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp
xvi, 233. ISBN-10 3-89645-144-8.
Slight revision of the author’s thesis, Univ. College London, 1992.
Peripherals: Rajmund Ohly, Studies of the Dept. of African Languages and Cultures, Warsaw Univ., v. 27 (2000), p. 74-76;
Claire Bowern, Language, v. 78 (2002), p. 201-202; Edward J. Vajda, Word, v. 53 (2002), p. 280-283.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 1999. Tonogenesis in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara). In:
Proceedings of the symposium “Cross-linguistic studies of tonal phenomena: tonogenesis,
typology and related topics”, December 10-12, 1998, Takinogawa City Hall, Tokyo, p. 69-90.
Ed. by Shigeki Kaji. Inst. for the Study of Languages and Cultures of Asia and Africa
(ILCAA), Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2001. Nama. In: Facts about the world’s languages: an
encyclopedia of the world’s major languages, past and present, p. 497-499. Ed. by Jane Garry
& Carl Rubino. New York: H.W. Wilson Co.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2002. Linguistic evidence in the study of origins: the case
of the Namibian Khoekhoe-spreakers. UNAM (Univ. of Namibia) inaugural lecture series.
Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp 30.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2006. Syntactic focus marking in Khoekhoe
(Nama/Damara). In: Papers on information structure in African languages, p. 105-127. Ed. by
122
Ines Fiedler & Anne Schwarz. ZAS (Zentrum für allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, Typologie
und Universalienforschung) papers in linguistics, #46. Berlin.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2007. Linguistic hypotheses on the origin of Namibian
Khoekhoe speakers. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Cultural
change in the prehistory of arid Africa’, ed. by Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig), p. (?).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Boois, John. 1975-1984. //Khaa//khaasen da ge ra
Namagowaba II-V. Windhoek.
Nama school grammars.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas. 1999. Khoekhoegowab-English, EnglishKhoekhoegowab glossary. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 278. ISBN-10 99916-0172-X.
Contains about 10,000 entries either way. No tone-marking. Extracted from a larger Khoekhoegowab dictionary in the
making, which was later published by Haacke & Eiseb (2002).
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas. 2002. A Khoekhoegowab dictionary, with
an English-Khoekhoe index. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 754. ISBN-10 999160-401-4.
Includes over 24,000 entries.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas; Namaseb, Levi. 1997. Internal and external
relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey. In: Namibian languages: reports and
Hacke, William. 1699. Captain William Ambrosia Cowley’s voyage around the world. In: A
collection of original voyages. Ed. by William Hacke. London: James Knapton.
Contains an account of the ‘Hodmandods’, i.e. Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:6).
Hagman, Roy Stephen. 1973. Nama Hottentot grammar. PhD thesis. New York: Columbia Univ.
Pp vi, xi, 301.
Hagman, Roy Stephen. 1977. Nama Hottentot grammar. Language science monographs, #15.
Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Pp xv, 167. ISBN-10 0-87750-212-9.
Abridged publication of the author’s dissertation, Columbia Univ., 1973.
Hahn, Johannes Samuel. 1928/30. Berichte von Missionar Samuel Hahn über Bethanien und
Namaland aus den Jahren 1848-1852. In: Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, v. 3, p.
78-114. Ed. by Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Windhoek: Staatsarchiv.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1867. Die Nama-Hottentotten: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischen
Ethnographie. Globus, v. 12, p. 238-242, 275-279, 304-307, 332-398.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870. Die Sprache der Nama. Dissertation. Jena: Friedrich-SchillerUniv. Pp 52.
Published the same year by Barth, which has an added 22-page appendix on proverbs; unless that was already there in the
thesis?
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870. Mythen der Khoi-khoin, nebst Übersetzung und
Wörterverzeichnis. Dissertation. Jena: Friedrich-Schiller-Univ.
This also appeared appendixed to Hahn’s Die Sprache der Nama, published 1870.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870. Beiträge zur Kunde der Hottentotten. Jahresbericht des
Vereins für Erdkunde zu Dresden, v. 6/7, p. 1-73.
Besides lots on Nama, this one also includes Seroa and !Khuai vocabularies (Bonny Sands, pc 2004). Köhler (1981:477) dates
this 1873.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1870. Die Sprache der Nama, nebst einem Anhang enthaltend
Sprachproben aus dem Munde des Volkes. Redigierte Ausgabe eine Dissertation mit einem
Anhang über Mythen der Khoi-khoin nebst Übersetzung und Wörterverzeichnis. Leipzig:
Johann Ambrosius Barth. Pp 52, 22.
123
Publication of the author’s thesis, Univ. Jena, 1870. Unsure if the appendix was added to this or if it was there already in the
thesis version. “Contains considerable new material; but, while it has useful exercises, the general superstructure is unreliable”
(Doke 1933:36).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1878. The graves of Heitsi-eibeb: a chapter on the pre-historic
Hottentot race. Cape monthly magazine, new series, v. 16, 97, p. 257-265.
Contains one of the earliest suggestions that Hottentot and Bushman are related (Bonny Sands, pc).
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1881. Tsuni-//Goam: the supreme being of the Khoi-Khoi. London:
Trübner & Co. Pp xi, 154.
Reprinted 1971 (with an extra 95 pages of adverts) by Books for Libraries Press in Freeport NY (Black heritage library
collection; ISBN-10 0-8369-8847-7).
URL: www.archive.org/details/tsunillgoamsupre00hahnuoft
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1882. On the science of language and its study, with special regard
to South Africa: address delivered at the South African Public Library on Saturday 29th April,
1882. Cape Town: Herrmann Michaelis. Pp 37.
Makes brief mentions to many languages (most of them non-South African) without focussing on any one in particular.
URL: www.archive.org/details/onscienceoflangu00hahniala
Hahn, Johannes Theophilus. 1901. Collectanea hottentotica, 2 vols. Unpublished manuscript(s).
Johannesburg: City Library.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1858. Reisetagebuch des Miss. Hugo Hahn (Fortsetzung). Berichte der
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1873. Missionar Hugo Hahn’s Reise im Lande der Hereró und Bergdamara
in Südwest-Afrika, 1871. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus
der Geographie), v. 19, p. 95-101.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1877. Damaraland and the Berg Damaras. Cape monthly magazine, new
series, v. 14, p. 218-230, 289-297.
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1961. Aus Alt-Südwestafrika: Tagebuchaufzeichnungen und Reisenotizen
1842/1843. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 32, p. 99-121.
“Über Nama, Bergdama und Ovaherero” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).
Hahn snr, Carl Hugo. 1984/85. Tagebücher 1837-1860 / Diaries: missionary in Nama- and
Damaraland, 5 vols. Edited by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, #1-5. Windhoek: Archives Service
Division, Dept. of National Education, SWA/Namibia. Pp 1365.
Hall, Martin. 1986. The role of cattle in southern African agropastoral societies: more than bones
alone can tell. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 83-87. Ed. by Martin Hall &
Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological
Society.
Hall, Martin; Smith, Andrew B. (Ed.) 1986. Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa. Goodwin
series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.
Hall, S.L. 1986. Pastoral adaptations and forager reactions in the Eastern Cape. In: Prehistoric
pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 42-49. Ed. by Martin Hall & Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin
series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.
Harinck, Gerrit. 1969. Interaction between Xhosa and Khoi: emphasis on the period 1620-1750.
In: African societies in southern Africa, p. 145-170. Ed. by Leonard M. Thompson. London,
Ibadan & Nairobi: Heinemann.
Hasselbring, Sue; Segatlhe, Thabiso. 2000. Language choice in ten domains among Khoesan
speakers in Botswana. In: The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 76-99. Ed. by
Herman M. Batibo & Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ.
& Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
124
Heese, C.P. 1943. Onderwys in Namakwaland, 1750-1940. Proefskrif (PhD). Univ. van
Stellenbosch.
Hegner, Hermann. 1882. Unpubliziertes Wörterbuch Nama-Deutsch: abgeschrieben von Br.
Krefts Wörterbuch, angefangen 1871, beendet 1872; vervollständigt aus Krönleins
Wörterbuch 1873, weiter vervollständigt 1882. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Pp 331.
Unsure of the exact difference between this and the other one with a similar title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz
(1975:113).
Hegner, Hermann. 1882. Unpubliziertes Wörterbuch Nama-Deutsch: abgeschrieben von Br.
Krefts Wörterbuch, angefangen am Montag den 23. October 1871, beendet Donnerstag den 3.
October 1872; vervollständigt aus Krönleins Wörterbuch 1873. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Contains 3 parts: 1. Names of months; 2. Character of the Nama people; 3. Trees, bushes, plants and “Zwiebeln”. Unsure of
the exact difference between this and the other one with a similar title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:113).
Hegner, Hermann. 1907/08. Nama gowab-di ≠gei tsi khom-ei ≠kaniros: Buchstabier- und
Lesebüchlein der Nama-Sprache, 2 Bde. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.
Hegner, Hermann; Westermann, Diedrich. 1909. Nama-Grammatik. In: Lehrbuch der NamaSprache, p. 45-101. Ed. by Carl Meinhof. Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische
Sprachen, #23. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx. Unpublished ≠Akhoe wordlist.
Referred to by Widlok (1999).
Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx. Hai//’om and !Xóu stories from north Namibia. Manuscript.
Helman, J. 1957. Some diseases amongst the Hottentots of South West Africa. Central African
journal of medicine, v. 3, p. 143-144.
Hemmy, Gysbert. 1767. De promontorio bonae spei: oratorio latina de promontorio bonae spei,
in schola hamburgensi d. 10 aprilis 1767 publice recitata. Hamburgi: Harmsen.
A description of the Cape of Good Hope. Apparently it contains notes on the early Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).
Hemmy, Gysbert. 1959. De promontorio bonae spei / The Cape of Good Hope: a Latin oration
delivered in the Hamburg Academy, 10 April 1767. Translated and edited by K.D. White, with
additional notes by G.S. Nienaber and D.H. Varley. Cape Town: South African Public Library.
Pp x, 40.
Henschel, Jon; Dausab, R.; Moser, P.; Fallen, J. (Ed.) 2004. !Nara: fruit for development of the
!Khuiseb Topnaar. Windhoek: Namibia Scientific Society. Pp 168. ISBN-10 99916-40-33-9,
3-936858-70-5.
Herbert, Thomas. 1634. A relation of some yeares travaile, begunno Anno 1626, into Afrique and
the greater Asia, especially the territories of the Persian Monarchie, and some parts of the
Orientall Indies, and isles adiacent; of their religion, language, habit, discent, ceremonies and
other matters concerning them; together with the proceedings and death of the three late
ambassadors: Sir D.C., Sir R.S. and the Persian Nogdi-beg; as also the two great monarchs,
the King of Persia, and the great Mogol, 5, 225. London: W. Stansby & J. Bloome.
Includes a few words of Souldaniaes (Khoekhoe) on page 16. Herbert was “the first author to introduce an original click
symbolism ... for any click he though he detected, [he] put an onomatopoeic ‘ist’” (Breckwoldt 1972:282). Later editions were
retitled Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique. Reprinted 1971 by Theatrum Orbis Terrarum in
Amsterdam as A relation of some yeares travaile into Afrique, Asia, Indies, as well as by Da Capo Press in New York (The
English experience, its record in early printed books published in facsimile, #349; ISBN-10 90-221-0349-8).
Herbert, Thomas. 1638. Some yeares travels into diverse parts of Asia and Afrique: describing
especially two famous empires, the Persian and Great Mogull; weaved with the history of
these later times; as also, many rich and spatious kingdomes in the Orientall India, and other
parts of Asia, together with the adjacent iles; severally relating the religion, language,
qualities, customes, habit, descent, fashions, and other observations touching them; with a
revivall of the first discoverer of America. New (2nd) edition, revised and enlarged. London: I.
Blome & R. Bishop. Pp 6, 364, 14.
125
The original edition of 1634 was titled A relation of some yeares travaile [etc].
Herbert, Thomas. 1658. Zee-en lat reyse na verscheyde deelen van Asia en africa. Uyt het engels
in de nederlandsche tale overgeset door L. van Bosch. Dordrecht.
Herbert, Thomas. 1663. Relation du voyage de Perse et des Indes orientales. Traduit de l’anglois.
Paris: Jean du Puis. Pp 4, 632, 24.
more particularly the empires Persia and Industan; intervowen with such remarkable
occurences as hapned in those parts during these later times; as also, many other rich and
famous kingdoms in the Orientall India, with iles adjacent; severally relating the religion,
language, customs, and habit; as also proper observations concerning them. 3rd edition,
revised and further enlarged by the author. London: J. Best for Andrew Crook. Pp 8, 420, 20.
Apparently there’s another printing of the third edition dated 1665 which retains the subtitle of the second edition.
especially the two famous empires, the Persian, and the Great Mogul; weaved with the history
of these later times; as also, many rich and spatious kingdomes in the Orienta’ll India, and
other parts of Asia, together with the adjacent iles; severally relating the religion, language,
qualities, customes, habit, descent, fashions, and other observations touching them; with a
revivall of the first discoverer of America. 4th edition, with additions by the author throughout
the whole work, a also several sculptures, never before printed. London: R. Everingham for R.
Scot, T. Basset, J. Wright & R. Chiswell. Pp 8, 399, 19.
Besides a few Khoekhoe words, this edition also has a short word list of Comorian, recorded by the author as early as 1626.
“These words of the ‘Mohella’ language ... were not inserted into his book until the 1677-edition was produced” (Johnston
1919:2). They are reportedly a mish-mash of Arabic and Portuguese (Latham 1847:195). Doke (1960:32) quotes the
following: “A King is a ‘Sultan’, Bracelets ‘Arembo’, a Hen ‘Coquo’, an Ox ‘Gumbey’, Coco-nuts ‘Sejavoye’, Plantains
‘Figo’, a Goat ‘Buze’, an Orange ‘Tudah’, a Lemon ‘Demon’, Water ‘Mage’, Paper ‘Cartassa’, a Needle ‘Sinzano’, etc.”.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The earliest records of Bantu”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 26-32.
Hervas, Lorenzo. 1784. Catalogo delle lingue conosciute e notizia della loro affinita’, e diversita.
Cesena (Italia): Gregorio Biasini. Pp 260.
May include a Khoekhoe vocabulary (cfr Latham 1847:197).
Hesse, Elias. 1687. Ost-indische Reise-Beschreibung; oder Diarium, was bey der Reise des [...]
Benjamin Olitzschens im Jahr 1680 von Dressden aus biss in Asiam auff die insul Sumatra
denckwürdiges vorgegangen. Dresden.
Not sure of the title. Contains notes on the Khoekhoe.
denckwürdiges vorgegangen. Zum andern mahl gedruckt, und mit sonderbahren Fleiss
übersehen, in vielen verbessert und vermehret. Leipzig: Verlag von Michael Günther.
Contains notes on the Khoekhoe. There is also a third edition dated 1735. The book was reprinted 1931 as Gold-Bergwerke in
Sumatra, 1680-1683 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag (Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #10),
though curiously it seems to be incomplete and lacks the passage about the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:11).
denckwürdiges vorgegangen. 3. Auflage. Leipzig.
May contain notes on the Khoekhoe. The earlier editions did. Not sure of the title.
Hesseling, Dirk Christiaan. 1916. De naam Hottentot. Tijdschrift voor nederlandsche taal- en
letterkunde, v. 35, p. 267-274.
Hestermann, F. 1955. Korana-Katechismus von C. Wuras. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der
Friedrich-Schiller-Univ., v. 4, p. 305-316.
Hewitt, J. 1920. Notes relating to the aboriginal tribes of the Eastern Province. South African
Heydt, Johann Wolfgang. 1967. Scenes of the Cape of Good Hope in 1741. Translated from
German and introduced by R. Raven-Hart. Cape Town: Cornelis Struik Publ.
Extracts from Allerneuester geographisch- und topographischer Schau-Platz von Afrika und Ost-Indien, published 1744.
126
Hirschberg, Walter. 1954. Die Völker Afrikas. In: Die neue grosse Völkerkunde, Bd 1, p. 279564. Ed. by Hugo Adolf Bernatzik. Frankfurt-am-Main: Herkul.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1956. Die Zeitreichnung der Buschmänner und Hottentotten. In:
Festschrift(?), p. 218-236. Wiener Schule der Völkerkunde.
Unsure of the exact details of this (see Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:121).
Hirschberg, Walter. 1975. Khoisan sprechende Völker Südafrikas. In: Die Völker Afrikas und
ihre traditionelle Kulturen. Bd 1: allgemeiner Teil und südliches Afrika, p. 383-408. Ed. by
Hermann Baumann. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #34. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.
187-202.
Hobirk, Fr. 1878. Wanderungen auf dem Gebiete der Länder- und Völkerkunde: ein Hausbuch
für Jedermann. Detmold (Deutschland): Meyersche Hofbuchhandlung. Pp 200.
Hodgson, M.L. 1924. The Hottentots in South Africa to 1828: a problem in labour and
administration. South African journal of science, v. 21, p. 594-621.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1913. Richterveld: the land and its people. Johannesburg: Council of
Education.
Reprinted 1985 in The social organization of the Nama and other essays (ed. by W. Peter Carstens; Witwatersrand Univ.
Press), p. 20-38.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1918. Certain rites of transition and the conception of !Nau among the
Hottentots. Harvard African studies, v. 2 (spec. theme: ‘Varia Africana II’, ed. by Oric Bates),
p. 65-82.
Press), p. 57-74.
Peripherals: N.W. T[homas], Man, v. 23 (1923), p. 31-32 (art. 16).
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1922. A Hottentot rain ceremony. Bantu studies and general South
African anthropology, v. 1, 2, p. 3-4.
Press), p. 75-76.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1923. The expression of the social value of water among the Naman of
South-West Africa. South African journal of science, v. 20, p. 514-526.
Press), p. 77-89.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1923. South-West Africa as a primitive culture area. South African
geographical journal, v. 6, p. 14-28.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1925. The social organization of the Nama Hottentots of Southwest
Africa. American anthropologist, new series, v. 27, 1, p. 1-24.
Press), p. 39-56.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1933. New aims and methods in social anthropology: presidential
address to Section E of the South African Association for the Advancement of Science, 4 July
1933. South African journal of science, v. 30, p. 74-92.
Press), p. 1-19.
Hoernlé, Agnes Winifred. 1985. “The social organization of the Nama” and other essays.
Centenary volume, edited by Peter Carstens. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press. Pp
xxv, 154. ISBN-10 0-85494-867-8.
Hoff, Ansie. 1983. Die konsep geluk by die Nama. South African journal of ethnology / Suidafrikaanse tydskrif vir etnologie, v. 6, 2, p. 9-15.
Hoff, Ansie. 1990. Die tradisionele wereldbeskouing van die Khoekhoen. Proefskrif (DPhil).
127
Hoffmann, Johann Christian. 1680. Oost-Indianische Voyage: oder eigentliches Verzeichnüs,
worin nicht nur einige merckwürdige Vorfälle, die sich theils auff einer indischen See-Reise,
theils in India selbst begeben und zugetragen, sondern auch unterschiedliche Länder, fremde
Völcker, seltsame Thiere und arthige Gewächse, etc. der Örther kurtz und deutlich angewiesen
werden. Cassel (Frankreich): Hertzog.
Deals with the Khoekhoe on pages 26-31. Reprinted 1931 by Martinus Nijhoff as Reise nach dem Kaplande, nach Mauritius
und nach Java, 1671-1676.
Hoffmann, Johann Christian. 1931. Reise nach dem Kaplande, nach Mauritius und nach Java,
1671-1676. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #7:1. Der Haag:
Martinus Nijhoff. Pp xiii, 104.
Originally published 1680. May contain additional material.
Holub, Emil. 1881. Sieben Jahre in Süd-Afrika: Erlebnisse, Forschungen und Jagden auf meinen
Reisen von den Diamantfeldern zum Zambesi (1872-1879), 2 Bde. Wien: Alfred Hölder. Pp
xvi, 528; ix, 532.
Holub, Emil. 1881. Seven years in South Africa: travels, researches and hunting adventures
between the diamond-fields and the Zambesi (1872-1879), 2 vols. Translated from German by
Ellen E. Frewer. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington.
Holub, Emil. 1881. On the central South African tribes from the south coast to the Zambesi.
Journal of the Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 10, p. 2-20.
Talks about the Bushmen of South Africa, the “real Hottentots”, the Griquas, the Korannas, the Zulu, the Makalaka (=
Karanga), the Matabele, the Makalahari (= Kgalagadi), the Manansa (the who?), the Betchuanas. Article followed by
discussions (p. 19-20) by Mr Reade and Mr Cornelis Walford.
Hondius, Jodocus. 1652. Klare besgryving van Cabo de Bona Esperanca, med de by-gelegen kust
naar Angola toe, van Cabo Negro af: vervattende de ondekking, benaaming, gelegenheyd,
verdeling en betrekking; als ook de hoedanigheden der elementen, bestandige-stoffen,
gewassen en diren; ende ook des volks nature, in wezen, zeden en staat; med de veel moeyten
zeer vlytig byeen, getogen en vervolgens duydelijk beshreven. Amsterdam: Hondius. Pp 33.
Apparently this is the first extensive description of the inhabitants of the Cape. Not sure if Hondius is author, publisher, or
both. A copy of the original edition is available at the Fairbridge Collection, South Africa Public Library (Cape Town?).
Reprinted 1952, with parallel English translation.
Peripherals: A.J.D. Meiring, “Die Hottentotte aan die Kaap voor die tyd van Van Riebeeck soos opgeteken deur Jodocus
Hondius”, Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, v. 1 (1953), p. 35-40.
Hondius, Jodocus. 1652/1952. Klare besgryving van Cabo de Bona Esperanca. Met vertaling in
Engels deur L.C. van Oordt en van ’n inleiding en aantekeninge voorsien deur P. Serton.
Kaapstad: Komitee vir Boekuitstalling, Van Riebeeck-Fees. Pp xv, 33, 37.
Facsimile reprint of the original, with English translations added.
Honey, James Albert. 1910. South African folktales. New York: Baker & Taylor.
Includes English translations of stories “mainly from the Bushmen. Some are perverted types from what were originally
Bushmen tales, but have been taken over by Hottentots or Zulus; a few are from the Dutch. Most of these last named will
show a European influence, especially French” (p.1f). There’s a section titled “Origin of the difference in modes of life
between Hottentots and Bushmen” (p.8-9) and “A Zulu version of the legend of the ‘Origin of death’” (p.147).
URL: www.archive.org/details/southafricanfolk00hone; www.sacred-texts.com/afr/saft/index.htm
Honken, Henry. 1984. Word groups in the click languages. Khoisan Special Interest Group:
newsletter, v. 2, p. 6-8.
Hovelacque, Abel. 1876. Les langues agglutinantes. In: La linguistique, p. 55-154. Paris:
Reinwald.
Deals with African languages on p. 69-73.
Hovelacque, Abel. 1877. The agglutinative languages. In: The science of language. Translated by
A.H. Keane. London: Chapman & Hall.
Huffman, Thomas N. 1990. Brooderstroom and the origins of cattle-keeping in southern Africa.
African studies, v. 49, p. 1-12.
128
Humphreys, A.J.B. 1988. A prehistoric frontier in the northern Cape and western Orange Free
State: archaeological evidence of interaction and ideological change. Kronos: journal of Cape
history, v. 13, p. 3-13.
Iliffe, John. 1969. The Nama and Herero risings: South West Africa, 1904-1907. In: Aspects of
South African history. Ed. by G. Kibodya. Inst. of Education, Univ. College of Dar es Salaam.
Jacobson, Leon Carl. 1976. A critical review of the Damaraland culture. Cimbebasia, series B, v.
2, 8, p. 203-208.
Jacobson, Leon Carl; Vogel, J.C. 1979. Radiocarbon dates for two Khoi ceramic vessels from
Conception Bay, South West Africa/Namibia. South African journal of science, v. 75, p. 230231.
Jahn, Janheinz. 1964. Wir nannten sie Wilde. Begegnungen in Übersee einst und jetzt; aus alten
und neuen Reisebeschreibungen zusammengestelltund kommentiert: ein Buch in drei Motiven,
elf Kapiteln und achtundzwanzig Begegnungen. München: Ehrenwirth. Pp 200.
“Mit Auszügen aus: Vasco da Gama 1497, Johann Siegmund Wurfbain 1646, Johann Jacob Merklein 1653, Albrecht Herport
1659, Johann Jacob Saar 1660, Johann Christian Hoffmann 1671, Christoph Schweitzer 1676, Anders Sparrman 1775,
Laurens van der Post: pp. 27-49 - Berichte über Khoekhoen und Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:4).
James, Wilgot Godfrey; Simons, Mary. 1989. The angry divide: social and economic history of
the western Cape. Cape Town: David Philip Publ. in association with the Centre for African
Studies (CAS), Univ. of Cape Town. Pp 258.
Reprinted 1992 (with a new title?) by Transaction Publ. in New Brunswick NJ (ISBN-10 0-560-00035-X).
Peripherals: Thomas P. Johnson, Canadian journal of African studies, v. 28 (1994), p. 381-382.
James, Wilgot Godfrey; Simons, Mary. 1992. Class, caste and color: a social and economic
history of the western Cape. New Brunswick NJ: Transaction Publ. Pp xiii, 258.
Originally published 1989 as The angry divide: social and economic history of the western Cape by David Philip Publ. in
Cape Town.
Jarvis, J.F.; Heerden, H.G. van. 1967. The acuity of hearing in the Kalahari Bushmen: a pilot
survey. Journal of laryngology and otology, v. 81, p. 63-86.
Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave. 1947. The origin of the name Hottentot. African affairs, v.
46, 184, p. 163-165.
Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave. 1968. Some Semitic influences in Hottentot culture.
Raymond Dart lectures, #4. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press for the Inst. for the
Study of Man in Africa.
Jenkins, Trefor. 1986. The prehistory of the San and the Khoikhoi as recorded in their blood. In:
Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th
birthday, v. 2, p. 51-77. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur KhoisanForschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Jenkins, Trefor; Brain, C.P. 1967. The peoples of the lower Kuiseb Valley South West Africa.
Scientific papers of the Namib Desert Research Station, v. 35, p. (?).
Jenkins, Trefor; Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1977. Nomenclature of population groups in southern
“This was an attempt to prescribe the terminology to be used to delineate population groups ... [it] was based on a rather
simplistic view of the issues involved” (Barnard 1992:50).
Jenny, Hans R. 1969. Die letzten Giftpfeile. Internationales Afrikaforum, v. 5, p. 210-214.
“Sprachlicher vergleich der Nama- und Buschmannsprachen, auf Köhler fussend” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:126).
Jenny, Hans R. 1970. Neue Erkenntnisse der Buschmannforschung. Afrikanischer
“Wildbeuter, Urrassen Afrikas, die Beziehungen zwischen Khoekhoen und Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:195).
Johansson, Peter. 2001. Handelsfursten av Damaraland: Axel Eriksson, en svensk pionjär i södra
Afrika = The trader king of Damaraland: Axel Eriksson, a Swedish pioneer in southern Africa.
Stockholm: Carlssons. Pp 271. ISBN-10 91-7203-368-1.
129
Johansson, Peter. 2007. The trader king of Damaraland: Axel Eriksson, a Swedish pioneer in
southern Africa. Translated from Swedish. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp 218.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1913. A survey of the ethnography of Africa, and the former racial
and tribal migrations in that continent. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Inst. of Great
Britain and Ireland, v. 43, 2, p. 375-421.
Johnton’s paper is followed by comments by Emil Torday (p. 414-415), T. Athol Joyce (p. 415-417), a reply from Johnston
(p. 418-419), a further comment by C.G. Seligman (p. 419-420) and another reply from Johnston (p. 420-421).
URL: www.archive.org/details/surveyofethnogra00johniala
Jong, Cornelis de. 1802/03. Reizen naar de Kaap de Goede Hoop, Ierland en Noorwegen in de
jaren 1791 tot 1797, 3 deele. Haarlem.
Jong, Cornelis de. 1803. Reise nach dem Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung, nach Irland und
Norwegen in den Jahren 1791 bis 1797, 2 Bde. Aus dem holländischen übersetzt, nebst
einigen Anmerkungen und einem Anhange des Übersetzers, den Zustand der Brüdermission
unter den Hottentotten betreffend. Hamburg.
Jopp, Werner. 1960. Die früheren deutschen Berichte über das Kapland und die Hottentotten bis
1750. Dissertation. Göttingen: Georg-August-Univ. (Georgia Augusta).
Juncker, Christian. 1710. Appendice adjectae sunt tum epistolae aliquot clarorum virorum, tum
etiam specimen linguae hottentotticae. In: Commentarius de vita scriptisque ac meritis illustris
viri Iobi Ludolfi, p. 229-237. Lipsiae & Francofurti: Friderici Braunii.
A small Dutch-Khoekhoe-Latin word list. Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:12) say it originates from either Georg Friedrich
Wreede or Nicolaus Witsen; Köhler (1981:482) says it’s from Witsen. Not sure about the pagination.
Kent, Susan. (Ed.) 1996. Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African
perspective. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Peripherals: Peter Mitchell, African archaeological review, v. 17 (2000), p. 177-181.
Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1805. Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens.
Wiscasset, Babson & Rust. Pp 47.
Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1808/12. Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens.
Transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, v. 2, p. 1-47.
Kienetz, Alvin. 1977. The key role of the Oorlam migrations in the early Europeanization of
South West Africa (Namibia). International journal of African historical studies, v. 10, 4, p.
553-572.
Kieskamp, Andrea. 1998. The Khoekhoe in Van Riebeeck’s official accounts: reconstruction of a
period (1652-1662). In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 165-171. Ed.
by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the
Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Kimmenade, Martin van de. 1954. Essai de grammaire et vocabulaire de la langue Sandawe.
Micro bibliotheca anthropos, #9. Posieux: Anthropos-Inst. Pp 120.
Contains comparisons with Khoekhoe.
Peripherals: Emmi Kähler-Meyer, “Martin van de Kimmenades Grammatik und Vokabular der Sandawe-Sprache”,
Anthropos, v. 49 (1954), p. 290-294.
Kinahan, John. 1986. The archaeological structure of pastoral production in the central Namib
Desert. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 69-82. Ed. by Martin Hall & Andrew
B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological
Society.
130
Kinahan, John. 1989. Pastoral nomads of the central Namib Desert: the people that time forgot.
PhD thesis. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Kinahan, John. 1991. Pastoral nomads of the central Namib Desert: the people that time forgot.
Windhoek: New Namibia Books for the Namibia Archaeological Trust.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of the Witwatersrand, 1989.
Kinahan, John. 1993. The rise and fall of nomadic pastoralism in the central Namib desert. In:
The archaeology of Africa: food, metals and towns, p. 372-385. Ed. by C. Thurstan Shaw, Paul
J.J. Sinclair, Bassey W. Andah & Alex Ikechukwu Okpoko. One world archaeology series,
#20. London & New York: Routledge.
Kinahan, John. 1994/95. A new archaeological perspective on nomadic pastoralist expansion in
south-western Africa. Azania, v. 29/30 (spec. theme: ‘The growth of farming communities in
Africa from the Equator southwards’, ed. by John E.G. Sutton), p. 211-226.
Kingon, J.R.L. 1918. A survey of aboriginal place-names. South African journal of science, v. 15,
p. 712-779.
Kirby, Percival R. 1932. The music and musical instruments of the Korana. Bantu studies, v. 6, p.
183-204.
Kirk, T. 1973. The Kat River settlement. Journal of African history, v. 14, 3, p. 411-428.
Kitchingman, James. 1818/24. Extracts from a journal of Mr James Kitchingman, late missionary
at Steinkopff, in Great Namaqualand, containing particulars of a journey to some of the
Namaqua tribes dwelling north east of the Society’s station called Bethany. Quarterly
chronicle of the transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, v. 2, p. 147-155.
Klein, Harriet E. Manelis. 1976. Tense and aspect in the Damara verbal system. African studies,
v. 35, 3/4, p. 207-227.
Klein, Richard G. 1986. The prehistory of stone age herders in the Cape Province of South
Africa. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 5-12. Ed. by Martin Hall & Andrew
B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological
Society.
Knudsen, Hans Christian. 185x. Unpublizierter Stoff zu einer Grammatik in der
Namaquasprache. Kapstadt: Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek. Pp 29.
Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1845. Nama A.B.Z.: :kannis, :gei *hu-*ze khom-ei-.kannis. Cape
Town: Pike & Philip. Pp 16.
The colons in ‹:kannis› and ‹:gei› should be superscript.
Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1846. Unpublished spelling-leaf in the Namaqua language. Cape
Knudsen, Hans Christian. 1848. Gross-Namaqualand. Barmen-Wuppertal: J.F. Steinhaus. Pp 59.
Knussmann, Rainer. 1969. Bericht über eine anthropologische Forschungsreise zu den Dama in
Südwestafrika. Homo, v. 20, p. 34-66.
Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1969/70. Die Dama: eine Altschicht in Südwestafrika?
“Anthropologische Messungen und Blutgruppenbestimmungen, Vermutungen über die Vorgeschichte der Bergdama”
Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1976. Blood and serum protein groups of the Dama of
South-West Afrika. Human heredity, v. 26, p. 34-42.
Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1976. Zu den Polymorphismen des Blutes beim
Negerstamm der Dama und zu den serologischen Ähnlickeitsverhältnissen im südwestlichen
Afrika. In: Festband Pöch. Ed. by E. Breitinger.
131
Kock, Victor de. 1950. Those in bondage: an account of the life of the slave at the Cape in the
days of the Dutch East India Company. London: George Allen & Unwin. Pp 240.
Reprinted several times, e.g. 1971 by Kennikat Press in Port Washington NY (ISBN-10 0-8046-1368-0).
Köhler, August; Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1892. Die Sprache der Nama und Bergdamara in
Deutsch-Südwest Afrika. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried Mittler & Sohn. Pp 272.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1947. Beziehungen zwischen Phonem und Tonem in
Hottentottischen. Zeitschrift für Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, v. 1, p. 62-65.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1958. A study of Karibib district (South West Africa). Partly
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. A study of Omaruru district (South West Africa). Partly
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1960. Sprachkritische Aspekte zur Hamiten-Theorie über die
Herkunft der Hottentotten. Sociologus, neue Folge, v. 10, 1, p. 69-77.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1962. Studien zum Genussystem und Verbalbau der zentralen
Khoisan-Sprachen. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v.
57, p. 529-546.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1963. Observations on the Central Khoisan language group.
Deals with the affinities between Khoekhoe and Kxoé.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1966. Die Wortbeziehung zwischen der Sprache KxoeBuschmänner und dem Hottentottischen als geschichtliches Problem. In: Neue afrikanistische
Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben, p. 144-165. Ed. by Johannes Lukas. Hamburger
Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, #5. Hamburg: Deutsches Inst. für Afrika-Forschung.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1969. Die Topnaar-Hottentotten am unteren Kuiseb. In:
Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N.J. van Warmelo: essays contributed on the
occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969, p. 99-122. Ethnological publications, #52.
Pretoria: Government Printer for the Ethnological Section of the Dept. of Bantu
Administration and Development, South Africa.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1973/74. Neuere Ergebnisse und Hypothesen der
Sprachforschung in ihrer Bedeutung für die Geschichte Afrikas. Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur
Kulturkunde, v. 19/20, p. 162-199.
Contains a Kxoe-Zhu comparative word-list, among other things.
Kolb, Peter. 1719. Caput bonae spei hodiernum, das ist: vollständige Beschreibung des
afrikanischen Vorgebürges der Guten Hoffnung, worinnen in dreyen Theilen abgehandelt
132
wird, wie es heut zu Tage nach seiner Situation und Eigenschaft aussiehet. Nürnberg: Joh.
Georg Monath. Pp xxiv, 846.
Besides an anthropological description of the Khoekhoe, this contains a short Khoekhoe vocabulary which Kolben
presumably lifted from Graevenbroek’s Elegans et accurata gentis africanae, published 1695.
Kolb, Peter. 1719/1975. Lebenbeschreibung der Hottentotten. Mit einer Introduktion von
Hermann Braun. Schriftenreihe der Volkhochschule der Stadt Marktredwitz, #22.
Marktredwitz (Deutschland): Volkhochschule der Stadt Marktredwitz. Pp xxiv, 127.
Contains extracts from Kolben’s Caput bonae spei hodiernum.
Kolb, Peter. 1727. Naaukeurige en uitvoerige beschryving van de Kaap de Goede Hoop,
behelzend een zeer omstandig verhaal van den tegenwoordigen toestant van dat vermaarde
gewest, deszelfs gelegenheit, haven, sterkte, regerings-vorm, uitgestrekheit, en onlangs
ontdekte aanleggende landen; nevens een geleerde beschryving van het klimaat en aart van
dat landschap, van deszelfs dieren, visschen, vogelen, planten, kruiden; mitsgaders verscheide
wonderen der natuur, daat te lande ontdekt; waar by nog komt, een zeer nette en uit eige
ondervinding opgemaakte beschryving van den oorsprong der Hottentotten; vervattende een
merkwaardig bericht van derzelver tale, godsdienst, levenswyze, zeldzame overleveringen,
gewoonten, maniere van trouwen, besnydenis, opvoeding; als mede veele andere kurieuse
waarnemingen aangaande de zeden van die natie, 2 deele. Uit duits vertaalt. Amsterdam:
Lakeman.
Kolb, Peter. 1731. The present state of the Cape of Good Hope: or a particular account of the
several nations of the Hottentots, their religion, government, laws, customs, ceremonies and
opinions; their art of war, professions, language, genius, etc., together with a short account of
the Dutch settlement at the Cape, 2 vols. Translated from German by Mr Medley. London: W.
Innys.
Facsimile reprint 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corp. (Landmarks in anthropology series) in New York.
Kolb, Peter. 1738. The present state of the Cape of Good Hope: or a particular account of the
several nations of the Hottentots, their religion, government, laws, customs, ceremonies and
opinions; their art of war, professions, language, genius, etc., together with a short account of
the Dutch settlement at the Cape, 2 vols. 2nd edition, translated from German by Mr Medley.
London: W. Innys & R. Manby.
Kolb, Peter. 1743. Description du Cap de Bonne-Espérance, où l’on trouve tout ce qui concerne
l’histoire-naturelle du pays; la religion, les moeurs et les usages des hottentots, et
l’établissement des hollandois, 3 vols. Traduit de l’allemand. Amsterdam.
Kolb, Peter. 1745. Beschreibung des Vorgebürges der Guten Hoffnung und derer darauf
wohnenden Hottentotten worinnen von der natürlichen Beschaffenheit des Landes, von den
Gebräuchen der Einwohner, ingleichen von der Einrichtung dasiger holländischer Colonien
zuverlässige Nachricht gegeben wird. Frankfurt-am-Main: Joh. Georg Monath. Pp xxvi, 452.
Possibly a second edition.
Kolb, Peter. 1777. Nieuwe algemene beschryving van de Kaap de Goede Hoop, 2 deele. 2e
uitgawe, herzient van Petrus Conradi. Amsterdam & Harlingen (Nederlanden).
The first volume includes a Khoekhoe wordlist on p. 117-127.
Kolb, Peter. 1922. Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. Herausgegeben von Paul
Germann. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus. Pp 159.
Probably a reprint.
Kolb, Peter. 1926. Reise zum Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. 2. Ausgabe. Alte Reisen und
Abenteuer, #4. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus.
Probably a reprint.
Kolb, Peter. 1979. Unter Hottentotten 1705-1713: die Aufzeichnungen von Peter Kolb.
Herausgegeben von Werner Jopp. Alte abenteuerliche Reiseberichte. Tübingen & Basel: Horst
Erdmann. Pp 303. ISBN-10 3-7711-0317-7.
Kolbe, Friedrich Wilhelm [Rev.] 1888. A language study based on Bantu: an inquiry into the
laws of root-formation, the original plural, the sexual dual and the principles of word-
133
comparison, with tables illustrating the primitive pronominal system restored in the African
Bantu family of speech. London: Trübner & Co. Pp viii, 97.
“In this work ... Kolbe allowed his imagination to run away with his judgment” (Doke 1945:103). It contains “comparisons
between Indogermanic, Bantu (Herero), and Hottentot language and root-formation” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:211).
Reprinted 1971 by Books for Libraries Press in Freeport NY (Black heritage library collection; ISBN-10 0-8369-8792-6); and
1972 by Zentralantiquariat der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik in Leipzig.
Peripherals: ..., Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 308-309.
Koot, Stasja P. 2000. Resettlement in Tsintsabis: Namibian Bushmen in a changing world. PhD
thesis. Univ. Utrecht.
Kotzé, G.M. 1975. Streektaal van Namakwaland. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 31, 4, p.
34-39.
Kotzé, P.W. de Villiers. 1943. Namakwaland: ’n sosiologiese studie. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers.
Pp xi, 249.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Stellenbosch, 1943.
Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1970. Ein Versuch der Deutung von Ortsnamen in Outjo-Bezirk.
Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1971. Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?
Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz in der “Mitteilungen” XI/12, 1971.
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12, 5/6, p. 3-5.
Peripherals: Walter Moritz, “Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache”, Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 11,12 (1971), p. 4-6; Walter Moritz, “Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?”,
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,10/11 (1972), p. 5.
Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1971. Betrachtungen: “Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib” von
Walter Moritz. Nachrichten (Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung) (Swakopmund),
v. 3, 1, p. 19-21.
Peripherals: Walter Moritz, “Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib”, Nachrichten der Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche
Entwicklung, v. 1 (1970), p. 83-84.
Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1972. Bergdama-Stämme: Gliederung nach ihren Wohngebieten
aufgrund aigener Anschauung und Berichten alter Dama. Mitteilungen der
Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1869. Nama Grammatik.
Details wanting. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110) who add the note “weitere Angaben nicht zu ermitteln”.
Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1889. Wortschatz der Khoi-Khoin (Namaqua-Hottentotten). Berlin:
Deutsche Kolonialgesellschaft. Pp vi, 350.
“The tones are unreliable, but the grammatical matter is of the highest value” (Doke 1933:36). It was later revised and
enlarged by Rust (1969). Reprinted a few times by Gregg International in Farnborough UK (Gregg reprint no 19; ISBN-10 0576-11491-X).
Peripherals: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 2 (1888/89), p. 237-239; Carl Wandres, “Sammlung von
Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönlein’s Wortschatz nicht enthalten sind”, Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama (Swakopmund), v. 6
(1909); Carl Wandres, “Namaworte, die in Krönleins Wortschatz fehlen oder nicht verdeutscht sind, gesammlet in Warmbad
und Windhuk seit 1884”, Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama (Swakopmund), v. 11 (1909), p. 5-13; Carl Wandres, “NamaWörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang: Bergdama-Wörter”, Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 16
(1925/26), p. 275-297; C.M. Doke, “A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa”, Bantu
studies, v. 7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Krönlein, Johann Georg. 1979. Ein Preisgedicht für den Häuptling Jonker Afrikaner. Namibiana:
communications of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific
Society, v. 1, 1, p. 31-33.
With notes by Budack on p. 35-37; see separate entry.
Krut, L.H.; Singer, Ronald. 1963. Steatopygia: the fatty acid composition of subcutaneous
adipose tissue in the Hottentot. American journal of physical anthropology, v. 21, p. 181-187.
Ku’eep. 1857. Sketches and recollections of Great Namaqualand. Cape monthly magazine, v. 1,
6, p. 365-369.
134
Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1984. Linguistic phonetic description of clicks. Language, v.
60, 1, p. 1-20.
Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1994. Clicks and their accompaniments. Journal of phonetics,
v. 22, p. 33-64.
Laidler, F.W. 1929. Burials and burial methods of the Namaqualand Hottentots. Man: a record of
Laidler, Percy Ward. 1927. The place-names of the Nama Hottentots, gathered in the
Richtersveld and Kamiesberg Districts of Little Namaqualand. Man: a record of
Landman, Christine. 1996. The religious Krotoa (c. 1642-1674). Kronos: journal of Cape history,
v. 23, p. 22-35.
on p. 346-349 (Strohmeyer 1982:197).
Lanham, Leonard Walter. 1978. An outline history of the languages of southern Africa. In:
Language and communication studies in South Africa, p. 13-28. Ed. by Leonard Walter
Lanham & Karel P. Prinsloo. Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press.
Laporte, Joseph de [Abbé]. 1776. Le voyageur françois, ou la connoissance de l’ancien et du
nouveau monde, mis au jour par M. l’Abbé Delaporte. Nouvelle édition. Paris: Cellot. Pp 468.
Deals with the Cape of Good Hope and the Khoekhoe (p. 1-95) plus Angola (p. 96-130). This is certainly not the first edition,
nor the second. It could be a reprint of the third, fourth, fifth, etc.
Latham, Robert Gordon. 1847. On the present state and recent progress of ethnographical
philology, pt. 1: Africa. Reports of the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement
of Science, v. 17, p. 154-229.
Discusses languages from all over Africa and has word lists for several languages, i.e. Abunda, Acra, Affadeh, Affootoo,
Afnu, Agau of Agaum, Agow, Akkim, Ako, Akripon, Akuonga, Amanahea, Amina, Appa, Ashantee, Bagnon, Bambarra,
Barea, Bassa, Begharmi, Benin, Bimbia, Bogharmi, Bomba, Bongo, Bonny, Bornu, Boroom, Bullom, Bunda, Caffre, Calbra,
Camançons, Camba, Cameroons, Cape Lopez, Congo, Coptic, Dalla, Danakil, Darfoor, Darfur, Darrunga, Denka, Ediyah,
Embomma, Falasha, Fantee, Fazoglo, Feloop, Fertit, Fetu, Fot, Fulah, Fulasha, Galla, Gien, Gongo, Guderu, Harargie, Ho,
Hottentot, Howssa, Hurrur, Ibakpáh, Ibo, Ibollóh, Ibu, Kallaghee, Kanga, Karaba, Kassenti, Kaylee, Kensy, Kerrapay, Kissi,
Kissour, Koldagi, Kongo, Kossa, Kouri, Krepee, Kru, Loango, Makua, Malemba, Mallowa, Mandara, Mandingo, Mangree,
Mendi, Mobba, Mobilian, Mogialona, Moko, Msambara, Msegua, Noub, Nufee, Old Calebar, Oyóh, Pessa, Popo, Qamamyl,
Quilimani, Quolla-liffa, Rungo, Salo, Saracole, Serawoolli, Sereres, Shabum, Shabun, Shankala, Shiho, Shilluck, Showiah,
Somauli, Souldanian, Sowaiel, Susu, Takeli, Takne, Tambu, Tapua, Tembu, Tigré, Timbuctoo, Timmani, Tumali, Uhobo,
Ukuafi, Vei, W. Agau, Wakamba, Wanika, Wawu, Wolaitsa, Woloff, Woratta, Yangaro, Yarriba. There are also some
grammatical notes for, e.g. Tumali, Tswana, and other languages. Most of the data was culled from other contemporary
sources, such as Salt (1814), Bowdich (1819), Kilham (1828), Rüppell (1829), Norris (1841), Hodgson (1844), Avezac
(1845), Beke (1845), etc., while some material comes from manuscripts handed to the author by various friends and
colleagues.
Latham, Robert Gordon. 1856. Ethnological remarks upon some of the more remarkable varieties
of the human spieces, represented by individuals now in London. Journal of the Ethnological
Society of London, v. 4, p. 149.
Latrobe, Christian Ignatius. 1818. Journal of a visit to South Africa in 1815 and 1816, with some
account of the missionary settlements of the United Brethren, near Cape of Good Hope.
London. Pp vii, 406.
Facsimile reprint 1969 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town, with a new comprehensive biographical and general introduction by
Frank R. Bradlow (limited to 1000 copies); and 1969 also in New York.
Latrobe, Christian Ignatius. 1820. Tagebuch einer Besuchs-Reise nach Südafrika in den jahren
1815 und 1816; nebst einigen Nachrichten von den zur Mission der Brüdergemeinde
gehörigen Niederlassungen am Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung. Aus dem englischen
übersetzt von Friedrich Hesse. Halle: Hallisches Waisenhaus. Pp xvi, 398.
Lau, Brigitte. 1982. The emergence of kommando politics in Namaland, southern Namibia 18001870. MA thesis. Univ. of Cape Town.
Lau, Brigitte. 1986. Conflict and power in nineteenth-century Namibia. Journal of African
history, v. 27, p. 29-39.
135
Lau, Brigitte. 1987. Southern and central Namibia in Jonker Afrikaner’s time. Windhoek
Archives publications, #8. Windhoek: State Archives. Pp 162.
Publication of the author’s MA thesis (The emergence of kommando politics in Namaland), Univ. of Cape Town, 1982.
Lau, Brigitte. 1994. Southern and central Namibia in Jonker Afrikaner’s time. 2nd edition.
Windhoek Archives publications, #8. Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp 162.
ISBN-10 0-86976-214-1.
Not sure of this is a revision or reprint.
Lee, Richard B. 1965. Unpublished checklist of plant and animal names. Cambridge MA: Dept.
of Social Relations, Harvard Univ.
Mentioned by Levy (1968:3), and others.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1945. Die naam “Hottentot”. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v.
1, p. 65-74.
Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm von. 1717. Collectanea etymologica: illustrationi linguarum veteris
celticae, germanicae, gallicae, aliarumque inservientia [...] Hannover.
Contains wordlist for some - or even several? - African languages. Khoekhoe appears on p. 375-384 (Strohmeyer & Moritz
1975:114). Drexel (1921/22:91) gives a latinate form of the author’s name, G. Guil. Leibnitii.
Lepsius, [Karl] Richard. 1880. Nubische Grammatik, mit einer Einleitung über die Völker und
Sprachen Afrikas. Berlin: Wilhelm Hertz. Pp xii, cxxvi, 506.
Includes a section “Hottentotten” (p. lxv-lxxii). Reprinted 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London.
Peripherals: Adolf Erman, Göttingische gelehrte Anzeigen, v. 2/33 (1880), p. 1043-1056; H. Steinthal, Zeitschrift für
Völkerpsykologie und Sprachwissenschaft, v. 12 (1880), p. 335-359; Georg Ebers, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen
Gesellschaft, v. 35 (1881), p. 207-218; Johann Gottlieb Christaller, “Bemerkungen zu R. Lepsius’ Einleitung über die Völker
und Sprachen Afrikas”, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 241-251; C.M. Doke, “The growth of
comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Lévy-Bruhl, Lucien. 1929. La numération chez les bergdama. Africa: journal of the International
Inst. of African Languages and Cultures, v. 2, p. 162-173.
Lewy, Ernst. 1922. Zu den Nebensätzen des Nama-Hottentottischen. Manuskript.
This was reprinted (partly or in full) 1964 in Kratylos, v. 9; as well as 1966 in Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft, v.
19, p. 143-157.
Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1808. Bemerkungen über die Sprachen der
südafrikanischen wilden Völkerstämme, nebst einem kleinen Wörterverzeichnisse aus den
gebräuchlichsten Dialecten der Hottentotten und Kaffern. Allgemeines Archiv für
Ethnographie und Linguistik (Weimar), v. 1, p. 259-331.
Peripherals: C.M. Doke, “The growth of comparative Bantu philology (revised)”, African studies, v. 19 (1960), p. 193-218.
Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1811/12. Reisen im südlichen Afrika in den Jahren 1803,
1804, 1805 und 1806, 2 Bde. Berlin: Salfeld. Pp x, 1346.
Volume II includes an appendix on Korana and /Xam Bushman. First volume reprinted 1967 by F.A. Brockhaus in Stuttgart,
with a new introduction by Wahrhold Drascher (Quellen zur Forschungen zur Geschichte der Geographie und der Reisen, #4).
Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1812. Über die Sprache der wilden Hottentottenstämme,
insonderheit der Koranen und Buschmänner. In: Reisen im südlichen Afrika in den Jahren
1803, 1804, 1805 und 1806, v. 2, p. 603-618. Berlin: Salfeld.
Lichtenstein, Hinrich [Martin] [Karl]. 1812/15. Travels in southern Africa in the years 1803,
1804, 1805 and 1806, 2 vols. Translated from German by Anne Plumptre. London: Henry
Colburn. Pp 1383.
Reprinted 1928/30 by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town (Publ. from the Van Riebeeck Society, #10-11).
Peripherals: John Barrow, Quarterly review, v. 8 (1812), p. 374-395.
136
Lickey, Sara A. 1985. Khoisan influence in southern Bantu: an investigation. MA thesis. Univ. of
Pittsburgh.
Liebrecht, Felix. 1865? Hottentottische Märchen. Zeitschrift für Völkerpsykologie und
Sprachwissenschaft, v. 5, p. 58-73.
Lindfors, Bernth. 1996. Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: taxonomic tendencies in nineteenth-century
racial iconography. Nordic journal of African studies, v. 5, 2, p. 1-30.
Lindfors, Bernth. (Ed.) 1999. Africans on stage: studies in ethnological showbusiness.
Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press.
Lindfors, Bernth. 2001. Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: the making of racist stereotypes in 19thcentury Britain. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 54-75.
Ed. by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
Slightly edited version of an article previously published as “Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: taxonomic tendencies in nineteenthcentury racial iconography” in Nordic journal of African studies, v. 5 (1996).
Liniger-Goumaz, Max. 1968. Pygmées et autres races de petite taille (Boschimans, Hottentots,
Negritos, etc.): bibliographie générale. Genève: Les Ed. du Temps. Pp 338.
Links, T.H. 1983. Khoi-invloed op die spreektaal van Kharkams (Namakwaland). In: G.S.
Nienaber: ’n huldeblyk, p. 325-332. Ed. by A.J.L. Sinclair. Bellville: Univ. van die Wes-Kaap.
Links, T.H. 1989. So praat ons Namakwalanders. Cape Town: Tafelberg Uitgewers.
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1957. The nomenclature of cattle in the south-eastern Bantu languages.
Communications from UNISA (Univ. of South Africa), #C.2. Pretoria. Pp 19.
Deals with the “linguistic and cultural exchange between Hottentots and the South-Eastern Bantu” (Strohmeyer & Moritz
1975:127).
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1974. The influence of Khoe on the Xhosa language. Limi, new series,
v. 2, 2, p. 45-62.
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1976. The influence of Khoi on Xhosa morphology. In: Gedenkbundel
H.J.J.M. van der Merwe, p. 87-95. Ed. by Willem J. de Klerk & Fritz Ponelis. Pretoria: J.L.
van Schaik.
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1977. The adaption of non-click Khoi consonants in Xhosa. In:
Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 74-92. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1977. The linguistic prehistory of the Xhosa. In: Zur Sprachgeschichte
und Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 127-151. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Franz
Rottland & Bernd Heine. Neue Beiträge afrikanistischer Forschungen. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer
Verlag.
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1979. A preliminary survey of Khoi and San influence in Zulu. In:
Khoisan linguistic studies 5, p. 8-21. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Johannesburg: African Studies
Inst., Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Louw, Jacobus Abraham. 1986. Some linguistic influence of Khoi and San in the prehistory of
the Nguni. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion
of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 141-168. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Ludloff, Rudolf F. 1891. Nach Deutsch-Namaland, Südwestafrika: Reisebriefe. Coburg
(Deutschland): Dietz. Pp 136.
Ludolfus, Job. 1681. Grammatica aethiopica. Francofurti.
On Ge‘ez. Ludolf speculates about a North-African/Semitic origin for the southern African Khoikhoi (see Winter 1981:353).
Ludolfus, Job. 1681. Grammatica aethiopica. Editio altera. Francofurti: Johannem David
Zunnerum. Pp 184.
137
New (second) edition.
Luschan, Felix von. 1905. The racial affinities of the Hottentots. London: British and South
African Association.
Reprinted 1907 by Spottiswoode in London for the British and South African Association.
Mackenzie, John Macdonald [Bishop]. 1871. Ten years north of the Orange River: a story of
everyday life and work among the South African tribes from 1859 to 1869. Edinburgh:
Edmondston & Douglas. Pp xix, 523.
Reprinted 1971 by Frank Cass & Co. in London, with a new introduction by Cecil Northcott (Cass library of African studies,
missionary researches and travels, #5).
Mackenzie, John Macdonald [Bishop]. 1883. Day dawn in dark places. London: Cassell & Co.
Travelogue.
Maddieson, Ian. 1984. Patterns of sounds. Cambridge Univ. Press. Pp 422.
Includes Nama and !Kung phonology.
Magubane, Zine. 1996. Labour laws and stereotypes: images of the Khoikhoi in the Cape in the
age of abolition. South African historical journal, v. 35, p. 115-134.
Magubane, Zine. 2001. Labor laws an stereotypes: images of the Khoikhoi in the Cape in the age
of abolition. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 76-95. Ed.
by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. The Khoesaan languages of Namibia. In: Few people, many tongues:
the languages of Namibia, p. 97-146. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2000. The linguistic legacy of the early missionaries in southern Africa. In:
Tongues and texts unlimited: studies in honour of Tore Janson on the occasion of his sixtieth
birthday, p. 143-154. Ed. by Hans Aili & Peter af Trampe. Dept. of Classical Languages,
Stockholm Univ.
A less-than-critical praise of the linguistic material the missionaries have left us. Think of it, who else was interested in
recording languages during the nineteenth century? Linguists?
Maho, Jouni Filip; Namaseb, Levi. 1991. Unpublished Khoekhoegowab word/phrase list. Dept.
of Linguistics, Göteborg Univ. Pp 11.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1931. A revised manuscript version of the Korana catechism of C.F.
Wuras. Bantu studies, v. 5, p. 110-165.
“Contains a detailed grammatical analysis of the text and comparative vocabulary” (Doke 1933:39).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1931. The lost tribes of the Cape. South African journal of science, v.
28, p. 487-504.
Levy (1968:10) refers to “Maingard, South African journal of science, 29, p.711, 1932”. Perhaps some kind of errata
supplement?
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1932. Studies in Korana history, customs and language. Bantu studies,
v. 6, p. 103-162.
“Contains historical and ethnographical texts, phonology and grammatical notes” (Doke 1933:39).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1932. Physical characters of the Korana. Bantu studies, v. 6, p. 163182.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1933. The Brikwa and the ethnic origin of the Bathlaping. South
African journal of science, v. 30, p. 597-602.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1935. The origin of the word “Hottentot”. Bantu studies, v. 9, p. 63-67.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1936. Hendrik Jacob Wikar: his editors, translators and commentators.
Bantu studies, v. 10, 1, p. 31-40.
“Identification of Hottentot words” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:127) - whatever that means.
138
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1961. Kraggakamma: origin of the name and early history. Africana
notes and news / Africana aantekeninge en nuus, v. 14, 8, p. 291-292.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1962. Korana folktales: grammar and texts. Johannesburg:
Witwatersrand Univ. Press. Pp vii, 81.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1963. A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana. African
studies, v. 22, 3, p. 97-108.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1964. The Korana dialects. African studies, v. 23, 2, p. 57-66.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1967. Korana texts from Bloemhoef. African studies, v. 26, 1, p. 4346.
Maingard, Louis Fernand; Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1932. Korana names of animals and plants
[collected by Lucy Lloyd, and edited by L.F. Maingard]. Bantu studies, v. 6, 4, p. 309-321.
These were originally collected by Lucy Lloyd in 1889.
Majeke, Nosipho (Dora Taylor). 1952. Dr. Philip, “defender of the Hottentots”. In: The rôle of
the missionaries in conquest. Union movement history series. Cumberwood (South Africa):
African People’s Democratic Union of South Africa (APDUSA).
URL: www.sahistory.org.za/pages/library-resources/online%20books/role-missionaries/missionaries-index.htm
Malherbe, V.C. 1978. Diversification and mobility of Khoikhoi labour in the eastern districts of
the Cape Colony prior to the Labour Law of 1 November, 1809. MA thesis. Univ. of Cape
Town.
Malherbe, V.C. 1980. David Stuurman, “last chief of the Hottentots”. African studies, v. 39, 1, p.
47-64.
Malherbe, V.C. 1981. The Khoi captains in the third frontier war. In: The Khoikhoi rebellion in
the Eastern Cape (1799-1803), p. 66-137. Ed. by Susan Newton-King & V.C. Malherbe.
Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), #5. Univ. of Cape Town.
Malherbe, V.C. 1982. Hermanus and his sons: Khoi bandits and conspirators in the post-rebellion
period (1803-1818). African studies, v. 41, 2, p. 189-202.
Marks, Shula. 1972. Khoisan resistence to the Dutch in the seventeeth and eighteenth centuries.
Journal of African history, v. 13, 1, p. 55-80.
Massib, Gelasius. 1966. Die 12 maande in Namaquataal / Gurib !na hâ //khâgu di /onti. Angelus
(Windhoek), v. 4, 42, p. 9.
Massman, Ursula. 1971. Ein Brief zum Thema der Eingeborenen-Ortsbezeichnungen.
McKiernan, Gerald. 1954. The narrative and journal of Gerald McKiernan in South West Africa,
1874-1879. Edited, with introduction, notes and map, by P. Serton. Publications from the Van
Riebeeck Society, #35. Cape Town. Pp 197.
Previously unpublished travel journals. The author, an American trader, “wrote it (apparently for friends) upon his return to
the United States” (Barnard 1992:16).
Mears, Walter George Amos. 1968. Wesleyan missionaries in Great Namaqualand, 1820-1867.
Rondebosch: Self-published. Pp 26.
Reprinted 1970 by Cornelis Struik Publ. in Cape Town.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1904. Hottentottische Laute und Lehnwörter im Kaffir [pt.
1]. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 58, p. 727-769.
Parts 1 and 2 were reprinted 1905 as a book by FA Brochaus in Leipzig.
Peripherals: E. Jacottet, “Bantu phonetics”, Christian express, supplement, September 1907.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1905. Hottentottische Laute und Lehnwörter im Kaffir [pt.
2]. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 59, p. 36-89.
Peripherals: H.G., Vox, v. 16 (1906), p. 157-158; E. Jacottet, “Bantu phonetics”, Christian express, supplement, September
1907.
139
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1905. The language of the Hottentots. Addresses and papers
delivered at the Joint Meeting of the British and South African Associations for the
Advancement of Science, v. 3, p. 119-129.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1906. The language of the Hottentots. Report of the South
African Association of the Advancement of Science (South African journal of science), v. 3, p.
119-129.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. (Ed.) 1909. Lehrbuch der Namasprache. Mit Beiträgen von
Hermann Hegner, Diedrich Westermann und Carl Wandres. Lehrbücher des Seminars für
orientalische Sprachen, #23. Berlin: Georg Reimer. Pp 14, 177.
Includes “Lautlehre” (p. 1-45) by Carl Meinhof, “Nama-Grammatik” (p. 45-101) by Hermann Hegner & Diedrich
Westermann, “Wortbildungslehre” (p. 102-148) by Carl Meinhof, and “Texte” (p. 149-177) by Carl Wandres.
Peripherals: B.S., Journal of the African Society, v. 9 (1909/10), p. 329-333.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1909. Versuch einer Lautlehre des Nama. Mitteilungen des
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1910. Ergebnisse der afrikanischen Sprachforschung. Archiv
für Anthropologie, neue Folge, v. 9 [37], p. 179-201.
Deals with the (now outdated) Hamitic-Khoekhoe theory.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1912. Die Sprachen der Hamiten. Nebst einer Beigabe über
die hamitische Typen von Felix von Luschan. Abhandlungen der hamburgischen KolonialInst., #9. Berlin: Friederichsen & Co. Pp xvi, 256.
Chapter 2 deals with Fulani. There are also some notes on Nama (p. 211-240), Maasai, and others.
Peripherals: Edward Sapir, Current anthropological literature (Lancaster PA), v. 2 (1913), p. 21-27; N.W. T[homas], Man, v.
14 (1914), p. 12 (art. 7); J.H. Greenberg, “The classification of African languages”, American anthropologist, new series, v.
50 (1948), p. 24-30; A.N. Tucker, “Philology and Africa”, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 20 (1957),
p. 541-554.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1912. Nama. In: Die Sprache der Hamiten, p. 211-240.
Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Inst., #9. Hamburg: Friederichsen & Co.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1921/22. Was können uns die hamitischen Sprachen für den
Bau des semitischen Verbums lehren? Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 12, p. 241275.
Includes discussions of several languages, e.g. Bedauye, Chamir, Nama.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1926. Afrikanische Bibelübersetzungen: ein kurzer
Überblick für Freunde der Bibel und der Mission. Basel & Stuttgart: Verlag der Basler
Missionsbuchhandlung; Evangelischer Missionsverlag. Pp 33.
Deals with difficulties in translating the Bible into various southern African languages, like Herero, Khoekhoe and others.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1930. Das Verhältnis der Buschmannsprachen zum
Hottentottischen. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, v. 37, 3/4, p. 219-229.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1930. Der Koranadialekt des Hottentottischen. Suppl. 12 to
Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen. Berlin & Hamburg: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer (Ernst
Vohsen); C. Boysen. Pp 152.
“A very thorough exposition of grammar and vocabulary” (Doke 1933:39). Reprinted 1970 by Kraus Reprint in Nendeln,
Liechenstein.
Peripherals: N.J. van Warmelo, Bantu studies, v. 5 (1931), p. 85-86; A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 30 (1931),
p. 450-452; C.M. Doke, “A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa”, Bantu studies, v.
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1935/36. Korana-Erzählungen, aufgezeichnet und übersetzt
von Benjamin Kats. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 26, p. 161-174.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1943. Methoden der Sprachvergleichung in Afrika. In:
Koloniale Völkerkunde, koloniale Sprachforschung, koloniale Rassenforschung, p. 96-107.
Ed. by G. Wolff. Special issue (Tagungsband) 1 of Beiträge zur Kolonialforschung. Berlin:
Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
140
Meinhold, Gottfried; Stopa, Roman. 1975. 17 Sätze in Nama-Hottentottisch, gesprochen von
Eliphas Eiseb (Okahandja, Südwestafrika). Nova acta leopoldina, v. 218, 24, p. 631-635.
Meiring, A.J.D. 1953. Die Hottentotte aan die Kaap voor die tyd van Van Riebeeck soos
opgeteken deur Jodocus Hondius. Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, v. 1,
1, p. 35-40.
Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1785. Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische
Beschreibung des berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen
Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, Bd 1. Glogau (Deutschland).
An English translation in two volumes appeared 1921/25, published by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town.
Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1787. Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische
Beschreibung des berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen
Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, Bd 2. Glogau (Deutschland).
An English translation appeared 1944, published by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town.
Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1921/25. A geographical and topographical description of the Cape of
Good Hope, v. 1-2. Translated from German by H.J. Mandelbrote. Publications from the Van
Riebeeck Society, #4+6. Cape Town.
Mentzel, Otto Friedrich. 1944. A geographical and topographical description of the Cape of
Good Hope, pt. 3. Translated from German, revised and edited by H.J. Mandelbrote.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #25. Cape Town. Pp xxv, 353.
This corresponds to the second volume of Vollständige und zuverlässige geographische und topographische Beschreibung des
berühmten und in aller Betrachtung merkwürdigen afrikanischen Vorgebirgs der Guten Hoffnung, published 1787.
Merensky, Alexander. 1875. Die Hottentotten. Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für
Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, v. 7, p. 18-24.
Merians, Linda E. 2001. Envisioning the worst: representations of “Hottentots” in early modern
England. Newark DE: Univ. of Delaware Press. Pp 289. ISBN-10 0-87413-738-1.
Peripherals: Neil Parsons, H-Net book reviews (online), August 2003.
Meriggi, Piero. 1931. Experimentelle Beiträge zur Tonlehre des Nama-Hottentottischen. Vox:
Mitteilungen aus dem phonetischen Laboratorium der Univ. Hamburg, v. 17, p. 39-55.
Messina, Ernest. 1995. ‘Kleurlinge is ook swart’: swartbewustheid in die Wes-Kaap tot 1977
[with an English summary]. Kronos: tydskrif vir kaaplanse geskiedenis, v. 22, p. 115-140.
Meulen, R.J. van der. 1833. Schets van het leven van Afrikaner, een opperhoffd bij de Namaqua’s
in Zuid-Afrika. Rotterdam.
Moffat snr, Robert [Rev.] 1842. Missionary labours and scenes in southern Africa. London: John
Snow for the London Missionary Society (LMS). Pp viii, 164.
Reprinted many times, e.g. 1969 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York.
URL: books.google.com/books?id=jIUPAAAAIAAJ
Peripherals: Anon, “Men and brutes of South Africa”, The North African review (Cedar Falls IO), v. 68 (1849), p. 265-300.
Moffat snr, Robert [Rev.] 1858. Journey from Little Namaqualand eastward, alonf the Orange
River, the northern frontier of the Colony. &c., &c., in August 1856. Journal of the Royal
Geographical Society of London, v. 28, p. 174-187.
Möhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg; Faulenbach, Barbara; Henn, Petra. (Ed.) 2007. Die Witbooi in
Südwestafrika während des 19. Jahrhunderts: Quellentexte von Johannes Olpp, Hendrik
Witbooi jun. und Carl Berger. InterCultura: Missions- und kulturgeschichtliche Forschungen,
#8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 321.
Möller, Peter August. 1898. Iakttagelser under en resa i sydvästra Afrika = Observations during a
trip to southwestern Africa. Ymer (Stockholm), v. 18, p. 49ff.
Peripherals: E.W.D., “Anmärkningar (= Comments)”, Ymer (Stockholm), v. 19 (1899), p. 449.
Möller, Peter August. 1899. Journey in Africa through Angola, Ovamboland and Damaraland,
1895-1896. Pp 216.
141
Details wanting. Written after he had completed his ox-wagon drive through Angola. Reprinted 1974 by Cornelis Struik in
Cape Town.
Molosiwa, Annah. 2000. Deculturalisation and language shift among the Otjiherero-Mbanderu
speakers of Tshabong. In: Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 177-192. Ed. by
Discusses intermarriage with Namas.
Moltke, Johannes von. 1976. Die Oorlams-Hottentotte en Afrikaans. SWA annual / SWA jaarboek
/ SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), v. 32, p. 35-43.
Moodie, Donald. (Ed.) 1838/41. The record, or a series of official papers relative to the
conditions of the native tribes of South Africa, 3 vols. Cape Town: A.S. Robertson.
Reprinted 1960/66 in two vols by A.A. Balkema.
Moodie, John Wedderburn Dunbar. 1835. Ten years in South Africa, 2 vols. London: Richard
Bentley.
Moritz, Eduard. 1915. Die ältesten Reiseberichte über Deutsch-Südwestafrika [pt. 1].
Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 28, p. 161-268.
This and the following two parts were reprinted in book-form by Fisch (1999).
Moritz, Walter. 1967. Südwestafrikanische Ortsnamen in der Namasprache. Manuskript.
Walfischbucht. Pp 3.
Moritz, Walter. 1968. Übersicht über die Entwicklung der Darstellung der Schnalzlaute im
Nama. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 9, 1, p. 3.
Moritz, Walter. 1968. ‘Elob-mis’: the history of the Bible in the Nama language. SWA annual /
SWA jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), v. 24, p. 35-40.
Moritz, Walter. 1969. Nama im Gespräch - Nama in gesprek. Manuskript. Walfischbucht. Pp 59.
Moritz, Walter. 1969. Die Monatsnamen in Nama: eine Übersicht. Manuskript. Walfischbucht.
Pp 4.
Moritz, Walter. 1969/70. Die Nama-Sprache bei Johannes Heinrich Schmelen. Journal of the
Moritz, Walter. 1970. Zur Bedeutung des Wortes Namib. Namib und Meer, v. 1, 1, p. 83-84.
Peripherals: F.K. Krenz, “Betrachtungen”, Nachrichten der Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung, v. 3 (1971), p. 1921.
Moritz, Walter. 1970/71. Die Monatsnamen eines Bergdama. Journal of the SWA (South West
Moritz, Walter. 1971. Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache. Mitteilungen der
Peripherals: F.K. Krenz, “Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W.
Moritz”, Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12,5/6 (1971), p. 3-5; Walter Moritz,
“Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?”, Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen
Gesellschaft, v. 12,10/11 (1972), p. 5.
Moritz, Walter. 1971. Die Übersetzung der Bibel in die Namasprache. In: Veröffentlichung des
Deutsch-Afrikanischen Studentenbundes 1971, p. 24-27. Univ. van Pretoria.
Moritz, Walter. 1972. Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Swakop und Swakopmund.
Namib und Meer, v. 3, p. 37-41.
142
According to the article: “Swakop” originates from Khoekhoe “Tsoaxoub” which means ‘exkremente Ausscheiden’. In
Otjiherero the river is called “Otjozondjii” which means ‘Ort der Häuptlingsmuschel’.
Moritz, Walter. 1972. Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache? Mitteilungen der
Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 12, 10/11, p. 5.
Peripherals: Walter Moritz, “Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache”, Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 11,12 (1971), p. 4-6; F.K. Krenz, “Unterschiede in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache?
Kritische Stellungnahme zum Beitrag von W. Moritz”, Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen
Gesellschaft, v. 12,5/6 (1971), p. 3-5.
Moritz, Walter. 1972. Nama im Gespräch: Übungsbuch in der Namasprache mit Vokabeln in
Deutsch und Afrikaans. Walfischbucht. Pp 30.
A manuscript-version from 1969 was 59 pages long.
Moritz, Walter. 1973. Zur Geschichte und Bedeutung des Namens Usakos. Nachrichten
(Gesellschaft für wissenschaftliche Entwicklung) (Swakopmund), v. 5, 2, p. 1-3.
Says Strohmeyer (1982:42): “Nama !us !khos (an die ‘Stirn fassen’); otjiHerero ‘okanduu’ (verschmutzte Quelle)”; whatever
he means with that. Reprinted 1978 in Namib und Meer, v. 8, p. 33-37.
Moritz, Walter. 1974. Opmerkings tot die nuwe Nama ortografie. Newsletter of the SWA (South
West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 15, 1, p. 7-9.
This is kind of a review of the then new Khoekhoe orthography.
Moritz, Walter. 1978. Das älteste Schulbuch in Südwestafrika/Namibia: H.C. Knudsen und die
Namafibel. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, v. 6, p. (?).
What’s “Aus alten Tagen in Südwest”?
Moritz, Walter. 1980. Namen der Topnaar (mit Anmerkungen von K.F.R. Budack). Namibiana:
Society, v. 2, 2, p. 37-41.
Discusses the Swakop Topnaar, i.e. ≠Aonin residing at !Khuiseb near Swakopmund/Walvis Bay (Namibia).
Moritz, Walter. 1981. Zur Sippenordnung der Topnaar. Namibiana: communications of the
Moritz, Walter. 1983. Einige Ortsnamen im Namaland (mit Anmerkungen von K.F.R. Budack).
Moritz, Walter. 2004. Auf dem Reitochsen quer durch's südwestliche Afrika: Missionar
Schmelen, ein Pionier der Sprache der Nama (1811-1848) am Oranje, in Bethanien, Steinkopf
und Komaggas. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #17. Werther (Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp 60.
ISBN-10 99916-6330-4.
Morris, Alan G. 1990. Khoikhoi origins. The Phoenix: magazine of the Albany Museum, v. 3, 3,
p. 8-13.
Morris, Alan G. 1997. The Griqua and the Khoikhoi: biology, ethnicity and the construction of
identity. Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 24, p. 106-118.
Morris, Alan G. 1998. The Griqua and the Khoikhoi: biology, ethnicity and the construction of
identity. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held
at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 367-373. Ed. by Andrew Bank,
Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst. of Historical
Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1931. Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh (1682 en
1683) en die vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the expeditions of the honorable
ensign Olof Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver (1689). Transcribed and
translated into English and edited with a foreword and footnotes by Dr E.E. Mossop.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #12. Cape Town. Pp 270, plates, maps.
Early descriptions of the Cape area and its inhabitants.
Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1935. The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of
Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791). With translations by A.W. van
143
der Horst and E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #15. Cape Town. Pp
xii, 327.
Early descriptions of life and customs at the Cape.
Mossop, E.E. (Ed.) 1947. The journals of Brink and Rhenius, being the journal of Carel Frederik
Brink of the journey into Great Namaqualand, 1761-1762, made by Captain Hendrik Hop, and
the journal of Ensign Johannes Tobias Rhenius, 1724. Transcribed, translated, edited and with
an introduction by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #28. Cape
Town. Pp xiv, 160.
Early descriptions of the Cape area. Contains notes on the Khoekhoe.
Moulton, [?]. 1xxx. Unpublished list of words in the Namaqua language (English-Namaqua).
Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 23.
wordlist.
Müller, Friedrich. 1867. Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara: linguistischer Theil. Wien:
Kaiserlich-Königliche Hof- und Staatsdruckerei in Commission bei Carl Gerold’s Sohn. Pp
357.
Includes something on the Khoekhoe, Bantu, and others.
Müller, Friedrich. 1877. Hottentotisch (Nama-Dialekt). In: Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft, Bd
I, Abt. II: die Sprachen der wollhaarigen Rassen, p. 1-24. Wien: Alfred Hölder.
Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2006. Aspects of the phonetic and phonological structure of the G/ui
language. PhD thesis. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand. Pp 303.
Discusses also G//ana, !Xoo, Ju/’hoansi, Kxoe, Nama, and Sandawe.
Namaseb, Levi. 1996. The situation regarding Khoekhoegowab in Grade 1-3. In: African
Macmillan Publ.
Namaseb, Levi. 1998. The plot of the ogre folktales in Khoekhoe folklore, with special reference
to the character of the ogre. Voices: a journal of oral studies, v. 1, p. 149-169.
Namaseb, Levi. 2000. The patterns of language use and transmission among the Khoekhoe
speakers in the capital of Namibia and future trends. In: The state of Khoesan languages in
Botswana, p. 57-75. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana)
& Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana
and Univ. of Tromsø.
Neumann, Sabine; Widlok, Thomas. 1996. Rethinking some universals of spatial language using
controlled comparison. In: The construal of space in language and thought, p. 345-369. Ed. by
Martin Pütz & René Dirven. Cognitive linguistics research, #8. Berlin & New York: Mouton
de Gruyter.
Newton-King, Susan. 1980. The labour market in the Cape Colony, 1807-1828. In: Economy and
society in pre-industrial South Africa, p. 171-207. Ed. by Shula Marks & Anthony Atmore.
Ravan Press.
Newton-King, Susan. 1981. The rebellion of the Khoi in Graaff-Reinet: 1799 to 1803. In: The
Khoikhoi rebellion in the Eastern Cape (1799-1803), p. 12-65. Ed. by Susan Newton-King &
V.C. Malherbe. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), #5. Univ. of
Cape Town.
Newton-King, Susan. 1991. Khoisan resistence to colonial expansion, 1700-1828. In: A n
illustrated history of South Africa. 2nd edition, revised. Ed. by Trewhella Cameron & T.S.
Spies. Johannesburg & Cape Town: Southern Book Publ.; Human & Rousseau.
This article also appeared in the first edition of 1986.
Newton-King, Susan; Malherbe, V.C. (Ed.) 1981. The Khoikhoi rebellion in the Eastern Cape,
1799-1803. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), #5. Univ. of Cape
Town.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1953. Kom die Zoeloe i(li)hhashi uit Engles? African studies, v. 12,
1, p. 22-25.
144
Deals with the etymology of an Isizulu word, incl. comparisons with old Khoekhoe wordlists by Dapper, Ten Rhyne, Bleek,
Lichenstein (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:128).
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1956. Die vroegste verslae aangaande Hottentots. African studies, v.
15, 1, p. 29-35.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1958. Aangaande die klankbou van Hottentots. In: Album Edgard
Blancquaert, de gehuldigde aangeboden ter gelegenheid van zijn emeritaat, door kollega’s
vakgenoten en oudleeringen, p. 113-122. Tongeren (Belgium): George Michiels.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1959. ’n Taaleienaarddigheid uit Hottentots. Tydskrif vir volkskunde
en volkstaal, v. 15, 2, p. 1-8.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1960. ’n Ou ongepubliseerde lys Hottentot- en Xhosawoorde.
African studies, v. 19, 3, p. 157-169.
Contains vocabularies of Xhosa and Cape Khoekhoe collected by Franz von Winkelmann, who travelled in South Africa
during 1788-1789.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1962. ’n Lysie Hottentotse woorde uit 1626. African studies, v. 21, 1,
p. 28-39.
Includes 31 words collected 1626 (by whom?) which are compared to modern Khoekhoe.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1963. The origin of the name “Hottentot”. African studies, v. 22, 2,
p. 65-90.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1963. Hottentots. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp x, 539.
Contains a long “Woordelys” (210-539) including early citations of Khoekhoe from the 17th century onwards.
Peripherals: A.N. Tucker, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 28 (1965), p. 216-217.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus. 1990. Khoekhoen: spelling, vorme, betekenis. African studies, v. 49,
2, p. 43-50.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1976. Southern African place names, 1:
Khoekhoen place names. Newsletters from the Human Sciences Research Council, #79.
Pretoria: Onomastic Research Centre; Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC).
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1977. Toponymica Hottentotica A, 2 vols.
Naamkundereeks, #6-7. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir
Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN). Pp xx, 502; xviii, [503]-1126.
Includes A-G and H-Z.
Peripherals: Rainer Vossen, Beiträge zur Nameforschung, neue folge, v. 22 (1987), p. 434-435.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1980. Toponymica Hottentotica B.
Naamkundereeks, #10. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir
Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN). Pp xviii, 823. ISBN-10 0-86965-698-8.
Includes A-Z.
Peripherals: Rainer Vossen, Beiträge zur Nameforschung, neue folge, v. 22 (1987), p. 434-435.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1983. Hottentot (Khoekhoen) place names.
Translated from Afrikaans by P.S. Rabie. Durban: Butterworths.
Originally published 1980 in Afrikaans as Toponymica hottentottica B.
Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1963. Suid-Afrikaanse pleknaamwoordeboek. Kaapstad &
Johannesburg: Suid-Afrikaanse Boeksentrum. Pp 418.
Reprinted 1972 by Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum in Pretoria.
Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1966. South African place-names with special reference to Bushmen,
Hottentot and Bantu place-names. In: Proceedings of the 8th international congress of
onomastic sciences, p. 334-345. Ed. by D.P. Blok. Janua linguarum: series maior, #17. The
Hague: Mouton & Co.
Nienaber, Petrus Johannes. 1989. Khoekhoense stamname: ’n voorlopige verkenning. Kaapstad &
Pretoria: Academica.
Nieuhof, J. 1682. Zee en lant-reize door verscheide gewesten van Oostindien. Amsterdam.
May have something on the Khoekhoe.
145
Noble, Roderick. (Ed.) 1869. The Cape and its people, and other essays. Cape Town: J.C. Juta.
Reprinted 1970 by Negro Universities Press in New York (ISBN-10 0-8371-2855-2).
Norton, W.A. 1919. The South-West protectorate and its native population. South African journal
of science, v. 16, p. 453-465.
Contains, among other things, a short wordlist of Molepolole Sesarwa, Hai//om Nama and “Adam Kok Bushman” (Bonny
Sands, pc).
Norton, W.A. 1924. Bantu place names in Africa. Bibliotheca ethnologica et linguistica africana,
v. 1, p. 31-43.
Not sure the pagination is correct.
Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1978. Riemvasmaak before resettlement. South African
The Riemvasmaakers are said “to have originated among the Negro peoples of South West Africa/Namibia. They might well
have been Dama who subsequently received large and varied genetic contributions from other sources” (quoted by
Strohmeyer 1982:68).
Nurse, George Trevor; Lane, A.B.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1974. Sero-genetic studies on South West
African peoples, 1: the Dama. Unpublished report. Johannesburg: Human Sero-Genetics Unit,
School of Pathology, South African Inst. for Medical Research; Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Pp i, 18, 4, xvi.
Includes genetic samples from Sesfontein and Okombahe.
Nurse, George Trevor; Lane, A.B.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1976. Sero-genetic studies on the Dama of
South West Africa. Annals of human biology, v. 3, p. 33-50.
Oevernes, S. 2002. The Cape Khoekhoe: the appearance of a people presumed dead. Pula:
Botswana journal of African studies, v. 16, 2, p. (?).
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1908. Gespräche aus der Praxis für die Praxis. Archiv für Otjiherero- und
Nama-Forschung, #3. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 4.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1917. Grammatik der Nama-Sprache. Gründet sich aus Hans Vedder’s
Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache. Swakopmund.
This is a reworking of Hans Vedder’s Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache, published 1909.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1917. Nama-Grammatik. Handschriftliches Manuskript. Windhoek:
This was apparently published the same year. It is a reworking of Hans Vedder’s Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache,
1909.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1963. Einführung in die Namasprache. 2. Ausgabe, redigiert von Walter
Moritz. Karibib (Südwestafrika): Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp iv, 102.
The first edition of 1917 bore the title Grammatik der Nama-Sprache.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1964. Nama-grammatika. Uit duits vertaalt deur J.C. Loggenberg. Karibib
(Suidwes-Afrika): Rynse Sendinggenootskap. Pp iv, 96.
Afrikaans translation of Grammatik der Nama-Sprache, published 1917.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 1977. Nama-grammatika. 2e uitgawe, uit Duits vertaal deur J.C. Loggenberg,
soos verwerk deur H.J. Krüger. Windhoek: Inboorlingtaalburo, Dept. van Bantoe-Onderwys,
SWA/Namibië. Pp 155. ISBN-10 0-621-03617-X.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 2007. Chronik des /Kowesi-Stammes vom Jahre 1780-1880. In: Die Witbooi
in Südwestafrika während des 19. Jahrhunderts: Quellentexte von Johannes Olpp, Hendrik
Witbooi jun. und Carl Berger. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig, Barbara Faulenbach &
Petra Henn. InterCultura: Missions- und kulturgeschichtliche Forschungen, #8. Köln: Rüdiger
Köppe Verlag.
Olpp jnr, Johannes. 2007. Beitrag zur Missionsgeschichte des Witbooi-Stammes für das Archiv
des Barmer Missionshauses. In: Die Witbooi in Südwestafrika während des 19. Jahrhunderts:
Quellentexte von Johannes Olpp, Hendrik Witbooi jun. und Carl Berger. Ed. by Wilhelm
Johann Georg Möhlig, Barbara Faulenbach & Petra Henn. InterCultura: Missions- und
kulturgeschichtliche Forschungen, #8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
146
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1876. Zur Charakteristik der Namas (Namaquas). Berichte der Rheinischen
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1884. Angra pequaña und Gross-Nama-Land, auf Grund vieljährigen
Beobachtung kurz geschildert. Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen & Co. Pp 41.
Apparently this contains something about languages on p. 32-38 (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:18).
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1885. Aus dem Sagenschatz der Nama Khoi-Khoin. Mitteilungen der
Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, v. 14, p. 48-54.
Listed by Doke (1933:38). Not sure if this exists ( cfr Olpp Snr 1887).
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1887. Aus dem Sagenschatz der Nama Khoi-Khoin. Mitteilungen der
Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena, v. 6, p. 1-47.
Listed by Levy (1968:13). Could be a second part in a series.
Peripherals: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 1 (1887/88), p. 315-316.
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1888. Nama-Deutsches Wörterbuch. Elberfeld (Deutschland): Friederichsen
& Co. Pp iii, 119.
“Pocket dictionary. Tones not marked” (Doke 1933:37). The publisher could be wrong.
Peripherals: Anon, Zeitschrift für afrikanische Sprachen, v. 3 (1889/90), p. 155; C.M. Doke, “A preliminary investigation into
the state of the native languages in South Africa”, Bantu studies, v. 7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1893. Bilder aus der Missionsarbeit unter den Namas in Südwestafrika.
Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Missionshauses. Pp 46, plates.
Details wanting.
Olpp snr, Johannes. 1910. Agende für die Nama sprechenden Gemeinden in Herero- und
Namaland. Gütersloh: C. Bertelsmann.
Oordt, Johan Frederik van. 1907. Hottentot language and its place in philology. African monthly
(Grahamstown), v. 2, p. 3-20.
Palgrave, William Coates. 1877. Report of W. Coates Palgrave, Esq., special commissioner to the
tribes north of the Orange River, of his mission to Damaraland and Great Namaqualand in
1876. Cape parliamentary papers, #G50’1877. Cape Town: Saul Solomon & Co. for the
Ministerial Dept. of Native Affairs, Government House, Cape of Good Hope.
Parkington, John E.; Hall, Martin. (Ed.) 1987. Papers in the prehistory of the Western Cape,
South Africa, 2 vols. British archaeological reports: international series, #332; Cambridge
monographs in African archaeology. Oxford.
Paterson, William. 1789. A narrative of four journeys into the country of the Hottentots and
Caffraria in the years one thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven, eight and nine. London:
Johnson. Pp xii, 171, iv.
Peripherals: V.S. Forbes “Paterson’s travels”, South African geographical journal, v. 30 (1948), p. 52-70.
Paterson, William. 1790. Wilhelm Paterson’s Reisen in das Land der Hottentotten und der
kaffern, während der Jahre 1777, 1778 und 1779. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Berlin:
Christian Friedrich Voss & Sohn. Pp 170.
Paterson, William. 1790. A narrative of four journeys into the country of the Hottentots and
Caffraria in the years one thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven, eight and nine. 2nd
edition, corrected. London: Johnson. Pp xii, 175.
Paterson, William. 1790. Voyages dans le pays des hottentots à la Caffrerie, à la Baye Botanique,
et dans la Nouvelle Holland. Traduit de l’anglois, accompagnés de détails précieux relatifs à
de la Peyrouse. Paris: Letellier. Pp vi, 213; viii, 266.
Not sure if this is one or two volumes. Extracts from this were later issued anonymously as Observations sur les Hottentots et
la tribu des Chonacquas (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:18).
Paterson, William. 1790. Quatre voyages chez les hottentots et chez les cafres, depuis mai 1777
jusqu’en décembre 1779. Traduit de l’anglois. Paris: Didot l’Aîne. Pp 329.
147
Payne, John. 1993. The headedness of noun phrases: slaying the nominal hydra. In: Heads in
grammatical theory, p. 114-139. Ed. by Greville G. Corbett, Norman M. Fraser & Scott
McGlashan. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Damara (Khoekhoe) is one of the languages dealt with.
Penn, Nigel. 1989. Land, labour and livestock in the Western Cape during the eighteenth century:
the Khoisan and the colonists. In: The angry divide: social and economic history of the
Western Cape, p. 2-19. Ed. by Wilgot Godfrey James & Mary Simons. Cape Town: David
Philip Publ. in association with the Centre for African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Cape Town.
Penn, N.G. 1986. Pastoralists and pastoralism in the northern Cape frontier zone during the
eighteenth century. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 62-68. Ed. by Martin
Hall & Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African
Archaeological Society.
Percival, Robert. 1805. Beschreibung des Vorgebirges der Guten Hoffnung nach seinem
ehemaligen und jetzigen Zustande, in historischer, geographischer, topographischer,
statistischer und kommerzieller Hinsicht. Aus dem englischen übersetzt. Weimar: LandesIndustrie-Comptoir. Pp lxxxiv, 456.
The English original wasn’t published until four years later.
Percival, Robert. 1806. Voyage au Cap de Bonne-Espérance 1796 et 1801. Traduit de l’anglais
par P.-F. Henry. Paris: E. Dentu. Pp iii, 367.
The English original appeared three years later than this French translation.
Percival, Robert. 1809. An account of the Cape of Good Hope, containing an historical view of
its original settlement by the Dutch [...] also a sketch of its geography, productions, the
manners and customs of the inhabitants. London: Baldwin. Pp xii, 339.
p. 219-233.
Pettmann, Charles. 1914/15. An inquiry into the derivation of certain South African place-names
[pt. 1-2]. South African journal of science, v. 12, p. 95-106, 159-170.
Pettmann, Charles. 1919. An inquiry into the derivation of certain South African place-names [pt.
3]. South African journal of science, v. 16, p. 432-442.
Pettmann, Charles. 1920. Hottentot place names [pt. 1]. South African journal of science, v. 17, p.
334-352.
Pettmann, Charles. 1922. Hottentot place names [pt. 2]. South African journal of science, v. 19, p.
372-382.
Philips, E.P. 1933. Some South African place names derived from plants. South African journal
of science, v. 30, p. 656-671.
Phillipson, David W. 1989. The first South African pastoralists and the early iron age. Nsi:
bulletin de liaison des archeologues du monde bantu, v. 6, p. 127-134.
Pijper, A. 1935. Blood groups in Hottentots. South African medical journal, v. 9, p. 192-195.
Pilaszewicz, Stanislaw. 1997. Travellers, missionaries, and linguists: Polish studies on African
languages. Hemispheres, v. 12, p. 45-52.
Pisani, Etienne du. 1976. Die Nama van Gibeon: ’n etnografiese studie met besondere verwysing
na sosiaal- en ekonomiese aspekte. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Pisani, Etienne du. 1978. Dama settlement and subsistence along the Ugab Valley, South West
Africa (Namibia). Navorsinge van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, v. 4, 1-20, p. (?).
Planert, Wilhelm. 1905. Handbuch der Nama-Sprache in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Berlin: Verlag
von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 6, 104.
Peripherals: Carl Meinhof, Die evangelischen Missionen, v. 12 (1906), p. 120.
Planert, Wilhelm. 1905. Über die Sprache der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. Mitteilungen des
148
Reprinted as a booklet by Verlag von Dietrich Reimer in Berlin.
Planert, Wilhelm. 1926/27. Die Schnalzsprachen. Bibliotheca africana (Innsbruck), v. 2, p. 296315.
Compares lexical items in Bari, Masai, Bornu, Nandi, Somali, Bedauye, Kunama, Avukaya, Bilin, Kafa, etc.
Plessis, Johannes du. 1917. The origin and meaning of the name “Hottentot”. South African
Plessis, Johannes du. 1932. The name “Hottentot” in the records of the early travellers. South
Plischke, Hans. 1955. Johann Schreyers Hottentotten-Beschreibung aus dem Jahre 1679. In:
Afrikanistische Studien 5: Festschrift für D. Westermann, p. 57-63. Ed. by Johannes Lukas.
Veröffentlichungen des Inst. für Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, #26. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
Ponelis, Fritz [Friedrich] [Albert]. 1975. !Ora clicks: problems and speculations. In: Bushman
and Hottentot linguistic studies, p. 51-60. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the
Includes comparisons between Zhu/’hõasi and !Ora click systems.
Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32. Die Bäume und Sträucher des Distriktes Windhuk. Journal of
Unsure about the title. Possibly it includes local names for trees and bushes.
Pönnighaus, Friedrich. 1931/32. Die Akazien unseres Landes. Journal of the SWA (South West
Pott, August Friedrich. 1848. Verwandtschaftliches Verhältnis der Sprachen vom Kaffer- und
Kongo-Stamme unter einander. Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 2,
p. 5-25, 129-158.
Includes remarks on the influence of Khoekhoe on southeastern Bantu languages.
Damaras. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Namas. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Kleurlinge. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Rehoboth Basters. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Range, P. 1914. Beiträge und Ergänzungen zur Landeskunde des deutschen Namalandes.
Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Inst., #30; Reihe C, #3. Hamburg: Friederichsen,
De Gruyter & Co.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1968. Streekname van Hottentotoorsprong. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en
volkstaal, v. 24, 1, p. 24-29.
Peripherals: P.E. Raper, “Aantekeninge by streekname van Hottentotsoorsprong”, Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 24
(1968), p. 35-40.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1968. Aantekeninge by streekname van Hottentotsoorsprong. Tydskrif vir
volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 24, 3/4, p. 35-40.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1969. Strekname na persone vernoem. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en
volkstaal, v. 25, 3/4, p. 48-51.
149
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1970. Streke na diersoorte vernoem. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal,
v. 26, 2, p. 9-11.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1972. Grondbeginsels by die benaming van streke. Humanitas: tydskrif vir
navorsing in die geesteswetenskappe, v. 1, 4, p. 305-308.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1975. Interlinguistic contact in onomastics in South Africa. In: Actes du
11ème congrès international des sciences onomastique, 28 juin - 4 juillet, 1972, v. 2. Sofia:
Ed. de l’Académie Bulgare des Sciences.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1978. Place names in South West Africa. Onoma: journal of the
International Council of Onomastic Sciences, v. 22, 1/2, p. 225-233.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1978. Solving the problem of the meaning of Khoekhoen place names by
studying toponymic clusters. Pretoria.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1978. Interlinguistic contact in onomastics in South Africa. English usage
in southern Africa (Pretoria), v. 9, 1, p. 1-9.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1979. Notes on Khoekhoen place names. South African journal of science,
v. 75, p. 448-451.
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1987. Language contact as reflected in toponyms in South West
Africa/Namibia. Names: a journal of onomastics (New York), v. 35, 1, p. 59-63.
Rath, Johannes. 1854. Materials for a Nama grammar. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South
African Public Library.
Mentioned by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110).
Raven-Hart, Rowland. 1964/65. Johan Schreijer’s description of the Hottentots, 1679. Quarterly
bulletin of the South African Library, v. 19, p. 56-69, 88-101.
Reenen, Willem van. 1792. Journaal gehouden op de landtochd [...] van Cabo de Goede Hoop
naar de Groote Rivier, noordoosten aan de Groote Rivier, noorden aan tot aan de Rhenius
Bergh bij de natie genaamd Damras, begonnen de 17den September 1791 en volvoerd den
20sten Junij 1792.
Early description of the Cape. Not sure about the title. First published 1916 in Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de hollandse tijd, v. 2,
edited by E.C. Godée-Molsbergen (published by Martinus Nijhoff); and reprinted 1935 by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape
Town.
Reenen, Willem van. 1793. Journal d’un voyage dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique. Paris.
Possibly a translation from the Dutch original. Not sure about the date.
Reenen, Willem van. 1935. Journaal gehouden op de landtochd [...] van Cabo de Goede Hoop
naar de Groote Rivier, noordoosten aan de Groote Rivier, noorden aan tot aan de Rhenius
Bergh bij de natie genaamd Damras, begonnen de 17den September 1791 en volvoerd den
20sten Junij 1792 / Journal kept on the inland journey [...] from Cabo de Goede Hoop to the
Groote Rivier, North-eastward of the Groote Rivier and north to the Rhenius Bergh and the
nation called Damras, etc. In: The journal of Hendrik Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of
Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen (1791), p. 292-323. Ed. by E.E. Mossop.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #15. Cape Town.
Rensburg, M.C.J. van. 1989. Oranje River Afrikaans: a stage in the pidgin-creole cycle. In:
Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on pidgin and creole languages, p.
135-152. Ed. by Martin Pütz & René Dirven. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und
Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1686. Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis
Hottentotis. Schaffhausen (Switzerland): Meister. Pp 76.
Peripherals: Hans van den Besten, “Deciphering three Pidgin Dutch statements concerning religion recorded by Muller, Ten
Rhyme, and Bövingh”, Quaterly bulletin of the National Library of South Africa, v. 57 (2003), p. 149-155.
150
Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1686/1933. Gentis hottentotten nuncupatae descriptio / An account of the
Hottentots [English translation by B. Farrington]. In: The early Cape Hottentots, p. 84-157.
Ed. by Isaac Schapera. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #14. Cape Town.
Includes extracts and translations from Rhyne’s Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei.
Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1704. An account of the Cape of Good Hope and the Hottentots [translated
from Latin by Awnsham and John Churchill]. In: Collection of voyages and travels, v. 4, p.
829-845. Ed. by Awnsham Churchill. London: Churchill.
Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:22) date this 1732. Further editions seem to be dated 1744 and 1752. The Latin original of 1686
bore the title Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis Hottentotis.
Rhyne, Willem Ten. 1716. Schediasma de promontoria bonae spei: ejusve tractus incolis
Hottentotis. 2. Ausgabe. Basel.
Ridsdale, Benjamin. 1883. Scenes and adventures in Great Namaqualand. London: T. Woolmer.
Pp iii, 293.
“Contains useful notes on contemporary Nama life, 1843-1847” (Sthrohmeyer & Moritz 1975:19).
URL: www.archive.org/details/scenesadventures00ridsiala
Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1884/93. Dagverhaal van Jan van Riebeeck, Commandeur
aan de Kaap de Goede Hoop, 3 deele. Werken van het Historisch Genootschap, nieuwe serie,
#39+58+59. Utrecht. Pp xii, 605; xi, 755; xii, 755.
Peripherals: Andrea Kieskamp, “The Khoekhoe in Van Riebeeck’s official accounts”, Proceedings of the Khoisan identities
and cultural heritage conference (edited by Andrew Bank et al., Infosource, 1998), p. 165-171.
Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1952/57. Daghregister gehouden by den Oppercoopman Jan
Anthonisz van Riebeeck, 3 deele. Inleiding, teksversorging en taalkundige aantekeninge deur
Dr D.B. Bosman, en met geskiedkundige aantekeninge deur Dr H.B. Thom. Kaapstad: A.A.
Balkema.
Riebeeck, Jan Anthonisz van. (Ed.) 1952/58. The journals of Jan van Riebeeck, 3 vols. Translated
from dutch by W.P.L. van Zyl, J. Smuts, C.K. Johnman, and A. Ravenscroft; edited and with
an introduction and footnotes by H.B. Thom. Cape Town & Amsterdam: A.A. Balkema for the
Van Riebeeck Society.
“Gulliver’s travels stories, only these are real: landing, storms, building the fort, punishing dissidents, exploring islands and
the interior, planting and waiting to see what grows, dealing with the natives. All described with the amazing detail that the
council in Amsterdam demanded of all its agents” (Lapping 1986:246).
Ritter, Paul. 1942. Die ersten Begegnungen der Eingeborenen Südwests mit Weissen. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung, v. 54, p. 92-93.
Rivers, Josias C. 1xxx. Unpublished collection of Nama phrases with English translations. Cape
Not sure if this has any proper title. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:110).
Roberge, Paul T. 2000. Etymological opacity, hybridization and the Afrikaans brace negation.
American journal of Germanic linguistics and literatures, v. 12, 1 (spec. theme: ‘Studies in
honor of Robert L. Kyes’, ed. by Mark Louden), p. 101-176.
Robertshaw, Peter T. 1978. The origin of pastoralism in the Cape. South African historical
journal, v. 10, p. 117-133.
Robins, Stevens. 1996. Cultural brokers and bricoloeurs of modern and traditional literacies: land
struggles in Namaqualand’s coloured reserves. In: The social uses of literacy: theory and
practice in contemporary South Africa. Ed. by Mastin Prinsloo & Mignonne Breier. Studies in
written language and literacy, #4. Bertsham (South Africa) & Amsterdam: Sached Books;
John Benjamins Publ.
Robins, Stevens. 1997. Transgressing the borderlands of tradition and modernity: identity,
cultural hybridity and land struggles in Namaqualand (1980-94). Journal of contemporary
Rochlin, S.A. 1955. Some South African language pioneers of the nineteenth century. African
studies, v. 14, p. 171-173.
151
Discusses a handful contributions missed by the bibliographical surveys of Doke (1940, 1945, 1954) and Schapera (1941).
Reprinted 1993 in Foundations in southern African linguistics (ed. by Robert K. Herbert; Witwatersrand Univ. Press), p. 6163.
Rohde, Richard Frederick. 1997. Nature, cattle thieves and various other midnight robbers:
images of people, place and landscape in Damaraland, Namibia. PhD thesis. Univ. of
Edinburgh. Pp 441.
“Highly original study on the socio-economy of pastoralism in Damaraland. Rohde combines ethnographic, historical and
ecological research methods and includes a collection of photographs made by ‘informants’ in Okombahe. These form the
basis for a discussion of identity, social relations, poverty, mobility, etc.” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update
14.7.1997).
Rohlwink, Heinz-Ludwig. 1973. Beobachtungen bei den Hei//om [herausgegebt von Dagmar und
Rüdiger Wagner]. Namib und Meer, v. 4, p. 15-24.
Rose, Cowper. 1829. Four years in South Africa. London: Henry Colburn & Richard Bentley. Pp
xii, 308.
Contains, among other things, notes on the Gqunukwebe on p. 148-150 (Strohmeyer 1982:3).
Ross, Robert J. 1975. The !Kora wars on the Orange River, 1830-1880. Journal of African
history, v. 16, 4, p. 561-576.
Ross, Robert J. 1997. The Kat River rebellion and Khoikhoi nationalism: the fate of an ethnic
identification. Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 24, p. 91-105.
Roussouw, N.J. 1939. Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands. MA
tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Roux, H.J. le. 1945. Die toestand, verspreiding en verbrokkeling van die Hottentot-stamme in
Suid-Afrika, 1653-1713. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Roux, Jacobus Johannes le. 1947. Die bou van die afrikaanse taal. In: Kultuurgeskiedenis van die
Afrikaner: die eerste besterywing van die boere volksleweinal sy vertakkinge, v. 2, p. 40-72.
Ed. by Christiaan Maurits van den Heever & Pierre de Villiers Pienaar. Kaapstad: Nasionale
Pers.
Deals with the influence of Khoekhoe on Afrikaans.
Rust, Hans-Joachim. 1970. Anmerkung der Schriftleitung zum Thema “Farmnamen und
Ortsbezeichnungen”. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft,
v. 9, 5, p. 5-7.
Unsure about the details of this reference, since the year and volume don’t match. Still, it deals with “Unterschiedliche
Deutungen des Namen Duwisib, Seeis, Gobabis durch verschiedene Verfasser” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:123).
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 19xx. Erklärung von Namaworten und -wendungen in den Kirchenordnung.
Manuskript. Pp 2.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1916-1917. Vokabeln und Wendungen, Nama-Gesänge, Verzeichnis der von
H. Vedder übersetzen Kirchenlieder. Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1928. Haben die Hottentotten Opfer gekannt? Neue allgemeine
Missionszeitschrift, v. 5, p. 301-313.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1956. Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch (unpubliziertes Manuskript), 4 Bde.
Bellville.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1959. Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch (unpubliziertes Manuskript). Windhoek:
Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:114). Apparently a different manuscript from Rust (1956).
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1960. Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch, nebst Anhang: Afrikaans-Duits woordelys
van die vernaamste Duitse woorde in die Deutsch-Nama Wörterbuch. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft. Pp ix, 97.
152
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1964. Geschichte und Sprache der Hottentotten. Afrika-Post, v. 11, 3, p. 2930.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1965. Praktische Namagrammatik, auf Grund der Namagrammatiken von H.
Vedder und J. Olpp. Balkema academic and technical publications; Communications from the
School of African Studies, #31. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema for the Univ. of Cape Town. Pp
xiv, 130.
Peripherals: Oswin R.A. Köhler, African studies, v. 29 (1970), p. 279-285.
Rust jnr, Friedrich. 1969. Nama Wörterbuch (Krönlein Redivivus): J.G. Krönlein’s Wortschatz
der Khoi-Khoin. Pietermaritzburg: Univ. of Natal Press. Pp x, 390.
Rust snr, Friedrich. 1884. Deutsch-Nama Wörtersammlung, begonnen im December 1884.
Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft. Pp 245.
Saar, Johann Jacob. 1662. Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige
Beschreibung, was sich Zeit solcher fünfzehen Jahr, von Anno Christi 1644 biss Anno Christi
1659 zur See, und zu Land [...] Nürnberg: Verlag von Johann Daniel Tauber.
Peripherals: Rowland Raven-Hart, “Johan Jacob Saar’s fifteen year’s military service 1662”, Quarterly bulletin of the South
African Library, v. 20 (1965), p. 10-19.
Saar, Johann Jacob. 1671. De reisbeschryving van J.J. Saar naar oostindien in de hogduitse taal
beschreven. Uit duits vertaalt van J.H. Glazemaker. Amsterdam.
Saar, Johann Jacob. 1672. Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige
Beschreibung, was sich Zeit solcher fünfzehen Jahr, von Anno Christi 1644 biss Anno Christi
1659 zur See, und zu Land [...] 2. Ausgabe, mit vielen denckwürdigen Notisen oder
Anmerckungen, wie auch Kupfferstücken vermehret und gezieret, von Daniel Wülfern.
Nürnberg: Verlag von Johann Daniel Tauber.
Reprinted 1930 as Reise nach Java, Banda, Ceylon und Persien 1644-1660 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.
Saar, Johann Jacob. 1672/1930. Reise nach Java, Banda, Ceylon und Persien 1644-1660. 2.
Ausgabe, mit vielen denckwürdigen Notisen oder Anmerckungen von Daniel Wülfern.
Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #6. Der Haag: Martinus
Nijhoff. Pp xv, 195.
The first edition appeared 1672, as Ost-indianische fünfzenhen-jährige Kriegs-Dienste, und wahrhafftige Beschreibung.
Saint-Pierre, J.H. Bernardin de. 1773. Voyage à l’Isle de France, à l’Isle de Bourbon, au Cap de
Bonne-Espérance, &c., avec des observations nouvelles sur la nature et sur les hommes, 2
vols. Par un officier du roi. Amsterdam & Paris: Merlin.
Includes some sort of account of the “Hottentots” and the Dutch at the Cape of Good Hope. Reprinted 1983 by Maspero in
Paris (ISBN-10 2-7071-1406-5).
Saint-Pierre, J.H. Bernardin de. 1775. A voyage to the Island of Mauritius (or, Isle of France), the
Isle of Bourbon, the Cape of Good-Hope, &c., with observations and reflections upon nature,
and mankind. By a French officer, translated from the French by John Parish. London: W.
Griffin. Pp 12, 291.
There’s another English edition dated 1800, which could be a reprint.
URL: www.archive.org/details/voyagetoisleofma00sainiala
Sales, J. 1975. Mission stations and the coloured communities of the Eastern Cape, 1800-1852.
Cape Town: A.A. Balkema.
Sampson, C. Garth. 1986. Model of prehistoric herder-hunter contact zone: a first approximation.
In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 50-56. Ed. by Martin Hall & Andrew B.
Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological Society.
Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette. 1971. The iron age in South West Africa and Damara potmaking. African studies, v. 30, 1, p. 3-14.
Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette. 1974. Prehistoric metal-working in South West Africa. Journal
of the South African Inst. for Mining and Metallurgy, May 1974, p. (?).
153
Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette; Pendleton, Wade Carlton. 1969. Stone tuyères from South
West Africa. South African archaeological bulletin, v. 24, p. (?).
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1995. Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships: the case of
Khoisan. PhD thesis. UCLA (Univ. of California, Los Angeles) dissertations in linguistics,
#14. Los Angeles. Pp xiii, 184.
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1998. Comparison and classification of Khoisan languages. In: Language
history and linguistic description in Africa: selected papers of the 26th annual conference on
African linguistics, held March 23-25, 1995, in Santa Monica, California, p. 75-85. Ed. by Ian
Maddieson & Thomas Joseph Hinnebusch. Trends in African linguistics, #2. Trenton NJ &
Asmara: Africa World Press.
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1998. Eastern and southern African Khoisan: evaluating claims of distant
linguistic relationship. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #14.
Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 256. ISBN-10 3-89645-142-1.
Revision of the author’s dissertation (Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships), Univ. of California at Los Angeles,
1995.
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2001. Borrowing and diffusion as a source of lexical similarities in
Khoesan. Cornell working papers in linguistics, v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Khoisan: syntax,
phonetics, phonology and contact’, ed. by Arthur Bell and Paul Washburn), p. 200-224.
Schapera, Isaac. 1926. A preliminary consideration of the relationship between the Hottentots and
the Bushmen. South African journal of science, v. 23, p. 833-866.
Schapera, Isaac. 1929. Hottentots. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14th edition, v. 11, p. 800.
Schapera, Isaac. 1929. The tribal system in South Africa: a study of the Bushmen and the
Hottentots, 2 vols. PhD thesis. Dept. of Anthropology, London School of Economics and
Political Science (LSE).
Schapera, Isaac. 1930. The Khoisan languages. In: The Khoisan peoples of South Africa, p. 419438. London: Regan & Kegan Paul.
Schapera, Isaac. (Ed.) 1933. The early Cape Hottentots, described in the writings of Olfert
Dapper (1676) and Willen ten Rhyne (1668) and Johannes Gulielmus de Grevensbroek
(1695). The original texts, with translations into English. Publications from the Van Riebeeck
Society, #14. Cape Town. Pp 299.
Contains three early texts on the “Cape Hottentots” by Dapper, Rhyne and Graevenbroek.
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Man, v. 34 (1934), p. 94-95 (art. 119).
Schatz, Ilse. 1999. Alguns aspectos etnograficos dos bosquimanos da Namibia (documento
etnografico). Africana studia: revista internacional de estudos africanos (Porto), v. 2, p. 165182.
Scherzer, Karl. 1861/63. Narrative of the circumnavigation of the globe by the Austrian frigate
Novara (Commodore B. von Wüllerstorf-Urbair) undertaken by order of the imperial
government, in the years l857, 1858 & 1859, under the immediate auspices of His I. and R.
Highness the Archduke Ferdinand Maximilian, Commander-in-Chief of the Austrian Navy, 3
vols. London: Saunders, Otley & Co.
The German edition (by Wüllerstorf-Urbair) includes a chapter on Khoekhoe. Perhaps this one does, too.
Schils, G.H. 1886. Grammaire raisonnée de la langue Nama de l’Afrique australe, avec des
textes et un vocabulaire. Renaix (Belgique): Courtain.
154
Schils, G.H. 1891. Grammaire complète de la langue des namas. Louvain: Lefever Frères &
Soeur. Pp xxii, 94.
Peripherals: Raoul de la Grasserie, Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 46 (1892), p. 769-773.
Schils, G.H. 1894. Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue des namas. Leuven: Impr. Polleunis
& Ceuterick. Pp 106.
Schils introduced Greek(ish) letters for click-symbolization: a lower-case delta for the dental [/] click; a lower-case tau for the
alveolar [!] click; a lower-case zeta for the lateral [//] click; a lower-case a+e ligature for the palatal [≠] click; but none for the
labial click.
Schinz, Hans. 1933. Geographische Namensgebung Südwestafrikas. Petermanns geographische
Mitteilungen (Dr A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes’ Geographischer Anstalt), v.
79, p. 190.
This is “über falschen und richtigen Gebrauch von Namensformen der Völkerstämme” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:123).
Schmelen, Heinrich. 1813/18. Extracts from Mr Schmelen’s journal of his journey to the Great
Namacqua and Damara countries. Quarterly chronicle of the transactions of the (London)
Missionary Society, v. 1, p. 323-326.
Schmidt, M. 1930. Die Nama, Bergdama und Namib-Buschleute. In: Das Eingeborenenrecht, 2:
Togo, Kamerun, Südafrika, die Südseekolonien, p. 269-397. Ed. by August Schlettwein, Erich
Schultz-Ewerth & Leonhard Adam. Stuttgart: Strecker & Schröder.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1970. Europäische Volkerzählungen bei dem Nama und Bergdama. Fabula, v.
11, p. 32-53.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1970/71. Das Erdloch von Aneip, aus der Mythologie der alten Hottentotten.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1972/73. Volkerzählungen der Buschmänner, Khoe-khoen und Dama. Journal of
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1973. Die Schlange mit dem leuchtenden Stein. Mitteilungen der
Unsure about the details of this reference.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1975. Folktales of the non-Bantu speaking peoples in southern Africa. Folklore:
journal of the Folklore Society (London), v. 86, p. 99-114.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1977. Europäische Märchen am Kap der Guten Hoffnung des 18. Jahrhundert:
ein Rekonstruktionsversuch der AaTh-Typen anhand der Überlieferung in Südwestafrika.
Fabula, v. 18, p. 40-74.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1977. Alte Ursprungsmythen im neuen Gewand. Mitteilungen der
Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 18, 9/10, p. 114-118.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1979. Neue Nama-Märchen-Sammlungen. Mitteilungen der
Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 19, 10/11, p. 13-16.
Contains a critique of published “Märchen-Sammlungen”, some of which are said to be falsaries (Strohmeyer 1982:275).
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1980. Märchen aus Namibia: Volkerzählungen der Nama und Damara. Märchen
der Weltlitteratur. Düsseldorf & Köln: Eugen Diederichs Verlag. Pp 278. ISBN-10 3-42400683-5, 3-424-00683-X.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1982. Ou optekeninge van europese volksvertellinge by die Namas en Damaras
in Suidwes-Afrika. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 38, 3, p. 1-19.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1984. Observation on the acculturation of the Nama in South West
Africa/Namibia. African studies, v. 43, 2 (spec. theme: ‘Rramalebauya. Linguistic and
language studies in Africa: essays in honour of Desmond T. Cole’, ed. by Anthony Traill), p.
31-42.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1984. Some beliefs of the /Khobesin (Wiboois) concerning fishing. Khoisan
Special Interest Group: newsletter, v. 2, p. 9-13.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986. The relations of Nama and Dama women to hunting. Sprache und
Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers: proceedings
155
from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by
Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 329-350.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986. Tales and beliefs about eyes-on-his-feet: the interrelatedness of Khoisan
folklore. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 169194. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur KhoisanForschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1986. Heiseb: Trickster und Gott der Nama und Damara in
Südwestafrika/Namibia. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on
the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 205-256. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1991. Aschenputtel und Eulenspiegel in Afrika: entlehntes Erzählgut der Nama
und Damara in Namibia. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, #1. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp
255. ISBN-10 3-927620-77-7.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1994. Zaubermärchen in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama.
Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, #2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 272. ISBN-10 3-92762080-7.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1994. Der Hase in Volkerzählungen und Volksglaube der Nama und Damara. In:
Sprachen und Sprachzeugnisse in Afrika: eine Sammlung philologischer Beiträge Wilhelm
J.G. Möhlig zum 60. Geburtstag zugeeignet, p. 389-407. Ed. by Thomas Geider & Raimund
Kastenholz. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1995. Als die Tiere noch Menschen waren: Urzeit- und Trickstergeschichten der
Damara und Nama in Namibia. Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, #3. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe
Verlag. Pp 256. ISBN-10 3-927620-88-2.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1995. Representatives of evil in Khoisan folktales. In: The complete linguist:
papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 115-133. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen &
Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1996. Tiergeschichten in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama.
Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, #4. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 256. ISBN-10 3-92762098-X.
Schmidt, Sigrid. (Ed.) 1997. Märchen aus Namibia: Volkerzählungen der Nama und Dama.
Diederichs Märchen der Weltlitteratur. Hamburg: Rowohlt. Pp 307. ISBN-10 3-499-35057-2.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1997. Sagen und Schwänke in Afrika: Erzählungen der Damara und Nama.
Märchenreihe: Afrika erzählt, #5. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 242. ISBN-10 3-92762069-6.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1998. Scherz und Ernst: afrikaner Berichten aus ihrem Leben. Märchenreihe:
Afrika erzählt, #6. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 240. ISBN-10 3-89645-122-7.
Contains fifty texts retelling personal anecdotes and life stories from central and southern Namibia. Translated form Afrikaans
and Khoekhoegowab.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1998. Nama and Damara legends about Tokolossi: historical roots and present
anxieties. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 399-420. Ed. by
Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln:
Schönland, S. 1903. On some Hottentot and Bushmen pottery in the collection of the Albany
Museum. Records of the Albany Museum (Grahamstown), v. 1, p. 25-32.
Schreyer, Johann. 1679. Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung von Anno 1669 biss 1677.
Details wanting. Unsure of the exact title.
Peripherals: Hans Plischke, “Johann Schreyers Hottentotten-Beschreibung aus dem Jahre 1679”, Afrikanistische Studien 5 (ed.
by Johannes Lukas, 1955), p. 57-63; Rowland Raven-Hart, “Johan Schreijer’s description of the Hottentots, 1679”, Quarterly
bulletin of the South African Library, v. 19 (1964/65), p. 56-69, 88-101.
Schreyer, Johann. 1681. Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung, von Anno 1669 biss 1677,
handelnde von unterschiedenen afrikanischen und barbarischen Völckern, sonderlich derer an
dem Vor-Gebürge, Caput boane spei sich enthaltenden so genanten Hottentoten Lebens-Art,
156
Kleidung, Hausshaltung, Ehestand, Kinder-Zucht, Aber-Glauben, Leibes-Übung, KriegsRüstung, Tantzen, Handel und Gewerbe, Wohnungen, Tod und Begräbniss. 2. Ausgabe.
Leipzig: Wohlfart.
Reprinted 1931 as Reise nach dem Kaplande und Beschreibung der Hottentotten, 1669-1677 by Martinus Nijhoff in Der
Haag.
Schreyer, Johann. 1681/1931. Reise nach dem Kaplande und Beschreibung der Hottentotten,
1669-1677. 2. Ausgabe. Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #7:2.
Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff. Pp iv, 68.
Originally published 1681 as Neue Ost-Indianische Reiss-Beschreibung von Anno 1669 biss 1677.
Schrijver, Isaq. 1689. ... [Title wanting].
Title and details wanting. Contains early notes on the Cape Khoekhoe. Reprinted 1931, with an English translation, by E.E.
Mossop (published by the Van Riebeek Society, Cape Town).
Schrijver, Isaq. 1931. Schrijver’s journal: the diary of an inland expedition made in the Cape
Province in the year 1689 [Original Dutch text with an English translation by E.E. Mossop].
In: Joernale van die landtogte van die edele vaandrig Olof Bergh (1682 en 1683) en die
vaandrig Isaq Schrijver (1689) / The journals of the expeditions of the honorable ensign Olof
Bergh (1682 and 1983) and the ensign Isaq Schrijver (1689), p. 193-259. Ed. by E.E. Mossop.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #12. Cape Town.
Not sure about the title.
Schultze, Leonard. 1907. Aus Namaland und Kalahari: Bericht an die Kgl. Preuss. Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin über eine Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Südafrika,
ausgeführt in den Jahren 1903-1905. Mit Beiträge von Mitarbeitern. Jena: Verlag Gustav
Fischer. Pp xiv, 752, plates.
Deals with many things, like: Die Namib-Landschaft; Die Eingeborenen der Namib (98-105); Das kleine Namaland; Die
Bastards (115-133); Das innere Gross-Namaland; Namaländische Ortsnamen; Die Hottentotten; Zur Sprache der Hottentotte
(339-364), incl. a section on clicks (341-343); Sagen der Hottentotten (387-545); Die Eingeborenen der Süd-Kalahari; Die
Buscmänner (650-679); etc.
Peripherals: Carl Meinhof, Mitteilungen des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, v. 11 (1908), p. 318-322.
Schultze, Leonard. 1928. Zur Kenntnis des Körpers der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. In:
Zoologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise im westlichen und
zentralen Südafrika, v. 5,3, p. 147-227. Jenaische Denkschriften, #17. Jena: Gustav Fischer.
Schumacher, A.; Knussmann, Rainer; Knussmann, Renate. 1979. Die Transferrintypen der Dama
(Südwest-Afrika). Anthropologische Anzeiger, v. 37, p. 101-106.
Schweitzer, Christoph. 1688. Journal und Tage-Buch seiner sechsjährigen ost-indianischen
Reise, angefangen den 1. Decemb. Anno 1675 und vollendet den 2. Septemb. Anno 1682.
Tübingen: Cotta.
Contains notes on the Khoekhoe (p. 15-17). Reprinted 1931 as Reise nach Java und Ceylon, 1675-1682 by Martinus Nijhoff
in Der Haag.
Peripherals: Rowland Raven-Hart, “Journal and diary by Christopherus Schweitzer”, Quarterly bulletin of the South African
Library, v. 20 (1966), p. 84-89.
Schweitzer, Christoph. 1688/1931. Reise nach Java und Ceylon, 1675-1682.
Reisebeschreibungen von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #11. Der Haag: Martinus
Nijhoff. Pp ix, 148.
Originally published 1688 as Journal und Tage-Buch seiner sechsjährigen ost-indianischen Reise.
Schweitzer, F.R.; Scott, K.J. 1973. Early occurence of domestic sheep in sub-Saharan Africa.
Nature, v. 241, p. 547.
der Herero), kurzgefasste Grammatik, analysierte Lesestücke nebst einem otyihererodeutschen und einem deutsch-otyiherero Wörterbuch; 3. Oshindonga (Sprache des NdongaStammes der Ovambo), kurzgefasste Grammatik, Lesestücke nebst einem oshindonga-
157
deutschen und einem deutsch-oshindonga Wörterbuch. Die Kunst der Polyglottie, #37. Wien
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Pp xii, 180.
Seiner, Franz. 1913. Ergebnisse einer Bereisung der Omaheke in den Jahren 1910-1912.
Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 26, 3, p. 225-316.
Deals with “Der Bastard-Buschleute der Nord-Kalahari: pp. 281-304. Dama als Urneger: p. 282. Hottentottenschürze: pp.
288-289” (Strohmeyer 1982:202).
Peripherals: Anon, “Die Bushmannfrage im nordlichen Deutsche-Südwestafrika”, Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 30 (1913), p.
745-746.
Selous, Frederick Courtney. 1908. African nature notes and reminiscences. With a foreword by
President Roosevelt and illustrations by E. Caldwell. New York: Macmillan & Co. Pp xxx,
356.
The British edition (also by Macmillan) was apparently titled African native notes and reminiscences. “Chapter 20 written
about the Masarwa, the Bushmen of the interior of South Africa (p. 328-348). Critic of Prof. Keane’s pitch-black pygmoid
Kattea. Some comparison between the language of the Masarwa and Kora; author states, that SeSarwa and Korana are related”
(Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:21). Reprinted various times, e.g. 1969 by Pioneer Head in Salisbury (Heritage series, #1); 1986
by Galago in Alberton (ISBN-10 0-947020-16-0); and 1993 by St Martin’s Press in New York (Library of African adventure
series; ISBN-10 0-312-09241-5).
Peripherals: Boyd Alexander, “Mr Selous’ latest work”, Journal of the African Society, v. 8 (1908), p. 3-12.
Seubring, G. 1934. Three Bushmen and Hottentot tales. Journal of the American Folk-Lore
Society, v. 47, p. 329-333.
Seydel, E. 1910. Aus der Namib. Deutsches Kolonialblatt, v. 31, p. 501-506.
An English translation appeared 2005 in Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa (ed. by Mathias
Guenther; Rüdiger Köppe Verlag).
Seydel, E. 2005. Out of Namib [translated from German]. In: Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in
German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers. Ed. by
Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #18. Köln:
The German original was published 1910.
Shaw, Barnabas. 1840. Memorials of South Africa. London: J. Mason. Pp 371.
URL: books.google.com/books?id=j2ZCAAAAIAAJ; www.archive.org/details/memorialsofsouth00shawrich
Shortridge, Guy Chester. 1934. The mammals of South West Africa, 2 vols. London: William
Heinemann.
Includes many vocabularies.
Simon, John Marie [Bishop]. 1959. Bishop for the Hottentots: African memoirs, 1882-1909.
Translated by Angeline Bouchard. New York: Benzinger Bros. Pp xiv, 235.
Singer, Ronald; Weiner, Joseph S.; Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn. 1971. The blood groups of the
Hottentots. In: Proceedings of the 2nd international congress of human genetics, p. 884-887.
Roma: Ed. Inst. ‘G Mendel’.
Skead, Cuthbert John. 1970. Dr Andrew Smith’s use of colloquial native names in his scientific
nomenclature. King William’s Town: Kaffrariam Museum.
Skrywer, L. 1996. Khoekhoegowab after independence. In: African languages in basic education,
p. 167-171. Ed. by Karsten Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Smith, Andrew. 1975. Journal of his expedition into the interior of South Africa, 1834-1836: an
authentic survey of travels and discoveries, the manners and customs of the native tribes and
158
the physical nature of the country. Edited and introduced by William F. Lye. Cape Town:
A.A. Balkema for the South African Museum. Pp xii, 323.
Peripherals: C.J. Skead, Dr Andrew Smith’s use of colloquial native names in his scientific nomenclature (Kaffrarian Museum,
1970).
Smith, Andrew B. 1983. The disruption of Khoi society in the 17th century. In: Africa seminar:
collected papers, v. 3, p. 257-271. Centre for African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Cape Town.
Smith, Andrew B. 1983. Prehistoric pastoralism in the southwestern Cape, South Africa. World
archaeology, v. 15, 1, p. 79-80.
Smith, Andrew B. 1984. Environmental limitations on prehistoric pastoralism in Africa. African
archaeological review, v. 2, p. 99-111.
Smith, Andrew B. 1984. Adaptive strategies of prehistoric pastoralism in the south-western Cape.
In: Frontiers: southern African archaeology today, p. 131-142. Ed. by M.J. Hall, G. Avery,
D.M. Avery, Michael L. Wilson & A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological reports:
international series, #207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, #10. Oxford.
Smith, Andrew B. 1986. Competition, conflict and clientship: Khoi and San relationships in the
western Cape. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 36-41. Ed. by Martin Hall &
Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African Archaeological
Society.
Smith, Andrew B. 1989. Khoikhoi susceptibility to virgin soil epidemics in the 18th century.
South African medical journal, v. 75, p. 25-26.
Smith, Andrew B. 1990. The origins and demise of the Khoikhoi: the debate. South African
historical journal, v. 23, p. 3-14.
Smith, Andrew B. 1990. On becoming herders: Khoikhoi and San ethnicity in southern Africa.
Smith, Andrew B. 1997. Hunters on the periphery: the ideology of social hierarchies between
Khoikhoi and Soaqua. Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 24, p. 9-17.
Khoikhoi and Soaqua. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 74-79. Ed. by
Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst.
of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Smith, M. van Wyk. 1992. “The most wretched of the human race”: the iconography of the
Khoikhoin (Hottentots) 1500-1800. History of anthropology, v. 5, 3/4, p. 285-330.
Somerville, William. 1979. William Somerville’s narrative of his journeys to the Eastern Cape
frontier and to Lakkatoe 1799-1802. With a bibliographical and historical introduction by
Edna and Frank Bradlow. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, #10.
Cape Town. Pp viii, 255.
Has something on “the structure of Hottentot women” (p. 236-241).
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa: “Gemsbok Nama”. In:
Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p.
345. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language, #64. Berlin &
New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Sparrman, Anders. 1783. Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, södra pol-kretsen och omkring jordklotet
samt till Hottentott- och Caffer-landen, åren 1772-76 = Journey to the Cape of Good Hope,
southern polar circle and around the globe, as well as to the countries of the Hottentots and
the Caffres, between the years 1772-1776, v. 1. Stockholm: Anders J. Nordström. Pp xv, 766,
9 plates, map.
Contains the earliest known vocabulary (63 words) of a southern Bantu language, namely Xhosa. This also appeared in
several English, French and German editions.
Sparrman, Anders. 1784. Reise nach dem Vorgebirge der guten Hoffnung, den südlichen
Polarländern und um die Welt, hauptsächlich aber in den Ländern der Hottentotten und
Kaffern in den Jahren 1772 bis 1776, 2 Bde. Aus dem swedischen übersetzt von Christian
159
Heinrich Groskurd, und herausgegeben von Georg Forster. Berlin: Haude & Spener. Pp xxx,
624.
Sparrman, Anders. 1785. A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar circle,
and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year
1772 to 1776’,, 2 vols. Translated from Swedish by Georg Forster. London: White.
There were several contemporary English editions, e.g. 1785 by White, Cash & Byrne in Dublin. Not sure how or if they
differ from each other.
Sparrman, Anders. 1786. A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar circle,
and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the year
1772 to 1776, 2 vols. 2nd edition, translated from Swedish by Georg Forster. London: White.
Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series). A further edition was published
1789 in Perth (UK) which was labelled simply “New edition”. Not sure if it differs from this.
Sparrman, Anders. 1787. Voyage au Cap de Bonne-Espérance, et autour du monde avec le
capitaine Cook, et principalement dans le pays des hottentots et des caffres, 3 vols. Traduit de
l’édition anglaise par M. le Tourneur. Paris: François Buisson. Pp xxxii, 388; 366; 363.
Not sure about the pagination.
Sparrman, Anders. 1802. Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, södra pol-kretsen och omkring jordklotet
samt till Hottentott- och Caffer-landen, åren 1772-76 = Journey to the Cape of Good Hope,
southern polar circle and around the globe, as well as to the countries of the Hottentots and
the Caffres, between the years 1772-1776, v. 2. Stockholm: Carl Delén. Pp xii, 238, 14 plates,
map.
Includes anthropological notes on Cape Khoekhoe, amongst other things.
Sparrman, Anders. 1944. A voyage around the world with Captain James Cook in H.M.S.
Resolution. With introduction and notes by Owen Rutter. London: Golden Cockerel Press. Pp
218.
Translation of the second volume of Sparrman’s Resa till Goda Hopps-udden, originally published 1803. Limited to 300
copies.
Sparrman, Anders. 1975/77. A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope towards the Atlantic Polar
circle, and round the world, but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres, from the
year 1772 to 1776, 2 vols. Based on the second English edition, with Georg Forster’s original
translation from Swedish revised by Jalmar and Ione Rudner, edited by V.S. Forbes.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, #6-7. Cape Town. Pp xiv, 331;
viii, 296. ISBN-10 0-620-02020-2.
Georg Forster’s original English translation appeared in 1786.
Speed, Arthur. 1936. Hottentots in Namaqualand. The African observer: a review of
contemporary affairs (Bulawayo), v. 4, 4, p. 47-51.
Spiecker, F.A. 1905. Handel und Mission unter den Nama und Herero in Südwest-Afrika.
Beiträge zur Missionskunde, #10. Berlin: Buchhandlung der Berliner evangelischen
Spohr, Otto Hartung. 1963. The first Hottentot vocabulary, 1693. Quarterly bulletin of the South
African Library, v. 18, p. 27-33.
Spohr, Otto Hartung. 1963. Georg Friedrich Wrede: Verfasser der ersten Hottentot Vokabulars.
Afrika-Post, v. 10, 8, p. 23-24.
Sprenger, Balthasar. 1509. Die Merfart und Erfarung nüwer Schiffung und Wege zu viln
Onerkanten Inseln und Künigreichen, von dem grossmechtigen Portugalische Kunig
Emmanuel erforscht, funden, bestritten und ingenommen; auch wunderbarliche Streyt,
Ordenung, Leben, Wesen, Handlung und Wunderwercke, des Volcks und Thyrer dar iñ
wonende, findestu in diessem Buchlyn warhaftiglich beschryben und abkunterfeyt. Mit
Holzschnitten von Hans Burgkmair. Pp 30.
Details wanting. Contains the earliest known Western depiction of the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:22). Reprinted
1910? in Deutsche Pfadfinder des 16. Jahrhunderts in Afrika, Asien und Südamerika (ed. by M. Pannwitz; Stuttgart).
160
Stanley, Henry Morton. 1878. Through the Dark continent: the sources of the Nile around the
great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean, 2 vols.
With ten maps and one hundred and fifty woodcuts. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle
& Rivington. Pp xiv, 522, plates; ix, 566, plates.
Includes brief vocabularies for several languages, viz. M'Fan A75, Usseybas A803, Ukoa or M'Bongo B303, Ukanda B32,
Adumas B51, Yanzi B85, Kiyanzi C32 (= Bobangi; Johnston 1919:808), Indekaru C44, Balese C44?, Kikusu C72, West
Manyuema C70?, Baregga D14, East Manyema D27 (= Bangubangu; cfr Johnston 1919:792), Guha D28, Bakiokwa D313,
Babira D32, Babusese D32, Sukuma F21, Nyamwezi F22, Gogo G11, Sagara G12 (= Kaguru; cfr Johnston 1919:791),
Swahili G40, Jiji G40-ish, Sañgo or Lori G61, Kabinda H14?, Kakongo H16d, Bwendé H16e, Interior Unyoro JE11, Ganda
JE15, Nyambu JE21, Kirua L34, Ufipa M13, Marungu/Urungu M14, Uemba M42, Bisa M51, Nyassa N31, Yau P21, Makúa
P31, Sechwana S31, Kafir S41, Rua (?), Yoruba, Súsí (Susu?), Timaní (Temne), Mandingo, Sonna (Songhai?), Timbuctoo
(Songhai?), Bornu, Tibbu, Darfúr (For?), Tuarik (Tuareg?), Sakatú (Hausa?), Soudan or Havusa, Hurrur (Harar?), Adareb
(Harar?), Galla (Oromo), Adaiel (Afar), Somáli, Danakil, Shiho of Abyssinia (Saho), Arkiko of Abyssinia (?), Bisharm,
Amháric, Hottentot, Moujao (?), Mafitté or Watuta (?), Jalif (?).
Peripherals: Anon, The Atlantic monthly, v. 42 (1878), p. 776-777.
Stanley, Henry Morton. 1879. A travers le continent mysterieux: découverte des sources
méridionales du Nil, circumnavigation du Lac Victoria et du Lac Tanganyika, descente du
fleuve Livingstone ou Congo jusqu’a l’Atlantique, 2 vols. Traduit de l’anglais avec
l’autorisation de l’auteur par Mme H. Loreau. Paris: Hachette. Pp iv, 496, plates, maps; 544,
plates, maps.
great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean. New
cheaper edition. London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. Pp xx, 658, 30, plates.
Reprinted 1890 by the same publishers.
great lakes of equatorial Africa, and down the Livingstone river to the Atlantic Ocean, 2 vols.
New edition. London: George Newnes.
Reprinted 1988 by Dover Publ. in New York; and 1988 by Constable in London.
Starrenberg, Johannes. 1705. Dagverhaal van den Landdrost Johannes Starrenberg, gehouden op
zyn landtogt na de Gounemas, Grigriquas, Namacquasche Hottentots, etc., 16. Oct. tot 7 Dec.
1705. Unpublished diaries.
Details wanting. Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:22).
Stel, Simon van der. 1685/86. Dagh register gehouden op de voiagie gedaen naer der Amcqua
land. Manuscript in the library of Trinity College, Dublin.
Stel, Simon van der. 1932. Simon van der Stel’s journal of his expedition to Namaqualand, 16851686 / Dagh register gehouden op de voiagie gedaen naer der Amcqua land, 1685-1686.
Edited from original manuscripts at Trinity College, Dublin, by Gilbert Waterhouse; with an
English translation by R.H. Pheiffer. London: Longmans, Green & Co. Pp xxviii, 183.
Contains both English and Dutch texts. Reprinted 1953 by Hodges & Figgis in Dublin; and 1969 by Cornelis Struik in Cape
Town. Various “revised” reprints also exist.
Stel, Simon van der. 1969. Simon van der Stel’s journal of his expedition to Namaqualand, 16851686. New edition, revised. Mystic CN: Verry.
Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:23). Not sure how much this differs from the original 1932 edition.
Stel, Simon van der. 1979. Simon van der Stel’s journey to Namakwaland in 1685. New edition,
with a revised introduction by Gilbert Waterhouse. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human &
Rousseau. Pp 431.
Steyn, H.P. 1984. Southern Kalahari San subsistence ecology: a reconstruction. South African
archaeological bulletin, v. 39, p. 117-124.
Work with Khoekhoe-speaking ≠Khomani, N/gamani and N/huki and their recollections of bush life (Bonny Sands, pc).
Steyn, H.P. 1990. Vanished lifestyles: the early Cape Khoi and San. Pretoria: Unibook Publ.
Stopa, Roman. 1936. Teksty Hotentockie: Hai-//om i Nama-Hai//-omn und Nama-Texte. Polska
akademja umiejetnosci, Krakow; komisja orientalistyczna, prace, #26. Kraków: Nakladem
Polskiej Akademji Umiejetnosci. Pp 46.
161
With interlinear translations in German.
Stopa, Roman. 1939. Die Schnalzlaute im Zusammenhang mit den sonstigen Lautarten der
menschlichen Sprache. Archiv für vergleichende Phonetik, v. 3, 2, p. 89-108.
With examples from Nama (Bonny Sands, pc).
Stopa, Roman. 1947. The Hottentots: their culture, language, folk-tales and songs. Lud, v. 38, p.
(?).
Stopa, Roman. 1949. Hotentoci: kultura, jezyk, bajki, piesni. Kraków: T. Zapiór. Pp 144.
Includes an English summary (p. 105-144).
Stopa, Roman. 1959. Bushman texts. Folia orientalia, v. 1, p. 105-127.
Stopa, Roman. 1964. Hottentot poetry. Mitteilungen des Inst. für Orientforschung, v. 10, p. 227260.
Stow, George William. 1905. The native races of South Africa: a history of the intrusion of
Hottentots and Bantu into the hunting grounds of Bushmen, the aborigines of the country.
Edited by George McCall Theal. London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co. Pp xvi, 618, plates.
Published posthumously. The author’s preface is dated 1880. Reprinted a few times, e.g. 1964 by Cornelis Struik in Cape
Town (Africana collectanea, #7).
Peripherals: E. Sidney Hartland, Man, v. 6 (1906), p. 11-13.
Strauss, Teresa. 1977. The Korana and the border wars of 1868-9 and 1878-9. BA thesis. Univ. of
Cape Town.
Strauss, Teresa. 1979. War along the Orange: the Korana and the border wars of 1868-9 and
1878-9. Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), #1. Univ. of Cape Town.
Strydom, S. Scheepers. 1929. Boesmans en Korannas: hoe die noordweste van hulle gesuiwer is
[pt. 4?]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 20 desember 1929, p. (?).
Not sure about this.
[pt. 1]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 29 november 1929, p. 79-81.
[pt. 2-3]. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 13 desember 1929, p. 40-43, 52-53.
Sundermeier, Theo. 1964. Zwei sektenkirchliche Bewegungen im alten Südwest-Afrika? Jonker
Afrikaner und Hendrik Witbooi. In: Jahrbuch der Rheinischen Missionsgesellchaft 19631964: zu einem Zeugnis über alle, p. 55-94.
Suzman, James. 2004. Etosha dreams: an historical account of the Hai//om predicament. Journal
of modern African studies, v. 42, 2, p. 221-238.
Sydow, Wolfgang. 1967. The pre-European pottery of South West Africa. Cimbebasia, series B,
v. 1, p. 1-74.
Sydow, Wolfgang. 1979. Was man so von den Buschleuten der Namib erzählt. SWA annual /
SWA jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), v. 35, p. 139-141.
Szalay, Miklós. 1998. ‘Killers of all strangers’: the image of the Khoikhoi in the sixteenth and
early seventeenth centuries. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural
heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 159164. Ed. by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association
with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Theal, George McCall. 1907/10. History and ethnography of Africa south of the Zambesi, from
the settlement of the port at Sofala in September, 1505, to the conquest of the Cape Colony by
the British in September, 1795, 3 vols. London: Swan Sonnenschein & Co. Pp xxiii, 501; xix,
523; xiii, 499.
Volume 1 is about “The Portuguese in South Africa from 1505 to 1700” (published 1907), volume 2 is about the “Foundation
of the Cape Colony by the Dutch” (1909), and volume 3 is about “The Cape Colony to 1795, the Koranas, Bantu and
Portuguese in South Africa to 1800” (1910).
162
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 7 (1907/08), p. 220; A. Werner, Man, v. 8 (1908), p. 63; T.A. J[oyce?],
Man, v. 9 (1909), p. 186-187; Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 9 (1909/10), p. 218; Anon, Journal of the African
Society, v. 11 (1911/12), p. 257.
Thompson, George [Rev.] 1827. Travels and adventures in southern Africa: comprising a view of
the present state of the Cape Colony, with observations on the progress and prospects of the
British emigrants, 2 vols. London: Henry Colburn.
Includes an appendix titled “Account of the Amakosse” (p. 439-461)). The text itself contains plentiful references to the
Bechuana, ‘Caffres’, ‘Hottentot’, Griquas, Bushmen, etc. Apparently the book was ghost-written by Thomas Pringle, another
traveller in South Africa. Reprinted 1967/68 by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town (Publ. from the Van Riebeeck
Society, #48-49), edited by S. Vernon Forbes.
URL: books.google.com/books?id=fQDZw-IVp_sC
Doke, “Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century” (revised), African studies, v. 18 (1959), p. 1-27; Leslie Clement
Duly, International journal of African historical studies, v. 5 (1972), p. 515-517.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1788/93. Resa uti Europa, Africa, Asia, foerraettad åren 1770-1779 =
Journey in Europe, Africa, Asia, carried out between the years 1770-1779, 4 delen. Uppsala:
Joh. Edman.
Includes a Khoekhoe word list. The English edition includes “much material about the Hottentot tribes of the eastern regions
[and] their relations to the Xhosa” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:22), which is probably true also for the other
editions/translations.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1792. Reisen in Afrika und Asien, vorzüglich in Japan, während der Jahre
1772 bis 1779, 2 Bde. Auszugsweise übersetzt von K. Sprengel, mit Anmerkungen von J.R.
Forster. Berlin.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1792/94. Reise durch einen Theil von Europa, Afrika und Asien,
hauptsächlich in Japan in den Jahren 1779 bis 1779, 2 Bde. Aus dem Schwedischen frey
übersetzt von Christian Heinrich Groskurd. Berlin: Haude & Spener.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1794. Voyage en Afrique et en Asie, principalement au Japon, pendant les
années 1770-1779. Traduit du suédois, avec des notes du traducteur. Paris: Fuchs. Pp xii, 532.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1795. Travels in Europe, Africa and Asia made between the years 1770
and 1779, 4 vols. London: Francis & Charles Rivington.
This may have been translated by the author himself. There’s also a second edition of this, dated the same year.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1796. Voyages en Afrique et en Asie, principalement au Japon, par le Cap
de Bonne-Espérance, les îles de la Sonde [...], 2 vols. Nouvelle édition, traduits, rédigés et
augmentés de notes par L. Langlès et J.B. Lamarck. Paris.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1796. Travels in Europe, Africa and Asia made between the years 1770
and 1779, 4 vols. 3rd edition. London: Francis & Charles Rivington.
Tindall, Henry. 1856. A grammar and vocabulary of the Namaqua-Hottentot language. Cape
Town: Pike’s Machine Printing Office for A.S. Robertson. Pp 124.
Something with a title as the above was received by the library of the Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft in 1885, who
noted it as a manuscript (see list of received publications in Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenländischen Gesellschaft, v. 40).
Tindall, Henry. 1856. Two lectures on Great Namaqualand and its inhabitants delivered before
the Mechanic’s Institute, Cape Town. Cape Town: Pike’s Machine Printing Office for the
Mechanic’s Inst. Pp 47.
Reprinted 1959 in Cape Town.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1955. Physical anthropology and the somatic origin of the Hottentots.
Toit, H. du. 1916. Namakwaland. Die brandwag: veertiendaags ge-illustreerd tijdskrif vir die
Afrikaanse huisgesin, v. (?), p. 140-142.
Vol no is either 6 or 7.
Tonder, Louis Lourens van. 1968. Leadership, power and status stratification, with reference to
Bushmen, Hottentot and Ovambo society. MA thesis. Univ. of Stellenbosch.
Tracey, Hugh T. (Ed.) 19xx. Damara Hottentot. Sound of Africa series, #TR 218. Grahamstown:
163
Traill, Anthony. 1980. Phonetic diversity in the Khoisan languages. In: Bushman and Hottentot
linguistic studies 1979, p. 167-189. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Miscellanea congregalia,
#16. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Traill, Anthony. 1981. Khoisan consonants and linguistic universals. In: Précis from the 12th
conference on African linguistics, p. 134-136. Ed. by William Ronald Leben. Suppl. 8 to
Traill, Anthony. 1983. Phonetic details of Khoisan languages. Newsletter of the African
Language Association of Southern Africa, v. 1, p. 3-6.
Traill, Anthony. 1986. Do the Khoi have a place in the San? New data on Khoisan linguistic
relationships. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘African
hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St
Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 407-430.
Traill, Anthony. 1992. Pulmonic control, nasal venting and aspiration in Khoisan languages.
Journal of the International Phonetic Association, v. 21, 1, p. 13-18.
Traill, Anthony. 1997. Extinct: South African Khoisan languages. Johannesburg: Dept. of
Linguistics, Univ. of the Witwatersrand. Pp 28, 1 CD-ROM.
Peripherals: Rajend Mesthrie, Journal of sociolinguistics, v. 2 (1998), p. 467-469; Bonny Sands, Glot international, v. 3
(1998), p.(?).
Trenk, P. [Oberleut.] 1910. Die Buschleute der Namib, ihre Rechts- und Familienverhältnisse.
Trenk, P. [Oberleut.] 1911. Aus der Namib. Zeitschrift für Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht und
Kolonialwirtschaft, v. 13, p. 301-308.
Trenk, P. [Oberleut.] 2005. The Bushmen of the Namib and their legal and family conditions
[translated from German]. In: Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa:
ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers. Ed. by Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur
Trombetti, Alfredo. 1910. La lingua degli Ottentotti e la lingua dei Wa-Sandawi: nota
preliminare. Rendiconto delle sessioni della Reale Accademia delle scienze dell’Ist. di
Bologna, classe di scienze morali, 1a serie, 1910, p. 19-24.
Trombetti, Alfredo. 1911. Nama tara-khoi-sa = dar-kí-sa ku-Nama. Rendiconto delle sessioni
della Reale Accademia delle scienze dell’Ist. di Bologna, classe di scienze morali, 1a serie,
1911, p. 54-58.
Makes comparisons between Nama and Kunama. Both sa-endings should have breve marks on the ‹s›’s and macrons on the
‹a›’s.
Trombetti, Alfredo. 1923. Elementi di glottologia. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli.
Contains a section on “Ottentoto-Boschimano” (p. 42-44). There’s also something on Nubian in it.
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1939. Grundzüge der Phonologie. Travaux du Cercle
Linguistique de Prague, #7. Prague. Pp 271.
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1949. Principes de phonologie. Traduit par Jean Cantineau.
Paris. Pp xxxiv, 396.
Reprinted 1967 by Klincksieck in Paris (Traditions de l’humanisme, #7).
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1958. Grundzüge der Phonologie. 2. Auflage. Göttingen:
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1962. Grundzüge der Phonologie. 3. Ausgabe. Göttingen:
Trubetzkoi, Nikolai Sergeevich. 1969. Principles of phonology. Translated from the German by
Christiane A.M. Baltaxe. Berkeley & Los Angeles: Univ. of California Press. Pp xvi, 344.
164
Based on the third German edition.
Trüper, Ursula. 2000. Sprach-Gewalt: Zara Schmelen und die Verschriftlichung der NamaSprache. In: Mission und Gewalt: der Umgang christlicher Missionen mit Gewalt und die
Ausbreitung des Christentums in Afrika und Asien in der Zeit von 1792 bis 1918/19, p. 357370. Ed. by Ulrich van der Heyden & Ulrich Becher. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag.
Deals with Hinrich Schmelen’s wife’s contribution to the standardization of Nama. She was a native speaker.
Trüper, Ursula. 2000. Die Hottentottin: das kurze Leben der Zara Schmelen (c.1793-1831),
Missionsgehilfin und Sprachpionierin in Südafrika. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 195.
ISBN-10 3-89645-316-5.
Biography of Hinrich Schmelen’s wife.
Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1956. The non-Bantu languages of northeastern Africa. With a supplement on the non-Bantu languages of southern Africa by Ernst
O.J. Westphal. Handbook of African languages, #3. London: Oxford Univ. Press for the
International African Inst. (IAI). Pp xv, 228.
URL: www.nostratic.ru/index.php?page=books
Peripherals: W.H. Whiteley, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 19 (1957), p. 616-617.
Vaillant, François le. 1790. Reise in das Innere von Afrika vom Vorgebirge der Guten Hoffnung
aus, in den Jahren 1780 bis 1785, 2 Bde. Aus dem französischen übersetzt von Georg Forster,
und redigiert von J.H. Campe. Frankfurt-am-Main: Fleischer.
There seems to exist several German editions of this (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15). In 1792, it appeared in Reutlingen
(Reisebeschreibungen, #10-11). Also in 1792, there appeared a edition titled Le Vaillant’s erste Reise in das Innere von Afrika
während der Jahre 1780 bis 1782, published in Berlin. A further German edition appeared 1831 in Wien (Sämmtliche Kinderund Jugendschriften, #26-27). An abridged German edition (vi+276 p.) was published 1812 in Wien (Sammlung interessanter
Reisebeschreibungen für die Jugend). Worth noting is a 3-volume book titled Neue Reise in das Innere von Afrika, vom
Vorgebürge der Guten Hoffnung aus, in den jahren 1780 bis 1785, published 1797 by Guilhauman in Frankfurt. These contain
“Fabricated travels” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15).
Vaillant, François le. 1790. Voyage dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique, par le Cap de BonneEspérance, dans les années 1780, 1781, 1782, 1783, 1784 et 1785, 2 vols. Paris & Liège:
Leroy & Dumoulin. Pp xxiv, 384; 399.
This was apparently “one of the most phenomenal best-sellers of the day. It went through twelve editions in six years and was
translated almost immediately into more than half a dozen European languages” (Marks 1975:157). At least the second edition
appeared the same year. There’s a further edition dated 1798. Not sure all were published in Paris. There’s also a collection of
“Fabricated travels” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant, which has been translated into both English and German.
Vaillant, François le. 1790. Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of Africa,
including many interesting anecdotes, with elegant plates, descriptive of the country and
inhabitants, 2 vols. Translated from French by E. Helme. London.
Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corp. in New York (Landmarks in anthropology series). An abridged edition (181 p.)
appeared 1790 as Anecdotes in travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of Africa, published by Darton in
London. A second edition was published in 1796 by Robinson in London. Worth noting is a collection of “Fabricated travels”
(Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant titled New travels into the interior parts of Africa by way of the Cape of Good
Hope in the years 1783, 1784 and 1785, a 3-volume work published 1796 in London.
Vaillant, François le. 1794/95. Second voyage dans l’interieur de l’Afrique, par le cap de BonneEsperance, dans les annees 1783, 84 et 85, 3 vols. Paris: H.J. Jansen. Pp xliv, 303; 426; 525.
URL: books.google.se/books?id=WjAPAAAAYAAJ
Vaillant, François le. 1803. Second voyage de F. le Vaillant dans l’interieur de l’Afrique pendant
les années 1783-1785, 3 vols. Édité par C. Varon et complété par P.J.B. Legrand d’Aussy.
Paris: Jansen.
New edition? Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:15) seem to imply that these are fabricated travels!?!
Vaillant, François le. 1973. François le Vaillant: traveller in South Africa and his collection of
165 water-colour paintings, 2 vols. Cape Town: Library of Parliament. Pp xx, 172; xiv, 181;
xix, 165 plates.
Who’s the editor? Contains “wesentlichen Anmerkungen über die Gonaqua” (Strohmeyer 1982:4).
Peripherals: Jürgen Zwernemann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 58 (1974/75), p. 159-162.
165
Valentyn, François. (Ed.) 1726. Beschryvinge van’t Nederlandsch Comptoir oft de kust van
Malabar, en van onzen handel in Japan; mitsgaders een beschryving van Kaap der Goede
Hoope en’t eyland Mauricius, mit de zaaken tot de voornoemde ryken en landen behoorende,
8 deele. Dordrecht & Amsterdam: Van Braam, onder de Linden.
Reprinted by the Van Riebeeck Society in Cape Town (Oud en nieuw Oost-Indie, #5,2). Later also translated into English.
Valentyn, François. 1971/73. Description of the Cape of Good Hope and matters concerning it, 2
vols. Translated from Dutch by R. Raven-Hart and edited by E.H. Raidt. Publications from the
Van Riebeeck Society, second series, #2+4. Cape Town.
Valentyn, François. (Ed.) 1971/73. Beschryvinge van Kaap der Goede Hoope, met de zaaken
daar toe behoorende, 2 vols. Edited by P. Serton, W.J. de Kock, R. Raven-Hart and E.H.
Raidt, with English translation by R. Raven-Hart and an introduction by P. Serton.
Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, second series, #2+4. Cape Town.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 19xx. Unpubliziertes Vokabularium und syntaktische Beispiele zu
Kirchenordnung, Kirchenzuchtordnung, Leitfaden, Agende, Dienstordnung. Windhoek:
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Semitische Lehnworte in der Namasprache. Mimeografiert.
Swakopmund. Pp 34.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Sammlung von Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönleins
Wortschatz nicht enthalten sind von C. Wanders. (journal?), v. (?), p. (?).
Details wanting. Source?
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Antwort auf “Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder’s Versuch
einer Grammatik der Namasprache”. Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, #5. Windhoek:
Peripherals: Heinrich Vedder, Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache (Swakopmund, 1909); Carl Wandres, “Kritische
Bemerkungen zu Vedder’s Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache”, Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 4 (1909).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Buschmannworte, gesammelt von W. Detering auf der
Missionsfarm Gaub. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, v. 11, p. 14-18.
Contains a wordlist of ≠Hawase-khoin (a Nama speaking Bushman group).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache. Vervielfältigt für
den Gebrauch der Missionare. Swakopmund. Pp ii, 128.
Peripherals: Carl Wandres, “Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder’s Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache”, Archiv für
Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 4 (1909); Heinrich Vedder, “Antwort auf Kritische
Bemerkungen”, Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 5 (1909).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Vermutungen über den Ursprung der Hottentotten (Nama) und
Buschmänner (Saan). Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache in Deutsch Südwestafrika, #9.
Windhoek: Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1909. Die Wortbildungsgesetze der Namasprache: ein Versuch.
Swakopmund. Pp x, 87.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1910. Allerlei Intressantes über die Namasprache. DeutschSüdwestafrikanische Zeitung, v. 1/2, p. (?).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1921. Die Spruchweisheit der Herero und Bergdama in SüdwestAfrika. Rheinische Missionsschriften, #285. Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen
Missionshauses. Pp 24.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1923. Die Bergdama, 2 Teile. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiet der
Auslandskunde, #11+14; Reihe B: Völkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen, #7-8.
Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter & Co. Pp vi, 199; vii, 131.
“Discusses the differences between standard Nama and Bergdama, among other linguistic matters” (Doke 1933:37). The
second part contains various texts, most of which appear only as German translations.
Peripherals: Alice Werner, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, v. 3 (1924), p. 561-563; C.M. Doke, “A preliminary
investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa”, Bantu studies, v. 7 (1933), p. 1-99.
166
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1925. Fourteen reading sheets for beginners in Nama. Windhoek:
Dept. of Education, SWA Administration.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1925/26. Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von
S.W.A., 2: die Hottentotten. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, p.
37-47.
Reprinted 1952/53 as “Über die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika, 2: Hottentotten” in the same journal, v.
9, p. 57-68; and 1965 as “Ueber die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. Teil 2: die Hottentotten” in Zur
Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA (SWA Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft), p. 15-27.
S.W.A., 3: die Bergdama. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 2, p.
35-48.
Title could be wrong. Reprinted 1965 as “Ueber die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. Teil 3: die
Bergdama” in Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA (Journal der Südwestafrikanischer
Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, Sonderveröffentlichung 3), p. 27-41.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1927. Korana-Katechismus von C.F. Wuras. In: Festschrift Meinhof,
p. 3-28. Glückstadt & Hamburg: J.J. Augustin.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928. Language and intellectual life of the Hottentots. In: The native
tribes of South West Africa, p. 138-142. Ed. by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann
Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town: Cape Times Ltd for the Administration of South West Africa.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928. The Nama. In: The native tribes of South West Africa, p. 107152. Ed. by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town:
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928. The Berg Dama. In: The native tribes of South West Africa, p.
37-78. Ed. by Carl Hugo Hahn jnr, Louis Fourie & Hermann Heinrich Vedder. Cape Town:
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1928/30. Quellen zur Geschichte von Südwest-Afrika, 29 Bde.
Windhoek: Staatsarchiv.
A collection of missionary letters and documents. Bd 1: zur Einführung; die Gemeindechronik von Otjimbingwe. Bd 2:
mündliche Mitteilungen von Eingeborenen über die vorgeschichtliche Zeit. Bd 3: Namaland und Bethanien. Bd 4: Bethanien
(Namaland) 1879-1906. Bd 5: Rehoboth und Hoachanas 1847-1866. Bd 6: Hoachanas vom Jahre 1873-1905. Bd 7: Gobabis
1854-1880. Bd 8: Warmbad 1867-1885. Bd 9: Warmbad 1885-1902. Bd 10: Berseba 1851-1858. Bd 11: Berseba 1858-1864.
Bd 12: Berseba 1864-1870. Bd 13: Berseba 1870-1890. Bd 14 (Spezialband): Berseba 1857-1905. Bd 15: 75 Dokumente aus
dem Nachlass von Maharero. Bd 16: Gibeon und der Stamm der Witboois 1863-1879. Bd 17: Gibeon und der Stamm der
Witboois. Bd 18: der zeib’sche Hottentotentstamm von Keetmanshoop 1866-1906. Bd 19: die franzmansche Hottentotten des
Simon Kooper 1888-1905; Rietmond 1900-1904. Bd 20: ... Bd 21: ... Bd 22: Rehoboth 1882-1902. Bd 23: die de tuinschen
und vilanderschen Bastards (1878-1906). Bd 25: C. Hugo Hahn 1845-1857. Bd 24: Windhoek 1873-1881. Bd 26: C. Hugo
Hahn 1857-1871. Bd 27: Okahandja 1873-1890; Otjikango (Barmen) 1880-1888. Bd 28: Kolbe 1848-1851; Büttner 1876;
Brincker 1864-1870; Irle 1869-1871; Eich 1882-1888; C.H. Hahn; H. Kleinschmidt. Bd 29: Von Lindequist;
südwestafrikanische Erlebnisse; Berenga von Zastrow; das Freikorps von Südwestafrika.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1930. The Bergdama in Südwest-Afrika. Africa: journal of the
International Inst. of African Languages and Cultures, v. 3, p. 178-190.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1931. Bergdama-Sprichwörter. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 2,
p. 70.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1934. Das alte Südwestafrika: Südwestafrikas Geschichte bis zum
Tode Mahareros 1890 nach dem besten schriftlichen und mündlichen Quellen erzählt. Berlin:
Martin Warneck. Pp xx, 686.
Vedder’s book “is the standard history of German South-West Africa. It also contains summaries of relevant ethnographic
information from nineteenth and early twentieth-century sources” (Barnard 1992:64). Reprinted 1981 the SWA/Namibia
Scientific Society in Windhoek (ISBN-10 0-949995-33-9).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1937. Die voorgeskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika. Windhoek.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938. Supplement: Lautfolge in den weitaus meisten Wortstämme
der Namasprache. In: The phonetics of the Hottentot language, p. 313-315. Ed. by Douglas
Martyn Beach. Cambridge: William Heffer & Sons.
167
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938. Von dem Hottentotten. In: Am Lagerfeue: Geschichten aus
Busch und Werst von Pad und Landschaft, Menschen und Schicksalen in Südwestafrika, p.
139-148. Ed. by A. Wackwitz. Windhoek: John Meinert.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1948. Kort geskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika. ’n Vry afrikaanse
verwerking deur C.J.C. Lemmer. Kaapstad: Unie Volkspers. Pp 71.
Not sure of if this is the earliest printing. Reprinted several times. Later reprints bear the title ’n Geskiedenis van SuidwesAfrika.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1953. Einführung in die Geschichte Südwestafrikas. Windhoek: John
Meinert. Pp 110.
This is probably not the earliest edition/printing. Reprinted 2001 by Nation Press in Namibia (Aus alten Tagen in Südwest,
#16; ISBN-10 99916-50-67-1; 64 p.).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1965. Zur Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA.
Aufsätze aus dem Journal der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, #3.
Windhoek.
Contains various articles originally published in the Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1-4 (19251929).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 2003. The Bergdama, 2 vols. Translated and annotated by Adi
Inskeep, with additional ethnographic material. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Peripherals: George T. Nurse, Journal of Namibian studies, v. 2 (2007), p.(?).
Verneau, Réne. 1916. Le centième anniversaire de la mort de Sarah Bartmann. L’anthropologie,
v. 27, p. 178.
Viereck, Albert. 1967. The Damaraland culture. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa)
Scientific Society, v. 21, p. 13-31.
Viljoen, Russel. 1997. Making sense of the Khoikhoi cattle killing of 1788: an episode in
millenarianism in Khoikhoi society. Kronos: journal of Cape history, v. 24, p. 62-76.
Viljoen, Russel. 2006. Jan Paerl: a Khoikhoi in Cape colonial society, 1761-1851. Edited by
Leonard Blussé and Hendrik E. Niemeijer. TANAP (Towards a New Age of Partnership)
monographs on the history of Asian-European interaction. Leiden & Boston: Brill Academic
Publ. Pp xviii, 213. ISBN 978-90-04-15093-5, ISBN-10 90-04-15093-5 hb.
Peripherals: Kerry Ward, H-net book reviews (online), May 2007.
Voigt, Elizabeth A. 1986. Iron age herding: archaeological and ethnoarchaeological approaches
to pastoral problems. In: Prehistoric pastoralism in southern Africa, p. 13-21. Ed. by Martin
Hall & Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. Vlaeberg (South Africa): South African
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 18xx. A Hottentot legend in the dialect of the Gei-Khaus-Nama.
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 185x. Unpublished notes on Namaqua proper names and relative
pronouns. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public Library. Pp 4.
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1855. Unpubliziertes Nama-Holländisch Wörterbuch.
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1859. Nama-Redewendungen mit deutschen Übersetzungen. Manuskript.
Kapstadt: Grey Sammlung, Südafrikanische Öffentliche Bibliothek.
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1859. Biblische Geschichten in Nama.
Details wanting.
Vossen, Rainer. 1991. “Hottentottisch” und die Genussprachen der Nord- und Nordostafrikanischen Viehhälter: Spekulationen über genetische Zusammenhange. In: Ägypten im
afro-orientalischen Kontext. Aufsätze zur Archäologie, Geschichte und Sprache eines
168
unbegrenzten Raumes: Gedenkschrift Peter Behrens, p. 411-426. Ed. by Daniela Mendel &
Ulrike Claudi. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), Sondernummer 1991. Inst. für
Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1954. Plekname in Noord-Kaapland: op die spoor van James Backhouse.
Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 10, 4, p. 10-22.
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1958. Interessante plekname langs die Oranjerivier. Tydskrif vir volkskunde
en volkstaal, v. 14, 4, p. 26-29.
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1961. Oorsprong en geskiedenis van plekname in Noord-Kaapland en
aangrensende gebiede. Proefskrif. Johannesburg: Univ. van die Witwatersrand.
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1965. Die bydrae van die Basterbevolkingsgroep tot die naamgewing van
Boesmanland en Gordonia. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 21, 3, p. 1-12.
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1966. Aantekeninge oor plekname. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v.
22, p. 14-16.
23, 3, p. 14-17.
26, p. 15-20, 42-47.
Vycichl, Werner. 1935. Was sind Hamiten sprachen? Africa: journal of the International Inst. of
African Languages and Cultures, v. 8, 1, p. 76-89.
Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 19xx. Aspects and problems of Dama investigation. Manuscript.
Source?
Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 1976. Schamanismus bei den Hain//om in Südwestafrika. Anthropos:
Wagner-Robertz, Dagmar. 2001. Liedtexte der Dama, Südwestafrika/Namibia. History, cultural
traditions and innovations in southern Africa, #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 190, 1
CD-ROM. ISBN-10 3-89645-354-8.
Walker, Henry Francis Bell. 1917. A doctor’s diary in Damaraland. London: Edward Arnold.
URL: www.archive.org/details/doctorsdiaryinda00walkuoft
Wallmann, Johann Christian. 186x. Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache: vervollständigt und
zum Theil berichtigt nach anderen Autoren durch Hermann Hegner, mit Ergänzungen
versehen, abgeschrieben und ausgezogen von Carl Wandres. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Unpublished reworking of Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache‚ originally published 1857.
Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1854. Vokabular der Namasprache nebst einer Abriss der
Formenlehre derselben. Barmen-Wuppertal: J.F. Steinhaus. Pp 32.
“This has only historical value to-day” (Doke 1933:36). It is sometimes credited to H.C. Knudsen, but the reasons for that
seems a bit obscure. At least one library copy has Wallman’s name handwritten on it (Bonny Sands, pc 2007/05).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1857. Die Formenlehre der Namaquasprache: ein Beitrag zur
südafrikanischen Linguistik. Berlin, London & Paris: Wilhelm Hertz; Williams & Norgate;
Libr. C. Klincksieck. Pp 95.
“Only of antiquarian value to-day” (Doke 1933:36). Published simultaneously by three publishing houses. Contains a
Khoekhoe translation of Luther’s Catechism (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:111).
7 (1933), p. 1-99.
169
Wallmann, Johann Christian. 1858. Die Hottentotten-Stämme und ihre geographische
Verbreiterung. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’
Geographischer Anstalt über wichtige neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der
Geographie), v. 4, p. 49-56.
Published without author’s name.
Walt, C.P. van der. 1946. Enkele plekname in Oos-Transvaal. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en
volkstaal, v. 3, p. 74-77.
Wandres, Carl. 19xx. Hottentotten-Wörter aus Job Ludolfs Leben mit Specimen Linguae
hottentotticae nunquam alias ad notitiam germanorum perlatae (am Cap gesammelt um 1691).
Windhoek: Public Library. Pp 12.
Contains lexical data taken from Juncker (1710) in Dutch, Khoekhoe, Latin and “Nama/Deutsch” (whatever that is); see
Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:115).
Wandres, Carl. 1903. Die Khoi-Khoin oder Nama. In: Rechtsverhältnisse von eingeborenen
Völkern in Afrika und Ozeanien, p. 312-325. Ed. by Sebald Rudolf Steinmetz. Berlin: Julius
Springer-Verlag.
Wandres’ name is misspellt “Wandrer” in several places.
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Über den Ursprung der Namasprache und die Annahme derselben durch die
Bergdama. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, v. 11, p. 1-3.
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Kritische Bemerkungen zu Vedder’s “Versuch einer Grammatik der
N a m a s p r a c h e ” . Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, #4. Windhoek: Rheinischen
Peripherals: Heinrich Vedder, Versuch einer Grammatik der Namasprache (Swakopmund, 1909); Heinrich Vedder, “Antwort
auf Kritische Bemerkungen”, Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama - Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft, Bd 5 (1909).
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Namaworte, die in Krönleins Wortschatz fehlen oder nicht verdeutscht
sind, gesammlet in Warmbad und Windhuk seit 1884. Archiv für die Herero- und
Namasprache, v. 11, p. 5-13.
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Sammlung von Bergdama-Worten, die in Krönlein’s “Wortschatz” nicht
enthalten sind. Archiv für Otjiherero und Nama, #6 (Windhoek), Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft, v. 6, p. 4.
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Kritische Bemerkungen zu den “Gesprächen aus der Praxis für die Praxis”
von Missionar J. Olpp. Archiv für die Herero- und Namasprache, v. 11, p. 3-4.
Wandres, Carl. 1909. Texte. In: Lehrbuch der Nama-Sprache, p. 149-177. Ed. by Carl Meinhof.
Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen, #23. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
Nama texts.
Wandres, Carl. 1918/19. Alte Wortlisten der Hottentottensprache. Zeitschrift für
Kolonialsprachen, v. 9, p. 26-42.
Wandres, Carl. 1922/23. Nama-Redensarten. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 13, p.
307-310.
Wandres, Carl. 1925/26. Nama-Wörter (nicht bei Kroenlein 1889 aufgeführt), mit Anhang:
Bergdama-Wörter. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 16, 4, p. 275-297.
Wandres, Carl. 1927. Tiernamen in der Nama- und Bergdamasprache, etymologisch erläutert. In:
Wandres, Carl. 1928. Südwestafrikanische Orts- und Familiennamen der Eingeborenen.
Lüderitzbuchter Zeitung, 2. Blatt, v. 16, p. 248.
Referred to by Nienaber & Raper (1980:784).
Wängler, Hans-Heinrich. 1954/56. Über südwestafrikanische Bogenlieder. Teil 1: drei Lieder der
Bergdama. Afrika und Übersee, v. 39, p. 49-63.
Wängler, Hans-Heinrich. 1956/57. Über südwestafrikanische Bogenlieder. Teil 2: vier Lieder der
Bergdama und Buschleute. Afrika und Übersee, v. 40, p. 163-174.
170
Washburn, Paul. 2001. A minimalist approach to Khoekhoe declaratives. Cornell working papers
in linguistics, v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Khoisan: syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact’, ed. by
Arthur Bell and Paul Washburn), p. (?).
Watermeyer, Egidius Benedictus. 1866. Letters from Judge Watermeyer on the word Hottentot.
Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 15-21.
Contains two letters dated 14th December 1865 and 12th February 1866. Reprinted 1971 in a pamphlet titled The word
Hottentot (Pretoria State Library).
Webb, Victor N.[C.] 1993. Die herkoms van Oranjerivierafrikaans. In: Linguistica: festschrift
E.B. van Wyk, ’n huldeblyk, p. 161-171. Ed. by Paul Michael Siegfried von Staden & others.
Weber, Ernst von. 1878. Vier Jahre in Afrika, 1871-1875, 2 Bde. Leipzig: F.A. Brockhaus.
Includes notes on the Khoekhoe.
Weber, Ernst von. 1882. Quatre ans au pays des boers, 1871-1875. Traduit de l’allemand et
abrégé avec l’autorisation de l’auteur par Jules Gourdault. Paris: Hachette. Pp iii, 391.
The German original includes notes on the Khoekhoe. Not sure if this does.
Webley, Lita E. 1982. Settlement studies among descendants of Nama herders: an ethnoarchaeological approach. Khoisis: occasional papers of the Dept. of Anthropology and
Archaeology, Univ. of Stellenbosch, v. 3, p. 1-26.
Webley, Lita E. 1986. Pastoralist ethnoarchaeology in Namaqualand. In: Pastoralism in southern
Africa, p. 57-61. Ed. by Martin Hall & Andrew B. Smith. Goodwin series, #5. South African
Wedgwood, Hensleigh. 1866. An examination of Kolben’s assertion that Hottentot was the native
name of the race. Transactions of the Philological Society, 1866, p. 11-14.
Welch, Sidney R. 1946. South Africa under King Manuel, 1495-1521. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp
vi, 532.
With “notes of early travellers about Hottentots” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:23).
Welch, Sidney R. 1950. Portuguese rule and Spanish crown in South Africa, 1581-1640. Cape
Town: J.C. Juta. Pp vi, 634.
Contains “scattered notes about Hottentots” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:23).
Wendt, Wolfgang Erich. 1975. Ein Rekonstruktionsversuch der Besiedlungsgeschichte des
westlichen Gross-Namalandes seit dem 15. Jahrhundert. Journal of the SWA (South West
Wendt, Wolfgang Erich. 1980. Fragmente aus der Ur- und Frühgeschichte des westlichen GrossNamaland. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 1980, p. 33-50.
Weninger, Margarete. 1965. Chimba und Vatwa, bantuide Viehzüchter und nicht-bantuide
Wildbeuter. Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, v. 95, p. 180-190.
Werner, Alice. 1904. Hottentot roots in Bantu click-words. Journal of the African Society, v. 4,
13, p. 142-143.
Werner, H. 1906. Anthropologische, ethnologische und ethnographische Beobachtungen über die
Heikum- und Kungbuschleute: nebst einem Anhang über die Sprachen dieser
Buschmannstämme. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), v. 38, p. 241-268.
The article also includes a Nama-wordlist (for comparison).
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1945. Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1956. Supplement: the non-Bantu languages of southern
Africa. In: The non-Bantu languages of north-eastern Africa, p. 158-173. Ed. by Archibald
Norman Tucker & Margaret Arminel Bryan. London: Oxford Univ. Press for the International
African Inst. (IAI).
171
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962. On classifying Bushman and Hottentot languages.
African language studies, v. 3, p. 30-48.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962. A re-classification of southern African non-Bantu
languages. Journal of African languages, v. 1, 1, p. 1-8.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1965. Uma viagem de investigação linguística no Kalahari [pt.
1]. Notícias da Africa do sul, v. 228, p. 14-15, 18.
2]. Notícias da Africa do sul, v. 229, p. 6.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1966. Linguistic research in SWA and Angola. In: Die
ethnischen Gruppen Südwestafrikas, p. 125-144. Wissenschaftliche Forschung in
Includes lexical specimens of G//abake, Shua, Buka, Xû, Nharo, Dama, Kwadi, Zhu/hõasi, ≠Au//eîn, Maligo, ≠Hûa,
Ng/amani, Ng/huki, and //Xegwi.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1968. Sentence analysis, word categories and identification in
southern African languages. Taalfasette, v. 6, p. 68-82.
Deals with Nama, !Xung (Maligo) and, probably, southern Bantu.
Widlok, Thomas. 1994. The social relationships of changing Hai//om hunter-gatherers in
northern Namibia, 1990-1994. PhD thesis. Dept. of Anthropology, London School of
Economics and Political Science (LSE).
Widlok, Thomas. 1994. Space and the “other”; social experience and ethnography in the Kalahari
debate. In: Social experience and anthropological knowledge, p. 180-199. Ed. by Kirsten
Hastrup & Peter Hervik. London: Rouledge.
Widlok, Thomas. 1995. The “irrealis” at work in Hai//om. In: The complete linguist: papers in
memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 371-382. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen & Megan
Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Widlok, Thomas. 1995. Enteignet für den Etosha-Nationalpark: die Hai//om-Buschleute finden in
Namibia zuwenig Gehör. Pogrom: Zeitschrift für bedrohte Völker (Hamburg), v. 185, 26, p.
12-14.
Widlok, Thomas. 1996. Topographical gossip and the indexicality of Hai//om environmental
knowledge. Working papers from the Cognitive Anthropology Research Group, #37.
Nijmegen: Max Planck Inst. for Psycholinguistic Research. Pp 30.
Widlok, Thomas. 1996. Ethnicity in the post-apartheid era: a “San” case study from Namibia. In:
Ethnicity in Africa: roots, meanings and implications, p. 147-166. Ed. by Louise de la
Gorgendiëre, Kenneth King & Sarah Vaughan. Centre of African Studies (CAS), Univ. of
Edinburgh.
Widlok, Thomas. 1997. ≠Akhoe pragmatics, Hai//om identity and the Khoekhoe language. In:
(UNAM).
Widlok, Thomas. 1997. Orientation in the wild: the shared cognition of Hai//om bushpeople.
Journal of the Royal Anthropological Inst., v. 3, p. 317-332.
Widlok, Thomas. 1998. Cognitive foundations of Khoisan common sense. In: Language, identity
Widlok, Thomas. 1999. A place to rest and to talk: spatial and linguistic shifts in northern
Namibia. Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 11, p. 125-144.
Widlok, Thomas. 1999. Living on Mangetti: ‘Bushman’ autonomy and Namibian independence.
Oxford Univ. Press. Pp 291. ISBN-10 0-19-823389-2.
Widlok, Thomas. 2003. The needy, the greedy and the state: dividing the Hai//om land in the
Oshikoto Region. In: San and the state: contesting land, development, identity, and
representation, p. 87-119. Ed. by Thekla Hohmann. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
172
Widlok, Thomas. 2008. Landscape unbounded: space, place, and orientation in ≠Akhoe Hai//om
and beyond. Language sciences, v. 30, 2/3, p. 362-380.
Widlok, Thomas; Rapold, Christian; Hoymann, Gertie. 2008. Multimedia analysis in
documentation projects: kinship, interrogatives and reciprocals in ≠Akhoe Hai//om. In:
Lessons from documented endangered languages. Ed. by K. David Harrison, Davis S. Rood &
Arienne Dwyer. Typological studies in language, #78. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publ.
Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1779. Berigt aan den weleedelen gestrengen Heer Mr Joachim van
Plattenbergh van’t geene my ondergeteekende ontmoetis wat ik gehoord ende gezien hebbe
zeedert dat ik langs de Groote rivier op ende needer gesworven hebbe. Den Haag: PlettenbergSammlung, Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
Not sure of the exact title. “Wikar’s journal includes probably the first attempt to classify the Khoisan peoples, most
specifically the various groups of ‘Hottentots’ in the Cape” (Barnard 1992:10). First published 1916 in Reizen in Zuid-Afrika
in de hollandse tijd, v. 2, edited by E.C. Godée-Molsbergen (published by Martinus Nijhoff); and reprinted 1935 by the Van
Riebeek Society, Cape Town.
Peripherals: L.F. Maingard, “Hendrik Jacob Wikar: his editors, translators and commentators”, Bantu studies, v. 10 (1936), p.
31-40.
Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1935. Berigt aan den weleedelen gestrengen Heer Mr Joachim van
Plattenbergh [with an English translation by A.W. van der Horst]. In: The journal of Hendrik
Jacob Wikar (1779) and the journals of Jacobus Coetzé Jansz (1766) and Willem van Reenen
(1791), p. 21-219. Ed. by E.E. Mossop. Publications from the Van Riebeeck Society, #15.
Cape Town.
Contains extracts from a manuscript dated 1799.
Peripherals: J.A. Engelbrecht, “The tribes of Wikar’s journal”, in the same book, p. 221-237; (A.W. van der Horst?),
“Aantekeninge oor die taal van Wikar se joernaal”, in the same book, p. 239-275.
Wikar, Hendrik Jacob. 1955. Reisen am Oranje 1778/9: Bericht des Hendrik Jakob Wikar von
Gothenburg an den Gouverneur Baron Joachim von Plettenberg (merkwürdige abenteuerliche
Reise am Oranje 1778 und 1779). Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 26, p. 91-116.
Contains extracts from a manuscript dated 1779. “Auszug aus dem verkürzten Bericht. - Namacquas, Eynicquas, Koracquas,
Blicquas, Damracquas (dunkelhäutig), Thaboek (Buschmänner)” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:24).
Willcox, Alex R. 1966. Sheep and sheep-herders in South Africa. Africa: journal of the
International African Inst., v. 36, 4, p. 432-438.
Wilson, [?]. 1691. ... [Title and details wanting].
Title and details wanting. “The strange Hottentot speech had already been transcribed to some extent by Wilson in 1691”
(Johnston 1919:2). Who’s Wilson?
Wilson, Monica Hunter; Thompson, Leonard M. (Ed.) 1969/71. The Oxford history of South
Africa, 2 vols. Oxford Univ. Press. Pp 502; 584.
Peripherals: Anthony Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 33 (1970), p. 435-436; Anthony
Atmore, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 35 (1972), p. 678-680; Leslie Clement Duly, International
journal of African historical studies, v. 5 (1972), p. 696-700; R. Hunt Davis jnr, African studies review, v. 16 (1973), p. 291294.
Wilson, Monica Hunter; Thompson, Leonard M. (Ed.) 1982. A history of South Africa to 1870.
Cape Town: David Philip Publ.
This is either a revised edition or reprint.
Wilson, Michael L. 1989. The problem of the origin of the Khoikhoi. The digging stick, v. 6, 1, p.
2-4.
Winkelmann, Franz von. 1791. Wörterverzeichnis der Kaffern- und Hottentottensprache,
gesammelt während einer Reise in 1788. Der Haag: Hollandsche Reichsarchiv.
“[G]enauer Titel unbekannt” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:116).
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 198x. Die Tonabzeichnungen von Krönlein, Schultze und Meinhof im
Nama und !Ora. Afrika und Übersee, v. (?), p. (?).
This is “im Druck” according to Winter (1981:374).
173
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1988. Der ‘Hottentottische Mythos vom Ursprung des Todes’: ein
Lehrstuck um Aufrichtigkeit und Luge. In: Die Orallitteratur in Afrika als Quelle zur
Erforschung der traditionelen Kulturen, p. 165-176. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig,
Herrmann Jungraithmayr & J.F. Thiel. Collectanea instituti anthropos, #36. Berlin: Dietrich
Reimer Verlag.
Wintergerst, Martin. 1712. Der durch Europam lauffende, durch Asiam fahrende, an Americam
und Africam anländende, und in Ost-Indien lange Zeit gebliebene Schwabe: Oder,
Reissbeschreibung, welche in 22 Jahren an bemeldte Oerther verrichtet, was dabey
denckwürdiges gesehen und in acht genommen worden; mit schönen Kupffern gezieret, und an
den Tag gegeben. Memmingen (Deutschland): Müller.
Contains some notes about the Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:24). Reprinted 1932 as Reisen auf dem Mitteländischen
Meere, der Nordsee, nach Ceylon und nach Java by Martinus Nijhoff in Der Haag.
Wintergerst, Martin. 1712/1932. Reisen auf dem Mitteländischen Meere, der Nordsee, nach
Ceylon und nach Java, 1688-1710, 2 Bde. Nach der Original-Ausgabe. Reisebeschreibungen
von deutschen Beamten und Krigsleuten, #12-13. Der Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Originally published 1712 as Der durch Europam lauffende, durch Asiam fahrende, an Americam und Africam anländende,
und in Ost-Indien lange Zeit gebliebene Schwabe.
Wintergerst, Martin. 1713. Zwey und zwantzig-jährige Reysen durch Europam, Asiam, Africam,
Americam und Ost-Indien, mit vielen Anmerckungen und Figuren versehen. 2. Auflage.
Frankfurt am Mayn & Leipzig: Bartholomeo.
Witbooi, Hendrik. 1929. Die dagboek van Hendrik Witbooi, kaptein van die Witbooi-Hottentotte,
1884-1905. Met n voorwoord deur Gustav Voigts en uitgegee met die medewerking van die
Suidwes-Afrika Wetenskaplike Vereniging, Windhoek. Publications from the Van Riebeeck
Society, #9. Cape Town. Pp xxviii, 244.
The diaries of the legendary /Khobesin Chief.
Peripherals: H.H.G. Kreft, “The diary of Hendrik Witbooi”, Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 2
(1926/27), 49-61; N.J. Roussouw, Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands (MA thesis, Univ. of
Stellenbosch, 1939); D. van der Zwan, Die taalgebruik in die dagboek van Hendrik Witbooi (MA thesis, Univ. of South
Africa, 1986).
Witbooi, Hendrik. 1984. Nama/Namibia: diary and letters of Nama chief Hendrik Witbooi, 18841894. Edited by Georg M. Gugelberger. African historical documents series, #5. Boston:
African Studies Center, Boston Univ. Pp ix, 131. ISBN-10 0-915118-12-2.
Peripherals: Dalvan M. Coger, African studies review, v. 28 (1985), p. 100-108.
Witbooi, Hendrik. 1989. The Hendrik Witbooi papers. Translated by Annemarie Heywood and
Eben Maasdorp, annotated by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, #13. Windhoek: National Archives of
Namibia. Pp xxiii, 213. ISBN-10 0-86976-205-2.
Witbooi, Hendrik. 1996. The Hendrik Witbooi papers. 2nd edition, revised; translated by
Annemarie Heywood and Eben Maasdorp, annotated by Brigitte Lau. Archeia, #13.
Windhoek: National Archives of Namibia. Pp xxxi, 288. ISBN-10 99916-44-06-7.
Witbooi, Hendrik. 2007. Zur Geschichte der /Kowesi in Kapholländisch mit deutscher
Übersetzung. In: Die Witbooi in Südwestafrika während des 19. Jahrhunderts: Quellentexte
von Johannes Olpp, Hendrik Witbooi jun. und Carl Berger. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg
Möhlig, Barbara Faulenbach & Petra Henn. InterCultura: Missions- und kulturgeschichtliche
Forschungen, #8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Witsen, Nicolaus. 169x. Excerpta ex literis illustris viri Nicolai Witsenii Consulis
Amstelodamensis [...] .
Details wanting. Contains “Pater Noster, Credo und Decem Praecepta” in Dutch and Khoekhoe (Strohmeyer & Moritz
1975:115).
Witsen, Nicolaus. 1710. Specimen linguae hottentotticae. In: Commentarius de vita scriptisque
ac meritis illustris viri Iobi Ludolfi, p. 229-237. Ed. by Christian Juncker. Lipsiae &
Francofurti: Friderici Braunii.
A small Dutch-Khoekhoe-Latin word list, included in an appendix (or supplement). There’s no author or compiler given for it,
but Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:12) say it originates from either G.F. Wreede or N. Witsen; Köhler (1981:482) says it’s from
Witsen.
174
Witzlack-Makarevich, Alena. 2006. Aspects of information structure in Richtersveld Nama.
Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Linguistik, Univ. Leipzig. Pp 97.
Wreede, Georg Friedrich. 1916. Hottentotse woordelijst. In: Reizen in Zuid-Afrika in de
hollandse tijd, v. 1, p. 215-224. Ed. by Everhardus Cornelis Godée-Molsbergen. Werken
uitgegeven door de Linschoten-Vereeniging, #11. ’s-Gravenhage: Martinus Nijhoff.
“Verfasserschaft sehr umstritten” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:116).
Peripherals: Jose Burman, “Personalities of the past: the first South African author (George Frederick Wreede)”, Personality,
v. 67 (1962), p.(?); Otto Hartung Spohr, “Georg Friedrich Wrede: Verfasser der ersten Hottentot Vokabulars”, Afrika-Post, v.
10 (1963), p. 23-24.
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1841. A catechism in the Korana dialect of the Hottentot language.
Details wanting. Referred to by Levy (1968:21).
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1850. Supplement: Hottentot grammar in the Korana dialect. In: The Kafir
language, p. 17-26. Ed. by John Whittle Appleyard. King William’s Town: Wesleyan
Methodist Mission Press.
The title could be wrong. The above is the most oft-used in reference lists. Doke (1933:38) gives Grammar of the KoraDialect.
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1858. Vokabular der Korana-Sprache. Auckland: Public Library. Pp 58.
Published and edited by Walther Bourquin in 1920 as supplement 1 to Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen.
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1858. A catechism in the Korana dialect of the Hottentot language.
Revised at the request of Sir George Grey. Cape Town: Grey Collection, South African Public
Library.
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1920. Vokabular der Korana-Sprache. Herausgegeben und mit kritischen
Anmerkungen versehen von Walther Bourquin. Suppl. 1 to Zeitschrift für EingeborenenSprachen. Berlin & Hamburg: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen); C. Boysen. Pp 58.
The original manuscript was completed in 1858. Reprinted 1969 by Kraus Reprint in Nendeln, Liechenstein.
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1927. Korana-Katechismus (kritisch bearbeitet von H. Vedder). In:
Wuras, Carl Friedrich. 1929. An account of the Korana. Bantu studies, v. 3, p. 287-296.
Pagination uncertain.
Wyman, Jeffries. 1865. Observations on the skeleton of a Hottentot. The anthropological review,
v. 3, p. 330-335.
Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1974. Eine Nama-Schriftsprache? Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
This contains “kritische Stellungnahme zur Rechtschreibung und zum Gebrauche von Fremdworten. Ein sprachbildendes
Organ sollte richtungsweisend sein” (Strohmeyer 1982:38).
Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1979. Einige Ortsnamen aus dem Damaraland. Namibiana: communications
of the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, 1, p. 4954.
Zaby, Alfred [Pater]. 1982. Die Reinvasmaker: Geschichte und Kultur einer Gemeinschaft.
Complete issue.
ISBN-10 3-86153-303-0.
Zimmermann, Wolfgang. 1973. Erläuterungen zu den Bezeichnungen “Damara” und “Owambo”.
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 13, 11, p. 9.
175
Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn. 1954. The blood groups of South African natives with particular reference
to a recent investigation of the Hottentots. Transactions of the international congress of blood
transfusion, v. 5, p. 247-249.
Zoutendyk, Z. Alwyn; Kopéc, A.C.; Mourant, A.E. 1955. The blood groups of the Hottentots.
American journal of physical anthropology, v. 13, p. 691-698.
Zyl, H.J. van. 1958. Verslag van die komissie van die ondersoek na nie-blanke onderwys in
Suidwes-Afrika, 2 dele. Windhoek: Administrasie van Suidwes-Afrika.
3.3 !Kung
[JIU]. 1970. Carta étnica de Angola (esboço). Luanda: Inst. de Investigação Científica de
Angola, Junta de Investigações do Ultramar (JIU).
[South Africa]. 1957. With the !Kung Bushmen: an account of mysterious people. Digest of South
African affairs, supplement: fact papers, #42. Pretoria: State Information Office (South
Africa). Pp 6.
[South Africa]. 1962. Die boesmans in die noord-ostelke dele van Suidwes-Afrika.
Mimeographed. Dept. of Welfare, South Africa.
Referred to by Gordon (1992:282).
[SWA/Namibia]. 1969. !Xû: ’n Boesmantaal (spelreëls 1). Windhoek: Dept. van BantoeOnderwys, SWA/Namibië.
[SWA/Namibia]. 1987. Zjuc’hôa ortografie/orthography 2 (Boesman/Bushman). Windhoek:
Dept. van Nasionale Opvoeding, SWA/Namibië. Pp 57, 54. ISBN-10 0-86976-213-3.
Akira, Tadaka. 2000. “The San” in Ohangwena, Namibia: lifestyles of the !Xû and Hai//om.
Unpublished report. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO).
Referred to by König & Heine (2000:189).
Almeida, António de. 1937. Sôbre mutilações dos aborigenes de Angola. Lisboa: Oficinas da
Gráfica. Pp 206.
Almeida, António de. 1953/54. Contribuição para o estudo da antropologia serologia dos nativos
de Angola: nota preliminar. Estudos coloniais: revista da Escolar Superior Colonial, v. 4, 1/3,
p. 220a-222.
Almeida, António de. 1954. Bòsquimânos de Angola. Garcia de orta, v. 2, 1, p. (?).
Almeida, António de. 1954. Dos bosquimanos e hotentotes na história a na ciência. Boletim da
Sociedade de Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 72, 4/6, p. 191a-217.
Almeida, António de. 1956. Entre os bosquímanos de Angola. Boletim da Sociedade de
Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 74, p. 204-206.
Almeida, António de. 1956. As mutilações digitais entre os bosquimanos e hotentotes de Angola.
Boletim da Sociedade de Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 74, 1/3, p. 59-62.
There is possibly a second part to this.
Almeida, António de. 1957. Entre os bosquímanos de Angola. Boletim da Sociedade de
Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 75, 1/3, p. 53-74.
Almeida, António de. 1959. Sobre a esteatopygia dos bosquimanos e hotentotes de Angola.
Memórias de Academia das Ciências de Lisboa, tomo 8. Lisboa: Academia das Ciências. Pp
14.
Almeida, António de. 1965. Bushmen and other non-Bantu peoples of Angola: three lectures.
Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press for the Inst. for the Study of Man in Africa. Pp xi,
43.
176
Peripherals: Richard B. Lee, African studies, v. 25 (1966), p. 164-165; Richard B. Lee, American anthropologist, new series,
v. 69 (1967), p. 526-527.
Almeida, António de; Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1954. Sobre mutilações étnicas dos
cassequéles (Angola). Boletim do Inst. de Angola, v. 4, p. 13-28.
Almeida, António de; Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 19xx. Línguas não-bantas de Angola.
Manuscripto.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1953/54. Bosquimános de além-Cubango (Angola): os
Cassequeles (subsídio para o seu estudo). Estudos coloniais: revista da Escolar Superior
Colonial (Lisboa), v. 4, p. 203-219.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1956. Canones de mulheres indígenas de Angola. In: XXIII
congresso Luso-Espanhol celebrado na cidade de Coimbra de 1 a 5 de Junho de 1956, v. 5.
Coimbra: Associação Portuguesa para o Progresso das Ciêncas.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1956. Da estatura, peso e sera correlação em gentes nativas
de Angola. Garcia de orta, v. 5, 3, p. 349a-358.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1957. Duas lendas bosquimanos. Garcia de orta, v. 5, p. 553558.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1992. Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er) = The typological
profile(s) of the Khoisan languages. In: Till Rune från oss, p. 4-23. Ed. by Roger Källström &
Bo Ralph. Inst. för nordiska språk, Göteborgs Univ.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar. 1993. Khoisanspråk = Khoisan languages. Nationalencyklopedin
(Stockholm), v. 10, p. 590.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Ju/’hoan and ≠Kx’au//’ein. In: Languages in
Longman Botswana.
Angebauer, Karl. 1925. Norob, der Buschmann: eine Erzählung aus der Kalahari. Reutlingen
(Deutschland): Ensslin & Laibling. Pp 32.
Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet; Kohler, Bernard. 2008. A survey of Northern Khoisan tonology.
Frankfurter afrikanistische Blätter, v. 17 (spec. theme: ‘Tone systems in African languages’,
ed. by R.-J. Anyanwu), p. (?).
Argyle, W. John. 19xx. Sheep by any other name would smell as sweet: Khoisan livestock terms
and the Kalahari debate. Unpublished manuscript. Durban: Univ. of Natal.
Reference provided by Bonny Sands (pc).
Asch, Timothy; Asch, Patsy. 1986. Images that represent ideas: the use of films on the !Kung to
teach anthropology. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna
Marshall), p. 327-358. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee.
177
Balsan, François. 1959. Nouvelle approche de Bushmen au Kalahari. L’ethnographie, nouvelle
série, v. 53, p. 11-18.
Contains a short !Kung and Naro wordlist.
Balsan, François. 1959. Nouvelles aventures au Kalahari. Paris: Libr. Plon. Pp 240.
Barnard, Alan. 1978. Universal systems of kin categorization. African studies, v. 37, p. 69-81.
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Sex roles among the Nharo Bushman of Botswana. Africa: journal of the
Discusses Naro, ≠Kx’au-//ein (!Kung) and !Xoo.
Barnard, Alan. 1986. The present condition of Bushman groups. Occasional papers from the
Centre of African Studies (CAS), #12. Univ. of Edinburgh. Pp 31.
Barnard, Alan. 1987. Une population encerclée: les bushmen. Ethnies, v. 6/7, p. 37-46.
p. 162-166.
Barnard, Alan. 1996. Regional comparison in Khoisan ethnography: theory, method and practice.
Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 121, p. 203-220.
Batibo, Herman M.; Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole; Mosaka, Naledi M. 1997. Prospects for
sociolinguistic research undertaking in Botswana: priorities and strategies. In: Proceedings of
the LiCCA Workshop in Dar es Salaam, p. 27-36. Ed. by Birgit Smieja. LiCCA papers
(LiCCAP), #2. Duisburg: Languages in Contact and Conflict in Africa (LiCCA), Gerhard
Mercator Univ.
Battis, W.W. 1939. The amazing Bushman. Pretoria: Red Fawn Press.
linguistics, v. 12, 9, p. 343-348.
Becker, Peter. 1971. Peoples of southern Africa: their customs and beliefs. Johannesburg: The
Star. Pp 64.
Bentley, Anne. 1967. A book of words for the Bushmen: survival depends on adaptation to the
modern world. African world, v. 6/7, 2, p. (?).
This is “about the ’xung bushmen dictionary, written by E.O.J. Westphal” (Strohmeyer 1982:243). A ’xung dictionary?
Berry, Hu; Rocher, Stoffel; Paxton, Mark; Cooper, T. 1995. Origin and meaning of place names
in the Etosha National Park, Namibia. Windhoek: Instaprint.
Biddulph, Joseph. 1985. Introduction to Bushman. Pontypridd UK: Languages Information
Centre. Pp 20. ISBN-10 0-948565-02-0.
Typewritten booklet. Probably drawn from printed sources.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1971. Hunting in semi-arid areas: the Kalahari Bushmen
today. In: Proceedings of the conference on sustained production from semi-arid areas, p. 6267. Botswana notes and records, special editions, #1. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
178
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1972. To whom it may concern [English translation of an
open letter to the chiefs of Botswana from a !Kung woman]. Kutlwano: mutual understanding
(Gaborone), August 1972, p. 14.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1972. Oral expressive forms, creativity and ‘mental
community’ among the !Kung Bushmen. Botswana notes and records, v. 4, p. 284-286.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1972. The black-backed jackal and the brown hyena: a
!Kung Bushman folktale. Botswana notes and records, v. 4, p. 133-134.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1975. Song texts by the master of tricks. Botswana notes
and records, v. 7, p. 171-188.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1975. Folklore and ritual of !Kung hunter-gatherers. PhD
thesis. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Pp 297.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1976. Aspects of !Kung folklore. In: Kalahari huntergatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 302-324. Ed. by Richard Borshay
Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1978. Sapience and scarce resources: communication
systems of the !Kung and other foragers. Informations sur les sciences sociales/Social science
information, v. 17, 6, p. 921-946.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1978. Religion and folklore. In: The Bushmen: San hunters
and herders of southern Africa, p. 162-172. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town &
Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1979. Old K’’xau. In: Shamanic voices, p. 54-62. Ed. by J.
Halifax. New York: E.P. Dutton & Co.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1983. An ethnobotanical study of !Kung. Khoisan Special
Interest Group: newsletter, v. 1, p. 7-8.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1986. “Anyone with sense would know”: tradition and
creativity in !Kung narrative and song. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of
Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 83-106. Ed. by Rainer Vossen &
Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1987. Ju/wasi lessons. Khoisan Special Interest Group:
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1990. Shaken roots: the Bushmen of Namibia. With
photographs by Paul Weinberg. Johannesburg: Environmental and Development Agency
(EDA).
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1990. Reclaiming a cultural legacy: the Ju/’hoansi of
Namibia. Aperture, v. 119, p. 50-57.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1993. Land, language and leadership. Cultural survival
quarterly, v. (?), p. 57-60.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1993. Women like meat: the folklore and foraging ideology
of the Kalahari Ju/’hoan. Bloomington, Indianapolis & Johannesburg: Indiana Univ. Press;
Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1993. Bushman peoples of Namibia and South Africa. In:
State of the peoples: a global human rights report on societies in danger, p. 165. Ed. by Marc
S. Miller. Boston: Beacon Press.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1993. The Ju/’hoan Bushmen: indigenous rights in a new
country. In: State of the peoples: a global human rights report on societies in danger, p. 3339. Ed. by Marc S. Miller. Boston: Beacon Press.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1994. A new orthography of the Ju/’hoan Bushman
language and its political/educational implications. In: Developing Basarwa research and
Botswana.
179
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1995. Patrick Dickens’s Ju/’hoan linguistics work:
educational and political implications. In: The complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick
J. Dickens, p. 45-68. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen & Megan Biesele. Afrikanische
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1995. ‘Different people just have different minds’: a
personal attempt to understand Ju/’hoan storytelling aesthetics. Current writing: text and
reception in southern Africa (Durban), v. 7, 2, p. 1-18.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1998. Idioms of identity: Ju-/’hoan-language political
rhetoric 1987-1992. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 305319. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies),
#15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1998. Creativity and conservation: Ju/’hoan language
education projects. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 2000. To whom it may concern: or, is anyone concerned?
The Nyae Nyae Ju/’hoan tape archive, 1987-1993. Critical arts, v. 14, 2, p. 145-174.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; Gordon, Robert James; Lee, Richard B. (Ed.) 1986. The
past and future of !Kung ethnography: critical reflections and symbolic perspectives. Essays
in honour of Lorna Marshall. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske
Verlag. Pp 423. ISBN-10 3-87118-780-1.
Peripherals: Edwin N. Wilmsen, “The past and future of !Kung ethnograhy?”, New perspectives on the study of Khoisan, (ed.
by Rainer Vossen, 1988), p. 135-147.
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; Guenther, Mathias [Georg]; Hitchcock, Robert Karl; Lee,
Richard B.; MacGregor, Jean. 1988. Hunters, clients and squatters: the contemporary
socioeconomic status of Botswana Basarwa. African study monographs (Kyoto), v. 9, 3, p.
109-151.
Studies of five Bushman societies: Dobe, Kauri, Ghanzi, Bere and Nata.
URL: jambo.africa.kyoto-u.ac.jp/kiroku/root_e.htm
Bixler, Dorinda S. 1992. Parallel realities: Ju/wase of Nyae Nyae and South African policy in
Namibia 1950-1990. MA thesis. Lincoln NE: Univ. of Nebraska.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1924. Bushman terms of relationship. Bantu studies and general South
Deals with /Xam-ka-!’e (p. 57-62), //K’au-//en or Auen (p. 62-63), !Kung (p. 64-65), and Naron (p. 63+66-70).
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1927. Bushmen von Angola. Archiv für Anthropologie, neue Folge, v.
21 [49], p. 47-56.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1928. Bushmen of central Angola. Bantu studies, v. 3, 2, p. 105-125.
Contains linguistic examples from ≠Kh’au-//ein.
Press. Pp 94.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1934/35. !Kung mythology. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v.
25, p. 261-283.
180
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1942. Introduction: the Bushman tribes of southern Africa. In: The
Bushman tribes of southern Africa, p. 1-15. Ed. by Alfred Martin Duggan-Cronin. Kimberley:
Alexander McGregor Memorial Museum.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel; Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1911. Specimens of Bushman
folklore. With an introduction by G. Mc. Theal. London: George Allen & Unwin. Pp xl, 467.
The title on the cover says Bushmen folklore. Reprinted 1968 by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town (Africana collectanea, #28).
URL: www.archive.org/details/specimensofbushm00bleeuoft; www.sacred-texts.com/afr/sbf/index.htm
Peripherals: Anon, Journal of the African Society, v. 11 (1911/12), p. 366-368; Michael Wessels, “New directions in /Xam
studies: some of the implications of Andrew Bank’s Bushmen in a Victorian world”, Critical arts, v. 22 (2008), p. 69-82.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel; Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1938. Das wahre Gesicht des
Buschmannes in seinen Mythen und Märchen: nach Original-Buschmannerzählungen
niedergeschrieben. Aus dem englischen übersetzt von Käthe Woldman. Basel: Zbinden &
Hügin. Pp xii, 138.
The title of the original English edition of 1911 was Specimens of Bushman folklore.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Hawkes, Kristen; Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1994. Foraging
returns of !Kung adults and children: why didn’t !Kung children forage? Journal of
anthropological research, v. 50, 3, p. 217-248.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Hawkes, Kristen; Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1994. Differences
between Hadza and !Kung children’s work: original affluence or practical reason? In: Key
issues in hunter-gatherer research, p. 189-215. Ed. by Ernest S. Burch jnr & Linda J. Ellana.
Oxford & Providence: Berg.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Hawkes, Kristen; O’Connell, James F. 1989. Modelling and
measuring costs of children in two foraging societies. In: Comparative socioecology. Ed. by V.
Standen & R.A. Foley. Special publications from the British Ecological Society, #8. Blackwell
Scientific Publ.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Hawkes, Kristen; O’Connell, James F. 1996. The global process and
local ecology: how should we explain differences between the Hadza and the !Kung. In:
Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective, p. 159-187. Ed.
by Susan Kent. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Konner, Melvin J. 1973. Sex differences in the behaviour of
Bushman and London two- to five-year-olds. In: Comparative ecology and behaviour of
primates. Ed. by J. Crook & R. Michael. New York: Academic Press.
Blurton Jones, Nicholas G.; Konner, Nicolas; Konner, Melvin J. 1976. !Kung knowledge of
animal behaviour (or, the proper study of mankind is animals). In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers:
studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 325-348, 402. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee
& Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Bollig, Michael. 1988. Contemporary developments in !Kung research: the !Kung controversy in
the light of R.B. Lee’s The Dobe !Kung. In: New perspectives on the study of Khoisan, p. 109127. Ed. by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske
Verlag.
Britz, Elretha. 1991. New hope for the ‘little people’. Times of Namibia, v. 1, 9, p. 19-21.
181
Brontë-Stewart, B.; Budtz-Olsen, O.E.; Hickley, J.M.; Brock, J.F. 1960. The health and
nutritional status of the Kung of South West Africa. South African journal of laboratory and
clinical medicine, v. 6, p. 187-216.
Brooks, Alison S.; Gelburd, Diane J.; Yellen, John E. 1984. Food production and culture change
among the !Kung San: implications for prehistoric research. In: From hunters to farmers, p.
293-310. Ed. by John Desmond Clark & Stephen A. Brandt. Berkeley: Univ. of California
Press.
Brooks, Bryan. 1991. Pluractional verbs in African languages. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere
(AAP), v. 28, p. 157-168.
Includes examples from !Kung, and other languages.
Brownlee, Frank. 1943. The social organization of the !Kung (!Un) Bushmen of the northwestern Kalahari. Africa: journal of the International Inst. of African Languages and Cultures,
v. 14, 3, p. 124-129.
missionalia, v. 4, 25, p. 119-185.
Cardoso, Carlos Lopes. 1960. Contribuição para a bibliografia dos bochimanes de Angola.
Boletim do Inst. de Angola, v. 14, p. 5-22.
Carvalho, Horácio R.A. de. 1948. Camussequeres: algunos aspectos de sua vida. Mensário
administrativo (Luanda), v. 14, p. 23-24.
Castro jnr, Augusto C.S. 1951. Os ‘va-kwa-n-kala’ do alto Cunene. Mensário administrativo
(Luanda), v. 41/42, p. 11-27.
Castro jnr, Augusto C.S. 1951. As pinturas rupestres dos bosquimanos (pré-história africana).
Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 43/44, p. 47-90.
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1963. Bushman languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14th edition, v.
(?), p. (?).
Collier, Jane F.; Rosaldo, Michelle Z. 1981. Politics and gender in simple societies. In: Sexual
meanings, p. 275-329. Ed. by Sherry B. Ortner & Harriet Whitehead. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad]. 2001. The internal structure of verbs in Ju/’hoan and ≠Hoan.
Cornell working papers in linguistics, v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Khoisan: syntax, phonetics,
phonology and contact’, ed. by Arthur Bell and Paul Washburn), p. 1-27.
Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad]. 2003. The internal structure of VP in Ju/’hoansi and ≠Hoan. Studia
linguistica, v. 57, 1, p. 1-25.
Coon, Carleton Stevens. 1971. The hunting peoples. With maps and drawings by Alfren A.
Watson. Pp 459.
Details wanting. “With plenty notes about Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:188). Reprinted 1976 by Penguin Books in
Harmondsworth (Pelican anthropology library; ISBN-10 0-14-021887-4).
Crous, Con. 1976. The Khung Bushman of Okavango. Scope (Mobeni), November 1976, p. 5058.
182
Davis, Peter. 1985. The gods must be crazy. Cineaste, v. 14, 1, p. 51-53.
Review of the film The Gods must be crazy.
Deacon, Janette. 1996. A short note on Lloyd’s !Kung informants. In: Voices from the past: /Xam
Bushmen and the Bleek and Lloyd Collection, p. 40-43. Ed. by Janette Deacon & Thomas A.
Dowson. Khoisan heritage series. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Decrey, Jean. 1939. Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des bochimans,
hottentots, et griquas. Thèse. Univ. de Genève.
Decrey, Jean. 1940/41. Recherches de morphologie comparative sur la mandibule des bochimans,
hottentots, et griquas. Archives suisses d’anthropologie générale, v. 9, 1/2, p. 1-77.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1991. Ju/’hoan orthography in practice. South African journal of African
languages, v. 11, 1, p. 99-104.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1992. Ju/’hoan manuscript grammar. Nyae Nyae Development Foundation
of Namibia. Pp 69.
Referred to by Collins (2001:475).
Dickens, Patrick John. 1992. N≠oahnsi o Ju/’hoansi masi = A collection of Ju/’hoan
reminiscences and folktales. Windhoek. Pp 43.
Publication or manuscript.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1994. English-Ju/’hoan, Ju/’hoan-English dictionary. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #8. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 371.
ISBN-10 3-927620-55-6.
Includes a proposed orthography. Published posthumously.
Peripherals: Alec C. Campbell, Botswana notes and records, v. 26 (1994), p. 191; Jost Gippert, Lexicology, v. 3 (1997), p.
184-187.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1995. Why anthropologists need linguistics: the case of the !Kung. African
studies, v. 54, 1, p. 17-35.
Peripherals: Edwin N. Wilmsen, “On the mutual dependence of anthropology and linguistics: a comment on Dickens”,
African studies, v. 54 (1995), p. 36-44; Alan Barnard, “Wilmsen’s reply to Dickens”, African studies, v. 54 (1995), p. 45-46;
Edwin M. Wilmsen, “A note on Barnard’s comment on Wilmsen’s reply to Dickens”, African studies, v. 55 (1996), p. 139.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1996. The place of Lloyd’s !Kuñ texts in the Ju dialects. In: Voices from
the past: /Xam Bushmen and the Bleek and Lloyd Collection, p. 161-211. Ed. by Janette
Deacon & Thomas A. Dowson. Khoisan heritage series. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ.
Press.
Dickens, Patrick John. 1997. Relative clauses in Ju/’hoan. In: Namibian languages: reports and
Dickens, Patrick John. 2005. A concise grammar of Ju/’hoan, with a Ju/’hoan-English glossary
and a subject index. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #17.
Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 114. ISBN 978-3-89645-145-3.
Diniz, José Oliviera Ferreira. 1918. Populações indigénas de Angola. Coimbra: Impr. da Univ.
Homburger (1925:167) names the author D.J. de Oliviera Diniz.
Diniz, José Oliviera Ferreira. 1925. Une étude de l’ethnographie d’Angola. Pp 754.
Details wanting. Might be some kind of report.
183
Peripherals: J. Alves Correia, Anthropos, v. 10 (1925), p. 321-331.
Diniz, José Oliviera Ferreira. 1925. Une étude de l’ethnographie d’Angola. Anthropos:
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925. An outline of the phonetics of the language of the Chû: Bushmen
of north-west Kalahari. Bantu studies and general South African anthropology, v. 2, 3, p. 129165.
The article includes a few sample words of Hai//om. Note also that ‹Chû:› in the title is only a rough graphic approximation of
the actual spelling. The ‹C› should be the retroflex IPA click symbol (the old version), while the ‹u:› should have two
diacritics, a tilde on top and a circumflex below.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925. The Bushmen: the need of the gospel. South African baptist, May
1925, p. (?).
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925. The Qhung Bushmen of the Kalahari. South African geographical
journal, v. 8, p. 39-44.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1925. The Qhung Bushmen of the Kalahari. The star, 2 May 1925, p. (?).
Not sure what newspaper this is supposed to be.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1936. The Bushmen of the Kalahari. Transvaal educational news,
December 1936, p. 11-14.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1972. !Kung Bushman childhood. PhD thesis. Cambridge MA:
Harvard Univ.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1973. Crowding among hunter-gatherers: the !Kung Bushmen.
Science, v. 182, 4109, p. 301-303.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1975. !Kung women: contrasts in sexual egalitarianism in
foraging and sedentary context. In: Toward an anthropology of women, p. 77-109. Ed. by
Rayna P. Reiter. New York: Monthly Review Press.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1976. Social and economic constraints on child life among the
!Kung. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 199217. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ.
Press.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1978. The learning environment for aggression and anti-social
behavior among the !Kung. In: Learning non-aggression: the experience of non-literate
societies, p. 31-53. Ed. by Ashley Montagu. Oxford Univ. Press.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia. 1988. Technological change and child behaviour among the
!Kung. Ethnology: international journal of cultural and social anthropology, v. 27, p. 339365.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia; Haney, Christine. 2005. Patrilineal bias among a traditionally
egalitarian people: Ju/’hoansi naming practices. Ethnology: international journal of cultural
and social anthropology, v. 44, 3, p. 243-259.
Draper [Harpending], Patricia; Kranichfeld, M. 1990. Coming in from the bush: settled life by the
!Kung and their accommodation to Bantu neighbors. Human ecology, v. 18, 4, p. 363-384.
Duggan-Cronin, Alfred Martin. (Ed.) 1942. The Bushman tribes of southern Africa. With an
introductory article on the Bushmen tribes and descriptive notes on the plates by D.F. Bleek.
Kimberley: Alexander McGregor Memorial Museum. Pp 14, 40 plates.
1+11+12+13, p. (?).
184
Dyson, Tim. 1977. The demography of the Hadza: in historical perpspective. In: African
historical demography: proceedings of a seminar held in the Centre of African Studies,
University of Edinburgh, 29th and 30th April 1977, p. 139-154. Ed. by Christopher Fyfe &
David N. McMaster. Centre of African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Edinburgh.
Compares Hadza and !Kung demography (Bonny Sands, pc).
Vossen), p. 105-130.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1988. Patterns of sound in northern Khoisan. African languages and
cultures (London), v. 1, 2, p. 123-148.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1996. Ju/’hoan orthography and its uses. In: African languages in basic
England, Nicholas M. 1967. Bushman counterpoint. Journal of the International Folk Music
Council, v. 9, p. 58-66.
England, Nicholas M. 1968. Music among the Zû’/’wã-si of South West Africa and Botswana.
PhD thesis. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ.
Enriques, Victor. 1952. Bosquimanos de Angola. Archivos del Inst. de Estudios Africanos
(Madrid), v. 6, 22, p. 7-13.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1936. Les tribus bantoues du sud de l’Angola sont-elles fortement
métissées avec la race bushman? Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und
Sprachenkunde, v. 31, p. 572-576.
“Réponse d’un livre de Verneau ‘L’homme’, Paris. Estermann déclare, dans tout ce pays (district de Moçâmedes) il n’existe
pas actuallement de tribus bushmen. - Quelques indication sur les Vakede” (Strohmeyer 1982:190).
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1939. Os Boscimanes do Sul de Angola: notas etnográficas [pt. 3]. O
apostolado (Luanda), v. 214, p. 8-11.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1940. Um reconhecimento aos Bochimanes de Baixo Cunene [pt. 2].
O apostolado (Luanda), v. 270, p. 7.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1940. Um reconhecimento aos Bochimanes de Baixo Cunene [pt. 1].
O apostolado (Luanda), v. 269, p. 4?
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1946/49. Quelques observations sur les bochimans !Kung de l’Angola
méridionale [pt. 1]. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v.
41/44, 4/6, p. 711-722.
There might not be any further parts of this.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1949. Les bochimans du sud de l’Angola. Annales spiritaines, v. 59,
2, p. 29-31.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1951. O problema da differencião étnica em Angola (adaptão de uma
palestra radiofónica). Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v. 43/44, p. 11-14.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1956. Etnográfia do sudoeste de Angola. Tomo 1: os povos nãobantos e o grupo étnico dos Ambo’s. Esboço étnico do sudoeste de Angola. Lisboa: Junta de
185
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1976. The ethnography of southwestern Angola, 1: the non-Bantu
peoples; the Ambo ethnic group. Edited and translated from Portuguese by Gordon D. Gibson.
New York: Africana Publ. Pp xxviii, 228. ISBN-10 0-8419-0204-6.
Peripherals: Peter Carstens, Canadian journal of African studies, v. 11 (1977), p. 374-375; Joseph C. Miller, ASA (African
Studies Association) review of books, v. 4 (1978), p. 19-20.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1977. Ethnographie du sud-ouest de l’Angola. Tome 1: les peuples
non bantous et le groupe éthnique ambo. Traduit de la portuguese par François le Roux.
Bruxelles: Académie Royale des Sciences d’Outre-Mer (ARSOM).
Peripherals: David Birmingham, Africa, v. 50 (1980), p. 111-112.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1983. Etnográfia de Angola, sudoeste e centro: colectânea de artigos
dispersos, 2 vols. Lisboa: Junta de Investigações do Ultramar (JIU); Inst. de Investigação
Científica Tropical (IICT). Pp 483; 523.
Includes reprints of Estermann’s earlier works.
Estermann, Carlos [Padre]. 1990. Die Twa im Südwesten von Angola [Redaktion und Vorwort
von Dr Maria Fisch]. Journal of the Namibia Scientific Society, v. 42, p. 47-62.
Fabian, Johannes. 1965. !Kung Bushman kinship: componential analysis and alternative
interpretations. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 60, p.
663-718.
Fernandes-Costa, Francisco; others. 1984. Transition from a hunter-gatherer to a settled lifestyle
in the !Kung San: effect of iron, folat and vitamin B12 nutrition. American journal of clinical
nutrition, v. 40, p. 1295-1303.
Filippini, Antonio. 1971. I Boscimani dell’Africa del sud-ouest. Nigrizia: fatti e problemi del
mondo nero, v. 89, 13/15, p. 4-9.
Fourie, Louis. 1925/26. Preliminary notes on certain customs of the Hei-//om Bushmen. Journal
of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1, p. 49-63.
Later reprinted (at least) twice in the same journal, i.e. v. 8 (1951), p. 65-80, and v. 18/19 (1963/65), p. 19-34.
Fritsch, Gustav Theodor. 1880. Die afrikanischen Buschmänner als Urrasse. Zeitschrift für
Ethnologie, v. 12, 3, p. 289-300.
Gardner, Robert. 1957. Anthropology and film. Daedalus: proceedings of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences, v. 86, 4, p. 344-352.
About the “!Kung field enquiry by Peabody Museum Film Study Center” (Strohmeyer 1982:191).
Gelburd, Diane Elizabth. 1978. Indicators of culture change among the Dobe !Kung San.
Botswana notes and records, v. 10, p. 27-36.
Gelburd, Diane Elizabth. 1978. Indicators of culture change among the Dobe !Kung San. MA
thesis. Washington DC: George Washington Univ. Pp 413.
Gentz, P. [Oberleut.] 1909. Die Buschmänner: ein aussterbendes Volk in Deutsch-Südwestafrika.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, v. 26, p. 450-452.
186
Ghoneim-Graf, Ingrid. 1978. Möglichkeiten und Grenzen archäologischer Interpretationen: eine
aktual-archäologische Untersuchung an afrikanischen Gruppen. Arbeiten zur Urgeschichte
des Menschen, #3. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang. Pp ii, 105. ISBN-10 3-261-02611-1.
Contains a section about “Kung-Buschmänner” on p. 12-17 (Strohmeyer 1982:192).
Gibbs jnr, James L. (Ed.) 1965. Peoples of Africa. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Pp xiv,
594.
Treats fifteen African societies: Kpelle, Ganda, Afikpo Ibo, Tiriki, Jie, Tiv, Yoruba, Swazi, Fulani, Somali, !Kung, Mbuti
pygmies, Suku (Alur?), Ruanda, and others.
Giess, Wilhelm; Snyman, Jan Winston. 1970. Eingeborenennamen und Gebräuche von Pflanzen
des Kau-Kauveldes. Dinteria (Windhoek), v. (?), p. (?).
Giess, Wilhelm; Snyman, Jan Winston. 1986. The naming and utilization of plantlife by the
Zhu/’hõasi Bushmen of the Kau-Kauveld. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of
Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 237-346. Ed. by Rainer Vossen &
Glass, Paul. 1939. Die Buschmänner in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Veröffentlichungen des
geographischen Inst. des Albertus-Univ., neue Folge; Reihe ethnographie, #3. Königsberg:
Gräfe & Unzer. Pp 95.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Albertus-Univ. at Königsberg, 1939.
Goodwin, A.J.H. 1936. The Bushmen. The African observer: a review of contemporary affairs
(Bulawayo), v. 5, 5, p. 41-46.
Gordon, Robert James. 1984. The !Kung in the Kalahari exchange: an ethnohistorical
perspective. In: Past and present in hunter-gatherer studies, p. 195-224. Ed. by Carmel
Schrire. New York: Academic Press.
Gordon, Robert James. 1984. The San in transition, 2: what future for the Ju-/wasi of Nyae
Nyae? Occasional papers, #13. Boston & Cambridge MA: Cultural Survival.
Gordon, Robert James. 1986. Once again: how many Bushmen are there? In: The past and future
of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 53-68. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert
James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Gordon, Robert James. 1986. Bushman banditry in twentieth-century Namibia. In: Banditry,
rebellion and social protest in Africa, p. 173-189. Ed. by Donald Crummey. London &
Portsmouth NH: James Currey; Heinemann.
Gordon, Robert James. 1986. End note: a Namibian perspective on Lorna Marshall’s
ethnography. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p.
359-374. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Gordon, Robert James. 1989. Can Namibian San stop dispossession of their land? In: We are
here, p. 138-154. Ed. by Edwin N. Wilmsen. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.
Gotthardt, Josef [Bischof]. 1933. Auf zum Okavango. 3. Ausgabe. Hünfeld (Deutschland):
Oblaten der Unbeflekten Maria.
Unsure what this contains.
Green, Frederick. 1857. Narratives of an expedition to the north-west of Lake Ngami, extending
to the capital of Debabe’s territory via Souka River, hitherto an unexplored portion of Africa.
Eastern Province monthly magazine, v. 1, p. 252-257, 316-323, 385-392, 533-543, 595-601,
661-669.
Green, Frederick. 1860. Narrative of a journey to Ovamboland. Cape monthly magazine, v. 41, 7,
p. 302-307, 353-362.
Something’s wrong with the reference details. There shouldn’t be any v.41.
Gregg, Susan A.; Kintigh, Keith w.; Whallon, Robert. 1991. Linking ethnoarchaeological
interpretation and archaeological data: the sensitivity of spatial analytical methods to
187
postdepositional disturbance. In: The interpretation of archaeological spatial patterning, p.
149-196. Ed. by Ellen M. Kroll & T.D. Price. New York: Plenum Press.
The archaeology of !Kung sites (Bonny Sands, pc).
Gretschel, E. 1911/12. Die Buschmannsammlung Hannemann. Jahrbuch des städtischen
Deals with ‘Auen’ material.
Grintzesco, Suzanne. 1932/34. Contribution à l’étude anthropologique de fémur des bochimans.
Archives suisses d’anthropologie générale, v. 6, 1/2, p. 101-183.
Grintzesco, Suzanne. 1933. Contribution à l’étude anthropologique de fémur des bochimans.
Thèse. Univ. de Genève.
Grobbelaar, Barend Johannes. 1967. ’n Ondersoek na die verandering van die !Kung op
tegnologiese en ekonomiese gebiede. MA tesis. Univ. van Pretoria. Pp i, vi, 174, xxxvi.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1996. Diversity and flexibility: the case of the Bushmen of southern
Africa. In: Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective, p. 6586. Ed. by Susan Kent. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Deals with the !Kung and the !Xóõ.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1999. Tricksters and trancers: Bushman religion and society.
Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press. Pp ix, 288.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. (Ed.) 2005. Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West
Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung
(Research in Khoisan studies), #18. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 257. ISBN 978-3-89645146-0.
Includes English translations of five German articles by Hans Kaufmann, J.H. Wilhelm, Hauptmann Müller, E. Seydel, and
Oberleutnant Trenk. These were “selected from a pool of about two dozen German colonial writings, most of them reports by
colonial soldiers or officials on journeys of reconnaissance or exploration undertaken to various regions of the colonial
territory, South West Africa.”.
Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas. 1960. Ovakwankala (bochimanes) e Ovakwanyama (bantos): aspectos
do seu convivio. Garcia de orta, v. 8, p. 529-534.
Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas. 1968. Bochimanes !Khû de Angola: estudo ethnográfico. Luanda:
Inst. de Investigação Científica de Angola, Junta de Investigações do Ultramar (JIU). Pp 388.
Peripherals: Adrian C. Edwards, Africa, v. 41 (1971), p. 344-345.
Güldemann, Tom. 2000. Noun categorization systems in non-Khoe lineages of Khoisan.
Güldemann, Tom. 2001. Phonological regularities of consonant systems across Khoisan
lineages. Univ. of Leipzig papers on Africa (ULPA): languages and literatures series, #16.
Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. Leipzig. Pp 50. ISBN-10 3-932632-96-6.
Gusinde, Martin. 1966. Von gelben und schwarzen Buschmännern: eine untergehende Altkultur
im süden Afrikas. Graz: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt. Pp vi, 227.
Peripherals: Herbert Ganslmayr, Tribus: Jahrbuch des Linden-Museums, v. 17 (1968), p. 219-220.
Haile, Alfred J.; Tagart, Edward Samuel B. (Ed.) 1935. The Masarwa (Bushmen): report of an
inquiry by the South African District Committee of the London Missionary Society. Alice:
Lovedale Press for the London Missionary Society (LMS). Pp 33.
Most commonly referred to without the editor’s names.
Hansen, John D.L.; Truswell, A. Stewart; Freeseman, C.; MacHutchon, B. 1969. The children of
hunting and gathering Bushmen. South African medical journal, v. 43, p. 1158.
188
Harpending, Henry C. 1972. !Kung hunter-gatherer population structure. PhD thesis. Cambridge
MA: Harvard Univ.
Harpending, Henry C. 1976. Regional variation in !Kung populations. In: Kalahari huntergatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 152-165, 398. Ed. by Richard
Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Harpending, Henry C. 1994. Infertility and forager demography. American journal of physical
anthropology, v. 93, p. 385-390.
Harpending, Henry C.; Davis, Herbert. 1977. Some implications for hunter-gatherer ecology
derived from the spatial structure of resources. World archaeology, v. 8, 3, p. 275-286.
Harpending, Henry C.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1973. !Kung population structure. In: Genetic distance.
Ed. by J.F. Crow. New York: Plenum Press.
Harpending, Henry C.; Wansnider, Lu Ann. 1982. Population structures of Ghanzi and
Ngamiland !Kung. In: Current developments in anthropological genetics, v. 2, p. 29-50. Ed.
by M.H. Crawford & J.H. Mielke. New York: Plenum Press.
Hartmann, Georg. 1898. Bei den Sandfeldbuschmännern: letzte Expedition zu den
Sandfeldbuschmännern im nordöstlichen Schutzgebietes. Mitteilungen des Vereins für
Erdkunde zu Leipzig, v. 27, p. xxvi-xxvii.
Hasselbring, Sue. 1996. The use of languages in Gantsi District: implications for churches and
Christian organizations. Gaborone: Botswana Language Use Project. Pp 11.
Botswana Language Use Project. Pp 51.
Pp ii, 142.
Hasselbring, Sue. 2000. Where are the Khoesan of Botswana? In: Botswana: the future of the
minority languages. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Birgit Smieja. Duisburger Arbeiten zur
Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, #40. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Hays, Jennifer; Siegrühn, Amanda. 2005. Education and the San of southern Africa. Indigenous
affairs, v. 1/2005, p. 26-34.
Heckler, Melissa. 1995. The whole village classroom: a portrait of linguist and a people. In: The
complete linguist: papers in memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 69-83. Ed. by Anthony Traill,
Rainer Vossen & Megan Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe
Verlag.
Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx. Hai//’om and !Xóu stories from north Namibia. Manuscript.
Heikkinen, Terttu. 19xx. !Xu grammar. Manuscript, ref. BC 1143/15,4. The E.O.J. Westphal
Papers, Rare Documents and Manuscripts Dept., Univ. of Cape Town.
Included among Westphal’s notes and manuscripts.
Heikkinen, Terttu. 1986. Outline of the phonology of the !Xû dialect spoken in Ovamboland and
western Kavango. South African journal of African languages, v. 6, 1, p. 18-28.
Heikkinen, Terttu. 1987. An outline grammar of the !Xû language spoken in Ovamboland and
West Kavango. South African journal of African languages, v. 7, suppl. 1, p. 1ff.
189
Complete issue.
Heine, Bernd. 1982. African noun class systems. In: Apprehension: das sprachliche Erfassen von
Gegenstanden, v. 1, p. 189-216. Ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Christopher Lehmann. Language
universals series, #1:1. Tübingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.
Includes discussions of many languages, namely, Kxoe (Central Khoesan), Turkana (East Nilotic), Maasai (East Nilotic),
Swahili G40, Rendille (East Cushitic), Lelemi (Kwa), Katcha (Kordofanian), Sampur (East Nilotic), Elmolo (East Cushitic),
Camus (East Nilotic), Ful (Atlantic), Animere (Kwa), Mba (Ubangi), Zande (Ubangi), !Xu (North Khoesan), Daju (East
Sudanic), and Iraqw (South Cushitic).
Heine, Bernd. 2000. Grammaticalization chains across languages: an example from Khoisan. In:
Reconstructing grammar: comparative linguistics and grammaticalization, p. 177-200. Ed. by
Spike Gildea. Typological studies in language, #43. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Heine, Bernd; König, Christa. 2004. !Xun as a type B language. In: Globalisation and African
languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère), p. 263-277. Ed. by Katrin Bromber
& Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studies and monographs, #156. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Heine, Bernd; König, Christa. 2005. Grammatical hybrids: between serialization, compounding
and derivation in !Xun (North Khoisan). In: Morphology and its demarcations: selected
papers from the 11th morphology meeting, Vienna, February 2004. Ed. by Wolfgang U.
Dressler, Dieter Kastovsky, Oskar E. Pfeiffer & Franz Rainer. Current issues in linguistic
theory, #264. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publ.
Heintze, Beatrix. 1971/72. Buschmänner und Ambo: Aspekte ihrer gegenseitigen Beziehungen.
Heinz, Hans Joachim; Lee, Marshall. 1979. Namkwa: life among the Bushmen. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin & Co. Pp xiii, 272. ISBN-10 0-224-01464-1.
“Through marriage with the Saas Namkwa the ethnologist Heinz entered life with the Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:193).
Hewitt, Roger L. 1985. The oral literature of the San and related peoples. In: Literatures in
African languages: theoretical issues and sample surveys, p. 650-672. Ed. by Bogumil W.
Andrzejewski, Stanislaw Pilaszewicz & Witold Tyloch. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1954. Die Völker Afrikas. In: Die neue grosse Völkerkunde, Bd 1, p. 279564. Ed. by Hugo Adolf Bernatzik. Frankfurt-am-Main: Herkul.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1978. A history of research among Basarwa in Botswana. Working
papers, #19. Gaborone: Botswana National Archives. Pp 25.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1978. An overview of academic research among Basarwa in Botswana.
In: Proceedings of the workshop on outlining the Botswana research landscape, p. 44-49. Ed.
by Bernard S. Weimer. Gaborone: National Inst. of Development and Cultural Research
Documentation Unit (NIR).
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1988. Decentralization and development among the Ju/wasi, Namibia.
Cultural survival quarterly, v. 12, 3, p. 31-33.
Holub, Emil. 18xx. Die Masarwa.
Details wanting. “Ohne nähere bibliogr. Angaben. Buschmänner des nördl. S.W.A.s und Botswanas” (Strohmeyer 1982:194).
Honken, Henry. 1988. Phonetic correspondences among Khoisan affricates. In: New perspectives
on the study of Khoisan, p. 47-65. Ed. by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #7.
Honken, Henry. 1997. Alternations between ! and // in the Zhu languages. Manuscript.
Honken, J. 1977. Change of word order in Zhu/’hõasi. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic
studies 1975, p. 1-10. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Honken, J. 1979. Internal reconstruction in Zhu/’hõasi. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 5, p. 1-7.
Ed. by Anthony Traill. Johannesburg: African Studies Inst., Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
190
Hovelmann, Wendy. 2000. African languages and their place in education in southern Africa
(with special reference to Khoesan languages). In: The state of Khoesan languages in
Botswana, p. 100-107. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane
(Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of
Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
The chapter title is given “African languages in southern Africa (with special reference to Khoesan languages)” in the book’s
table of contents.
Howell, Nancy. 197x. Demographic studies of the !Kung Bushmen of the Dobe area of
Botswana: a preliminary report. Manuscript. Office of Population Research, Princeton Univ.
Howell, Nancy. 197x. Estimating absolute age in a remote and nonliterate population: a method
for assigning ages to individuals of the !Kung Bushmen of the Dobe area of Botswana.
Manuscript. Office of Population Research, Princeton Univ.
Howell, Nancy. 1976. The population of the Dobe area !Kung. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers:
studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 137-151. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee &
Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Howell, Nancy. 1979. Demography of the Dobe !Kung. New York: Academic Press.
Lang.
Jenkins, Trefor; Lehmann, H.; Nurse, George Trevor. 1974. Public health and genetic
constitution of the San (“Bushmen”): carbohydrate metabolism and acetylator status of the
!Kung of Tsumkwe in the north-western Kalahari. British medical journal, v. 2, p. 23-26.
Jenkins, Trefor; Nurse, George Trevor. 1974. Genetic studies on Botswana peoples. Botswana
Jenkins, Trefor; others. 1987. Transition from a hunter-gatherer to a settled lifestyle among the
!Kung San (Bushmen): effect of glucose tolerance and insulin secretion. South African journal
of science, v. 83, 7, p. 410-412.
Jenny, Hans R. 1975. In Köhlers Lager. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 16, 1, p. 1.
“Gericht über ein Lager O. Köhlers in Dikundu. Ethnologische Anmerkungen über die Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:195).
Kapfer, R.; Petermann, W.; Thoms, R. (Ed.) 1991. Jäger und Gejagte: John Marshall und seine
Filme. München: Trickster Verlag.
Katz, Richard. 1976. Education for transcendence: !Kia healing with the Kalahari !Kung. In:
Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 281-301, 400401. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ.
Press.
Katz, Richard. 1981. Education as transformation: becoming a healer among the !Kung and the
Fijians. Harvard educational review, v. 51, p. 57-78.
Katz, Richard. 1982. Boiling energy: community healing among the Kalahari !Kung. Cambridge
MA: Harvard Univ. Press.
191
Katz, Richard; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1986. !Kung healing: the symbolism of sex
roles and culture change. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna
Katz, Richard; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; St. Denic, V. 1997. Healing makes our
hearts happy: spirituality and cultural transformation amongthe Kalahari Ju/’hoansi.
Rochester VT: Inner Traditions.
Kaufmann, Hans L. 1910. Die ≠Auin: ein Beitrag zur Buschmannforschung. Mitteilungen aus
den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 23, p. 135-160.
Kaufmann, Hans L. 2005. The Auin [translated from German]. In: Kalahari and Namib Bushmen
in German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers and settlers. Ed. by
Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #18. Köln:
Kennelly, Brian M.; Truswell, A. Stewart; Schrire, V. 1972. A clinical and electrocardiographic
study of !Kung Bushmen. South African medical journal, v. 46, p. 1093-1097.
Kinahan, John; Kinahan, Jill. 1984. An archaeological reconnaissance of Bushmanland and
southern Kavango. Windhoek: Dept. of Agriculture and Nature Conservation, South West
Africa.
Kirby, Percival R. 1936. A study of Bushman music. Bantu studies, v. 10, p. 205-252.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1971. Noun classes and grammatical agreement in !Xû (zu-/hõa
dialect). In: Actes du 8ème congrès international de linguistique africaine, Abidjan, 24-28
mars 1969, v. 2, p. 489-522. Ed. by Maurice Houïs. Annales de l’Univ. d’Abidjan, série H:
linguistique, hors série, #2. Abidjan.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1972. Kultur und Gesellschaft der !Khung: Sammlung von
Texten mit Tonbezeichnung und Übersetzung.
Referred to by Köhler (1981:478).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1972. Wörterbuch des !Khung: Dialekt von Dikundu.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1973. Grundzüge der Grammatik der !Khung-Sprache
(unpubliziertes Manuskript). Univ. zu Köln.
Kulturkunde, v. 19/20, p. 162-199.
192
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. La langue !Xû. In: Les langues dans le monde ancien et
moderne, p. 556-615. Ed. by Jean Perrot, Gabriel Manessy & Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre
National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
Kolata, Gina Bari. 1974. !Kung hunter-gatherers: feminism, diet and birth control. Science, v.
185, p. 932-934.
Kolata, Gina Bari. 1981. !Kung Bushmen join the South African Army: anthropologists are
divided on whether to protect the !Kung’s involvement in the Namibian war. Science, v. 211,
4482, p. 562-564.
König, Christa. 2005. Case in Africa: on categorial misbehavior. In: Studies in African linguistic
typology, p. 195-207. Ed. by Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz. Typological studies in language,
#64. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.
König, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 2001. The !Xun of Ekoka: a demographic and linguistic report.
Khoisan forum working papers, #17. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in
Africa (ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne. Pp xi, 192.
König, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 2003. Location and motion in !Xun (Namibia). In: Motion,
direction and location in languages: in honor of Zygmunt Frajzyngier, p. 129-150. Ed. by Erin
Shay & Uwe Seibert. Typological studies in language. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
König, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 2004. Verb extensions in !Xun (W2 dialect). Annual publication in
African linguistics (APAL), v. 2, p. (?).
König, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 2008. A concise dictionary of northwestern !Xun. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #21. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp vi,
186. ISBN 978-3-89645-149-1.
Konner, Melvin J. 1976. Maternal care, infant behavior and development among the !Kung. In:
Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours. Ed. by Richard
Konner, Melvin J.; Shostak, Marjorie. 1986. Ethnographic romanticism and the idea of human
nature: parallels between Samoa and !Kung San. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography
(Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 69-76. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon &
Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Konner, Melvin J.; Worthman, Carole [Marie]. 1980. Nursing frequency, gonadal function and
birth spacing among !Kung hunter-gatherers. Science, v. 207, p. 788-791.
Krause, A. 1939. Von den Buschmännern im Sandveld. Katholische missionsarztliche Fürsorge
Jahrbuch, v. 16, p. 79-82.
Kubik, Gerhard. 1984. Das khoisan-Erbe im Suden von Angola: dargestellt anhand
etnographischer, linguistischer und musikologischer Fakten. Wien. Pp 31.
Thesis? Manuscript? Self-published?
Ladefoged, Peter; Maddieson, Ian. 1996. Clicks. In: The sounds of the world’s languages, p. 246280. Oxford & Cambridge MA: Blackwell Publ.
v. 22, p. 33-64.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1929. Bei den !Kun-Buschleuten am oberen Omuramba und Ovambo
(Südwestafrika). Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, v. 59, p. 12-16.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1931. Zur Anthropologie der Kung-Buschleute. Anzeige der Akademie der
Wissenschaften in Wien, mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Klasse, v. 68, p. 24-26.
193
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1934. Die Buschmänner Südwestafrikas. Africa: journal of the International
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1937. Eine Wortliste der !Kung vom oberen Omuramba u Ovambo. Wiener
Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, v. 44, p. 97-131.
Lee, Richard B. 1965. Unpublished checklist of plant and animal names. Cambridge MA: Dept.
of Social Relations, Harvard Univ.
Mentioned by Levy (1968:3), and others.
Lee, Richard Borshay. 1965. Subsistence ecology of !Kung Bushmen. PhD thesis. Berkeley:
Univ. of California. Pp 209.
Lee, Richard B. 1967. Trance cure of the !Kung Bushmen. Natural history, v. 76, 11, p. 31-37.
Lee, Richard B. 1968. What hunters do for a living: how to make out on scarce resources. In:
Man the hunter, p. 30-48. Ed. by Richard B. Lee & Irven DeVore. Chicago: Aldine Publ.
Lee, Richard B. 1968. The sociology of !Kung Bushman trance performers. In: Trance and
possession states, p. 35-54. Ed. by Raymond Prince. Montréal: R.M. Bucke Memorial Society.
Lee, Richard B. 1969. Eating Christmas in the Kalahari. Natural history, December 1969, p. 1422, 60-63.
Reprinted 1984 in The Dobe !Kung (Holt, Rinehart & Winston).
Lee, Richard B. 1969. !Kung Bushman subsistence: an input-output analysis. In: Environment
and cultural behavior, p. 47-79. Ed. by Andrew P. Vayda. Garden City NY: Natural History
Press.
Reprinted/revised 1969 in Contributions to anthropology (ed. by David Damas; Queens Printer; Bulletins from the National
Museums of Canada, #230), p. 73-94; and 1972 in The ecology of man: an ecosystem approach (ed. by Robert Leo Smith;
Harper & Row), p. 54-70.
Lee, Richard B. 1971. The Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert (record and filmstrip). In: Studying
societies. New York: The Macmillan Company.
Lee, Richard Borshay. 1971. Kalahari-1 site and its contents. In: The origin of humanness. New
York: The Macmillan Company.
Lee, Richard B. 1972. The !Kung Bushmen of Botswana. In: Hunters and gatherers today, p.
327-368. Ed. by Marco Giuseppe Bicchieri. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Lee, Richard B. 1972. Population growth and the beginnings of sedentary life among !Kung
Bushmen. In: Population growth: anthropological implications, p. 329-342. Ed. by Brian
Spooner. Cambridge MA: The MIT (Massachusetts Inst. of Technology) Press.
Lee, Richard B. 1972. The intensification of social life among the !Kung Bushmen. In:
Population growth: anthropological implications, p. 343-350. Ed. by Brian Spooner.
Cambridge MA: The MIT (Massachusetts Inst. of Technology) Press.
Lee, Richard B. 1972. Work effort, group structure and land use in contemporary huntergatherers. In: Man, settlement and urbanism: research seminar in archaeology, p. 177-185.
Ed. by Peter J. Ucko, R. Tringham & G.M. Dimbleby. London: Gerald Duckworth & Co.
Lee, Richard B. 1972. !Kung spatial organization: an ecological and historical perspective.
Human ecology, v. 1, 2, p. 125-147.
Reprinted 1976 in Kalahari hunter-gatherers (ed. by Richard B. Lee & Irven DeVore; Harvard Univ. Press), p. 73-97.
Lee, Richard B. 1973. Mongongo: the ethnography of a major wild food resource. Ecology of
food and nutrition, v. 2, p. 307-321.
Lee, Richard B. 1974. Male-female residence arrangements and political power in human huntergatherers. Archives of sexual behavior, v. 3, 2, p. 167-173.
Lee, Richard B. 1975. The !Kungs’ new culture. In: Science year 1976. Chicago: World Book
Encyclopedia.
Lee, Richard B. 1976. !Kung spatial organization: an ecological and historical perspective. In:
Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 73-97. Ed. by
Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
194
Lee, Richard B. 1978. Ecology of a contemporary San people. In: The Bushmen: San hunters and
herders of southern Africa, p. 94-114. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town &
Lee, Richard B. 1979. The !Kung San: men, women and work in a foraging society. Cambridge
Univ. Press. Pp 562.
Peripherals: Paul Spencer, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 44 (1981), p. 213-214; Edwin N.
Wilmsen, “The ecology of illusion: anthropological foraging in the Kalahari”, Reviews in anthropology, v. 10 (1983), p. 9-20.
Lee, Richard B. 1979. Hunter-gatherers in process: the Kalahari research project, 1963-1976. In:
Long-term field research in social anthropology, p. 303-321. Ed. by George M. Foster, Thayer
Scudder, Elizabeth Colson & Robert V. Kemper. New York: Academic Press.
Social inequality: comparative and developmental approaches, p. 83-102. Ed. by Gerald D.
Berreman. New York: Academic Press.
This could be a reprint. Barnard (1992:33) gives the additional date 1978 in square brackets.
Politics and history in band societies, p. 37-59. Ed. by Eleanor B. Leacock & Richard B. Lee.
Cambridge & Paris: Cambridge Univ. Press; Ed. de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme.
See also Lee (1981).
Lee, Richard B. 1984. The Dobe !Kung. Case studies in anthropology. New York: Holt, Rinehart
& Winston.
Lee, Richard B. 1985. Foragers and the state: government policies toward the San in Namibia and
Botswana. In: The future of the former foragers, p. 37-45. Ed. by Carmel Schrire & Robert
James Gordon. Cultural survival occasional papers, #18. Cambridge MA: Cultural Survival.
Lee, Richard B. 1986. !Kung kin terms: the name relationship and the process of discovery. In:
The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 77-102. Ed. by
Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4.
Lee, Richard B. 1986. The gods must be crazy, but the state has a plan: government policies
towards the San in Namibia. Canadian journal of African studies / Revue canadienne des
études africaines, v. 20, 1, p. 91-98.
Lee, Richard B. 1988. The gods must be crazy, but the state has a plan: government policies
towards the San in Namibia and Botswana. In: Namibia 1884-1984: readings of Namibia’s
history and society, p. 539-568. Ed. by Brian Wood. London: Namibia Support Committee in
association with the United Nations Inst. for Namibia (UNIN).
Lee, Richard B. 1988. Reflections on primitive comunism. In: Hunters and gatherers, 1: history,
evolution and social change, p. 252-268. Ed. by Tim Ingold, David Riches & James C.
Woodburn. Explorations in anthropology. Oxford & Providence: Berg.
Lee, Richard B. 1991. The !Kung in question: evidence and context in the Kalahari debate. In:
Foragers in context: long-term, regional and historical perspectives in hunter-gatherer
studies, p. 9-16. Ed. by Preston T. Miracle, Lynn E. Fisher & Jody Brown. Michigan
discussions in anthropology, #10. Ann Arbor: Dept. of Anthropology, Univ. of Michigan.
Lee, Richard B. 1998. Gumi kwara: i kwara: e ba n//a basi o win si !kwana. Oral histories from
Nyae Nyae-Dobe and the Khoisan Renaissance. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities
and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July
1997, p. 67-73. Ed. by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in
association with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Lee, Richard B. 2002. Solitude or servitude? Ju/’hoansi images of the colonial encounter. In:
Ethnicity, hunter-gatherers and the “other”: association or assimilation in Africa. Ed. by
Susan Kent. Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press.
Lee, Richard B.; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1996. Three
decades of ethnographic research among the Ju/’hoansi of northwest Botswana: 1963-1996.
195
Lee, Richard B.; DeVore, Irven. 1970. Ngamiland !Kung Bushmen: research in progress.
Lee, Richard B.; DeVore, Irven. (Ed.) 1976. Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San
and their neighbours. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press. Pp xix, 408. ISBN-10
0-674-49980-8, 0-674-49985-9.
Lee, Richard B.; Hurlich, Susan. 1982. From foragers to fighters: South Africa’s militarization of
Namibian San. In: Politics and history in band societies, p. 327-345. Ed. by Eleanor B.
Leacock & Richard B. Lee. Cambridge & Paris: Cambridge Univ. Press; Ed. de la Maison des
Sciences de l’Homme.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf. 1953. Einführung (zu J.H. Wilhelm’s “Die !Kung Buschleute”).
Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig, v. 12, p. 91-109.
Lewis-Williams, J. David. 1972. The syntax and function of the Giant’s Castle rock paintings.
South African archaeological bulletin, v. 27, p. 49-65.
Lewis-Williams, J. David. 1974. Superpositioning in a sample of rock-paintings from the Barkly
East district. South African archaeological bulletin, v. 29, p. 93-103.
Lewis-Williams, J. David; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1978. Eland hunting rituals
among northern and southern San groups: striking similarities. Africa: journal of the
Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1889. A short account of further Bushman material collected: third
report concerning Bushman researches, presented to both Houses of the Parliament of the
Cape of Good Hope, by command of His Excellency the Governor. London: David Nutt. Pp
28.
Lloyd, Lucy Catherine. 1911. Supplement: a few !Kun texts. In: Specimens of Bushman folklore,
p. 404-433. Ed. by Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel Bleek & Lucy Catherine Lloyd. London:
George Allen & Unwin.
Lützenkirchen, Willy. 1981. Und keinen weint ihnen nach [mit Fotos von Anthony Bannister].
Geo: das neue Bild der Erde, v. 9/1981, p. 51-71.
“Saan der Tsodilo-Berge; Saan und moderne Industriegesellschaft; Saan als Soldaten des namibischen Wehrmacht”
Maddieson, Ian. 1977. Tone loans: a question concerning tone spacing and a method of
answering it. UCLA (Univ. of California, Los Angeles) working papers in phonetics, v. 36, p.
49-83.
Deals with Lendu, Ju/’hoansi, and other languages.
URL: repositories.cdlib.org/uclaling/wpp/No36/
Maddieson, Ian. 1984. Patterns of sounds. Cambridge Univ. Press. Pp 422.
Includes Nama and !Kung phonology.
Maguire, Brian. 1953. A report on the food plants (‘veldkos’) of the Kung Bushmen of the
Gautsha Pan and cigarette areas of northeastern South West Africa, based on collections and
observations made from mid-December 1952 until February 1953. In collaboration with the
Harvard-Peabody Anthropological Expedition to South West Africa. MS Bolus Herbarium
Collection, Univ. of Cape Town.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1929. Some linguistic problems of South Africa. South African journal
of science, v. 26, p. 835-865.
Compares Central, Northern and Southern Khoisan.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1957. Three Bushman languages [pt. 1: the first two Bushman
languages]. African studies, v. 16, 1, p. 37-71.
Deals with Ju/’hoan and G//ana only. The third language (!Ko) is discussed in a follow-up article.
Marais, François; others. 1984. Ondersoek na die boesmanbevolkingsgroep in SWA. Windhoek:
Direktoraat Ontwikkelingskoördinering, SWA/Namibië.
196
Marshall, John. 1956. The hunters: a film. Somerville MA: Center for Documentary
Anthropology.
Reprinted 1958 by McGraw-Hill Book for Contemporary Films in Heighstown UK.
Marshall, John. 1957. Ecology of the Kung Bushmen of the Kalahari. Senior honours thesis
(anthropology). Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ.
Marshall, John. 1958. Hunting among the Kalahari Bushmen. Natural history, v. 67, p. 291-309,
376-395.
Marshall, John. 1958. Man as a hunter. Natural history, v. 67, p. 291-309, 376-395.
Marshall, John. 1962. A joking relationship: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Marshall, John. 1969. A rite of passage: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: S. Reichlin, A rite of passage: a study guide (Documentary Educational Resources, 1975).
Marshall, John. 1969. A curing ceremony: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Marshall, John. 1969. An argument about a marriage: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary
Educational Resources.
Peripherals: S. Reichlin, An argument about a marriage: a study guide (Documentary Educational Resources, 1974).
Marshall, John. 1970. The melon tossing game: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary
Marshall, John. 1972. Debe’s tantrum: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Marshall, John. 1973. The wasp’s nest: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: S. Reichlin, The wasp’s nest: a study guide (Documentary Educational Resources, 1974).
Marshall, John. 1973. Playing with scorpions: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Marshall, John. 1973. Lion game: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational Resources.
Marshall, John. 1974. N/um Tchai, the ceremonial dance of the !Kung Bushmen: a film.
Watertown MA: Documentary Educational Resources.
Marshall, John. 1974. The meat fight: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: S. Reichlin, The meat fight: a study guide (Documentary Educational Resources, 1974).
Marshall, John. 1979. N!ai, the story of a !Kung woman: a film. Watertown MA: Documentary
Peripherals: Lorna Marshall, “N!ai, the story of a !Kung woman”, Odyssey, v.? (1980), p. 10-15; Toby A. Volkman, The San
in transition, 1: a guide to ‘N!ai, the story of a woman’ (Cultural Survival occasional papers, #9, Cambridge, 1982).
Marshall, John. 1984. Death blow to the Bushmen. Cultural survival quarterly, v. 8, 3, p. 13-16.
Marshall, John; Ritchie, Claire. 1984. Where are the Ju/wasi of Nyae-Nyae? Changes in a
Bushman society, 1958-1981: report to the Government of South West Africa/Namibia.
Communications from the Centre for African Studies (CAS), #9. Univ. of Cape Town. Pp 197.
Marshall, Lorna. 198x. Beliefs and rites of the Nyae Nyae !Kung.
Details wanting.
Marshall, Lorna. 1957. The kin terminology system of the !Kung Bushmen. Africa: journal of the
Marshall, Lorna. 1957. N!ow. Africa: journal of the International African Inst., v. 27, 3, p. 232240.
197
Marshall, Lorna. 1959. Marriage among !Kung Bushmen. Africa: journal of the International
African Inst., v. 29, 4, p. 335-365.
Marshall, Lorna. 1960. !Kung Bushman bands. Africa: journal of the International African Inst.,
v. 30, 4, p. 325-355.
Reprinted 1968 in Readings on the sociology of language (ed. by Joshua A. Fishman; Mouton & Co.); and 1976 in Marshall’s
The !Kung of Nyae Nyae (Harvard Univ. Press).
Marshall, Lorna. 1961. Sharing, talking and giving: relief of social tensions among !Kung
Bushmen. Africa: journal of the International African Inst., v. 31, 3, p. 231-249.
Reprinted 1968 in Readings on the sociology of language (ed. by Joshua A. Fishman; Mouton & Co.); and 1976 in Marshall’s
The !Kung of Nyae Nyae (Harvard Univ. Press); and 1976 in Kalahari hunter-gatherers (ed. by Richard B. Lee & Irven
DeVore; Harvard Univ. Press), p. 349-372.
Marshall, Lorna. 1962. !Kung Bushman religious beliefs. Africa: journal of the International
African Inst., v. 32, 3, p. 221-252.
Marshall, Lorna. 1965. The !Kung Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert. In: Peoples of Africa, p. 241278. Ed. by James L. Gibbs jnr. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Marshall, Lorna. 1969. The medicine dance of the !Kung Bushmen. Africa: journal of the
Marshall, Lorna. 1975. Two Ju/wa constellations. Botswana notes and records, v. 7, p. 153-159.
Marshall, Lorna. 1976. The !Kung of Nyae Nyae. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ. Press. Pp xxiii,
433. ISBN-10 0-674-50569-7.
Includes reprints of articles originally published in Africa.
Marshall, Lorna. 1980. N!ai, the story of a !Kung woman. Odyssey, v. (?), p. 10-15.
Peripherals: John Marshall, N!ai, the story of a !Kung woman (film, 1979).
Marshall, Lorna. 1986. Some Bushman star lore. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in
honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 169-204. Ed. by Rainer
Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut Buske
Verlag.
Investigates what different stars and star constellations symbolize in Bushman belief/mythology.
Marshall, Lorna. 1999. Nyae Nyae !Kung beliefs and rites. Peabody Museum monographs, #8.
Cambridge MA: Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard Univ. Pp xxxvii,
361.
Marshall, Lorna; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1974. N/um Tchai, the ceremonial dance
of the !Kung Bushmen: a study guide. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational Resources.
Marshall, Lawrence K.; Marshall, Lorna. 1956. !Kung Bushmen of South West Africa. SouthWest Africa annual / Suidwes-Afrika jaarboek / Südwestafrika-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), 1956, p.
11-27.
The first author’s name is spelled Laurence (Strohmeyer 1982:198).
Martin, Rudolf. 1926. Zur Anthropologie der Buschmänner. In: Die Diamantenwüste
Südwestafrikas, v. 2, p. 436-490. Ed. by Erich Kaiser. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer
(Ernst Vohsen).
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1892. Linguistisches und ethnographisches aus DeutschSüdwestafrika. Allgemeine Zeitung (München), v. 194, Beiheft 162, p. 5-7.
Merwe, S. van der. 1960. Die Boesmans van Südwestafrika. Die staatsamptenaar/The public
servant, November 1960, p. 32-34.
Metzger, Fritz. 1950. Narro and his clan. Windhoek: John Meinert in co-operation with the SWA
(South West Africa) Scientific Society. Pp 93.
Metzger, Fritz. 1988. Narro und seine Sippe. Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika)
Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
198
Metzger, Fritz. 1993. Narro and his clan: the lost world of the Bushmen. 2nd English edition, retranslated by P. Reiner. Windhoek: Kuiseb Verlag. Pp 87. ISBN-10 99916-703-0-0.
Metzger, Fritz; Ettighofer, P.S. 1952. Und seither lacht die Hyäne: Buschmann-Fabeln.
Windhoek: John Meinert. Pp 111.
Metzger, Fritz; Ettighofer, P.S. 1995. The hyena’s laughter: Bushman fables. Translated from
German by P. Reiner. Windhoek: Kuiseb Verlag. Pp 112. ISBN-10 99916-703-2-7.
Milheiros, Mário. 1972. Indices historico-corografico de Angola. Luanda: Inst. de Investigação
Científica de Angola, Junta de Investigações do Ultramar (JIU).
Mill, D. 1987. SADF’s Bushmen: desert nomads on SWAPO’s track. Soldier of fortune, January
1987, p. 32-37.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1995. The tonology of Ju/’hoan nouns. Manuscript. Univ. of Illinois
at Urbana-Champaign (UIUC).
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1995. An aperture analysis of Ju/’hoan clicks. Manuscript. Univ. of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign (UIUC).
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1996. Ju/’hoasi tonogenesis. Manuscript. Columbus OH: Ohio State
Univ.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1997. A decompositional analysis of Khoisan lexical tone. Studies in
the linguistic sciences, v. 27, 1 (spec. theme: ‘Papers in phonology from the second midcontinental workshop on phonology’, ed. by Jennifer Cole with Elmer H. Antonsen), p. 153168.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1997. A gestural analysis of Ju/’hoasi stops. Manuscript. Columbus
OH: Ohio State Univ.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1998. Towards a unified decompositional analysis of Khoisan
lexical tone. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 217-243. Ed.
by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15.
Tonological analysis of Ju/’hoan and !Xóõ.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2000. C-V coarticulation and complex consonants: evidence for
ordering in click place gestures. In: Proceedings of LP ’98, p. 301-330. Ed. by Osamu
Fujimura, Brian Joseph & Bohumil Palek. Prague: Charles Univ. Press.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2000. Issues in Ju/’hoansi orthography and their implications for the
development of orthographies for other Khoesan languages. In: The state of Khoesan
languages in Botswana, p. 108-124. Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Joseph Tsonope.
Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages
Project, Univ. of Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2000. Reduplication in Ju/’hoansi: tone determines weight.
Conference proceedings in linguistics: North East Linguistic Society (NELS) (Amherst MA),
v. 29, p. 261-276.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2001. Two kinds of reduplication in Ju/’hoansi. Afrikanistische
Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 66 (spec. theme: ‘From the south: a selection of papers’, ed. by Femi
Dele Akindele and Karsten Legère), p. 107-118.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2001. Grounding Ju/’hoansi phonotactics: the phonetics of the
guttural OCP and other acoustic modulations. PhD thesis. Ohio State dissertations in
linguistics (OSDL). Columbus OH: Ohio State Univ. Pp 281.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2001. Contrastive vowel-length and variable weight reduplicative
templates in Ju/‘hoansi. Cornell working papers in linguistics, v. 18 (spec. theme: ‘Khoisan:
syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact’, ed. by Arthur Bell and Paul Washburn), p. (?).
199
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2002. Guttural vowels and guttural coarticulation in Ju/’hoansi.
Working papers from Cornell Phonetics Laboratory, v. 14, p. (?).
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 2003. The phonetics and phonology of gutturals: a case study from
Ju/’hoansi. Outstanding dissertations in linguistics. Routledge (Taylor & Francis). Pp 288.
ISBN-10 0-415-96793-7.
Publication of the author’s dissertation (Grounding Ju/’hoansi phonotactics), Cornell Univ., 2001.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda; Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1999. !Kung as a linguistic construct.
Language and communication, v. 19, 4 (spec. theme: ‘Social, cultural and political
perspectives on languages in conflict’, ed. by Brian D. Joseph), p. 401-413.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda; Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2000. Contrastive lateral clicks and variation in
click types. In: Proceedings of the international conference on spoken language processing
(ICSLP) 2000, v. 2, p. 499-500. Beijing.
Editor(s)?
Mmutlana, R. 2003. The dynamics of the traditional land rights of the Zhu people in a world
heritage site, Tsodilo: an ethnographic study. BA thesis. Gaborone: Dept. of History, Univ. of
Botswana.
Mollier, J.-M. 195x. Vocabulary French-!Xû. Manuscript.
Mollier, J.-M. 195x. Phrasebook French-!Xû. Manuscript.
Mous, Maarten. 2003. Loss of linguistic diversity in Africa. In: Language death and language
maintenance: theoretical, practical and descriptive approaches, p. 157-170. Ed. by Mark
Janse & Sijmen Tol. Current issues in linguistic theory, #240. Amsterdam & Philadelphia:
John Benjamins Publ.
Müller, [Hauptm.] 1912. Ein Erkundungsritt in das Kaukau-Veld. Deutsches Kolonialblatt, v. 23,
p. 530-541.
Müller, [Hauptm.] 1912. Die Buschleute im Kaukauveld. Deutsch-Südwestafrikanische Zeitung,
v. 65, 13 August 1912, p. 66.
“Probably the first portrayal of Bushmen explicitly as ‘harmless people’ ... Mueller travelled to what was to be, forty years
later, the exact site of the Marshall family’s fieldwork” (Barnard 1992:16).
Müller, [Hauptm.] 2005. A reconnaissance ride into the Kaukau Veld [translated from German].
In: Kalahari and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by
colonial soldiers and settlers. Ed. by Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung
(Research in Khoisan studies), #18. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
The German original, titled “Ein Erkundungsritt in das Kaukau-Veld”, was published 1912.
Nettle, Daniel. 1995. Segmental inventory size, word length and communicative efficiency.
Linguistics, v. 33, p. 359-367.
Includes “!Xung” data. Argues that the average length of a word is 7 ±2 segments.
Newman, Paul. 1997. Language families: an overview. In: Encyclopedia of Africa south of the
Sahara, v. 2, p. 501-503. Ed. by John F.M. Middleton. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Nolte, K. 1886. Die westliche Kalahari Wüste und die angrenzenden Distrikte. Deutsche
Norval, M. 1984. SADF’s Bushman Battalion: primitive trackers fight 20th century war. Soldier
of fortune, March 1984, p. 71-75.
200
Noten, Francis L. van. 1965. !Kung boesjesmannen in den Kalahari. Africa-Tervuren, v. 11, p.
40-48.
Nurse, George Trevor; Botha, M.C.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1977. Serogenetic studies on the San of
South West Africa. Human heredity, v. 27, p. 81-98.
Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1974. Lactose intolerance in San populations. British
medical journal, v. 3, p. 809.
Peripherals: J.M. Pettifor & John D.L. Hansen, British medical journal, 3 (1974), p. 173.
Okihiro, Gary Yukio. 1976. Hunters, herders, cultivators and traders: interaction and change in
the Kgalagadi, nineteenth-century. PhD thesis. Univ. of California at Los Angeles (UCLA). Pp
314.
Olivier, Emmanuelle. 1998. Bushman vocal music: the illusion of polyphony. In: Language,
Verlag.
Olivier, Emmanuelle. 1998. The art of metamorphosis, or the Ju/’hoan conception of
plurivocality. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference,
held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 263-268. Ed. by Andrew
Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst. of
Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Opel, Georg von. 1962. Der letzte erste Mensch: Besuch in einem Buschmanndorf. IBI-Bücher
für den Tierfreund, #3. Frankfurt-am-Main: George von Opel. Pp 45.
On “Saan in Südangola” (Strohmeyer 1982:199).
Passarge, Siegfried. 1904. Die Kalahari. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1905. Die Buschmänner der Kalahari. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen
Schutzgebieten, v. 18, p. 194-292.
Re-published 1907 in book form, slightly revised.
Peripherals: Gustav Fritsch, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 38 (1906), p. 71-79; S. Passarge, “Eine Berichtigung zu der
Besprechung”, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 38 (1906), p. 411-415.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1906. Eine Berichtigung zu der Besprechung über die “Buschmänner der
Kalahari”. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), v. 38, p. 411-415.
A reply/correction to Fritsch’s review which had appeared in the same journal, same volume, but other pages. The original
article which Fritsch had reviewed was published in Mitteilungen aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v. 18 (1905).
Passarge, Siegfried. 1907. Die Buschmänner der Kalahari. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Pp v, 144.
Slight revision of his 1905 article.
Pereira, A. Gomes. 1968. Vasekele. Geographica: revisat da Sociedade de Geográfia de Lisboa,
v. 16, 4, p. 22-46.
p. 219-233.
Peterson, Nicolas. 1979. Territorial adaption among desert hunter-gatherers: the !Kung and
Australians compared. In: Social and ecological systems, p. 111-129. Ed. by Philip Burnham
& Roy F. Ellen. ASA (Association of Social Anthropologists) monographs, #18. London:
Academic Press.
Pettifor, J.M.; Hansen, John D.L. 1974. Lactose intolerance in San populations. British medical
journal, v. 3, p. 173.
Peripherals: G.T. Nurse & Trefor Jenkins, British medical journal, 3 (1974), p. 809.
Pfaffe, Joe; Schulman, Susan. 2001. Nyae Nyae revisited: the “Village Schools Project” in
northern Namibia. In: Endangered languages and the media: proceedings of the 5th FEL
201
conference, Agadir, Morocco, 20-23 September 2001. Ed. by Christopher Moseley, Nicholas
Ostler & Hassan Ouzzate. London: Foundation for Endangered Languages (FEL).
Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich. 1994. The village schools project: Ju/’hoan literacy programme and
community-based education. In: Developing Basarwa research and research for Basarwa
development, p. 29-32. Ed. by Sidsel Saugestad & Joseph Tsonope. Gaborone: National Inst.
of Development Research and Documentation (NIR), Univ. of Botswana.
Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich. 1999. The Ju/’hoan way of making school (abstract). In: Endangered
languages and education: proceedings of the 3rd FEL conference, St. Patrick’s College,
Maynooth, National University of Ireland, 17-19 September 1999. Ed. by Nicholas Ostler.
Bath UK: Foundation for Endangered Languages (FEL).
Pfaffe, Joachim Friedrich. 2002. Developing an indigeneous medium from scratch: the
experience of Ju/’hoan, Namibia. In: Speaking African: African languages for education and
development, p. 161-174. Ed. by Francis Owino. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of
Platvoet, Jan. 1999. At war with God: Ju/’hoan curing dances. Journal of religion in Africa, v. 29,
1, p. 2-61.
Pontes jnr, Manuel Perreira. 1952. Monografia sobre os Vassekele do Cuando-Cubango.
Dactilografado. Luanda.
Poos, Bob. 1980. Batallion Bushmen: Montagnards of South Africa, their SWAPO kill ratio is
36-1. Soldier of fortune, v. 5, 5, p. 44-50, 84.
Mentions Barkwena (Kxoe) and Vasquela (!Kung).
Pratt, Mary Louise. 1985. Scratches on the surface: what Mr Barrow saw in the land of the
Bushmen. Critical inquiry, v. 12, p. 119-143.
Looks at Barrow’s travelogue Travels into the interior of southern Africa, published 1801/04. “Pratt plays on the ‘us’/‘them’
opposition in this genre to present a literary critique widely known beyond the confines of the Kalahari Debate proper”
(Barnard 1992:74).
Pratt, Mary Louise. 1986. Fieldwork in common places. In: Writing culture: the poetics and
politics of ethnography, p. 27-50. Ed. by James Clifford & George Marcus. Berkeley: Univ. of
California Press.
“Pratt points out the symbolism which is embedded in ethnographic writing, including the ‘symbolism of guilt’ for being an
anthropologist among the !Kung” (Barnard 1992:74).
Proepper, Michael. 2008. !Kung-San (“Northern San”) in Botswana, Namibia and Angola: eine
kommentierte Bibliographie bis 2002. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers,
#2/2008. Basel. Pp 52.
Ratliff, Martha. 1992. Tone language type change in Africa and Asia: !Xu, Gokana and Mpi.
Diachronica, v. 9, 2, p. 239-257.
Redinha, José. 1961. Distribuição etnica de Angola. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v.
167/172, p. 3-22.
Redinha, José. 1962. Distribuição etnica de Angola. Luanda: Centre de Informação e Tourismo
de Angola (CITA). Pp 27.
202
Off-prints? A sixth edition is dated 1970 in the Ethnologue (SIL13 1996:911).
Redinha, José. 1970. Distribuição etnica da província de Angola. 6a edição. Luanda: Centre de
Informação e Tourismo de Angola (CITA).
Unsure about the details of this one.
Reichlin, S. 1974. The meat fight: a study guide. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: John Marshall, The meat fight (film, 1974).
Reichlin, S. 1974. The wasp’s nest: a study guide. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: John Marshall, The wasp’s nest (film, 1973).
Reichlin, S. 1975. A rite of passage: a study guide. Watertown MA: Documentary Educational
Resources.
Peripherals: John Marshall, A rite of passage (film, 1969).
Reichlin, S.; Marshall, John. 1974. An argument about a marriage: a study guide. Watertown
MA: Documentary Educational Resources.
Peripherals: John Marshall, An argument about a marriage (film, 1969).
Ritchie, Claire. 1986. From foragers to farmers: the Ju/wasi of Nyae Nyae thirty years on. In: The
past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 311-325. Ed. by Megan
Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4.
Robbins, David. 2006. A San journey: the story of the !Xun and Khwe of Platfontein. Kimberley:
Sol Plaatje Educational Trust. Pp 45. ISBN-10 0-9584983-1-8.
On the !Xun and Khwe residing near Kimberley, South Africa.
Robins, Stevens; Madzudzo, E.; Brenzinger, Matthias. 2001. An assessment of the status of the
San in South Africa, Angola, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. Windhoek: Legal Assistance Service.
Roos, Tielman. 1931. Burial customs of the !Kau Bushmen. Bantu studies, v. 5, p. 81-83.
Russell, Margo. 1976. Slaves or workers? Relations between Bushmen, Tswana and Boers in the
Kalahari. Journal of southern African studies, v. 2, 2, p. 178-197.
Sahlins, Marshall [David]. 1974. Stone age economics. London: Tavistock Publ.
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1996. Irregular click correspondence in !Xu and Ju/’hoan. Seminar handout.
Phonetics/Phonology Discussion Group, Program in Linguistics, Univ. of Michigan.
Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 1998. The linguistic relationship between Hadza and Khoisan. In:
Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 266-283. Ed. by Mathias
Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger
Köppe Verlag.
1995.
203
Santos, Carlos A.M. de Oliveira. 1958. Os Vassekele do Cuando: contribuição para o seu estudo.
Dissertação. Lisboa: Inst. Superior de Estudos Ultamarinos (ISEU).
“Dissertação dactilografada apresentada na cadeira de Instituições Nativas do Curso de Altos Estudos Ultramarinos”
Saugestad, Sidsel; Hermans, Janet Gallagher; Monageng, Stella. 1993. The Bushmen, Khoesan,
San, Basarwa, Ju/’hoan, N/oakwe: an annotated bibliography. Working copy. Gaborone:
National Inst. of Development Research and Documentation (NIR), Univ. of Botswana.
Saugestad, Sidsel; Tsonope, Joseph. (Ed.) 1994. Developing Basarwa research and research for
Basarwa development: report from a workshop held at the University of Botswana, 17-18
September 1993. Gaborone: National Inst. of Development Research and Documentation
(NIR), Univ. of Botswana. Pp ii, 79.
Schadeberg, Jürgen. 1982. The Kalahari Bushmen dance. Wildwood House.
“A spectacular collection of photographs, mainly of the dance of exorcism” (Stephen 1983:16). Published by the author and
distributed by Wildwook House in the UK & Europe.
Schatz, Ilse. 1972/73. Von Buschmännern bei Tsinsabis. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen
Schatz, Ilse. 1973. Die Geschichte von dem Buschmannmädchen “Thuera”. Mitteilungen der
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1972/73. Volkerzählungen der Buschmänner, Khoe-khoen und Dama. Journal of
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1975. Folktales of the non-Bantu speaking peoples in southern Africa. Folklore:
journal of the Folklore Society (London), v. 86, p. 99-114.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1989. Katalog der Khoisan-Volkerzählungen des südlichen Afrikas / Catalogue
of the Khoisan folktales of southern Africa, 2 Bde. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #6.
Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 321; 475.
The first volume contains sources and indices; the second contains the tales, which are given in German only.
Peripherals: Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, v. 12/13 (1991/92), p. 391-400.
Schulte, J. [Pater]. 1912. Die ersten Missionierungs-Versuche unter den Buschleuten im Bezirk
Grootfontein. Maria Immaculata: Monatsblätter der Missionare Oblaten der Unbefleckten
Jungfrau Maria, v. 20, p. 19-22.
Sebba, Mark. 1995. Some remarks on Ju/’hoan serial verbs. In: The complete linguist: papers in
memory of Patrick J. Dickens, p. 363-370. Ed. by Anthony Traill, Rainer Vossen & Megan
Biesele. Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
204
Seibert, Uwe; Shay, Erin. (Ed.) 2003. Motion, direction, and location in languages: in honor of
Zygmunt Frajzyngier. Typological studies in language. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Peripherals: Marcus Kracht, Linguist (mailinglist), v. 15 (2004), n. 1455.
v. 22, p. 98-119.
Seiner, Franz. 1912. Beobachten und Messungen an Buschleute. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 44,
p. 275-288.
Seiner, Franz. 1913. Die Buschmannfrage im nordlichen Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Deutsche
288-289” (Strohmeyer 1982:202).
745-746.
Seiner, Franz. 1913. Beobachten an der Bastard-Buschleuten der Nord-Kalahari. Mitteilungen der
anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, v. 43, p. 311-324.
Heinemann.
Shostak, Marjorie. 1981. Nisa: the life and words of a !Kung woman. New York: Random House.
Apparently this has also been published by Allen Lane (London). Reprinted 1983 by Penguin Books in Harmondsworth.
Peripherals: Mary Louise Pratt, “Fieldwork in common places”, Writing culture (ed. by James Clifford & George Marcus,
1986), p. 27-50.
Silberbauer, George B. 1959. First interim report of the Bushman survey, submitted to the
Government of Bechuanaland. Typescript. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Includes a map of the Bushman population of Bechuanaland (Köhler 1981:480).
Silberbauer, George B. 1965. Report to the Government of Bechuanaland on the Bushman
survey. Gaborone: Government Printer.
Includes a map of the “Bushman population of Bechuanaland” (Köhler 1981:480). Often referred to as Bushman survey
report.
Peripherals: Richard B. Lee, American anthropologist, new series, v. 68 (1966), p. 1040-1043.
Smith, Andrew; Malherbe, Candy; Guenther, Mathias [Georg]; Berens, Penny. 2000. The
Bushmen of southern Africa: a foraging society in transition. Cape Town & Athens OH:
David Philip Publ.; Ohio Univ. Press. Pp viii, 112. ISBN-10 0-8214-1341-3.
Peripherals: Robert Ross, H-Net book reviews (online), May 2002; Henry C. Jatti Bredekamo, H-Net book reviews (online),
February 2003.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1970. An introduction to the !Xû (!Kung) language. Communications from
the School of African Studies, #34. Cape Town: A.A. Balkema for the Univ. of Cape Town.
Pp xiv, 208.
Peripherals: Archibald N. Tucker, Africa, v. 43 (1973), p. 168-169; K.F.R. Budack, Afrika und Übersee, v. 57 (1973/74), p.
53-56; Anthony Traill, African studies, v. 33 (1974), p. 257-263.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1971. A comparison of the voiced compressive speech sounds of !Xû with
the voiced decompressive speech sounds of Zulu. Limi: bulletin of the Dept. of African
Languages, Univ. of South Africa, v. 11, p. 74-80.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1972. Die fonologie van Zu/’hõasi: ’n deskriptiewe ontleding van data in
’n Zu/’hõasi-woordeboek. Proefskrif (PhD). Univ. van Kaapstad.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1973. Die vroeë stemaanset as ’n fonetiese segment by sommige fone van
Zu/’hõasi. Taalfasette, v. 16, p. 43-61.
205
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1975. Some phonetic and lexical aspects of Zu/’hõasi. In: Bushman and
Hottentot linguistic studies, p. 61-76. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1975. Zu/’hõasi fonologie en woordeboek. Communications from the
School of African Studies, #37. Cape Town & Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema for the Univ. of
Cape Town. Pp vii, xi, 196; xvii, 166. ISBN-10 0-86961-072-4.
Peripherals: Ernst Dammann, Afrika und Übersee, v. 59 (1975/76), p. 239-240; Hazel Carter, Bulletin of the School of
Oriental and African Studies, v. 41 (1978), p. 204-205; A.N. Tucker, Journal of African languages and linguistics, v. 1
(1979), p. 133-135.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1977. The interrupted juxtaposed vowels of Zu/’hõasi. In: Khoisan
linguistic studies 3, p. 93-106. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African
Studies Inst., #6. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1977. The pressed vowels of Zu/’hõasi. In: Bushman and Hottentot
linguistic studies 1975, p. 48-73. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa
(UNISA).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1978. The clicks of Zu/’hõasi. In: Proceedings of the 2nd Africa
languages congress, Univ. of South Africa, p. 144-168. Ed. by Ernst J.M. Baumbach.
Miscellanea congregalia, #5. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1980. The relationship between Angolan !Xu and Zu/’õasi. In: Bushman
and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 1-58. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Miscellanea
congregalia, #16. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1983. Zu’hoasi: a Khoisan dialect of South West Africa/Namibia. In:
Current approaches to African linguistics 1: selection of papers read at the 11th annual
conference on African linguistics, April 11-12, 1980, Boston Univ., p. 115-125. Ed. by Ivan R.
Dihoff. Publications in African languages and linguistics (PALL), #1. Dordrecht: Mouton de
Gruyter; Foris Publ.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1986. Man and natural resources: a historical perspective. Sprache und
Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers: proceedings
from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by
Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 351-368.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1997. A preliminary classification of the !Xûû and Zhu/’hõasi dialects. In:
(UNAM).
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1998. An official orthography for Zu/’õasi Kokx’oi. In: Language, identity
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1999. The phonetic description of the Zu/’hõasi clicks: a confusion of
sounds? In: African mosaic: festschrift for J.D. Louw, p. 92-117. Ed. by Rosalie Finlayson.
Söhnge, Walter. 1967. Tsumeb: a historical sketch. Windhoek: SWA (South West Africa)
Speeter-Blaudszun, Sonja. 2000. Construction of the past and indigenous time concepts of the
Ju/’hoansi San. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers, #5. Basel. Pp 7.
Steyn, H.P. 1981. The Kalahari Bushmen. Cape Town: Hollandsche Afrikaanse Uitgewers
Maatschappij (HAUM).
Steyn, H.P. 1985. The Bushmen of the Kalahari. Original people series. Hove UK: Wayland.
Stopa, Roman. 1962. Bushman as a language of primitive type. Folia orientalia, v. 4, p. 187-207.
Story, Robert. 1964. Plant lore of the Bushmen. In: Ecological studies in southern Africa, p. 8799. Ed. by D.H.S. Davis. Monographie biologicae, #14. The Hague: Dr W. Junk Publ.
Deals with the ethnobotany of /Gikwe and eastern !Khu (Bonny Sands, pc).
206
Suzman, James. 1997. Things from the bush: power and colonialism in the making of Ju/’hoan
identity in the Omaheke region of Namibia. PhD thesis. Univ. of Edinburgh. Pp 222.
Suzman, James. 1997. Things from the bush: a contemporary history of the Omaheke Bushman.
Namibia studies series, #5. Basel: Pierrette Schlettwein Publ. Pp 191.
Publication (revised?) of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Edinburgh, 1997. She argues that “the Ju/’hoan identity is not
constituted in terms of cultural institutions left over from their hunting and gathering past, but in terms of their marginalisation
and domination by others” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 24.6.1997).
Suzman, James. 2002. Things from the bush: a contemporary history of the Omaheke Bushmen.
Namibia studies series, #5. Basel: Pierrette Schlettwein Publ. Pp xxvii, 191. ISBN-10 3908193-06-0.
Tanaka, Jiro; Ichikawa, Mitsuo; Kimura, Daiji. (Ed.) 2001. African hunter-gatherers: persisting
cultures and contemporary problems. African study monographs: supplementary issue, #26.
Center for African Area Studies, Kyoto Univ. Pp 280.
Taylor, Michael. 1998. ‘These are our hills’: processes of history, ethnicity and identity among
Ju/’hoansi at Tsodilo. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1959. The harmless people. New York & London: Alfred A. Knopf;
Secker & Warburg. Pp 266.
There’s also a 1960-edition published by Readers Union in London, and which seems to be slightly abridged (237 p.). A
German translation appeared 1962 as Meine Freunde, die Buschmänner: bei den Nomaden der Kalahari (published by
Ullstein in Berlin; 239 p.).
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1959. The harmless people. The Atlantic monthly, v. 203, p. 63-68.
URL: cdl.library.cornell.edu/moa/browse.journals/atla.html
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1961. Des gens sans méchancete. Traduit de l’anglais par G. Hurel.
Collection l’espèce humaine. Paris: Gallimard. Pp 273.
Peripherals: L.V. Thomas, Bulletin de l’IFAN (Inst. Français de l’Afrique Noire), série B, v. 25 (1963), p. 188-190.
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1963. Today the African Bushman survives only in the harsh
Kalahari. National geographic, v. 123, 6, p. 866-888.
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1963. Bushmen of the Kalahari. National geographic, v. 123, 6, p.
866-888.
Thomas, Elizabeth Marshall. 1980. American family’s poignant sojourn with the Bushmen.
Smithsonian, v. 11, 1, p. 86-95.
Wisconsin-Madison.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1955. Les bochimans Auen et Naron de Ghanzi: contribution a l’étude
des “anciens jaunes” sub-africains [pt. 1-2]. L’anthropologie, v. 59, p. 235-252, 429-461.
des “anciens jaunes” sub-africains [pt. 3]. L’anthropologie, v. 60, p. 22-52.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. (Ed.) 1978. The Bushmen: San hunters and herders of southern Africa.
With a foreword by Raymond A. Dart. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau. Pp x, 206.
ISBN-10 0-7981-0668-9.
Peripherals: Trefor Jenkins, “Southern Africa’s model people”, South African journal of science, v. 75 (1979), p. 280-282.
207
Traill, Anthony. 1992. A confusion of sounds: the phonetic description of !Xû clicks. In: African
linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 345-362. Ed. by Derek F.
Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.
Botswana.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. Structural typology and remote relationships between Zhu and !Xóõ.
Manuscript. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. Khoisan languages. In: The encyclopedia of language and linguistics, v. 4,
p. 1842-1843. Ed. by R.E. Asher & J.M.Y. Simpson. Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 16/17 (spec. theme: ‘Historical language
contact in Africa’, ed. by Derek Nurse), p. 437-454.
Treis, Yvonne. 1998. Names of Khoisan languages and their variants. In: Language, identity and
Troman, Linda. 1998. Ju/’hoansi identity and education. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan
identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town,
12-16 July 1997, p. 320-324. Ed. by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town:
Infosource in association with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Truswell, A. Stewart; Hansen, John D.L. 1968. Medical and nutritional studies of the !Kung
Bushmen in northwest Botswana: a preliminary report. South African medical journal, v. 42,
p. 1338-1339.
Truswell, A. Stewart; Hansen, John D.L. 1976. Medical research among the !Kung. In: Kalahari
hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 166-194. Ed. by Richard
Truswell, A. Stewart; Hansen, John D.L.; Wanneburg, P.; Sellmeyer, E. 1969. Nutritional status
of adult Bushmen in the northern Kalahari, Botswana. South African medical journal, v. 43, p.
1157-1158.
of Sciences.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1910/11. Grundriss einer Grammatik der Buschmann-Sprache vom
Stamm der !Kû-Buschmänner. Zeitschrift für Kolonialsprachen, v. 1, p. 5-24, 106-117.
S.W.A., 1: die Buschmänner. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 1,
p. 5-16.
208
Reprinted 1952/53 as “Über die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika, 1: Buschmänner” in the same journal,
v. 9, p. 45-56; and 1965 as “Ueber die Vorgeschichte der Völkerschaften von Südwestafrika. Teil 1: die Buschmänner” in Zur
Vorgeschichte der eingeborenen Völkerschaften von SWA (SWA Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft), p. 3-14.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1934. Das alte Südwestafrika: Südwestafrikas Geschichte bis zum
Tode Mahareros 1890 nach dem besten schriftlichen und mündlichen Quellen erzählt. Berlin:
Martin Warneck. Pp xx, 686.
Vedder’s book “is the standard history of German South-West Africa. It also contains summaries of relevant ethnographic
information from nineteenth and early twentieth-century sources” (Barnard 1992:64). Reprinted 1981 the SWA/Namibia
Scientific Society in Windhoek (ISBN-10 0-949995-33-9).
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1937. Die Buschmänner Südwestafrikas und ihre Weltanschauung.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1937. Die voorgeskiedenis van Suidwes-Afrika. Windhoek.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1943. Buschmannmärchen [pt. 1]. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender,
1943, p. 48-53.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1944. Buschmannmärchen [pt. 2]. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender,
1944, p. 51-56.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1945. Wie Bäume und Rankengewächse, Gras und Wasser geworden
sind: eine Buschmännererzählung. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, 1945, p. 51-53.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1974. Die Regenkuh und der Pavian: eine Buschmannerzählung. In:
Afrikanische Erzählungen, p. 59-66. Ed. by G.P.J. Trümpelmann. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik.
Vigilant, Linda; Pennington, Renée; Harpending, Henry C.; Kocher, Thomas; Wilson, Allan.
199x. Mitochondrial DNA sequences in single hairs from a southern African population.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, v. (?), p. (?).
An article “in press” which “suggests that [the] !Kung are genetically different not only from their neighbours but from the
rest of the world too. If confirmed, it should fuel the flames [of the Great Kalahari Debate]” (Barnard 1992:49).
Vinnicombe, Patricia. 1986. Rock art, territory and land rights. In: The past and future of !Kung
ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 275-309. Ed. by Megan Biesele, Robert James
Gordon & Richard Borshay Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Volkman, Toby A. 1982. The San in transition, 1: a guide to “N!ai, the story of a woman”.
Occasional papers, #9. Cambridge: Cultural Survival.
Peripherals: John Marshall, N!ai, the story of a !Kung woman (film, 1979).
Volkmann, Richard [Oberleut.] 1901. Reise von Grootfontein nach dem Okavango. Deutsches
Kolonialblatt, v. 12, p. 866-868, 908-912.
Volkmann, Richard [Oberleut.] 1938. Kleine Nebensorgen eines Distriktschefs. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung, v. 50, p. 36.
Vorster, L.P. 1995. The !Xû of Schmidtsdrift and sorcery. In: Speaking for the Bushmen, p. 101115. Ed. by A.J.G.M. Sanders. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
Wadley, Lynn. 1996. The Bleek and Lloyd records of death and burial: the problems that these
present to archaeologists. In: Voices from the past: /Xam Bushmen and the Bleek and Lloyd
Collection, p. 271-286. Ed. by Janette Deacon & Thomas A. Dowson. Khoisan heritage series.
Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Discusses /Xam, Naro and !Xung burials.
Watson, E.E.; Bauer, K.; Aman, R.; Weiss, G.; Haeseler, A. von; Pääbo, S. 1996. mtDNA
sequence diversity in Africa. American journal of human genetics, v. 59, p. 437-444.
Based on 241 individuals from nine ethnic groups.
Wehmeyer, A.S.; Lee, Richard Borshay; Whiting, D.M. 1969. The nutrient composition and
dietory importance of some vegetable food eaten by the !Kung Bushmen. South African
medical journal, v. 43, 12, p. 1529.
209
Weich, Ferdie. 1977. Die vertaling van Markus in !Xû. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p. 63-73.
Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Inst., #6. Johannesburg:
Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Weinberg, Paul. 1997. In search of the San. Johannesburg: Porcupine Press. Pp 80. ISBN-10 0620-21231-4.
Wells, Lawrence Herbert. 1952. Physical measurements of northern Bushman. Man: a record of
anthropological science, v. 52, p. 53-56.
Werner, H. 1906. Anthropologische, ethnologische und ethnographische Beobachtungen über die
Heikum- und Kungbuschleute: nebst einem Anhang über die Sprachen dieser
Buschmannstämme. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (Berlin), v. 38, p. 241-268.
The article also includes a Nama-wordlist (for comparison).
Westhuizen, P.J.W.S. van der. 1972. Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû. MA tesis. Univ. van
Kaapstad.
Westhuizen, P.J.W.S. van der. 1979. Tydsaanduiding in die Gobabis-!Xû. In: Bushman and
Hottentot linguistic studies 1977, p. 39-51. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of
South Africa (UNISA).
Westhuizen, P.J.W.S. van der. 1979. Voorgestelde ortografie vir !Xû (Qguñ). In: Khoisan
linguistic studies 5, p. 30-44. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Johannesburg: African Studies Inst.,
Westhuizen, P.J.W.S. van der. 1984. Boesmanbybelvertaling. Namibiana: communications of the
Westhuizen, P.J.W.S. van der. 1985. Die Boesmans: hulle kultuur, godsdiens, taal,
Bybelvertaling en toekoms. Potchefstroom: Inst. for Reformatory Studies.
Possibly the Inst. for Reformatory Studies is located at the Potchefstroom Univ. for Christian Higher Education.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1953-1971. The E.O.J. Westphal papers. Manuscripts, papers,
correspondence, ref. BC 1143/A, BC 1143/B, BC 1143/C1-15, BC 1143/D. Rare Documents
and Manuscripts Dept., Univ. of Cape Town.
Unpublished notes and manuscripts; some typed, some pencilled. Includes material on/about/titled Hua = West ≠Hua (BC
1143/C1), Danisin (BC 1143/C2), G//oro (BC 1143/C3), Kwadi (BC 1143/C4-C5), Ganade (BC 1143/C6), Hande (BC
1143/C7), Shua (BC 1143/C8), Deti (BC 1143/C9), G//abake, Kwe, Kolee (BC 1143/C10), Ng/amani (BC 1143/C11),
Ng/huki (BC 1143/C12), Suwan + paper “Not all Bushmen are Bushmen” (BC 1143/C13), x‘‘e, Bushmen of Amsterdam,
district Ermelo, i.e. //Xegwi (BC 1143/C14), “!Xu: other collectors’ notes and vocabularies” (BC 1143/C15,2), “!Xu doublets
and phonetics” (BC 1143/C15,3), “!Xu grammar” by Terttu Heikkinen (BC 1143/C15,4). There is also a huge pile of unsorted
note cards on various aspects of !Xu, Xhegwi, Bush ABCD, Khoe (BC 1143/D). Other parts include the papers “The peopling
of southern Africa” (BC1143/A) and “Lexical evidence for Bush-Hott classification” (BC1143/B).
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1968. Sentence analysis, word categories and identification in
southern African languages. Taalfasette, v. 6, p. 68-82.
Deals with Nama, !Xung (Maligo) and, probably, southern Bantu.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1971. Vowel systems and X-ray photography: an assessment
of the cardinal vowel chart. Communications from the School of African Studies, #36. Cape
Town: A.A. Balkema for the Univ. of Cape Town. Pp ii, 32.
210
Whitelaw, Todd M. 1983. People and space in hunter-gatherer camps: a generalising approach in
ethnoarchaeology. Archaeological review from Cambridge, v. 2, 2, p. 48-66.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 198x. The !Kung San family estate. In: Production ecology
of the family estate in Africa. Ed. by Chester F. Lancaster. Norman OK: Univ. of Oklahoma
Press.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1977. Hxaro: a regional system of reciprocity for reducing
risk among the !Kung-San, 2 vols. PhD thesis. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan. Pp 461.
Hxaro is a system of gift-exchange among the !Kung.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1980. Hunting and continuity in !Kung San reciprocal
relationships. In: Proceedings of the 2nd international conference on hunting and gathering
societies, p. 766-791. Québec: Inst. d’Anthropologie, Univ. Laval.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1981. Measuring the impact of social ties on nutritional
status among the !Kung San. Informations sur les sciences sociales/Social science
information, v. 210, p. 641-678.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1982. Risk, reciprocity and social influences on !Kung San
economics. In: Politics and history in band societies, p. 61-84. Ed. by Eleanor B. Leacock &
Richard B. Lee. Cambridge & Paris: Cambridge Univ. Press; Ed. de la Maison des Sciences de
l’Homme.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1984. Reconsidering the behavioral basis for style: a case
study among the Kalahari San. Journal of anthropological archaeology, v. 3, 3, p. 190-234.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1986. !Kung San networks in a generational perspective. In:
The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 103-136. Ed. by
Megan Biesele, Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1998. On network analysis: the potential for understanding
(and misunderstanding) !Kung Hxaro. Current anthropology, v. 39, 4, p. 514-519.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly; Larson, F.T. 1979. ‘Mother! Sing loudly for me!’: the
annotated dialogue of a Basarwa healer in trance. Botswana notes and records, v. 11, p. 25-31.
Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth. 1921/22. Aus dem Wortschatz der !Kuñ- und der HukweBuschmannschprache. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 12, p. 291-304.
Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth. 1953. Die !Kung Buschleute [mit einer Einführung, Anmerkungen
und einer Karte von F. Rudolf Lehmann]. Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig,
v. 12, p. 91-189.
Originally written in 1914-1919. Lehmann’s introduction covers p. 91-109. An English translation appeared 2005 in Kalahari
and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa (ed. by Mathias Guenther; Rüdiger Köppe Verlag).
Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth. 2005. The !Kung Bushmen [translated from German]. In: Kalahari
and Namib Bushmen in German South West Africa: ethnographic reports by colonial soldiers
and settlers. Ed. by Mathias Guenther. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan
studies), #18. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
The German original was written 1914-1919 (but not published until 1953).
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1976. Appendix 23: subsistence hunting as a source of income for Bushmen
at /Ai/Ai in northwestern Ngamiland. In: The rural income distribution survey in Botswana
1974-1975. Gaborone: Government Printer.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1979. Prehistoric and historic antecedents of a contemporary Ngamiland
community. Working papers from the African Studies Center, #12. Brookline MA: Boston
Univ. Pp 30.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1985. The impact of land tenure policies on the future of the San. In: The
future of the former foragers, p. 93-98. Ed. by Carmel Schrire & Robert James Gordon.
Cultural survival occasional papers, #18. Cambridge MA: Cultural Survival.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1986. Of paintings and painters, in terms of Zhu/’hõasi interpretations. In:
211
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1988. The past and future of !Kung ethnography? In: New perspectives on
the study of Khoisan, p. 135-147. Ed. by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #7.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1989. Land filled with flies: a political economy of the Kalahari. Chicago &
London: Univ. of Chicago Press. Pp 402.
“Wilmsen’s major monograph. Very detailed in its documentation, but not easy to read. Wilmsen regards San-speakers (his
term) and especially the Zhu ... as an underclass. He argues that their marginalization is relatively recent and that class
relations are inherent in San societies” (Barnard 1992:72). “The title of the book refers to travellers, anthropologists, etc., who
are called ‘flies’ by the Zhu” (idem).
Peripherals: Thomas N. Headland, “Paradise revised”, The sciences, September/October (1990), p. 45-50; George B.
Silberbauer, “Morbid reflexivity and overgeneralisation in Mosarwa studies”, Current anthropology, v. 32 (1991), p. 96-99.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1995. Social and geographical consequences of Khoisan participation in
nineteenth century trade networks. In: Speaking for the Bushmen, p. 88-100. Ed. by A.J.G.M.
Sanders. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1995. Who were the Bushmen: historical process in the creation of an ethnic
construct. In: Articulating hidden histories: exploring the influence of Eric W. Wolf, p. 308321. Ed. by Jane Schneider & Rayna Rapp. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1995. On the mutual dependence of anthropology and linguistics: a comment
on Dickens. African studies, v. 54, 1, p. 36-44.
Peripherals: Patrick Dickens, “Why anthropologists need linguistics: the case of the !Kung”, African studies, v. 54 (1995), p.
17-35; Alan Barnard, “Wilmsen’s reply to Dickens”, African studies, v. 54 (1995), p. 45-46; Edwin M. Wilmsen, “A note on
Barnard’s comment on Wilmsen’s reply to Dickens”, African studies, v. 55 (1996), p. 139.
Wilson, Monica Hunter. 1969. The hunters and herders. In: The Oxford history of South Africa,
1: to 1870, p. 40-74. Ed. by Monica Wilson & Leonard M. Thompson. Oxford Univ. Press.
Wily, Elizabeth. 1980. Land allocation and hunter-gatherer land rights in Botswana: the impact
of the tribal grazing land policy. Human rights and development working papers, #4. London:
Anti-Slavery Society.
Winberg, Marlene. 2002. My Eland’s heart: the art of the !Xun and Khwe. Cape Town: David
Philip Publ. Pp 136. ISBN-10 0-86486-375-6.
Includes art and stories 17 !Xun and Khwe artists residing near Kimberley, South Africa.
Wulfhorst, August. 1937. Buschleute om Norden von SWA. Berichte der Rheinischen
Missionsgesellschaft, v. 94, 2, p. 36-40.
Yellen, John E. 1974. A study of cultural variation in middle and late stone age assemblages in
western Ngamiland, Botswana. PhD thesis. Cambridge MA: Harvard Univ.
This is listed as ‘The !Kung settlement pattern: an archaeological perspective’ in Lauer, Larkin & Kagan (1989, no 1592).
Yellen, John E. 1976. Settlement patterns of the !Kung: an archaeological perspective. In:
Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 47-72. Ed. by
Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Yellen, John E. 1977. Long term hunter-gatherer adaption to desert environments: a
biogeographical perspective. World archaeology, v. 8, 3, p. 262-274.
Yellen, John E. 1977. Archaeological approaches to the present: models for reconstructing the
past. New York: Academic Press.
!Kung research.
Yellen, John E. 1977. Cultural patterning in faunal remains: evidence from the !Kung Bushmen.
In: Experimental archeology. Ed. by Daniel W. Ingersoll, John E. Yellen & William
MacDonald. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
212
Yellen, John E. 1985. The process of Basarwa assimilation in Botswana. Botswana notes and
records, v. 17, p. 15-23.
Yellen, John E. 1990. The transformation of the Kalahari !Kung. Scientific American, v. 262, 4,
p. 96-105.
Yellen, John E.; Brooks, Alison S. 1988. The late stone age archaeology in the !Kangwa and /Xai
/Xai valleys, Ngamiland. Botswana notes and records, v. 20, p. 5-27.
The authors “suggest that !Kung of /Xai /Xai ... lived in relatively isolated existence until the late 1960s” (Barnard 1992:73).
Peripherals: Edwin N. Wilmsen, “The antecedents of contemporary pastoralism in western Ngamiland”, Botswana notes and
records, v. 20 (1988), p. 29-39; John E. Yellen & Alison S. Brooks, “The late stone age archaeology in the /Xai /Xai region: a
response to Wilmsen”, Botswana notes and records, v. 22 (1990), p. 17-19.
Yellen, John E.; Lee, Richard B. 1976. The Dobe-/du/da environment: background to a hunting
and gathering way of life. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San and their
neighbours, p. 27-46. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA &
London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Yengoyan, Aram A. 1970. Australian section systems: demographic components and
interactional similarities with the !Kung Bushmen. In: Proceedings of the 8th international
congress of anthropological and ethnological sciences, Tokyo and Kyoto, August 1968, v. 3, p.
256-260. Tokyo.
Zastrow, Berengar von. 1914. Über die Buschleute. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 46, p. 1-7.
3.4 Kxoe
Almeida, António de. 1937. Sôbre mutilações dos aborigenes de Angola. Lisboa: Oficinas da
Gráfica. Pp 206.
Almeida, António de. 1953/54. Contribuição para o estudo da antropologia serologia dos nativos
de Angola: nota preliminar. Estudos coloniais: revista da Escolar Superior Colonial, v. 4, 1/3,
p. 220a-222.
Almeida, António de. 1954. Dos bosquimanos e hotentotes na história a na ciência. Boletim da
Sociedade de Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 72, 4/6, p. 191a-217.
Almeida, António de. 1956. As mutilações digitais entre os bosquimanos e hotentotes de Angola.
Boletim da Sociedade de Geográfia de Lisboa, v. 74, 1/3, p. 59-62.
There is possibly a second part to this.
Almeida, António de. 1959. Sobre a esteatopygia dos bosquimanos e hotentotes de Angola.
Memórias de Academia das Ciências de Lisboa, tomo 8. Lisboa: Academia das Ciências. Pp
14.
Almeida, António de. 1960. Les vazamas, bochimans noire de l’Angola. In: Comptes rendus du
6ème congrès international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques, v. 1, p. 401-403.
Musée de l’Homme, Univ. de Paris.
Almeida, António de. 1965. Bushmen and other non-Bantu peoples of Angola: three lectures.
Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press for the Inst. for the Study of Man in Africa. Pp xi,
43.
213
Peripherals: Richard B. Lee, African studies, v. 25 (1966), p. 164-165; Richard B. Lee, American anthropologist, new series,
v. 69 (1967), p. 526-527.
Almeida, António de; Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 19xx. Línguas não-bantas de Angola.
Manuscripto.
Almeida, Maria Emília de Castro e. 1956. Canones de mulheres indígenas de Angola. In: XXIII
congresso Luso-Espanhol celebrado na cidade de Coimbra de 1 a 5 de Junho de 1956, v. 5.
Coimbra: Associação Portuguesa para o Progresso das Ciêncas.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Kxoe. In: Languages in Botswana: language
ecology in southern Africa, p. 135-136. Gaborone: Longman Botswana.
Balme, F.N. 1934. Caprivi field notes and native names. In: The mammals of South West Africa.
Ed. by Guy Chester Shortridge. London: Heinemann.
Balsan, François. 1959. Nouvelles aventures au Kalahari. Paris: Libr. Plon. Pp 240.
Barnard, Alan. 1978. Universal systems of kin categorization. African studies, v. 37, p. 69-81.
Barnard, Alan. 1979. Kalahari Bushman settlement patterns. In: Social and ecological systems, p.
131-144. Ed. by Philip Burnham & Roy F. Ellen. ASA (Association of Social
Anthropologists) monographs, #18. London: Academic Press.
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Kin terminology systems of the Khoe-speaking peoples. In: Bushman and
Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 107-133. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Miscellanea
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Basarwa settlement patterns in the Ghanzi ranching area. Botswana notes
and records, v. 12, p. 137-148.
Barnard, Alan. 1981. Universal kin categorization in four Bushman societies. L’uomo, v. 5, p.
219-237.
Barnard, Alan. 1996. Regional comparison in Khoisan ethnography: theory, method and practice.
Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 121, p. 203-220.
Barnes, L.M. 1980. Economic status of the Basarwa population of the Letlhakane region.
Gaborone: Remote Areas Development Programme.
Barnes, L.M. 1980. Religion and folklore amongst the Basarwa in Letlhakane, Botswana.
Gaborone: Remote Areas Development Programme.
Batibo, Herman M. 1997. The fate of the minority languages of Botswana. In: Human contact
through language and linguistics, p. 243-252. Ed. by Birgit Smieja & Meike Sprenger Tasch.
Lang.
Batibo, Herman M.; Mathangwane, Joyce Thambole; Mosaka, Naledi M. 1997. Prospects for
sociolinguistic research undertaking in Botswana: priorities and strategies. In: Proceedings of
the LiCCA Workshop in Dar es Salaam, p. 27-36. Ed. by Birgit Smieja. LiCCA papers
(LiCCAP), #2. Duisburg: Languages in Contact and Conflict in Africa (LiCCA), Gerhard
Mercator Univ.
Battis, W.W. 1939. The amazing Bushman. Pretoria: Red Fawn Press.
linguistics, v. 12, 9, p. 343-348.
Becker, Peter. 1971. Peoples of southern Africa: their customs and beliefs. Johannesburg: The
Star. Pp 64.
Beek, J.L.R.W. 1928. The Bushmen and Zimbabwe. NADA: Southern Rhodesia Native Affairs
Dept. Annual (Salisbury), v. 5, p. (?).
214
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1990. Shaken roots: the Bushmen of Namibia. With
photographs by Paul Weinberg. Johannesburg: Environmental and Development Agency
(EDA).
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; Gordon, Robert James; Lee, Richard B. (Ed.) 1986. The
past and future of !Kung ethnography: critical reflections and symbolic perspectives. Essays
in honour of Lorna Marshall. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske
Verlag. Pp 423. ISBN-10 3-87118-780-1.
Peripherals: Edwin N. Wilmsen, “The past and future of !Kung ethnograhy?”, New perspectives on the study of Khoisan, (ed.
by Rainer Vossen, 1988), p. 135-147.
Boden, Gertrud. 2003. Caught in the middle: impacts of state decisions and armed conflicts on
Khwe economy and society in West Caprivi between 1998 and 2002. In: San and the state:
contesting land, development, identity, and representation, p. 161-204. Ed. by Thekla
Hohmann. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Boden, Gertrud. 2004. Prozesse sozialen Wandels vor dem Hintergrund staatlicher Eingriffe: eine
Fallstudie zu den Khwe in West Caprivi/Namibia. Dissertation. Univ. zu Köln.
Boden, Gertrud; Michaels, Stefanie. 2000. Kxoe material culture: aspects of change and its
documentation subsistence equipment. Khoisan forum working papers, #16. Arid Climate,
Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa (ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne.
Boonzaier, Emile; Malherbe, Candy; Smith, Andrew; Berens, Penny. 1996. The Cape herders: a
history of the Khoikhoi of southern Africa. Cape Town & Athens OH: David Philip Publ.;
Ohio Univ. Press. Pp 147. ISBN-10 0-86486-311-X, 0-8214-1174-8.
Peripherals: Brian Siegel, H-Net book reviews (online), June 1997; Roger B. Beck, International journal of African historical
studies, v. 31 (1998), p. 476-478.
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1997. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. Khoisan forum
working papers, #2. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa (ACACIA),
Univ. of Cologne.
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1998. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. In: Language,
Verlag.
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1999. Personal names of the Kxoe: the example of Tcóo-names. Khoisan
forum working papers, v. 10, p. 5-18.
Cashdan, Elizabeth Ann. 1985. Coping with risk: reciprocity among the Basarwa of northern
Botswana. Man, new series, v. 20, p. 454-474.
Cashdan, Elizabeth Ann. 1986. Hunter-gatherers of the northern Kalahari. In: Contemporary
studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p.
145-180. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5.
215
Cashdan, Elizabeth Ann. 1986. Competition between foragers and food producers on the Botletli
River, Botswana. Africa: journal of the International African Inst., v. 56, 3, p. 299-318.
Cashdan, Elizabeth Ann. 1987. Trade and its origins on the Botletli River, Botswana. Journal of
anthropological research, v. 43, p. 121-138.
Chatman, Dan; Hoof, Paul van; Jerling, Pollie. (Ed.) 1995. The challenges of change: a survey of
the effects of preschool on Basarwa primary school children in the Ghanzi District of
Botswana. Ghanzi (Botswana): Bokamoso Preschool Programme;Kuru Development Trust. Pp
64.
Chumbo, Sefako; Mmaba, Kotsi; others. 2002. Origin, land, leaders & traditions of the
Bugakhwe people. //Xom kyakyare Khwe: ≠am kuri kx’ûî â = The Khwe of the Okavango
Panhandle: the past life, #1. Shakawe (Botswana): Teemacane Trust. Pp 78.
The inside cover says this is the first in a series of four booklets on the Buga and //Ani.
Clark, John Desmond. 1951. Bushmen hunters of the Barotse forests. Northern Rhodesia journal,
v. 1, 3, p. 56-65.
Deals with Hukwe (≠Kxoe).
Cowley, Clive. 1968. Fabled tribe: a journey to discover the River Bushmen of the Okavango
swamps. With a foreword by R.C.J. van Hoogstraaten. New York & London: Atheneum;
Longmans. Pp xiv, 232.
Denbow, James Raymond. 1986. After the flood: a preliminary account of recent geological,
archaeological and linguistic investigations in the Okavango region of northern Botswana. In:
Denbow, James Raymond. 1986. Interfaces: the study of the historical context of hunter-gatherers
in Africa. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 2 (spec. theme: ‘African huntergatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin,
January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 455-458.
Diniz, José Oliviera Ferreira. 1918. Populações indigénas de Angola. Coimbra: Impr. da Univ.
Homburger (1925:167) names the author D.J. de Oliviera Diniz.
Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1923. Bushmen of the Kalahari [pt. 1]. Diamond fields advertiser, 7 July
1923, p. (?).
1923, p. (?).
1923, p. 14.
Dornan, Samuel Shaw. 1925. The Kalahari languages. In: Pygmies and Bushmen of the Kalahari,
p. 193-198. London: Seeley, Service & Co.
Drury, J.; Bloomhill, G. 1932. The Bushmen of the Kalahari. African world annual, v. 29, p. 29ff.
216
Vossen), p. 105-130.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus; Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1991. On subsistence and social relations in the
Kalahari. Current anthropology, v. 32, 1, p. 55-57.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1986. Kxoe tone and Kxoe ‘jonctures’. In: Contemporary studies on
Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 225-235. Ed.
by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg:
Helmut Buske Verlag.
Elffers, Hubertus. 1902. Through the thirst land: a story of Kalahari. Cape Town: J.C. Juta. Pp
38.
Includes articles originally published in Cape Times.
Fosbrooke, Henry Albert. 1971. Man in the Kalahari: tribal areas. Botswana notes and records,
special issue, v. 1 (spec. theme: ‘Proceedings of the conference on sustained production from
semi-arid areas, with special reference to Botswana’), p. 41-49.
Ethnologie, v. 12, 3, p. 289-300.
Glass, Paul. 1939. Die Buschmänner in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Veröffentlichungen des
geographischen Inst. des Albertus-Univ., neue Folge; Reihe ethnographie, #3. Königsberg:
Gräfe & Unzer. Pp 95.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Albertus-Univ. at Königsberg, 1939.
Buske Verlag.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1971. Kalahari Bushmen in transition. Rotunda (Toronto), v. 4, p. 816.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1973. Farm Bushmen and mission Bushmen: socio-cultural change
in a setting of conflict and pluralism of the San of the Ghanzi district, Republic of Botswana.
PhD thesis. Univ. of Toronto.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1983/84. Bushwoman: the position of women in Bushman society
and ideology. Journal of comparative sociology and religion, v. 10/11, p. 12-31.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 2002. Independence, resistance, accommodation, persistence: huntergatherers and agropastoralists in the Ghanzi Veld, early 1800s to mid-1900s. In: Ethnicity,
hunter-gatherers and the “other”: association or assimilation in Africa. Ed. by Susan Kent.
Washington DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press.
Güldemann, Tom. 1997. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach.
Khoisan forum working papers, #3. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa
(ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne. Pp 34.
Güldemann, Tom. 1998. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach. In:
Köppe Verlag.
217
Pp ii, 142.
affairs, v. 1/2005, p. 26-34.
Heine, Bernd. 1982. African noun class systems. In: Apprehension: das sprachliche Erfassen von
Gegenstanden, v. 1, p. 189-216. Ed. by Hansjakob Seiler & Christopher Lehmann. Language
universals series, #1:1. Tübingen: Gunter Narr Verlag.
Includes discussions of many languages, namely, Kxoe (Central Khoesan), Turkana (East Nilotic), Maasai (East Nilotic),
Swahili G40, Rendille (East Cushitic), Lelemi (Kwa), Katcha (Kordofanian), Sampur (East Nilotic), Elmolo (East Cushitic),
Camus (East Nilotic), Ful (Atlantic), Animere (Kwa), Mba (Ubangi), Zande (Ubangi), !Xu (North Khoesan), Daju (East
Sudanic), and Iraqw (South Cushitic).
Heine, Bernd. 1986. Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Verbaljunkturen im Kxoe und anderen
Zentralkhoisan-Sprachen. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler
on the occasion of his 75th birthday, pt. 2, p. 9-21. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann.
Heine, Bernd. 1999. The //Ani: grammatical notes and texts. Khoisan forum working papers, #11.
Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa (ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne.
Heine, Bernd. 2000. On the rise of new-event markers in Kxoe. In: “Mehr als nur Worte...”:
afrikanistische Beiträge zum 65. Geburtstag von Franz Rottland, p. 269-284. Ed. by Rainer
Vossen, Angelika Mietzner & Antje Meissner. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1969. Search for Bushman tribes of the Okavango. The geographical
magazine, v. 41, 10, p. 742-750.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1970. The //Anakwe and Bugakwe: tales and fables. Manuscript.
Source?
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1970/73. The people of the Okavango Delta: the /Xokwe Bugakwe; the
end of a people (the swamp //Anekwe); the river //Anekwe; the /Andakwe Bugakwe; the
Tzexa; tales and fables of the //Anekwe, Yei and Bugakwe. Unpublished manuscripts.
Listed by Barnard (1992:29).
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1979. Kalahari cattle posts: a regional study of hunter-gatherers,
pastoralists and agriculturalists in the western Sand Veld region, Central District, Botswana, 2
vols. Gaborone: Min. of Local Government and Lands, Botswana.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1982. Patterns of sedentism among the Basarwa of eastern Botswana. In:
Politics and history in band societies, p. 223-267. Ed. by Eleanor B. Leacock & Richard B.
Lee. Cambridge & Paris: Cambridge Univ. Press; Ed. de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme.
218
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1987. Socioeconomic change among the Basarwa in Botswana: an
ethnohistorical analysis. Ethnohistory, v. 34, 3, p. 220-255.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1996. Kalahari communities: Bushmen and the politics of the
environment in southern Africa. IWGIA (International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs)
documents, #79. Copenhagen. Pp 101.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl; Ebert, James I. 1989. Modeling Kalahari hunter-gatherer subsistence and
settlement system: implications for development policy and land-use planning in Botswana.
Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 84, 1/3, p. 47-62.
187-202.
Hoffman, A.C. 1958. Op soek na die water-Boesmans in die Ngamilandmoeras-se. Navorsinge
van die Nasionale Museum, Bloemfontein, v. 1, p. 267-274.
Ikeya, Kazunobu. 1995. ... = The distribution and formation processes of San-Kgalagadi mixed
settlements in the Ghanzi District, Botswana. Hokkaido daigaku bungakubu kiyo, v. 44, 2, p.
113-128.
Title wanting. In Japanese.
Ikeya, Kazunobu. 1998. Interaction between San and Kgalagadi in the colonial era. In: The
proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South
African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 59-66. Ed. by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese &
Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ.
of Western Cape.
Jenny, Hans R. 1974. Botswana: eine Reisebericht. Internationales Afrikaforum, v. 10, p. 713717.
Jenny, Hans R. 1975. Zu den Buschmännern am Okawango. Mitteilungen der
Jenny, Hans R. 1976. Kavango: verlorenes Paradies? Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 46, p.
175-184.
“Erdkunde; Entwicklung; Mission; ‘Khoé’” (Strohmeyer 1982:195).
Keuthmann, Klaus. 1986. Professor Oswin R.A. Köhler: a retrospect on thirty years of studying
language, culture and history of southern African Khoisan-speaking peoples. In:
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 1997. Modern Kxoe songs. Khoisan forum working papers, #7. Arid
Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa (ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 1999. Folktales of the Kxoe in the West Caprivi. Narrated by Dao
Ngyengye. Namibian African studies, #5. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp x, 338. ISBN-10 389645-081-6.
Peripherals: Gertrud Boden, H-Net book reviews (online), December 2002.
219
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2001. Universality and diversity: ideophones from Baka and Kxoe. In:
Ideophones, p. 155-163. Ed. by Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz & Christa Kilian-Hatz.
Typological studies in language, #44. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2002. The grammatical evolution of posture verbs in Kxoe. In: The
linguistics of sitting, standing, and lying, p. 315-331. Ed. by John F. Newman. Typological
studies in language, #51. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2003. Khwe dictionary. Namibian African studies, #7. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe
Verlag. Pp 431.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa. 2006. Serial verb constructions in Khwe (Central Khoisan). In: Serial verb
constructions: a cross-linguistic typology, p. 108-123. Ed. by Aleksandra Y. Aikhenvald &
Robert Malcolm Ward Dixon. Oxford Univ. Press.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 1997. On nominal gender marking in Kxoe. Khoisan forum
working papers, #1. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa; Heine, Bernd. 1998. On nominal gender marking in Kxoe. In: Language,
identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 65-93. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen
zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Kilian-Hatz, Christa; Schladt, Mathias. 1997. Preliminary dictionary Kxoe-English, EnglishKxoe. Unpublished typescript. Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Köln.
Referred to by Schladt (2000:136).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1959. Grundzüge der Grammatik des //Kanikhoe (unpubliziertes
Manuskript).
57, p. 529-546.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1962. Die Sprache der Kxoé-Buschmänner von Andara:
Wörterbuch, 2 Teile. Köln. Pp 316; 261.
The first volume contains a Kxoe-Deutsch part, the second a Deutsch-Kxoe part. This was planned for “proper” publication in
the early 1980s but seemingly no one has bothered to do it yet (as of 1995).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1963. Observations on the Central Khoisan language group.
Deals with the affinities between Khoekhoe and Kxoé.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1966. Die Wortbeziehung zwischen der Sprache KxoeBuschmänner und dem Hottentottischen als geschichtliches Problem. In: Neue afrikanistische
Studien: Festschrift für A. Klingenheben, p. 144-165. Ed. by Johannes Lukas. Hamburger
Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, #5. Hamburg: Deutsches Inst. für Afrika-Forschung.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1966. Tradition und Wandel bei den Kxoe-Buschmannern von
Mutsiku. Sociologus, neue Folge, v. 16, p. 122-140.
Deals with the relationship between Kxoe and Mbukushu.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1971. Die Khoe-sprachigen Buschmänner der Kalahari; ihre
Verbreitung und Gliederung. In: Forschungen zur allgemeinen und regionalen Geographie
(Festschrift Kurt Kayser), p. 373-411. Kölner geographische Arbeiten, Sonderband.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1971. Die “Krankheit” im Denken der Kxoe-Buschmänner. In:
Afrikanische Sprachen und Kulturen: ein Querschnitt (Johannes Lukas zum 70. Geburtstag
gewidmet), p. 317-325. Ed. by Veronika Six, Norbert Cyffer, Ludwig Gerhardt, Hilke MeyerBahlburg & Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburger Beiträge zur Afrika-Kunde, #14. Hamburg:
Deutsches Inst. für Afrika-Forschung.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1973. Grundzüge der Grammatik der Kxoe-Sprache
(unpubliziertes Manuskript). Univ. zu Köln.
220
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1973. Die rituelle Jagd bei den Kxoe-Buschmännern von
Mutsiku. In: Festschrift zum 65. Geburtstag von Helmut Petri, p. 215-257. Ed. by K.
Tauchmann. Kölner ethnologische Mitteilungen, #5. Wien & Köln: Hermann Böhlau.
Kulturkunde, v. 19/20, p. 162-199.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1974. Kultur und Gesellschaft der Kxoe-Buschmänner: eine
Selbstdarstellung - Sammlung von Texten mit Tonebzeichnung und Übersetzung. Manuskript.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1974. Unpubliziertes Wörterbuch des Sprache der KxoeBuschmänner (Kxoe-Deutsch, in morphologischer Schereibung und mit Tonbezeichnung).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1976. Zum Begriff der “Freiheit” bei den Khoe-Buschmännern.
In: Engadiner Kollegium ‘Freiheit’, p. 63-79. Ed. by Balthasar Straehelin, Silvio Jenny &
Stephanos Geroulanos. Zürich: Academica.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1978. Tierzauber und Krankheit bei den Kxoe-Buschmännern.
Afrika und Übersee, v. 61, 1, p. 35-58.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1978/79. Mythus, Glaube und Magie bei den KxoeBuschmännern. Journal of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 33, p. 9-49.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. La langue Kxoe. In: Les langues dans le monde ancien et
moderne, p. 483-555. Ed. by Jean Perrot, Gabriel Manessy & Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre
National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1984. Der Kxoé-Buschmann Ndó erzhält aus seinem Leben.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1986. Allgemeine und sprachliche Bemerkungen zum Feldbau
nach Oraltexten der Kxoe-Buschleute. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 1
(spec. theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on
hunter-gatherers, St Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p.
205-272.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1989. Die Welt der Kxoé-Buschleute im südlichen Afrika: eine
Selbstdarstellung in ihrer eigenen Sprache. Bd 1. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp xlvii,
605. ISBN-10 3-496-00013-9.
Contains the first part of four, subtitled “Die Kxoé-Buschleute und ihre ethnische Umgebung”. It also includes a phonological
and grammatical introduction to the Kxoe language.
Peripherals: Bernd Heine, Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere, v. 22 (1990), p. 123-125; Mathias Guenther, “The world of the
Kxoe Bushmen”, Anthropos, v. 86 (1991), p. 213-219; Rainer Vossen, Afrika und Übersee, v. 76 (1993), p. 141-145.
Selbstdarstellung in ihrer eigenen Sprache, Bd 2. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp lii, 626.
ISBN-10 3-496-00014-7.
Includes part 2 “Grundlagen des Lebens, Wasser, Sammeln und Jagd, Bodenbau und Tierhaltung”.
Peripherals: ..., Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere, v. 29 (1992), p.(?); Rainer Vossen, Afrika und Übersee, v. 76 (1993), p. 141145.
Selbstdarstellung in ihrer eigenen Sprache, Bd 3. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp xlii, 806,
plates. ISBN-10 3-496-00015-5.
Includes parts 3 “Materielle Ausrüstung: Werden und Wandel” and 4 “Wohnplatz und Buschlager”.
Kuteva, Tania A. 1999. On ‘sit’ / ‘stand’ / ‘lie’ auxiliation. Linguistics, v. 37, 2, p. 191-213.
Contains Kxoe samples.
221
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1934. Die Buschmänner Südwestafrikas. Africa: journal of the International
Verlag.
Mohr, Edward. 1876. To the Victoria Falls of the Zambezi. London: Sampson Low, Marston,
Searle & Rivington.
Motzafi-Haller, Pnina. 1994. When Bushmen are known as Masarwa: gender, ethnicity and
differentiation in rural Botswana. American ethnologist, v. 21, 3, p. 539-563.
Deals with Setswana-speaking Bushmen.
Nangoloh, Phil ya; Trumper, W.; Mnakapa, Zen-Asser. 1996. The rights of indigenous peoples:
the Kxoe people of Namibia. Windhoek: National Society for Human Rights.
Nonaka, Kenichi. 1996. Ethnoentomology of the Central Kalahari San. African study
monographs: supplementary issue (Kyoto), v. 22, p. 29-46.
Norval, M. 1984. SADF’s Bushman Battalion: primitive trackers fight 20th century war. Soldier
of fortune, March 1984, p. 71-75.
Nurse, George Trevor. 1972. Musical instrumentation among the San (Bushmen) of the central
Kalahari. African music: journal of the African Music Society, v. 5, 2, p. 23-27, 49.
Orth, Ina. 2003. Identity as dissociation: the Khwe’s struggle for land in West Caprivi. In: San
and the state: contesting land, development, identity, and representation, p. 124-127. Ed. by
Thekla Hohmann. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1904. Die Kalahari. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Ethnologie, v. 37, 5, p. 649-716.
222
Passarge, Siegfried. 1997. The Bushmen of the Kalahari; translated by Edwin N. Wilmsen. In:
The Kalahari ethnographies (1896-1898) of Siegfried Passarge. Ed. by Edwin N. Wilmsen.
Verlag.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1997. The Okavango swampland and its inhabitants; translated by Edwin N.
Wilmsen. In: The Kalahari ethnographies (1896-1898) of Siegfried Passarge. Ed. by Edwin
N. Wilmsen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #13. Köln:
Passarge, Siegfried. 1997. Foundations for the ethnographic study of the Kalahari region;
translated by Leander Gloversmith. In: The Kalahari ethnographies (1896-1898) of Siegfried
Passarge. Ed. by Edwin N. Wilmsen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan
studies), #13. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
p. 219-233.
Poos, Bob. 1980. Batallion Bushmen: Montagnards of South Africa, their SWAPO kill ratio is
36-1. Soldier of fortune, v. 5, 5, p. 44-50, 84.
Mentions Barkwena (Kxoe) and Vasquela (!Kung).
Proepper, Michael. 2006. Der ethnographische Forschungsstand zum Kavangogebiet in Nordost
Namibia 2006: eine kommentierte Bibliographie. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien)
Ramsay, Jeff. 1988. Some notes on the colonial era history of the Central Kalahari Game Reserve
region. Botswana notes and records, v. 20, p. 91-94.
Raum, Johannes W. 1998. Reflections on rereading Peter Kolb with regard to the cultural
heritage of the Khoisan. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
Redinha, José. 1961. Distribuição etnica de Angola. Mensário administrativo (Luanda), v.
167/172, p. 3-22.
Redinha, José. 1962. Distribuição etnica de Angola. Luanda: Centre de Informação e Tourismo
de Angola (CITA). Pp 27.
Off-prints? A sixth edition is dated 1970 in the Ethnologue (SIL13 1996:911).
Redinha, José. 1970. Distribuição etnica da província de Angola. 6a edição. Luanda: Centre de
Informação e Tourismo de Angola (CITA).
Unsure about the details of this one.
Reenen, J.F. van. 1964. Dentition, jaws and palate of the Kalahari Bushmen. Journal of the
Dental Association of South Africa, v. 19, p. 1-37.
Robbins, David. 2006. A San journey: the story of the !Xun and Khwe of Platfontein. Kimberley:
Sol Plaatje Educational Trust. Pp 45. ISBN-10 0-9584983-1-8.
On the !Xun and Khwe residing near Kimberley, South Africa.
223
Rousset, Karine. 2003. To be Khwe Means to suffer: local dynamics, imbalances and
contestations in the Caprivi Game Park. MA thesis. Dept. of Social Anthropology, Univ. of
Cape Town.
Saugestad, Sidsel. 2002. San/Basarwa studies at the University of Botswana. Cultural survival
quarterly, v. 26, 1, p. 53-54.
Schadeberg, Jürgen. 1982. The Kalahari Bushmen dance. Wildwood House.
“A spectacular collection of photographs, mainly of the dance of exorcism” (Stephen 1983:16). Published by the author and
distributed by Wildwook House in the UK & Europe.
Scherz, Ernst Rudolf. 1976. Im Okavangoland / In an Okavango forest. SWA annual / SWA
jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), v. 32, p. 69-73.
Bilingual English/German text. Something on the Kxoe. “Lager von Prof. Köhler” (Strohmeyer 1982:202).
Schladt, Mathias. 1997. On describing conceptual structure: examples from Kxoe. Khoisan forum
working papers, #5. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa (ACACIA),
Univ. of Cologne.
Schladt, Mathias. 1998. On describing conceptual structure: examples from Kxoe. In: Language,
Verlag.
Schladt, Mathias. 2000. A preliminary list of Kxoe plant names. Khoisan forum working papers,
v. 14, p. 5-47.
Schladt, Mathias. 2000. A multi-purpose orthography for Kxoe: development and challenges. In:
Schönland, S. 1903. On some Hottentot and Bushmen pottery in the collection of the Albany
Museum. Records of the Albany Museum (Grahamstown), v. 1, p. 25-32.
Schulz, Aurel. 1885. Erforschung der Chobe- und Cubango-Flüsse. Verhandlungen der
Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. 12, p. 378-387.
“Mossaro oder Mossakere. Diese Buschmänner sollen von den Gona Hottentots abstammen” (Strohmeyer 1982:202).
v. 22, p. 98-119.
Seiner, Franz. 1910. Die Buschmänner des Okavango- und Sambesigebietes der Nord-Kalahari.
Globus, v. 97, p. 341-345, 357-360.
Seiner, Franz. 1912. Beobachten und Messungen an Buschleute. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 44,
p. 275-288.
288-289” (Strohmeyer 1982:202).
745-746.
Seiner, Franz. 1913. Beobachten an der Bastard-Buschleuten der Nord-Kalahari. Mitteilungen der
anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, v. 43, p. 311-324.
Seiner, Franz. 1977. Die Buschmanner des Okavango and Sambesigebietes der Nord-Kalahari
[translated from German by Helga Vierich Esche]. Botswana notes and records, v. 9, p. 31-36.
Despite the title, the article is in English. Seiner’s original article, without the misspellings in the title, appeared in two parts in
Globus, v. 97.
224
Selous, Frederick Courtney. 1893. Travel and adventure in south-east Africa, being the narrative
of the last eleven years spent by the author on the Zambezi and its tributaries; with an account
of the colonisation of Mashunaland and the progress of the gold industry in that country.
London: Rowland Ward & Co. Pp xviii, 503, plates, map.
Chapter 5 “contains much on the Bushmen and Kgalagari” (Barnard 1992:19). There is a third edition issued in 1893 by the
same publisher; so if both the first and the third editions appeared in 1893, presumably also the second edition did so, too.
Reprinted 1967 by Arno Press in New York (The Abercrombie & Fitch library); 1972 by Pioneer Head in Salisbury (Heritage
series, #5); and 1972 by Books of Rhodesia in Bulawayo (Rhodesiana reprint library, #25); and 1972 by Books for Libraries
Press in Freeport NY; and 1984 jointly by Century Publ. in London and Hippocrene Books in New York (ISBN-10 0-71260445-6).
Peripherals: E.G. Ravenstein, “Recent African literature”, The geographical journal, v. 3 (1894), p. 497-504.
Selous, Frederick Courtney. 1908. African nature notes and reminiscences. With a foreword by
President Roosevelt and illustrations by E. Caldwell. New York: Macmillan & Co. Pp xxx,
356.
The British edition (also by Macmillan) was apparently titled African native notes and reminiscences. “Chapter 20 written
about the Masarwa, the Bushmen of the interior of South Africa (p. 328-348). Critic of Prof. Keane’s pitch-black pygmoid
Kattea. Some comparison between the language of the Masarwa and Kora; author states, that SeSarwa and Korana are related”
(Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:21). Reprinted various times, e.g. 1969 by Pioneer Head in Salisbury (Heritage series, #1); 1986
by Galago in Alberton (ISBN-10 0-947020-16-0); and 1993 by St Martin’s Press in New York (Library of African adventure
series; ISBN-10 0-312-09241-5).
Peripherals: Boyd Alexander, “Mr Selous’ latest work”, Journal of the African Society, v. 8 (1908), p. 3-12.
Seubring, G. 1934. Three Bushmen and Hottentot tales. Journal of the American Folk-Lore
Society, v. 47, p. 329-333.
Silberbauer, George B. 1959. First interim report of the Bushman survey, submitted to the
Government of Bechuanaland. Typescript. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Includes a map of the Bushman population of Bechuanaland (Köhler 1981:480).
Silberbauer, George B. 1965. Report to the Government of Bechuanaland on the Bushman
survey. Gaborone: Government Printer.
Includes a map of the “Bushman population of Bechuanaland” (Köhler 1981:480). Often referred to as Bushman survey
report.
Peripherals: Richard B. Lee, American anthropologist, new series, v. 68 (1966), p. 1040-1043.
Sillery, Anthony. 1952. The Bechuanaland Protectorate. Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press.
Peripherals: W.M. Macmillan, African affairs, v. 52 (1953), p. 76-77.
Smith, Andrew; Malherbe, Candy; Guenther, Mathias [Georg]; Berens, Penny. 2000. The
Bushmen of southern Africa: a foraging society in transition. Cape Town & Athens OH:
David Philip Publ.; Ohio Univ. Press. Pp viii, 112. ISBN-10 0-8214-1341-3.
Peripherals: Robert Ross, H-Net book reviews (online), May 2002; Henry C. Jatti Bredekamo, H-Net book reviews (online),
February 2003.
Khoikhoi and Soaqua. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan identities and cultural heritage
conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July 1997, p. 74-79. Ed. by
Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst.
of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa: Buga. In: Language
death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p. 325. Ed.
by Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language, #64. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Steyn, H.P. 1981. The Kalahari Bushmen. Cape Town: Hollandsche Afrikaanse Uitgewers
Maatschappij (HAUM).
Steyn, H.P. 1985. The Bushmen of the Kalahari. Original people series. Hove UK: Wayland.
Tanaka, Jiro. 1996. The world of animals viewed by the San hunter-gatherers in Kalahari. African
study monographs: supplementary issue (Kyoto), v. 22, p. 11-28.
225
Wisconsin-Madison.
Tlou, Thomas. 1976. The peopling of the Okavango Delta, 1750-1906. In: Proceedings of the
symposium on the Okavango Delta and its future utilization, p. 49-53. Gaborone: The
Botswana Society.
ISBN-10 0-7981-0668-9.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1978. Introduction to the Bushmen or San. In: The Bushmen: San
hunters and herders of southern Africa, p. 1-15. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town
& Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1978. The San: an evolutionary perspective. In: The Bushmen: San
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1978. Classified bibliography on the San or Bushmen. In: The
Bushmen: San hunters and herders of southern Africa, p. 190-198. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine
Tobias. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Traill, Anthony. 1986. Click replacement in Khoe. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in
Verlag.
Treis, Yvonne. 2000. Komplexe sätze im Kxoe (Namibia). Magisterarbeit. Inst. für Afrikanistik,
Univ. zu Köln.
Treis, Yvonne. 2000. NP coordination in Kxoe (Central Khoisan). Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere
(AAP), v. 63, p. 63-92.
Unterkötter, Alfred. 1942. Buschmänner. Evangelische Missions-Zeitschrift, v. 3, p. 307-313.
Vanderpost, C. 1992. The 1991 census and Botswana’s population problem. Botswana notes and
records, v. 24, p. 39-48.
Vialis, C.C. Clements. 1908. The Masarwa, or Bushmen of the Kalahari. African monthly
(Grahamstown), v. 5, p. 29-33.
226
Voeltz, Erhard Friedrich Karl; Kilian-Hatz, Christa. (Ed.) 2001. Ideophones. Typological studies
in language, #44. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ. Pp vii, 434. ISBN-10 158811-019-2.
Peripherals: Nilson Gabas, Linguist (mailinglist), v. 13 (2002), n. 936.
Vossen, Rainer. 1985. Encoding the object in the finite verb: the case of //Ani (Central Khoisan).
Vossen, Rainer. 1986. Zur Phonologie der //Ani-Sprache. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan:
in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 2, p. 321-345. Ed. by
Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Vossen, Rainer. 1988. Patterns of language knowledge and language use in Ngamiland in
Botswana. African studies series, #13. Bayreuth Univ. Pp 83.
Vossen, Rainer. 1990. Language maintenance, language shift and identity in Ngamiland,
Botswana: some hypotheses. In: Botswana: education, culture and politics, p. 65-75. Seminar
proceedings, #29. Centre of African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Edinburgh.
Vossen, Rainer. 1998. Forms and functions of *!’o in some Khoe languages. In: Language,
Verlag.
Discusses data mainly from Kxoe, but also other Khoe languages as well as Sandawe.
Vossen, Rainer. 1998. Historical classification of Khoe (Central Khoisan) languages of southern
Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Khoisan languages, with a grammatical sketch of //Ani (Khoe). In: Areal
and genetic factors in language classification and description: Africa south of the Sahara, p.
129-145. Ed. by Petr Zima. Studies in African linguistics, #47. München: Lincom Europa.
Vossen, Rainer. 2003. Verbal tone and stress in //Ani (Central Khoisan). In: Stress and tone: the
African experience, p. 181-191. Ed. by Rose-Juliet Anyanwu. Frankfurter afrikanistische
Blätter, #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 19xx. Not all Bushmen are Bushmen. Manuscript, ref. BC
1143/C13. The E.O.J. Westphal Papers, Rare Documents and Manuscripts Dept., Univ. of
Cape Town. Pp 7.
227
1]. Notícias da Africa do sul, v. 228, p. 14-15, 18.
2]. Notícias da Africa do sul, v. 229, p. 6.
Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth. 1921/22. Aus dem Wortschatz der !Kuñ- und der HukweBuschmannschprache. Zeitschrift für Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 12, p. 291-304.
Wilhelm, Joachim Helmuth. 1955. Die Hukwe [mit einer Einführung, Anmerkungen,
Schlussbetrachtung und einer Karte von F. Rudolf Lehmann]. Jahrbuch des Museums für
Völkerkunde zu Leipzig, v. 13, p. 8-44.
Compiled from a manuscript originally written in 1917 (see Strohmeyer 1982:207).
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1990. The real Bushman is the male one: labour and power in the creation of
Basarwa ethnicity. Botswana notes and records, v. 22, p. 21-35.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1990. The political history of minorities and its bearing on current policy. In:
Botswana: education, culture and politics, p. 29-52. Seminar proceedings, #29. Centre of
African Studies (CAS), Univ. of Edinburgh.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1995. Who were the Bushmen: historical process in the creation of an ethnic
construct. In: Articulating hidden histories: exploring the influence of Eric W. Wolf, p. 308321. Ed. by Jane Schneider & Rayna Rapp. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press.
Wily, Elizabeth. 1980. Land allocation and hunter-gatherer land rights in Botswana: the impact
of the tribal grazing land policy. Human rights and development working papers, #4. London:
Anti-Slavery Society.
Winberg, Marlene. 2002. My Eland’s heart: the art of the !Xun and Khwe. Cape Town: David
Philip Publ. Pp 136. ISBN-10 0-86486-375-6.
Includes art and stories 17 !Xun and Khwe artists residing near Kimberley, South Africa.
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1988. Der ‘Hottentottische Mythos vom Ursprung des Todes’: ein
Lehrstuck um Aufrichtigkeit und Luge. In: Die Orallitteratur in Afrika als Quelle zur
Erforschung der traditionelen Kulturen, p. 165-176. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig,
Herrmann Jungraithmayr & J.F. Thiel. Collectanea instituti anthropos, #36. Berlin: Dietrich
Reimer Verlag.
Wyndham, C.H.; Morrison, J.F. 1956. Heat regulation of Masarwa (Bushmen). Nature, v. 178, p.
869-870.
3.5 Naro
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Naro. In: Languages in Botswana: language
228
Balsan, François. 1959. Nouvelle approche de Bushmen au Kalahari. L’ethnographie, nouvelle
série, v. 53, p. 11-18.
Contains a short !Kung and Naro wordlist.
Barnard, Alan. 1976. Nharo Bushman kinship and the transformation of Khoi kin categories. PhD
thesis. Univ. of London.
Barnard, Alan. 1978. The kin terminology system of the Nharo Bushmen. Cahiers d’études
africaines, v. 18, 72, p. 607-629.
Barnard, Alan. 1979. Nharo Bushman medicine and medicine men. Africa: journal of the
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Kinship and social organization in Nharo cosmology. In: Proceedings of the
2nd international conference on hunting and gathering societies, p. 31-54. Québec: Inst.
d’Anthropologie, Univ. Laval.
Barnard, Alan. 1984. The perception and utilization of morama and other food plants by the
Nharo of western Botswana. Occasional papers from the Centre of African Studies (CAS), #4.
Univ. of Edinburgh.
Barnard, Alan. 1985. A Nharo wordlist, with notes on grammar. Occasional publications from the
Dept. of African Studies, #2. Durban: Univ. of Natal. Pp x, 238. ISBN-10 0-86980-437-5.
Peripherals: Rainer Vossen, African studies, v. 45 (1986), p. 206-208.
Barnard, Alan. 1986. Some aspects of Nharo ethnobotany. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan:
in honour of Oswin Köhler on the occasion of his 75th birthday. Ed. by Rainer Vossen &
Barnard, Alan. 1988. Tradition and change in Nharo ethnography [review of Alan Barnard’s The
Nharo Bushmen of Botswana]. In: New perspectives on the study of Khoisan, p. 139-147. Ed.
by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Peripherals: Mathias Guenther, “Reply to Alan Barnard’s review”, New perspectives on the study of Khoisan (edited by
Rainer Vossen, Helmut Buske Verlag, 1988), p. 149-154.
Barnard, Alan. 1989. Nharo kinship in social and cosmological perspective: comparisons
between southern African and Australian hunter-gatherers. Mankind, v. 19, 3, p. 198-214.
p. 162-166.
Barnard, Alan; Widlok, Thomas. 1996. Nharo and Hai//om settlement patterns in comparative
perspective. In: Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective,
p. 87-107. Ed. by Susan Kent. Cambridge Univ. Press.
229
Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]; Guenther, Mathias [Georg]; Hitchcock, Robert Karl; Lee,
Richard B.; MacGregor, Jean. 1988. Hunters, clients and squatters: the contemporary
socioeconomic status of Botswana Basarwa. African study monographs (Kyoto), v. 9, 3, p.
109-151.
Studies of five Bushman societies: Dobe, Kauri, Ghanzi, Bere and Nata.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1922. Report on anthropological research among the Bushmen in
South West Africa Protectorate. Windhoek. Pp 55.
Later published (revised?) as The Naron by Cambridge UP, 1928.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1924. Bushman terms of relationship. Bantu studies and general South
Deals with /Xam-ka-!’e (p. 57-62), //K’au-//en or Auen (p. 62-63), !Kung (p. 64-65), and Naron (p. 63+66-70).
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1928. The Naron: a Bushman tribe of the central Kalahari.
Publications from the School of African Life and Language, Univ. of Cape Town. Cambridge:
The Univ. Press. Pp ix, 67.
The contents of this may be identical to Bleek’s Report on anthropological research among the Bushmen in South West Africa
Protectorate, published 1922. Reprinted 1978 by AMS Press in New York (ISBN-10 0-404-15908-7).
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 27 (1927/28), p. 415-417.
Press. Pp 94.
Blench, Roger M. 1999. Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction? In: Central African
hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challenging elusiveness, p. 41-60. Ed. by
Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders & Gerda Rossel. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African
and Amerindian Studies (CNWS).
Discusses many “remnant” populations/languages of Africa, such as Kwadi, Kwisi, Dama, Cimba, Hadza, Sandawe, Okiek,
Dahalo, Yaaku, Boni, Ik/Soo (Kuliak), Ongota, Shabo, Oropom, Kujarge, Kajakse, Laal, and Jalaa.
Childers, Gary W. 1976. Report on the survey/investigation of the Ghanzi farm Basarwa
situation. Gaborone: Government Printer.
Ehret, Christopher. 1982. The first spread of food production to southern Africa. In: The
archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history, p. 158-181. Ed. by
Christopher Ehret & Merrick Posnansky. Berkeley, Los Angeles & London: Univ. of
California Press.
Gillett, Simon. 1970. Notes on the settlement in the Ghanzi district. Botswana notes and records,
v. 2, p. 52-55.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1970. The effect of Christianity on Bushmen. Botswana notes and
records, v. 2, p. 125-126.
230
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1974. Farm Bushmen: socio-cultural change and incorporation of the
San of the Ghanzi district, Republic of Botswana. Unpublished report. Gaborone: Botswana
Government.
Apparently (near-)identical to the author’s thesis, Univ. of Toronto, 1973.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1975. San acculturation and incorporation in the ranching areas of
the Ghanzi District: some urgent anthropological issues. Botswana notes and records, v. 7, p.
167-170.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1975. The trance dancer as an agent of social change among the farm
Bushmen of the Ghanzi district. Botswana notes and records, v. 7, p. 161-166.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1975/76. The San trance dance: ritual and revitalization among the
farm Bushmen of the Ghanzi district, Republic of Botswana. Journal of the SWA (South West
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1976. From hunter-gatherers to squatters: social and cultural change
among the Ghanzi farm Bushmen. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers: studies of the !Kung San
and their neighbours, p. 120-133. Ed. by Richard Borshay Lee & Irven DeVore. Cambridge
MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1977. Bushman hunters as farm labourers. Canadian journal of
African studies / Revue canadienne des études africaines, v. 11, 2, p. 195-203.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1979. The farm Bushmen of the Ghanzi district, Botswana. Stuttgart:
Hochschulverlag.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1981. Men and women in Nharo belief and ritual. Namibiana:
Society, v. 3, 2, p. 17-24.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1983. Buschmänner (Nharo). In: Menschenbilder früher
Gesellschaften, p. 75-107. Ed. by Klaus E. Müller. Frankfurt-am-Main & New York: Campus
Verlag.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1986. The Nharo Bushmen of Botswana: tradition and change.
Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #3. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp xx, 348. ISBN-10 387118-763-1.
Peripherals: Alan Barnard, “Tradition and change in Nharo ethnography”, New perspectives on the study of Khoisan (edited
by Rainer Vossen, Helmut Buske Verlag, 1988), p. 139-147; Mathias Guenther, “Reply to Alan Barnard’s review”, New
perspectives on the study of Khoisan (edited by Rainer Vossen, Helmut Buske Verlag, 1988), p. 149-154.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1988. Reply to Alan Barnard’s review of ‘The Nharo Bushmen of
Botswana’. In: New perspectives on the study of Khoisan, p. 149-154. Ed. by Rainer Vossen.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1989. Bushman folktales: oral traditions of the Nharo of Botswana
and the /Xam of the Cape. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #93. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp
166.
Peripherals: Roger Hewitt, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 53 (1990), p. 581-582; Rainer Vossen,
Anthropos, v. 86 (1991), p. 614-615; Janette Deacon, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, v. 12/13 (1991/92), p. 381-390.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1990. Convergent and divergent themes in Bushman myth and art.
In: Die Veltfalt der Kultur, p. 273-254. Ed. by Karl Heinz Kohl, Heinzarnold Muszinski & Ivo
Strecker. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1991. Animals in Bushman thought, myth and art. In: Hunters and
gatherers, 2: property, power and ideology, p. 192-202. Ed. by Tim Ingold, David Riches &
James C. Woodburn. Explorations in anthropology. Oxford & Providence: Berg.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1992. Not a Bushman thing: witchcraft among the Bushmen and
hunter-gatherers. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 87,
1/3, p. 83-107.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1993. Nharo Bushmen of Botswana. In: State of the peoples: a
global human rights report on societies in danger, p. 172. Ed. by Marc S. Miller. Boston:
Beacon Press.
231
Pp ii, 142.
affairs, v. 1/2005, p. 26-34.
Kagaya, Ryohei. 1978. Soundspectrographic analysis of Naron clicks: a preliminary report.
Annual bulletin of the Research Inst. of Logopedics and Phoniatrics, Univ. of Tokyo, v. 12, p.
113-125.
Kagaya, Ryohei. 1978. A phonetic sketch of Naron around Ghanzi. Journal of Asian and African
studies / Ajia Afuriku gengo bunka kenkyu, v. 16, p. 29-63.
57, p. 529-546.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1961. The central group of the click languages of the Kalahari. African
studies, v. 20, 2, p. 114-122.
Peripherals: L.F. Maingard, “Alterations”, African studies, v. 20 (1961), p. 194.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1963. A comparative study of Naron, Hietshware and Korana. African
studies, v. 22, 3, p. 97-108.
Nurse, George Trevor; Tanaka, Noriko; MacNab, G.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1973. Non-veneral syphilis
and Australia antigen among G/Wi and G//Ana San of the Kalahari Reserve, Botswana.
Central African journal of medicine, v. 19, p. 207-213.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1905. Die Buschmänner der Kalahari. Mitteilungen aus den deutschen
Schutzgebieten, v. 18, p. 194-292.
Re-published 1907 in book form, slightly revised.
Peripherals: Gustav Fritsch, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 38 (1906), p. 71-79; S. Passarge, “Eine Berichtigung zu der
Besprechung”, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 38 (1906), p. 411-415.
Passarge, Siegfried. 1907. Die Buschmänner der Kalahari. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer.
Pp v, 144.
Slight revision of his 1905 article.
Planert, Wilhelm. 1905. Über die Sprache der Hottentotten und Buschmänner. Mitteilungen des
Reprinted as a booklet by Verlag von Dietrich Reimer in Berlin.
232
1995.
v. 22, p. 98-119.
Steyn, H.P. 1971. Aspects of the economic life of some nomadic Nharo Bushmen groups. Annals
of the South African Museum, v. 56, 6, p. 275-322.
Steyn, H.P. 1971. Die socio-ekonomiese lewe van die Nharo. MA tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Steyn, H.P. 1981. Nharo plant utilization: an overview. Khoisis: occasional papers of the Dept. of
Anthropology and Archaeology, Univ. of Stellenbosch, v. 1, p. (?).
des “anciens jaunes” sub-africains [pt. 1-2]. L’anthropologie, v. 59, p. 235-252, 429-461.
des “anciens jaunes” sub-africains [pt. 3]. L’anthropologie, v. 60, p. 22-52.
Visser, Hessel. 1994. Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro. Ghanzi (Botswana): Naro
Language Project. Pp iii, 97.
Visser, Hessel. 1994. Literacy in Naro. In: Developing Basarwa research and research for
Basarwa development, p. 25-28. Ed. by Sidsel Saugestad & Joseph Tsonope. Gaborone:
Visser, Hessel. 1998. The phonological system of Naro. In: Language, identity and
Visser, Hessel. 2000. Khoesan orthography revisited: advantages and disadvantages of using
Roman letters for click symbols. In: The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 140-160.
Ed. by Herman M. Batibo & Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls
Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
Visser, Hessel. 2000. Language and cultural empowerment of the Khoesan people: the Naro
experience. In: Botswana: the future of the minority languages, p. 193-215. Ed. by Herman M.
Batibo & Birgit Smieja. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, #40.
233
Visser, Hessel. 2001. Naro dictionary: Naro-English, English-Naro. 4th edition. Ghanzi
(Botswana): Naro Language Project; SIL International. Pp 240.
Visser, Hessel; Visser, Coby. 1993. Naro in a quarter of an hour. Course material. Ghanzi
(Botswana). Pp 42.
Visser, Hessel; Visser, Coby. 1998. Analysis of Naro names. In: The proceedings of the Khoisan
identities and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town,
12-16 July 1997, p. 225-231. Ed. by Andrew Bank, Hans Heese & Chris Loff. Cape Town:
Infosource in association with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Vossen, Rainer. 1986. Some observations on nominal gender in Naró. In: Festschrift zum 60.
Geburtstag von Carl F. Hoffmann, p. 373-390. Ed. by Franz Rottland. Bayreuther Beiträge zur
Sprachwissenschaft, #7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Verlag.
Wadley, Lynn. 1996. The Bleek and Lloyd records of death and burial: the problems that these
present to archaeologists. In: Voices from the past: /Xam Bushmen and the Bleek and Lloyd
Collection, p. 271-286. Ed. by Janette Deacon & Thomas A. Dowson. Khoisan heritage series.
Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Discusses /Xam, Naro and !Xung burials.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1945. Unpublished field notes on Nama and Naron.
Wily, Elizabeth. 1982. A strategy of self-determination for the Kalahari San (the Botswana
Government’s programme of action in the Ghanzi farms). Development and change, v. 13, 2
(spec. theme: ‘The future of nomads in Africa’, edited Jeremy Swift), p. 291-308.
3.6 !Xóõ, Taa
Longman Botswana.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. !Xóõ. In: Languages in Botswana: language
Looks at Ju/’hoan, ≠Kx’au//’ein, Nama/Damara, Naro, /Gwi, //Gana, Kxoe, Shua, Tshwa, and
234
p. 162-166.
Batibo, Herman M. 1997. The Khoesan languages of Botswana. Seminar handout. Gaborone:
Univ. of Botswana.
Batibo, Herman M. 1998. The fate of the Khoesan languages of Botswana. In: Endangered
languages in Africa, p. 267-284. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1913. The language of the Khakhea Bushmen. Manuscript.
Press. Pp 94.
Boden, Gertrud. (Ed.) 2007. !Qamtee ≠aa //xanya. The book of traditions: histories, texts and
illustrations from the !Xoon and ’N/ohan people of Namibia. Basel: Basler Afrika
Bibliographien (BAB). ISBN 978-3-905758-04-7.
Campbell, John [Rev.] 1837. A journey to Lattakoo. London: The Religious Tract Society.
A “travelogue with no word lists, but perhaps interesting comments for the historian or missionary goings on in the Korana
area, and the San area to the north. Also, there are sporadic comments on who spoke what languages (some Korana trying to
learn to read, etc) and who stole whose cattle” (Bonny Sands, pc).
Dickens, Patrick John. 1977. Source and goal in !Xõ. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic
studies 1975, p. 74-81. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Dickens, Patrick John. 1978. A preliminary report on Kgalakgadi vowels. African studies, v. 37,
1, p. 99-106.
Hypothesizes an !Xoo (South Khoesan) origin for the structure of the Kgalagadi vowel system.
Dickens, Patrick John; Traill, Anthony. 1977. Collective and distributive in !Xõo. In: Khoisan
linguistic studies 3, p. 132-144. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African
Studies Inst., #6. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus. 1972. Die !Ko-Buschmanngeselschaft: Aggressionskontrolle und
Gruppenbindung. München: Piper.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus. 1974. !Ko-Buschleute (Kalahari): Tranzetanz. Homo, v. 24, p. 245-252.
235
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus. 1975. Aggression in !Ko-Bushmen. In: Psychological anthropology, p.
317-331. Ed. by R.T. Williams. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus. 1978. Early socialization in the !Xõ Bushmen. In: The Bushmen: San
hunters and herders of southern Africa, p. 130-136. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape
Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1996. Diversity and flexibility: the case of the Bushmen of southern
Africa. In: Cultural diversity among twentieth-century foragers: an African perspective, p. 6586. Ed. by Susan Kent. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Deals with the !Kung and the !Xóõ.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1999. Tricksters and trancers: Bushman religion and society.
Bloomington: Indiana Univ. Press. Pp ix, 288.
Güldemann, Tom. 1997. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach.
Khoisan forum working papers, #3. Arid Climate, Adaption and Cultural Innovation in Africa
(ACACIA), Univ. of Cologne. Pp 34.
Güldemann, Tom. 1998. The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach. In:
Köppe Verlag.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 19xx. The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: entomological knowledge.
Manuscript.
Source?
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 19xx. The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: reptiles and amphibians.
Manuscript.
Source?
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1963. The future of the Bushmen of the Kalahari: a plea report by request
of the Bechuanaland government. Gaborone.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1966. The social organization of the !Kõ Bushmen. MA thesis. Pretoria:
Univ. of South Africa (UNISA). Pp 279.
Later published by Rüdiger Köppe Verlag, 1994.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1967. Conflict, tensions and release of tensions in a Bushman society.
Papers from the Inst. for the Study of Man in Africa, #23. Johannesburg: Inst. for the Study of
Man in Africa.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1970. Experiences gained in a Bushman pilot settlement scheme: interim
report. Occasional papers from the Dept. of Pathology, #1. Johannesburg: Univ. of the
Witwatersrand.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1971. The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: the anatomical and
physiological knowledge. South African journal of science, v. 67, 2, p. 43-51.
236
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1971. Experiences gained in a Bushman pilot settlement scheme: second
interim report. Occasional papers from the Dept. of Pathology. Johannesburg: Univ. of the
Witwatersrand.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1972. Territoriality among the Bushmen in general and the !Ko in
particular. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 67, p. 405416.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1975. Elements of !Ko Bushmen religious beliefs. Anthropos:
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1975. Acculturation problems arising in a Bushman development scheme.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1977. The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge on behaviour of
cloven-hoofed animals (antelopes and warthog). Ethnomedizin, v. 4, 3/4, p. 241-266.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1978. The Bushmen’s store of scientific knowledge. In: The Bushmen: San
hunters and herders of southern Africa, p. 148-161. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape
Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1979. The ethno-biology of the !Ko Bushmen: knowledge concerning
medium and smaller mammals. Ethnomedizin, v. 5, 3/4, p. 319-340.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1979. The nexus complex among the !Xõ Bushmen of Botswana.
Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 74, 3/4, p. 465-480.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1986. A !Xõ Bushmen burial. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in
Verlag.
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1994. Social organization of the !Kõ Bushmen. Edited by Klaus
Keuthmann. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #10. Köln:
Belated publication of the author’s MA thesis, Univ. of South Africa, 1966.
Peripherals: Anthony Traill, African studies, v. 54 (1995), p.(?); Alec C. Campbell, Botswana notes and records, v. 28 (1996),
p. 242.
Heinz, Hans Joachim; Maguire, Brian. 1974. The ethno-biology of the !Kõ Bushmen: their ethnobotanical knowledge and plant lore. Occasional papers, #1. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
Pp ii, 53.
Heinz, Hans Joachim; Martiny, O. 1980. The ethno-biology of the !Xõ Bushmen: the
ornithological knowledge. Ethnomedizin, v. 6, 1/4, p. 31-59.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1974. Die Sprache der !Khong von Lone Tree. Manuskript.
Ladefoged, Peter; Barroso, Norma Antonanzas. 1985. Computer measures of breathy voice
quality. UCLA (Univ. of California, Los Angeles) working papers in phonetics, v. 61, p. 79-86.
237
Includes !Xoo analyses.
Ladefoged, Peter; Maddieson, Ian. 1996. Clicks. In: The sounds of the world’s languages, p. 246280. Oxford & Cambridge MA: Blackwell Publ.
Ladefoged, Peter; Maddieson, Ian; Jackson, Michel. 1988. Investigating phonation types in
different languages. In: Vocal physiology: voice production, mechanisms and functions, p.
297-317. Ed. by Osamu Fujimura. New York: Raven Press.
Includes !Xóõ examples.
Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1984. Nasal venting in !Xóõ Bushman. South African journal
of science, v. 80, p. (?).
v. 22, p. 33-64.
Lorenson, S. 1992. The back vowel constraint and related rules in !Xóõ: an A&P analysis.
Manuscript. Tucson AZ: Univ. of Arizona.
Referred to by Traill (1997:116).
Maddieson, Ian. 1993. The structure of segment sequences. UCLA (Univ. of California, Los
Angeles) working papers in phonetics, v. 83, p. 1-7.
Includes !Xóõ examples.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2000. Unpublished comparative word list for !Kwi languages. Dept. of
Oriental and African Languages, Göteborg Univ. Pp 57.
Includes comparative word lists, extracted from a variety of sources, for /Xam, ≠Nusa, !Ga-!ne, //Xegwi, /’Auni, ≠Khomani,
N/huki, Ng//-!ke, ≠Unkwe, Kakia, /U//en.
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1958. Three Bushman languages [pt. 2]: the third Bushman language.
African studies, v. 17, p. 100-115.
Discusses !Ko (= !Xóõ).
Verlag.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1997. A decompositional analysis of Khoisan lexical tone. Studies in
the linguistic sciences, v. 27, 1 (spec. theme: ‘Papers in phonology from the second midcontinental workshop on phonology’, ed. by Jennifer Cole with Elmer H. Antonsen), p. 153168.
Miller-Ockhuizen, Amanda. 1998. Towards a unified decompositional analysis of Khoisan
lexical tone. In: Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 217-243. Ed.
by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #15.
Tonological analysis of Ju/’hoan and !Xóõ.
Papst, [?]. 1896. Die Kalahariwüste und ihre Bewohner. Mitteilungen der Geographischen
Gesellschaft für Thüringen, v. 14, p. 48-54.
Not clear that Papst really is the author. Mentions/discusses “Rietfontein Bastards, tsamma melons, Bakalaharis, Nusan,
Vaalpens ..., Sandbuschleute ..., [and] a Bushman chief called Saul” (Bonny Sands, pc).
238
Köppe Verlag.
1995.
Sbrzesny, Heidi. 1976. Die Spiele der !Ko-Buschleute unter besonderer Berücksichtigung ihrer
sozialisierenden und gruppenbindenden Funktionen. Monographien zur Humanethnologie, #2.
München: Max-Planck-Gesellschaft.
Steyn, H.P. 1984. Southern Kalahari San subsistence ecology: a reconstruction. South African
archaeological bulletin, v. 39, p. 117-124.
Work with Khoekhoe-speaking ≠Khomani, N/gamani and N/huki and their recollections of bush life (Bonny Sands, pc).
Traill, Anthony. 1970. Linguistic research among the !Xo Bushmen. Botswana notes and
records, v. 2, p. 127.
Traill, Anthony. 1973. A preliminary sketch of !Xõ Bushman phonetics. Works in progress from
the Dept. of Linguistics, Univ. of Edinburgh, v. 6, p. 1-23.
Traill, Anthony. 1974. Agreement systems in !Xõ. Limi, new series, v. 2, 2, p. 12-28.
Traill, Anthony. 1974. The compleat guide to the Koon: a research report on linguistic fieldwork
undertaken in Botswana and South West Africa. Communications from the African Studies
Inst., #1. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand. Pp ii, 50. ISBN-10 0-85494-247-5.
Reprinted at least once.
Traill, Anthony. 1975. Phonetic correspondences in the !Xõ dialects: how a Bushman language
changes. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies, p. 77-102. Ed. by Anthony Traill.
Communications from the African Studies Inst., #2. Johannesburg: Univ. of the
Witwatersrand.
Traill, Anthony. 1977. The phonological status of !Xõo clicks. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p.
107-131. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Inst., #6.
Traill, Anthony. 1977. The tonal structure of !Xõ. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies
1975, p. 11-47. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Traill, Anthony. 1979. Another click accompaniment in !Xóõ. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 5, p.
22-29. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Johannesburg: African Studies Inst., Univ. of the
Witwatersrand.
Traill, Anthony. 1979. The !Xóõ strength hierarchy. In: Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies
1977, p. 1-38. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
239
Traill, Anthony. 1981. Phonetic and phonological studies of !Xóõ Bushman. PhD thesis.
Traill, Anthony. 1985. Phonetic and phonological studies of !Xóõ Bushman. Quellen zur
Khoisan-Forschung, #1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp xx, 215. ISBN-10 3-87118-6694.
Revision or reprint of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of the Witwatersrand, 1981.
Peripherals: Wilhelm Möhlig, “A new monograph on Khoisan phonetics and phonology”, New perspectives on the study of
Khoisan (edited by Rainer Vossen, Helmut Buske Verlag, 1988), p. 159-166.
Traill, Anthony. 1986. The laryngeal sphincter as a phonatory mechanism in !Xóõ Bushman. In:
Variation, culture and evolution in African populations: papers in honour of Dr Hertha de
Villiers, p. 123-131. Ed. by Ronald Singer & John K. Lundy. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand
Univ. Press.
Traill, Anthony. 1993. The feature geometry of clicks. In: Linguistica: festschrift E.B. van Wyk,
’n huldeblyk, p. 134-140. Ed. by Paul Michael Siegfried von Staden & others. Pretoria: J.L.
van Schaik.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. A !Xóõ dictionary. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan
studies), #9. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 292. ISBN-10 3-927620-56-4.
Peripherals: Alec C. Campbell, Botswana notes and records, v. 26 (1994), p. 192-193; Klaus Keuthmann, Afrika und Übersee,
v. 78 (1995), p. 285-288; Thomas Widlok, Journal of African languages and linguistics, v. 17 (1996), p. 105-107; Jost
Gippert, Lexicology, v. 3 (1997), p. 184-187.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. Linguistic research on the Khoesan languages. In: Developing Basarwa
research and research for Basarwa development, p. 20-24. Ed. by Sidsel Saugestad & Joseph
Tsonope. Gaborone: National Inst. of Development Research and Documentation (NIR), Univ.
of Botswana.
Manuscript. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. The perception of clicks in !Xóõ. Journal of African languages and
linguistics, v. 15, 2, p. 161-174.
Reprinted 2002 in the anthology Mouton classics: from syntax to cognition, from phonology to text.
Traill, Anthony. 1995. Place of articulation features for clicks: anomalies for universals. In:
Studies in general and English phonetics in honour of Professor J.D. O’Connor, p. 121-129.
Ed. by Jack Windsor Lewis. London: Routledge.
Traill, Anthony. 1998. Lexical avoidance in !Xóõ. In: Language, identity and conceptualization
among the Khoisan, p. 421-437. Ed. by Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung
(Research in Khoisan studies), #15. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 16/17 (spec. theme: ‘Historical language
contact in Africa’, ed. by Derek Nurse), p. 437-454.
Traill, Anthony; Nakagawa, Hirosi. 2000. A historical !Xóõ-/Gui contact zone: linguistics and
other relations. In: The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 1-17. Ed. by Herman M.
240
Batibo & Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone: Tasalls Publ. & Books for
the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana and Univ. of Tromsø.
Traill, Anthony; Wright, P.G. 1984. Nasal venting in !Xóõ Bushman: an aerodynamic
investigation [abstract]. South African journal of science, v. 80, p. (?).
Ziervogel, Dirk. 1955. Unpublished grammatical sketch of the language of the !Ko Bushmen,
from material collected by H.-J. Heinz.
Source? Location?
3.7 More on Namibian Khoesan languages
[Anon.] 1963. Land of the Bushmen: South West Africa’s Kalahari desert is “home” to this
vanishing race of people. The inch (Houston TX), v. 14, 1, p. 10-13.
[Anon.] 1976. Die Buschmänner. Kapstadt: Südafrikanisches Museum. Pp ii, 38. ISBN-10 0908407-03-3.
“Volkstümliche Einführung in die Kultur der Saan” (Strohmeyer 1982:203).
[Anon.] 1976. The Bushmen. Cape Town: Trustees of the South African Museum. Pp ii, 38.
ISBN-10 0-949949-82-8.
[Namibia]. 1997. A report on the first secondary school San learners’ conference, held on 15-16
August 1997, Ella du Plessis Secondary School, Windhoek. Windhoek: Min. of Basic
Education and Culture, Namibia. Pp 50.
=Oma, Kxao Moses; Broerman, Magdalena. 1998. Do the San of southern Africa have a say on
education? Geneva: United Nations Working Group on Indigenous Populations. Pp 9.
The first author’s name should read ‹≠Oma›. Paper read at the 16th session of the UN Working Group on Indigenous
Populations. Discusses “[e]ducational and linguistic concerns of the San, the educational reality of San, case studies on South
Africa, Botswana and Namibia” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 5.8.1998).
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Reisen in Südwest-Afrika bis zum See Ngami in den Jahren 1850
bis 1854, 2 Bde. Aus dem swedischen übersetzt von Herrmann Lotze. Leipzig: Costenoble.
Peripherals: N. Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde, neue Folge, v. 3 (1857), p. 372f; N. Zeitschrift für allgemeine Erdkunde,
neue Folge, v. 4 (1858), p. 80.
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Sjön Ngami: forskningar och upptäckter under fyra års
wandringar i sydwestra Afrika = Lake Ngami: researches and discoveries during four years’
travels in southwest Africa. Översättning av Gustav Thomée. Stockholm: Albert Bonniers
Förlag. Pp viii, 10, 503.
241
An improved and enlarged Swedish edition.
Andersson, Karl Johan. 1856. Lake Ngami: or explorations and discoveries during four years of
wanderings in the wilds of south western Africa. London: Hurst & Blackett. Pp xviii, 546.
Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:1) claim this to be a second edition. Reprinted more than once by Cornelis Struik in Cape Town
(Africana collectanea, #24; ISBN-10 0-86977-341-0); and 1969 by Frank Cass & Co. in London. Various abridged editions
have also been published, many dated 1856, e.g. by Edward Dix in New York (433 p.), Potter in Philadelphia (433 p.), and
Harper in New York (521 p.).
URL: www.archive.org/details/lakengamiorexplo00andeiala
Peripherals: Anon, Littell’s living age (New York), v. 50 (1856), p. 362-369; Anon, “Lake Ngami, or, the waters beyond
Kalahari”, Putnam’s monthly magazine of American literature, science and art, v. 8 (1856), p. 607-617; Anon, N e w
Englander and Yale review, v. 15 (1857), p. 166.
Angula, Nahas. 1988. Tracing the history of the San, Namibia’s first inhabitants. In: Namibia
1884-1984: readings of Namibia’s history and society, p. 102-117. Ed. by Brian Wood.
London: Namibia Support Committee in association with the United Nations Inst. for Namibia
(UNIN).
Balfour, Henry. 1902. The Goura: a stringed wind musical instrument of the Bushmen and
Hottentots. Journal of the Anthropological Inst. of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 32, p. 156176.
Balsan, François. 1950. L’étreinte du Kalahari: première expédition française au désert rouge.
Editions contemporaines. Paris: Hatier-Boivin. Pp 254.
Bank, Andrew; Heese, Hans; Loff, Chris. (Ed.) 1998. The proceedings of the Khoisan identities
and cultural heritage conference, held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, 12-16 July
1997. Cape Town: Infosource in association with the Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of
Western Cape. Pp vii, 382. ISBN-10 1-919770-02-X.
Bank, Andrew; Minkley, Gary. (Ed.) 1997. Papers presented to the third Khoisan Conference,
held at the South African Museum, Cape Town, July 1997. Special issue of Kronos: journal of
Cape history, v. 24. Bellville: Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of Western Cape.
Barnard, Alan. 1975. Australian models in the South West African Highlands. African studies, v.
34, 1, p. 9-18.
Barnard, Alan. 1976. Khoisan classification. IAI (International African Inst.) bulletin: African
studies notes & news, v. 46, 4, p. 12.
Barnard, Alan. 1978. A further note on Khoisan classification. IAI (International African Inst.)
bulletin: African studies notes & news, v. 48, p. 11.
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Khoesan southern Africa as a cultural area. Namibiana: communications of
the ethno-historical study group, SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 2, 2, p. 7-15.
Barnard, Alan. 1988. Kinship, language and production: a conjectural history of Khoisan social
structure. Africa: journal of the International African Inst., v. 58, 1, p. 29-50.
p. 162-166.
242
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1974. Proto-Central-Khoisan. In: Proceedings of the 3rd annual conference
on African linguistics, 7-8 April 1972, p. 3-37. Ed. by Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz. Indiana
Univ. publications, African series, #7. Bloomington: Research Inst. for Inner Asian Studies,
Indiana Univ.
Press. Pp 94.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1939/40. A short survey of Bushman languages. Zeitschrift für
Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 30, p. 52-72.
Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel. 1873. Report of Dr Bleek concerning his researches into the
Bushman the Bushman language, presented to the Honourable House of Assembly by
command of His Excellency the Governor. Cape parliamentary papers, #A17’1873. Cape
Town: J.C. Juta.
Boëseken, Anna J. 1972. The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan.
Cabo, v. 1, 1, p. 5-10.
Peripherals: Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10;
Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p. 12-15; Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”,
Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Boëseken, Anna J. 1974. Dr A.J. Boëseken replies to Prof. R.H. Elphick, “The meaning, origin
and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 2, 2, p. 8-10.
5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p.
12-15; Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Boller, Freddy. 197x. Les hommes du Kalahari. Bruxelles: Hayez.
Source?
Bradlow, A. 1992. On the representation of clicks. Working papers from Cornell Phonetics
Laboratory, v. 7, p. 83-102.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1980. Die Volker Südwestafrikas (10): die traditionelle Einteilung
der San. Allgemeine Zeitung (Windhoek), 22 Mai 1980, p. (?).
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1980. Die Volker Südwestafrikas (19): Verhältnis von Regierung
und Ansiedlern zu den San am Anfang der deutschen Zeit. Allgemeine Zeitung (Windhoek), 1
Oktober 1980, p. (?).
243
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1981. Die Volker Südwestafrikas (38): die weitere Entwicklung im
‘Buschmanland’. Allgemeine Zeitung (Windhoek), 10 März 1981, p. (?).
missionalia, v. 4, 25, p. 119-185.
Cipriani, Lidio. 1935. Los bosquimanos. Revista geografica americana (Buenos Aires), v. 3, p.
177-192.
Davids, Laurentius S. 1997. Centralisation and identity: sub-regional language cooperation. In:
Shaping Africa’s future through innovative curricula, p. 101-107. Ed. by Roger Avenstrup.
Davids, Laurentius S. 2002. Co-operation for the standardisation and harmonisation of Khoe and
San languages in southern Africa. In: Speaking in unison: the harmonisation and
standardisation of southern African languages, p. 223-235. Ed. by Kwesi Kwaa Prah. CASAS
(Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, #22. Cape Town.
Vossen), p. 105-130.
Eikenberg, Katrin. 1979. Jäger und Sammler: die Buschmänner. In: Afrika: eine Einführung, p.
20-32. Ed. by Wilf Lohse. Wegweiser zur Völkerkunde, #22. Hamburgisches Museum für
Völkerkunde.
Elderkin, Edward Derek. 1986. Diachronic inferences from basic sentence and noun structure in
central Khoisan and Sandawe. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 2 (spec.
theme: ‘African hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on huntergatherers, St Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 131-156.
Elphick, Richard H. 1974. Comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the terms
Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 2, 1, p. 3-7.
5-10; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10; Richard H. Elphick, (final comment), Cabo, v. 3 (1975), p. 12-15;
Anna J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Elphick, Richard H. 1975. Final comment on Boëseken’s “The meaning, origin and use of the
terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”. Cabo, v. 3, p. 12-15.
5-10; Richard H. Elphick, (comment), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 3-7; Anna J. Boëseken, (reply), Cabo, v. 2 (1974), p. 8-10; Anna
J. Boëseken, “On changing terminology in history”, Cabo, v. 2 (1975), p. 16-18.
Elphick, Richard H. 1979. The Khoisan to c.1770. In: The shaping of South African society,
1652-1820, p. 3-40. Ed. by Richard H. Elphick & Hermann Giliomee. Cape Town: Longmans.
Elphick, Richard H.; Malherbe, V.C. 1989. The Khoisan to 1828. In: The shaping of South
African society, 1652-1840, p. 3-65. 2nd edition. Ed. by Richard H. Elphick & Hermann
Giliomee. Middletown CN & Cape Town: Wesleyan Univ. Press; Maskew Miller Longman.
Fauvelle-Aymar, François-Xavier. 1999. Quel passé pour les khoisan? Représentations, mémoire,
héritages. Cahiers d’études africaines, v. 39, 155/156, p. 979-985.
244
Frey, Karl. 1958. Die nie-blanke volke van Suidwes-Afrika. Johannesburg: Publisiteitsafdeling
van die Suid-Afrikaanse Uitsaaikorporasie (SAUK).
Ethnologie, v. 12, 3, p. 289-300.
Gall, Sandra. 2001. The Bushmen of southern Africa: slaughter of the innocent. London: Chato &
Windus. Pp xxxix, 264. ISBN-10 0-7011-6906-0.
Peripherals: Thomas Widlok, H-Net book reviews (online), September 2002.
Goodwin, A.J.H. 1936. The Bushmen. The African observer: a review of contemporary affairs
(Bulawayo), v. 5, 5, p. 41-46.
Gordon, Robert James. 1985. Primitive accumulation and Bushman policy in South West Africa.
In: The future of the former foragers, p. 25-36. Ed. by Carmel Schrire & Robert James
Gordon. Occasional papers, #18. Cambridge MA: Cultural Survival.
Buske Verlag.
Gordon, Robert James. 1987. Point de vue: fait-il approuver les projets de ‘conservatoires
cultures’. Ethnies, v. 6/7, p. 47-53.
Gordon, Robert James. 1992. The Bushman myth: the making of a Namibian underclass. Conflict
and social change series. Boulder CO, San Francisco & Oxford: Westview Press. Pp xvi, 304.
ISBN-10 0-8133-1173-X, 0-8133-1381-3.
“Gordon’s definite statement of the Bushman debate. Supremely scholarly, if idiosyncratic ... he gives the best portrayal of
anyone of the Bushmen as seen through the eyes of colonists and indigenous oppressors of the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries. He also brings the transformations of this portrayal up to the present ... Gordon’s central argument is that, in order
to understand the images, we need to know the social contexts which gave rise to them” (Barnard 1992:67f).
Peripherals: Robert Ross, African affairs, v. 92/368 (1993), p. 468-470; David Simon, Journal of southern African studies, v.
19 (1993), p. 166-168; Jeff Ramsay, International journal of African historical studies, v. 28 (1995), p. 689ff; Isak A.
Niehaus, Journal of contemporary African studies, v. ? (19??), p. 133-135; Edwin S. Segal, African studies review, v. 37
(1994), p. 162-166; Jeff Ramsay, International journal of African historical studies, v. 28 (1995), p. 689-690.
Gordon, Robert James. 1997. Picturing Bushmen: the Denver African expedition of 1915. Athens
GA: Ohio Univ. Press. Pp 208. ISBN-10 0-8214-1188-8.
Peripherals: Cathy Skidmore-Hess, African studies quarterly: the online journal of African studies, v. 2 (1998), p.(?); Wade C.
Pendleton, International journal of African historical studies, v. 32 (1999), p. 548-550.
Gordon, Robert James; Douglas, Stuart Sholto. 2000. The Bushman myth: the making of a
Namibian underclass. 2nd edition. Conflict and social change series. Boulder CO: Westview
Press. Pp xviii, 342. ISBN-10 0-8133-3581-7 pb.
Peripherals: Thomas Widlok, H-Net book reviews (online), June 2001.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1950. Studies in African linguistic classification, 6: the Click
languages. Southwestern journal of anthropology, v. 6, 3, p. 223-237.
Peripherals: Diedrich Westermann, “African linguistic classification”, Africa, v. 22 (1952), p. 250-256.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1970. Click languages. Encyclopedia americana, v. 7, p. 67.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1977. More on Khoisan classification. IAI (International African
Inst.) bulletin: African studies notes & news, v. 47, p. 2-3.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1986. “San” or “Bushmen”? In: The past and future of !Kung
245
Gordon & Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut Buske
Verlag.
Guenther, Mathias [Georg]. 1986. Acculturation and assimilation of the Bushmen of Botswana
and Namibia. In: Contemporary studies on Khoisan: in honour of Oswin Köhler on the
occasion of his 75th birthday, v. 1, p. 346-373. Ed. by Rainer Vossen & Klaus Keuthmann.
Güldemann, Tom. 1998. San languages for education: a linguistic short survey and proposal on
behalf of the MELLD (Molteno Early Literacy and Language Development) Project Namibia.
Okahandja: National Inst. of Educational Development (NIED). Pp 39, 4 maps.
Güldemann, Tom. 2001. Phonological regularities of consonant systems across Khoisan
lineages. Univ. of Leipzig papers on Africa (ULPA): languages and literatures series, #16.
Inst. für Afrikanistik, Univ. Leipzig. Pp 50. ISBN-10 3-932632-96-6.
Güldemann, Tom. 2003. Khoisan languages. In: International encyclopedia of linguistics, v. 2, p.
359-362. 2nd edition. Ed. by W.J. Frawley. Oxford Univ. Press.
Güldemann, Tom; Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Khoisan. In: African languages: an introduction, p. 99122. Ed. by Bernd Heine & Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Güldemann, Tom; Vossen, Rainer. 2004. Le khoisan. In: Les langues africaines, p. 121-148. Ed.
by Bernd Heine & Derek Nurse. Traduit de l’anglaise sous la direction d’Henry Tourneux et
Jeanne Zerner. Paris: Ed. Karthala.
Gusinde, Martin. 1952/53. Neueste anthropologische Untersuchung der Buschmänner. Journal of
Gusinde, Martin. 1953. Met de Bosjesmannen door den Kalahariwoestijn. Katholieke missiën
(Suid-Afrika), v. 74, p. 174-176, 206-207.
Gusinde, Martin. 1953/54. Ergänzende Beobachtungen an den Buschmännern. Journal of the
Gusinde, Martin. 1957. Primitive races now dying out. International social science journal, v. 9,
p. 291-299.
Gwasira, Goodman. 1998. Rock art in Namibia: it past, present and future. Pictogram: the
journal of the Southern African Rock Art Research Association, v. 10, 1, p. 54-56.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]. 2005. Khoesaan languages. In: Encyclopedia of language
and linguistics, (?), p. 192-195. Ed. by Keith Brown & others. Boston: Elsevier Science.
Haarhoff, J.P. 1975? Die Buschmänner im südlichen Afrika. In: Bild der Völker, 2: Afrika
zwischen Sahara und Sambesi, südliches Afrika und Madagaskar, p. 238-245. Ed. by Edward
Evan Evans-Pritchard. Wiesbaden: F.A. Brockhaus.
Bild der Völker seems to be some kind of encyclopedia (see Strohmeyer 1982:192f).
Hall, Martin. 1984. Frontiers in southern African archaeology. In: Frontiers: southern African
archaeology today, p. 1-10. Ed. by M.J. Hall, G. Avery, D.M. Avery, Michael L. Wilson &
A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological reports: international series, #207; Cambridge
monographs in African archaeology, #10. Oxford.
Hall, M.J.; Avery, G.; Avery, D.M.; Wilson, Michael L.; Humphreys, A.J.B. (Ed.) 1984.
Frontiers: southern African archaeology today. British archaeological reports: international
series, #207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, #10. Oxford.
Heine, Bernd. 2000. Grammaticalization chains across languages: an example from Khoisan. In:
Reconstructing grammar: comparative linguistics and grammaticalization, p. 177-200. Ed. by
Spike Gildea. Typological studies in language, #43. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
246
Heinz, Hans Joachim. 1978. The Bushmen in a changing world. In: The Bushmen: San hunters
and herders of southern Africa, p. 173-178. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town &
Heppner, Fr. 1928. Extinction des bochimans. Bulletin de la Société Tchécoslovaque de
Géographie (Praha), 1928, p. 184-490.
Unsure what this deals with. Covers a lot of pages (provided it’s correct).
Hirschberg, Walter. 1939. Zur Frage der Restvölker in Afrika. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, v. 70, p.
262-272.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1939. Die Restvölker in Afrika. In: Die grosse Völkerkunde: Sitten,
Gebräuche und Wesen fremder Völker, Bd 1, p. 359-370. Ed. by Hugo Adolf Bernatzik.
Leipzig: Verlag des Bibliographischen Inst.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1942. Die farbige Welt in den deutschen Kolonien Afrikas. In: Koloniale
Wende, p. 51-61. Ed. by H.W. Bauer. Das deutsche koloniale Jahrbuch, Jahrgang 1942. Berlin:
Wilhelm Süsserott.
Deals, amongst other things, briefly with Bushmen on p. 52-54 (Strohmeyer 1982:193).
Hirschberg, Walter. 1954. Zur Frage der sekundären Primitivität der Buschmannkultur. Wiener
völkerkundliche Mitteilungen, v. 2, p. 1-5.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1959. Zur Frage der sogenannten Primitivität der afrikanischen
Wildbeuterkulturen. In: Bericht der 6. Tagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Anthropologie,
Kiel 1958, p. 50-53. Göttingen.
Hirschberg, Walter. 1980. Buschmänner (Südafrika). In: Schwarzafrikaner: Lebensraum und
Weltbild, p. 218-228. Ed. by Walter Raunig. Innsbruck & Frankfurt-am-Main: Pinguin-Verlag;
Umschau-Verlag.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1986. Ethnographic research and socioeconomic development among
Kalahari San: some tables. In: The past and future of !Kung ethnography (Festschrift Lorna
Hoepen, I.E.C.N. van. 1941. The Bushman and his culture. Bulletin of the South African Museum
Association, v. 2, p. 217-221.
Hoepen, I.E.C.N. van. 1942. Die Boesman en sy kultur. Tydskrif vir wetenskap en kuns, nuwe
reeks, v. 3, p. 55-59.
Honken, Henry. 1977. Submerged features and proto-Khoisan. In: Khoisan linguistic studies 3, p.
145-169. Ed. by Anthony Traill. Communications from the African Studies Inst., #6.
Honken, Henry. 1984. Word groups in the click languages. Khoisan Special Interest Group:
Honken, Henry. 1988. Phonetic correspondences among Khoisan affricates. In: New perspectives
on the study of Khoisan, p. 47-65. Ed. by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #7.
Honken, Henry. 1995. Types of phonetic correspondence rules in two San languages. Manuscript.
Inskeep, Ray R. 1978. The Bushmen in prehistory. In: The Bushmen: San hunters and herders of
southern Africa, p. 33-56. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human &
Rousseau.
Jackson, A. 1956. The Bushmen of South Africa. London.
Jacobson, Leon Carl. 1984. Hunting versus gathering in an arid ecosystem: the evidence from the
Namib Desert. In: Frontiers: southern African archaeology today, p. 75-79. Ed. by M.J. Hall,
G. Avery, D.M. Avery, Michael L. Wilson & A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological
reports: international series, #207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, #10.
Oxford.
247
Jacobson, Leon Carl. 1985/87. The archaeology of the Kavango. Journal of the SWA (South West
Africa) Scientific Society, v. 40/41, p. 149-157.
Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave. 1955. The Sarwa are foreigners. NADA: Southern Rhodesia
Native Affairs Dept. Annual, v. 32, p. 4-6.
Jenkins, Trefor. 1986. The prehistory of the San and the Khoikhoi as recorded in their blood. In:
Jenkins, Trefor; Lehmann, H. 1976. Biochemical studies on the desert-dwelling hunter-gatherers
of southern Africa. In: Progress in medical genetics, v. 1, p. 211-281. Ed. by A.G. Steinberg &
A.G. Bearn. Philadelphia: WB Saunders.
Jenny, Hans R. 1969. Die letzten Giftpfeile. Internationales Afrikaforum, v. 5, p. 210-214.
“Sprachlicher vergleich der Nama- und Buschmannsprachen, auf Köhler fussend” (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:126).
Johnson, Peter; Bannister, Anthony; Wannenburgh, Alf. 1979. The Bushmen. Cape Town &
Johannesburg: Cornelis Struik Publ. Pp 63. ISBN-10 0-86977-114-0.
Photo-book with some text.
Jordan, K. 1975. The Bushmen of southern Africa: anthropology and historical materialism. Race
& class (London), v. 17, p. (?).
Keen, John Asaria. 1947. A statistical study of the differences between Bantu, Hottentot and
Bushman skulls. Zoological Research of the National Museum, v. 16, p. 191-199.
Reprinted the same year in Yearbook of physical anthropology, v. 3 (1947), p. 34-42.
Kelly, Robert L. 1995. The foraging spectrum: diversity in hunter-gatherer lifeways. Washington
DC: Smithsonian Inst. Press.
Keuthmann, Klaus. 1986. Professor Oswin R.A. Köhler: a retrospect on thirty years of studying
language, culture and history of southern African Khoisan-speaking peoples. In:
Kibodya, G. (Ed.) 1969. Aspects of South African history. Inst. of Education, Univ. College of
Dar es Salaam. Pp 179.
Papers from a conferenece held in Dar es Salaam, 1968.
Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1805. Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens.
Wiscasset, Babson & Rust. Pp 47.
Kicherer, Johannes Jacobus. 1808/12. Narrative of the mission to the Hottentots and Bochemens.
Transactions of the (London) Missionary Society, v. 2, p. 1-47.
Kieckers, E. 1931. Der buschmännisch-hottentottische Sprachstamm. In: Die Sprachstämme der
Erde, p. 141-144. Kultur und Sprache, #7. Heidelberg: Carl Winter Univ.-Verlag.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1957. Dokumente zur Entstehung des Buschmannproblems in
Südwestafrika. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 28, p. 52-64.
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. Les langues khoisan: présentation d’ensemble. In: Les
langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, p. 459-482. Ed. by Jean Perrot, Gabriel Manessy &
Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
Köhler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1987. Khoisan languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 15th
edition, v. 22, p. 775-778, 813.
Krenz, Friedrich Karl [Friedel]. 1970. Heitse Eibeb-Gräber. Mitteilungen der
Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 10, p. 2.
Krüss, James. 1974. Zur Entzifferung einer Felsmalerei auf der Farm Etemba im Erongogebirge,
Südwestafrika [mit Anmerkungen von Oswin Köhler, Ernst Westphal, Albert Viereck und
248
Wolfgang Sydow]. Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v.
15, 5/6, p. 4-10.
Ladefoged, Peter; Traill, Anthony. 1984. Linguistic phonetic description of clicks. Language, v.
60, 1, p. 1-20.
v. 22, p. 33-64.
Lebeau, Debie. 1993. Namibia: ethnic stereotyping in a post-apartheid state. NISER (Namibian
Inst. for Social and Economic Research) research reports, #5. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia
(UNAM). Pp x, 197. ISBN-10 0-947433-20-1.
Lebeau, Debie; Fox, Tom; Mufune, Pempelani. 1998. The Bushmen, San or Ovakuruha:
indigenous, poor and marginalised. Namibian review (Windhoek), v. (?), p. 1-9.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1926. Eine Expedition zur umfassenden Erforschung der Buschmänner in SüdAfrika [pt. 1]. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 21, p.
952-958.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1927. Eine Expedition zur umfassenden Erforschung der Buschmänner in SüdAfrika [pt. 2-3]. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v. 22, p.
244-246, 571-575.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1928. Bericht über eine Studien- und Forschungsreise nach Südafrika.
Anthropologische Anzeiger, v. 5, p. 360-362.
Lebzelter, Viktor. 1929. Zusammenfassender Bericht über meine Reisen und Forschungen in
Südafrika 1926/1928. Anthropos: internationale Zeitschrift für Völker- und Sprachenkunde, v.
24, p. 231-239.
Levy, Leah. 1968. A preliminary list of publications referring to the non-Bantu click languages.
Communications from the School of African Studies, new series, #33. Univ. of Cape Town.
Pp iv, 21; ii, 14.
Peripherals: Anthony Traill, African studies, v. 29 (1970), p. 154-156.
Lewis-Williams, J. David. 1972. The syntax and function of the Giant’s Castle rock paintings.
South African archaeological bulletin, v. 27, p. 49-65.
Lewis-Williams, J. David. 1974. Superpositioning in a sample of rock-paintings from the Barkly
East district. South African archaeological bulletin, v. 29, p. 93-103.
Lewis-Williams, J. David. 1984. The rock art workshop: narrative or metaphor? In: Frontiers:
southern African archaeology today, p. 323-327. Ed. by M.J. Hall, G. Avery, D.M. Avery,
Michael L. Wilson & A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological reports: international series,
#207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, #10. Oxford.
Lewis-Williams, J. David; Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne]. 1978. Eland hunting rituals
among northern and southern San groups: striking similarities. Africa: journal of the
Liniger-Goumaz, Max. 1968. Pygmées et autres races de petite taille (Boschimans, Hottentots,
Negritos, etc.): bibliographie générale. Genève: Les Ed. du Temps. Pp 338.
Lunkenbein, Anton. 1921. Die Geheimnisse des Namib. Berlin: Safari-Verlag. Pp 123.
Unsure about contents. Listed in the Saan/Buschmänner section of Strohmeyer’s (1982:198) bibliography.
MacKenzie, L.A. 1946. Report on the Kalahari Expedition of 1945. Cape Town.
249
Maingard, Louis Fernand. 1929. Some linguistic problems of South Africa. South African journal
of science, v. 26, p. 835-865.
Compares Central, Northern and Southern Khoisan.
Mauduit, Jacques-A. 1953. Un popolo primitivo: i boschimani. Le vie del mondo (Milano), v. 15,
p. (?).
Mauduit, Jacques-A.; Rouch, G. 1954. Kalahari: la vie des bochimans. Terres et hommes. Paris:
Fernand Nathan. Pp 88.
Menck, Clara. 1977. Unsere Zeitgenossen aus der Steinzeit: afrikanische Buschmänner in einer
Stuttgarter Ausstellung. Frankfurter allgemeine Zeitung, 7 Märch 1977, p. (?).
Review of a Bushman exhibition organized by South African Museums. The date for this review is given as “7.3.1977” by
Strohmeyer (1982:199). Presumably this means March 7th; unless it’s July 3rd.
Metschnikoff, Léon. 1890. Bushmen and Hottentots. Bulletin de la Société Neuchâteloise de
Géographie, v. 5, p. 53-100.
Newman, Paul. 1997. Language families: an overview. In: Encyclopedia of Africa south of the
Nurse, George Trevor. 1977. The survival of the Khoisan race. Bulletin of the International
Committee on Urgent Anthropological and Ethnological Research, v. 19, p. 39-46.
Obermaier, Hugo; Kühn, Herrbert. 1930. Bushman art: rock paintings of South-West Africa.
London: Oxford Univ. Press; Humphrey Milford.
Peripherals: M.C. B[urkitt], Man, v. 30 (1930), p. 207 (art. 150).
Offe, Hans. 1937. Die Reservatfrage bei den Buschmännern. Koloniale Rundschau, v. 28, 2, p.
136-139.
Olivier, Emmanuelle; Valentin, Manuel. (Ed.) 2005. Les bushmen dans l’histoire. Paris: Centre
National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS). Pp 262. ISBN-10 2-271-06296-9.
Peripherals: Andrew B. Smith, H-Net book reviews (online), July 2006.
Olivier, P.W. 1935. Die Boesmans. Die soeklig, v. (?), p. 296-300.
Owens, Mark; Owens, Delia. 1985. Cry for the Kalahari. Boston: Houghton Mifflin & Co.
Pager, Harald. 1989. The rock paintings of the Upper Brandberg, 1: Amis Gorge. Africa
praehistorica, #1. Cologne: Heinrich-Barth-Inst. Pp 502. ISBN-10 3-927688-01-0.
Pager, Harald. 1993. The rock paintings of the Upper Brandberg, 2: Hungorob Gorge, 2 vols.
Africa praehistorica, #4. Cologne: Heinrich-Barth-Inst. Pp 677, 6 plates. ISBN-10 3-92768805-3.
Pager, Harald. 1998. The rock paintings of the Upper Brandberg, 4: Umuab and Karoab Gorges.
Cologne: Heinrich-Barth-Inst. Pp 645. ISBN-10 3-927688-16-9.
Perkins, Carol Morse; Perkins, Martin. 1966. I saw you from afar: a visit to the Bushmen of the
Kalahari desert. Exeter: Wheaton. Pp 56.
250
Persson, Lars. 1978. Borders of decency: a Swede challenges the established myths on South
Africa. Cape Town: Howard Timmins. Pp 208. ISBN-10 0-86978-157-X.
Contains, amongst other things, ethnologcal notes about the Saan. The subtitle appears only on the wrapper (Strohmeyer
1982:200).
Prah, Kwesi Kwaa. (Ed.) 2003. Silenced voices: studies on minority languages of southern
Africa. CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, #34. Cape
Town.
Boesmans. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Bushman languages are not distinguished further than “Boesmantale”.
Reenen, Reenen J. van. 1920. Iets oor die Boesmankultuur. Bloemfontein: Nasionale Pers.
Ritchie, Claire. 1987. The political economy of resource tenure in the Kalahari: San survival in
Namibia and Botswana. MA thesis. Boston Univ.
Rycroft, David K. 1978. Comments on Bushman and Hottentot music recorded by E.O.J.
Westphal. Review of ethnology, v. 5, 2/3, p. 16-23.
Salmen, Helmut H. 1968. Die Buschmänner der Kalahari: ein geographisch-völkerkundlicher
Bericht. Geographische Rundschau, v. 20, p. 109-115.
Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette. 1979. Kapako and Vungu Vungu: iron age sites on the
Kavango River. South African Archaeological Society: Goodwin series, v. 3, p. 52-61.
Sandelowsky, Beatrice Henriette; Rooynen, J. van; Vogel, Joseph O. 1979. Early evidence of
herding in the Namib. South African Archaeological Society: Goodwin series, v. 34, p. 15-32.
Sanders, A.J.G.M. 1995. The law of the Bushmen as reflected in their rock art. In: Speaking for
the Bushmen, p. 116-125. Ed. by A.J.G.M. Sanders. Gaborone: The Botswana Society.
Köppe Verlag.
1995.
Saugestad, Sidsel; Hermans, Janet Gallagher; Monageng, Stella. 1993. The Bushmen, Khoesan,
San, Basarwa, Ju/’hoan, N/oakwe: an annotated bibliography. Working copy. Gaborone:
Schapera, Isaac. 1925. Bushman arrow poisons. Bantu studies and general South African
anthropology, v. 2, 3, p. 199-214.
Schapera, Isaac. 1926. A preliminary consideration of the relationship between the Hottentots and
the Bushmen. South African journal of science, v. 23, p. 833-866.
251
Schapera, Isaac. 1927. Bow and arrow of the Bushmen. Man: a record of anthropological
science, v. 27, p. 113-117 (art. 72).
Schapera, Isaac. 1929. Bushman languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14th edition, v. 4, p. 452454.
Schapera, Isaac. 1929. Comparative grammar of the Khoisan languages. Manuscript.
Referred to by Strohmeyer & Moritz (1975:129). Is it available anywhere?
Schapera, Isaac. 1930. The Khoisan peoples of South Africa: Bushmen and Hottentots. London:
George Routledge & Sons. Pp xi, 445, 16 plates, 2 maps.
“[F]ar from being date, Schapera’s volume is as valuable as ever as a summary of often obscure literature (now even more
obscure) on numerous Khoisan groups throughout southern Africa” (Barnard 1992:7). Reprinted a few times.
Peripherals: A. W[erner], Journal of the African Society, v. 29 (1929/30), p. 558-561; Edwin W. Smith, Man, v. 31 (1931), p.
91-93 (art. 97).
Schapera, Isaac. 1938. A survey of the Bushman question: memorandum presented to the
Standing Committee in connection with the proposed Bushman enquiry. Race relations
(Johannesburg), v. 6, 2, p. 68-82.
There’s also an unpublished version of this (the same?) at the State Archives (now National Archives) in Windhoek, Namibia.
Schapera, Isaac. 1952. Bushmen of the Kalahari. Natural history, v. 61, 10, p. 456-464.
Schiel, Tilman. 1977. Deutsch-afrikanischer Kulturaustausch: (fast) “nackte Wilde” auf
Lacktablett serviert. Welt-Magazin (Bonn), v. 4, p. 74-75.
“Kritik an der Buschmann-Ausstellung des Südafrikanischen Museums, Kapstadt, im Institut für Auslandskunde, Stuttgart”
Schils, G.H. 1895? L’affinité des langues des bushmans et des hottentots. In: Compte rendu de
2ème congrès scientifique international des catholique, Bruxelles 1895, v. 6, p. 5-11.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1975/76. Alte Götter der Khoisan-sprechenden Völker im südlichen Afrika.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1982. Khoisan folktales: original sources and republications. African studies, v.
41, 2, p. 203-212.
Schmidt, Sigrid. 1989. Katalog der Khoisan-Volkerzählungen des südlichen Afrikas / Catalogue
of the Khoisan folktales of southern Africa, 2 Bde. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #6.
Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 321; 475.
The first volume contains sources and indices; the second contains the tales, which are given in German only.
Peripherals: Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig, Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika, v. 12/13 (1991/92), p. 391-400.
Schoeman, Pieter Johannes. 195x. Memorandum on the study of the Bushmen. Mimeographed.
Referred to by Gordon (1992:281).
Schoeman, Pieter Johannes. 1950. Voorlopige verslag van die Komissie vir die behoud van die
Boesmanbevolking in Suidwes-Afrika, 1950. Mimeographed.
Details wanting.
Schoeman, Pieter Johannes. 1952. Final report of the Commission for the Preservation of
Bushmen in South West Africa. Mimeographed.
Details wanting.
Schrire, Carmel. 1980. An inquiry into the evolutionary status and apparent identity of San
hunter-gatherers. Human ecology, v. 8, 1, p. 9-32.
252
Schwarz, Ernest Humbert Lewis. 1928. The Kalahari and its native races: being an account of a
journey through Ngamiland and the Kalahari, with a special study of the natives in that area.
London: H.F. & G. Witherby. Pp 244.
Peripherals: C.W.H., Journal of the African Society, v. 29 (1929/30), p. 208-209.
Seiner, Franz. 1912. Die Buschmannsgefahr in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Deutsche
Shaw, Ella Margaret. 1971. The Bushmen / Die Boesmans. With illustrations by C. Coetzee. Man
in southern Africa series. Cape Town: South African Museum. Pp 20.
Heinemann.
Silberbauer, George B. 1978. The future of the Bushmen. In: The Bushmen: San hunters and
Silberbauer, George B. 1994. A sense of place. In: Key issues in hunter-gatherer research, p.
119-143. Ed. by Ernest S. Burch jnr & Linda J. Ellana. Oxford & Providence: Berg.
Singer, Ronald. 1970. Investigations on the biology of Hottentot and Bushman populations in
southern Africa. Materialy i Prace antropologiczne, v. 78, p. 37-48.
Singer, Ronald. 1978. The biology of the San. In: The Bushmen: San hunters and herders of
southern Africa, p. 115-129. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine Tobias. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human
& Rousseau.
Smith, Andrew; Lee, Richard B. 1997. Cho/ana: archaeological and ethnohistorical evidence for
recent hunter-gatherer/agropastoralist contact in northern Bushmanland, Namibia. South
African archaeological bulletin, v. 52, p. 52-58.
Snyman, Jan Winston. 1974. The Bushman and Hottentot languages of Southern Africa. Limi,
new series, v. 2, 2, p. 28-45.
Snyman, Jan Winston. (Ed.) 1977. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1975: papers of a
seminar held on 25 October 1975. Miscellanea congregalia, #2. Pretoria: Univ. of South
Africa (UNISA). Pp viii, 100.
Peripherals: Oswin Köhler, “New Khoisan linguistic studies: summary and comments”, African studies, v. 36 (1977), p. 255278.
Snyman, Jan Winston. (Ed.) 1979. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1977: papers of a
seminar held on 29 October 1977. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Snyman, Jan Winston. (Ed.) 1980. Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979. Miscellanea
Steinberg, A.G.; Jenkins, Trefor; Harpending, Henry C.; Nurse, George Trevor. 1975.
Gammaglobulin groups of the Khoisan peoples of southern Africa: evidence for
polymorphism for a Gm(1,5,13,14,21) haplotype among the San. American journal of human
genetics, v. 27, p. 528-542.
The numbers in ‹Gm(1,5,13,14,21)› should be superscript and without any parentheses.
Stephen, David. 1983. The San of the Kalahari. MRG (Minority Rights Group) reports, #56.
London. Pp 16.
Stopa, Roman. 1951/52. Bushman and Hottentot among the isolating languages of Africa.
Rocznik orientalistyczny: archives polonaises d’études orientales, v. 17, p. 351-371.
“Vergleicht u.a. Ewe, Fõ, Anglo, Twi mit Buschmannsprachen” (Hintze 1959:65).
253
Suckow, Christian. 1973. Die Bantu- und Khoisanbevölkerung Südafrikas unter den
Bedingungen der europäischen Kolonialexpansion von der Mitte des 17. Jh. bis zur Mitte des
19. Jh. im Spiegel der Berichte deutscher Reisender. Dissertation. Humboldt-Univ. zu Berlin.
Pp 493.
Suzman, James. 2001. An assessment of the status of the San in Namibia. Windhoek: Legal
Assistance Service.
Suzman, James. 2002. Minorities in independent Namibia. London: Minority Rights Group
(MRG).
Symmington, F.C. 1950. Die pan-boesmans. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde weekblad, 19
september 1950, p. 19.
Testart, Alain. 1988. Some major problems in the social anthropology of hunter-gatherers.
Current anthropology, v. 29, 1, p. 1-31.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1959. The Nuffield-Witwatersrand University expedition to the
Kalahari Bushmen. Nature, v. 183, p. 1011-1013.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1961. Fingerprints and palmar prints of Kalahari Bushmen. South
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1964. Bushman hunter-gatherers: a study in human ecology. In:
Ecological studies in southern Africa, p. 67-86. Ed. by D.H.S. Davis. Monographie biologicae,
#14. The Hague: Dr W. Junk Publ.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1975. Fifteen years of study of the Kalahari Bushmen or San: a brief
history of the Kalahari Research Committee. South African journal of science, v. 71, p. 74-78.
ISBN-10 0-7981-0668-9.
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1978. Introduction to the Bushmen or San. In: The Bushmen: San
Tobias, Phillip Vallentine. 1978. Classified bibliography on the San or Bushmen. In: The
Bushmen: San hunters and herders of southern Africa, p. 190-198. Ed. by Phillip Vallentine
Tobias. Cape Town & Pretoria: Human & Rousseau.
Traill, Anthony. 1978. Research on the non-Bantu African languages. In: Language and
communication studies in South Africa, p. 117-137. Ed. by Leonard Walter Lanham & Karel
P. Prinsloo. Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press.
Traill, Anthony. 1978. The languages of the Bushmen. In: The Bushmen: San hunters and
Traill, Anthony. 1986. Do the Khoi have a place in the San? New data on Khoisan linguistic
relationships. Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘African
hunter-gatherers: proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St
Augustin, January 1985’, ed. by Franz Rottland and Rainer Vossen), p. 407-430.
254
Botswana.
Traill, Anthony. 1994. Khoisan languages. In: The encyclopedia of language and linguistics, v. 4,
p. 1842-1843. Ed. by R.E. Asher & J.M.Y. Simpson. Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Traill, Anthony. 1995. Place of articulation features for clicks: anomalies for universals. In:
Studies in general and English phonetics in honour of Professor J.D. O’Connor, p. 121-129.
Ed. by Jack Windsor Lewis. London: Routledge.
Traill, Anthony. 1997. Khoisan and Click languages. In: Encyclopedia of Africa south of the
Traill, Anthony. 1997. Linguistic phonetic features for clicks: articulatory, acoustic and
perceptual evidence. In: African linguistics at the crossroads: papers from Kwaluseni, 1st
World Congress of African Linguistics, Swaziland, 18-22. VII. 1994, p. 99-117. Ed. by Robert
K. Herbert. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Traill, Anthony; Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2007. Languages: Khoesan and Click. In: N e w
encyclopedia of Africa, v. 3, p. 228-230. Ed. by John F.M. Middleton & Joseph Calder Miller.
London: Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Traill, Anthony; Vossen, Rainer. 1997. Sound change in the Khoisan languages: new data on
click loss and click replacement. Journal of African languages and linguistics, v. 18, 1, p. 2156.
Treis, Yvonne. 1998. Names of Khoisan languages and their variants. In: Language, identity and
Unterkötter, Alfred. 1950. Xkou-goa-Xob: Selbstbiographie eines Buschmannes. Wuppertal
(Deutschland) & Elberfeld (Deutschland).
Listed by Strohmeyer (1982:205).
Unterkötter, Alfred. 1952. Xkou-goa-Xob: ein Buschmann aus Südwestafrika. In: Afrikaner
erzählen ihr Leben: elf Selbstdarstellungen afrikanischer Eingeborener aller Bildungsgrade
und Berufe und aus allen Teilen Afrikas, p. 11-21. Ed. by Diedrich Westermann. Berlin:
Evangelische Verlagsanstalt.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1922. Von den Buschmännern. Rheinische Missionsschriften, #189.
Barmen-Wuppertal: Verlag des Rheinischen Missionshauses. Pp 20.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1922. Von den Buschmännern. Berichte der Rheinischen Mission, v.
79, p. 45-52, 65-71, 88-93.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938. Buschmannsleben. In: Am Lagerfeue: Geschichten aus Busch
und Werst von Pad und Landschaft, Menschen und Schicksalen in Südwestafrika, p. 99-115.
Ed. by A. Wackwitz. Windhoek: John Meinert.
255
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1938. Etwas über die Buschmänner. In: Am Lagerfeue: Geschichten
aus Busch und Werst von Pad und Landschaft, Menschen und Schicksalen in Südwestafrika, p.
86-98. Ed. by A. Wackwitz. Windhoek: John Meinert.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1957. Die Buschmänner Südwestafrikas. Barmen-Wuppertal.
Listed by Strohmeyer (1982:206).
Villiers, Hertha de. 1961. The tablier and steatopygia in Kalahari Bushwoman. South African
Vinnicombe, Patricia. 1986. Rock art, territory and land rights. In: The past and future of !Kung
Gordon & Richard Borshay Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Voss, A.E. 1987. The image of the Bushman in South African English writing of the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. English in Africa, v. 14, 1, p. 21-40.
Vossen, Rainer. 1984. Studying the linguistic and ethno-history of the Khoe-speaking (central
Khoisan) peoples of Botswana: research in progress. Botswana notes and records, v. 16, p. 1935.
Vossen, Rainer. 1984. The comparative study of Khoe languages. Khoisan Special Interest
Group: newsletter, v. 2, p. 3-5, 14-15.
Vossen, Rainer. 1986. Preliminaries of Khoe comparative tonology. Khoisan Special Interest
Group: newsletter, v. 4, p. 15-21.
Vossen, Rainer. (Ed.) 1988. New perspectives on the study of Khoisan. Quellen zur KhoisanForschung, #7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 191.
Vossen, Rainer. 1988. Khoe linguistic relationships reconsidered: the data. In: New perspectives
on the study of Khoisan, p. 67-108. Ed. by Rainer Vossen. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung,
#7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Vossen, Rainer. 1990. Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte
Afrikas. Habilitationsschrift. Univ. zu Bayreuth.
Vossen, Rainer. 1991. What do we do with irregular correspondences? The case of the Khoe
languages. History in Africa, v. 18, p. 359-379.
Vossen, Rainer. 1992. q in Khoe: borrowing, substrate or innovation? In: African linguistic
contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal, p. 363-388. Ed. by Derek F. Gowlett.
Vossen, Rainer. 1994. Zur historischen Rekonstruktion der nominalen Genus-Numerus-Suffixe in
den Khoe-Sprachen. In: Sprachen und Sprachzeugnisse in Afrika: eine Sammlung
philologischer Beiträge Wilhelm J.G. Möhlig zum 60. Geburtstag zugeeignet, p. 429-441. Ed.
by Thomas Geider & Raimund Kastenholz. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Vossen, Rainer. 1997. Die Khoe-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der Sprachgeschichte
Afrikas. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies), #12. Köln: Rüdiger
Köppe Verlag. Pp 536. ISBN-10 3-927620-59-9.
Revision of the author’s Habilitationsschrift, Univ. of Bayreuth, 1990.
Peripherals: Nina Pawlak, Studies of the Dept. of African Languages and Cultures, Warsaw Univ., v. 30 (2001), p. 94-97;
Wilfrid H.G. Haacke, Journal of African languages and linguistics, v. 24 (2003), p. 91-98.
Verlag.
256
Vossen, Rainer. 2006. Verbal negation in Khoe (Central Khoisan). In: Zwischen Bantu und
Burkina: Festschrift für Gudrun Miehe zum 65. Geburtstag, p. 253-264. Ed. by Kerstin
Winkelmann & Dymitr Ibriszimow. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag.
Vossen, Rainer; Neumann, Sabine; Patriarchi, Christina; Rottland, Margit; Spörl, Rainer; Vagt,
Beate. 1988. Khoe linguistic relationships reconsidered. Botswana notes and records, v. 20, p.
61-70.
Weber, Bernhard. 1978. Die Buschleute: Beispiel einer Kultur von Sammlern und Jägern; ein
Beitrag zum Thema “Primitive Wirtschaftsformen”. Bildung und Wirtschaft, v. 6/7, p. 10191026.
Apparently the jorno in question is a “Beilage des Vereins Jugend und Wirtschaft” to Schweizerischen Lehrerzeitung, v. 2931, July 20th, 1978 (see Strohmeyer 1982:206).
Weinberg, Paul. 1997. In search of the San. Johannesburg: Porcupine Press. Pp 80. ISBN-10 0620-21231-4.
Weineke, W.A. 1956. Buschmann-Mission in der Kalahari. Berichte der Rheinischen Mission, v.
106, 3, p. 2-10.
“The page numbers are strange -- the bottom of the page says 56-58, but the tops of the pages say 2-10” (Bonny sands, pc).
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962. On classifying Bushman and Hottentot languages.
African language studies, v. 3, p. 30-48.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1962. A re-classification of southern African non-Bantu
languages. Journal of African languages, v. 1, 1, p. 1-8.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1963. The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa: Bush,
Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships. Africa: journal of the International
African Inst., v. 33, 3, p. 237-265.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1980. The age of ‘Bushman’ languages in southern Africa. In:
Bushman and Hottentot linguistic studies 1979, p. 59-79. Ed. by Jan Winston Snyman.
Miscellanea congregalia, #16. Pretoria: Univ. of South Africa (UNISA).
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1983. Classificatory characters of Khoe languages. In: G.S.
Nienaber: ’n huldeblyk, p. 717-726. Ed. by A.J.L. Sinclair. Bellville: Univ. of the Western
Cape.
Wiessner, [Pauline] [Wilson] Polly. 1983. Style and social information in Kalahari San projectile
points. American antiquity, v. 58, 2, p. 253-276.
257
Willet, Shelagh M. 1965. The Bushman: a select bibliography 1652-1962. Stencilled.
Johannesburg: Dept. of Bibliography, Librarianship and Typography, Univ. of the
Witwatersrand. Pp ii, 37.
Reprinted 1993 by the National Inst. of Development and Documentation at the Univ. of Botswana in Gaborone (Working
bibliographies, #19).
Willet, Shelagh M. 2007. Khoe-San names (African click languages). The indexer: the
international journal of indexing, v. 25, 4, p. C1-C4.
Willet, Shelagh M.; Monageng, Stella; Saugestad, Sidsel; Hermans, Janet Gallagher. 2002. The
Khoe and San: an annotated bibliography, v. 1. Gaborone: Lightbooks. Pp 248. ISBN-10
99912-71-26-0.
The second volume was edited/compiled by Willet & Motlogi (2004).
Peripherals: Alan Barnard, Africa, v. 73 (2003), p. 486-487; Dag Henrichsen, H-Net book reviews (online), January 2004.
Willet, Shelagh M.; Motlogi, Abertina. 2004. The Khoe and San: an annotated bibliography, v.
2. Gaborone: Lightbooks. Pp 136. ISBN-10 99912-71-32-5.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1973. Interaction, spacing behavior and the organization of hunting bands.
Journal of anthropological research, v. 29, 1, p. 1-31.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1978. Seasonal effect of dietary intake on Kalahari San. Federation of
American societies for experimental biology, v. 37, 1, p. 65-72.
Wilmsen, Edwin N. 1982. Studies in diet, nutrition and fertility among a group of Kalahari
Bushmen in Botswana. Informations sur les sciences sociales/Social science information, v.
21, 1, p. 95-125.
Wilson, Michael L. 1986. Notes on the nomenclature of the Khoisan. Annals of the South African
Museum, v. 97, 8, p. 251-266.
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1981. Die Tonemmuster des Gemein-Zentralkhoisan. In: Berliner
afrikanistische Vorträge: XXI. deutscher Orientalistentage, Berlin, 24.-29. März 1980, p. 237257. Ed. by Herrmann Jungraithmayr & Gudrun Miehe. Marburger Studien zur Afrika- und
Asienkunde, Reihe A: Afrika, #28. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Winter, Jürgen Christoph. 1986. Les parlers du khoisan central. In: La méthode dialectométrique
appliquée aux langues africaines, p. 395-431. Ed. by Gladys Guarisma & Wilhelm Johann
Georg Möhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Wright, John B. 1977. San history and non-San historians. In: The societies of southern Africa in
the 19th and 20th centuries, v. 8, p. 1-10. Inst. of Commonwealth Studies (ICS), Univ. of
London.
Wust, P. 1938. Ein sterbendes Volk. Monatsblätter der Oblaten der Unbefleckten Jungfrau
Maria, v. 45, p. 254-259, 292-297, 325-329.
Yellen, John E. 1984. The integration of herding into prehistoric hunting and gathering
economies. In: Frontiers: southern African archaeology today, p. 53-64. Ed. by M.J. Hall, G.
Avery, D.M. Avery, Michael L. Wilson & A.J.B. Humphreys. British archaeological reports:
international series, #207; Cambridge monographs in African archaeology, #10. Oxford.
Yellen, John E. 1985. Bushmen. Science, v. 6, 4, p. 40-48.
4
Indoeuropean languages
4.1 Afrikaans
[Anon.] 1951. Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans. Die Augustineum Jaarblad
(Windhoek), 1951, p. 61.
Abel, Herbert. 1955. Beiträge zur Landeskunde des Rehoboter Westens (Sudwestafrika).
Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg, v. 51, p. 55-97.
Barnard, Alan. 1980. Convergent structures in Nama and Dutch-Afrikaans kinship terminologies.
VOC, v. 1, 1, p. 25-34.
Bayer, Maximillian. 1906. Die Nation der Bastards. Zeitschrift für Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht
und Kolonialwirtschaft, v. 8, p. 625-648.
Also distributed as a 24-page booklet by Wilhelm Süsserott in Berlin. Reprinted 1985 by Basler Afrika Bibliographen,
Switzerland.
Bayer, Maximillian. 1984. The Rehoboth Baster nation of Namibia. Translated from German,
edited and introduced by Peter Carstens. Beiträge zur Afrikakunde, #6. Basel: Basler Afrika
Bibliographien (BAB). Pp vii, 54. ISBN-10 3-905141-38-8.
The original appeared as “Die Nation der Bastards” in Zeitschrift für Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht und Kolonialwirtschaft, v.
8 (1906).
Besten, Hans den. 1989. From Khoekhoe foreignertalk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the
creation of a novel grammar. In: Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on
pidgin and creole languages, p. 207-250. Ed. by Martin Pütz & René Dirven. Duisburger
Arbeiten zur Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft, #5. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang.
Besten, Hans den. 2000. The slaves’ languages in the Dutch Cape Colony and Afrikaans vir.
Linguistics, v. 38, 5 (spec. theme: ‘Creoles, pidgins, and sundry languages: essays in honor of
Pieter Seuren’, ed. by Jacques Arends), p. 949-971.
Besten, Hans den. 2002. Khoekhoe syntax and its implications for L2 acquisition of Dutch and
Afrikaans. Journal of Germanic linguistics, v. 14, 1, p. 3-56.
Besten, Hans den. 2003. The English (and Pidgin) roots of Afrikaans booi and Boesman. In: ‘n
Man wat beur: huldigingsbundel vir Dirk van Schalkwyk, p. 183-194. Ed. by Willem J. Botha.
Stellenbosch: Buro van die WAT (Woordeboek van die Afrikaanse Taal).
Botha, Marthinus Christoffel; Burger, Johannes François. 1923. Afrikaanse grammatika.
Kaapstad: Maskew Miller.
Breyne, Marcel Romeo. 1936. Afrikaans: eine Einführung in Laut-, Formen- und Satzlehre mit
Literaturproben. Leipzig: Holtze. Pp xv, 315.
Britz, Rudolf G.; Lang, Hartmut; Limpricht, Cornelia. 1996. Beknopte geskiedenis van die
Rehoboth Basters tot 1990. Rehoboth: Rehoboth Museum. Pp 65.
Britz, Rudolf G.; Lang, Hartmut; Limpricht, Cornelia. 1999. Beknopte geskiedenis van die
Rehoboth Basters tot 1990. Windhoek & Göttingen: Klaus Hess Verlag. Pp 86. ISBN-10
99916-747-0-5.
Either a reprint or revision of Britz, Lang & Limpricht (1996).
259
Britz, Rudolf G.; Lang, Hartmut; Limpricht, Cornelia. 1999. A concise history of the Rehoboth
Basters until 1990. Translated from Afrikaans. Windhoek & Göttingen: Klaus Hess Verlag. Pp
85. ISBN-10 99916-747-2-1, 3-9804518-6-0.
Britz, Rudolf G.; Lang, Hartmut; Limpricht, Cornelia. 1999. Kurze Geschichte der Rehoboth
Baster bis 1990. Aus dem afrikaansen übersetzt. Windhoek & Göttingen: Klaus Hess Verlag.
Pp 85. ISBN-10 99916-747-1-3, 3-9804518-5-2.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1976. Die Basters van Rehoboth. Die jeug se aandeel in rasse- en
volksverhoudinge, 1876, p. 46-53.
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1979. Byname in Basterland. Namibiana: communications of the
Budack, Kuno Franz Robert. 1988. Inter-ethnic names for white men in South West Africa.
Nomina africana: journal of the Names Society of Southern Africa, v. 2, 2, p. 171-185.
Burgers, M.P.O. 1963. Teach yourself Afrikaans. London: English Universities Press.
Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 1992. Language planning in Namibia: is there life after
Afrikaans? Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek), v. 11, 1, p. 1-7.
Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers. 1993. Resistence literature in non-stigmatised varieties of
Afrikaans in Namibia. Logos (Windhoek), v. 13 (spec. theme: ‘Language ecology in Africa,
Conradie, D.G. 19xx. Oorsprong van die naam Windhoek. Die huisgenoot: geilustreerde
weekblad, 23 januarie 19xx, p. (?).
Referred to, with incomplete details, by Nienaber & Raper (1980:770).
Dahle, Wendula; Leyerer, Wolfgang. 1992. The Rehoboth Basters. In: Namibia Express
Reisehandbuch, p. 237-242. Ed. by Wendula Dahle & Wolfgang Leyerer. Leer (Deutschland):
Mundo.
Donaldson, Bruce C. 1993. A grammar of Afrikaans. Mouton grammar library, #8. Berlin:
Mouton de Gruyter. Pp xxi, 497. ISBN-10 3-11-013426-8.
Peripherals: Bernard Comrie, Linguistics, v. 32/334 (1994), p. 1109-1112; Robert S. Kirsner, Language, v. 70 (1994), p. 384385; Andrew Carstairs-McCarthy, Lingua, v. 98 (1996), p. 273-279.
Donaldson, Bruce C. 2000. Colloquial Afrikaans: the complete course for beginners. London &
New York: Routledge.
Ferraz, Luiz Ivens. 1983. Communication on the mines of southern Africa, with special reference
to Namibia. Chamber of Mines, Administration of South West Africa.
Fischer, Eugen. 1913. Die Rehohother Bastards und das Bastardierungsproblem beim Menschen:
anthropologische und ethnographische studien am Rehobother Bastardvolk in DeutschSüdwest-Afrika. Jena: Verlag Gustav Fischer für die Königliche Preussische Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Pp vii, 327.
Reprinted 1961 by Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt in Graz.
Peripherals: C.G. S[eligman], Man, v. 15 (1915), p. 16 (art. 7).
Fourie, Kotie. 1992. Taalkommunikasie en taalbeplanning op die myne van Namibië. Proefskrif
(PhD). Potchefstroomse Univ. vir Christelike Hoër Onderwys (PUCHO).
260
Fourie, Kotie. 1995. Afrikaans - the unwanted lingua franca of Namibia. In: Discrimination
through language in Africa?, p. 315-324. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology
of language, #69. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Frey, Karl. 1956. Aus der Frühzeit der weissen Besiedlung Südwestafrikas. Afrikanischer
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1992. Afrikaans: ein Politum. In: Namibia Express Reisehandbuch, p.
277-286. Ed. by Wendula Dahle & Wolfgang Leyerer. Leer (Deutschland): Mundo.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1989. Language policy in independent Namibia, with particular reference
to Afrikaans. LAUD (Linguistic Agency, Univ. of Duisburg) papers, series B: applied and
interdisciplinary papers, #204. Duisburg.
Kjaeret, Kristin; Stokke, Kristian. 2003. Rehoboth Baster, Namibian or Namibian Baster? An
analysis of national discourses in Rehoboth, Namibia. Nations and nationalism, v. 9, 4, p. 579600.
Kleine, Christa de. 1997. The verb phrase in Afrikaans: evidence of creolization? In: The
structure and status of pidgins and creoles, p. 289-307. Ed. by Arthur K. Spears & Donald
Winford. Creole language library (CLL), #19. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins
Publ.
Kleinz, Norbert. 1981. Die drei germanischen Sprachen Südwestafrikas: politische und
soziologische Gesichtspunkte ihrer Lage und Entwicklung. Dissertation. Rheinische FriedrichWilhelms-Univ. Bonn.
Kleinz, Norbert. 1982. Afrikaans, Deutsch und Englisch in Südwestafrika/Namibien. Logos
(Windhoek), v. 2, 2, p. 19-24.
Kleinz, Norbert. 1984. Deutsche Sprache im Kontakt in Südwest-Afrika: der heutige Gebrauch
der Sprachen Deutsch, Afrikaans und Englisch in Namibia. Deutsche Sprache in Europa und
Übersee, #9. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp xix, 316. ISBN-10 3-515-04049-8.
Lang, Hartmut; Denk, Adolf. 1996. Die wette van die Rehoboth Basters. Rehoboth: Rehoboth
Museum. Pp 33.
Includes various legislative documents of the Rehoboth Basters from 1868 to 1919.
Larkins, Hennah; Lombard, Ellen. 1999. Die funksie en optrede van hoofwerkwoorde in
Afrikaans. South African journal of linguistics, v. 17, 4, p. (?).
Lau, Brigitte. 1988. Kleine Zusammenfassung zur Dokumentation des Ortsnamen ‘Windhoek’.
Mitteilungen der Südwestafrikanischen Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft, v. 29, 9/10, p. 124125.
Leibbrandt, Richard; Bokhorst, Frank. 1999. An investigation of a lexical segmentation strategy
for Afrikaans. South African journal of linguistics, v. 17, 4, p. (?).
261
Lombard, Jean. 1996. The reorientation and redevelopment of Afrikaans in Namibia. Matatu:
journal of African culture and society, v. 15/16 (spec. theme: ‘Afrikaans literature:
recollection, redefinition, restitution’, ed. by Robert Kriger and Ethel Kriger), p. 59-72.
Louw, Annatjie. 2001. Is language shift to English imminent amongst young Afrikaans-speakers
in Rehoboth Gebiet? In: Endangered languages and the media: proceedings of the 5th FEL
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. The Indo-European languages of Namibia. In: Few people, many
tongues: the languages of Namibia, p. 147-171. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Merwe, E.H. van der. 1989. Die ontwikkeling, stand en toekoms van Afrikaans in SWA/Namibië.
MA tesis. Potchefstroomse Univ. vir Christlike Hoër Onderwys (PUCHO).
Meulen, R.J. van der. 1833. Schets van het leven van Afrikaner, een opperhoffd bij de Namaqua’s
in Zuid-Afrika. Rotterdam.
Molnárfi, László. 1997. Zur Diskurskomponente in der Sprechsprache: vir als Rhemamarkier im
Afrikaans. Folia linguistica, v. 33, 1, p. (?).
Molnárfi, László. 2000. Focus and antifocus in Afrikaans and West-Germanic. In: Proceedings of
the discourse anaphora and reference resolution conference (DAARC2000), p. 223-237. Ed.
by Paul Baker, Andrew Hardie, Tony McEnery & A. Siewierska. UCREL (Univ. Centre for
Computer Corpus Research on Language) technical papers, #12. Lancaster Univ.
Molnárfi, László. 2001. On the interpretation of multiple negation in spoken and written
Afrikaans. Groninger Arbeiten zur germanistischen Linguistik (GAGL), v. 44 (spec. theme:
‘Making sense: from lexeme to discourse, in honor of Werner Abraham at the occasion of his
retirement’, ed. by Geart van der Meer and Alice G.B. ter Meulen), p. 102-121.
URL: gagl.eldoc.ub.rug.nl/root/2001-44/08/
Molnárfi, László. 2001. Die Negationsklammer im Afrikaans: Mehrfachnegation aus formaler
und funktionaler Sicht. In: On formal German(ic) typology. Ed. by Werner Abraham & C. JanWouter Zwart. Linguistics today / Linguistik aktuell, #45. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Molnárfi, László. 2004. On the interpretation of multiple negation in spoken and written
Afrikaans. In: The composition of meaning: from lexeme to discourse, p. 195ff. Ed. by Alice
ter Meulen & Werner Abraham. Current issues in linguistic theory, #255. Amsterdam &
Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publ.
Moltke, Johannes von. 1976. Die Oorlams-Hottentotte en Afrikaans. SWA annual / SWA jaarboek
/ SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), v. 32, p. 35-43.
Nöckler, Herbert Carl. 1963. Sprachmischung in Südwestafrika. Wissenschaftlich-publizistische
Schriftenreihe des Inst. für Auslandsbeziehungen in Stuttgart, #5. München: Max Hüber. Pp
139.
Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor; Africa, B.J.; Stellmacher, F.F. 1982. Sero-genetic studies
on the Basters of Rehoboth, South West Africa/Namibia. Annals of human biology, v. 9, p.
157-166.
The Riemvasmaakers are said “to have originated among the Negro peoples of South West Africa/Namibia. They might well
have been Dama who subsequently received large and varied genetic contributions from other sources” (quoted by
Strohmeyer 1982:68).
Oosthuizen, G.J.J. 1997. Die Rehoboth-Basters: konstitusionele noodroep van ’n
minderheidsgroep in Suidwes-Afrika (Namibië). Historia, v. 42, 1, p. 61-80.
Palmhert-Keller, R.; Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1983. Serogenetic studies on the
Caucasoids of South West Africa. Human heredity, v. 33, p. 79-87.
Paul, J. 1930. Deutsche, Buren und Engländer in Südwestafrika. Koloniale Rundschau, v. 22, p.
200-208.
Pearson, Patrick. 1981. The Rehoboth rebellion. In: Working papers in southern African studies.
Ed. by Phillip L. Bonner. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.
262
Pearson, Patrick. 1986. The history and social structures of the Rehoboth Baster community of
Namibia. MA thesis. Johannesburg: Univ. of the Witwatersrand.
Pienaar-Louw, Anna Magdalena. 1997. Moedertale en die namibiese skoolverlater: ’n
taalverhoudingstudie, met die fokus op Afrikaanssprekendes. MA thesis. Windhoek: Dept. of
Germanic and Romance languages, Univ. of Namibia (UNAM). Pp v, 123.
Plessis, H.G.W. du. 1985. Suidwesafrikaans. South African journal of linguistics, occasional
publ., v. 1, p. 163-173.
Plessis, H.G.W. du. 1985. Afrikaans as ‘imposed’ or ‘colonial’ language in SWA/Namibië. South
African journal of linguistics, v. 3, 1, p. 43-57.
Plessis, H.G.W. du. 1987. Afrikaans en sy moontlikhede in SWA/Namibië. Windhoek: The
Academy.
Plessis, H.G.W. du. 1987. Afrikaans in SWA/Namibië. Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek), v.
6, 2, p. 31-35.
Plessis, L.G. du. 1984. Taalbeplanningsmoontlikhede vir afrikaans: ’n gevallestudie aan die hand
van Griekwa-Afrikaans. In: Conference papers from the 20th national conference of the
Linguistic Society of Southern Africa, v. 1, p. 245-257. Ed. by Victor N. Webb. Univ. of
Pretoria.
Plessis, L.G. du. 1985. Afrikaans afgedwing in SWA/Namibië? South African journal of
linguistics, v. 3, 1, p. 58-61.
Plessis, L.G. du. 1990. Redefining the role of Afrikaans in Namibian society. Fasette-FacetsFacetten (Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 15-20.
Plessis, Theo du. 1987. The feasibility of Afrikaans in SWA/Namibia. Windhoek: The Academy.
Preller, G.S. 1941. Voortrekkers van Suidwes. Kaapstad: Nasionale Pers.
Prinsloo, Karel P. 1984. Die status van Afrikaans en die ander hooftale in SWA/Namibië. In:
Afrikaans: stand, taak, toekoms, p. 124-134. Ed. by Karel P. Prinsloo & M.C.J. van Rensburg.
Pretoria: Hollandsche Afrikaanse Uitgewers Maatschappij (HAUM) Opvoedkundige
Uitgewery.
Kleurlinge. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Rehoboth Basters. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Blankes. Pretoria: Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing (RGN).
Pütz, Martin. (Ed.) 1995. Discrimination through language in Africa? Perspectives on the
Namibian experience. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter. Pp x, 338. ISBN-10 3-11-014817-X.
Pütz, Martin. 2004. Can a ‘foreign’ language be a national medium of education? Linguistic
ecology and equality in Namibia. In: Globalisation and African languages: risks and benefits
(Festschrift Karsten Legère), p. 65-84. Ed. by Katrin Bromber & Birgit Smieja. Trends in
linguistics: studies and monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Rademeyer, J.H. 1931. Die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters. Proefskrif (PhD). Univ.
van Pretoria.
Rademeyer, J.H. 1938. Kleurlings-Afrikaans: die taal van die Griekwas en Rehoboth-Basters.
Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger. Pp 163.
263
Raper, Peter Edmund. 1972. Streekname in Suid-Afrika en Suidwes. Naamkundereeks, #1.
Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geestewetenskaplike Navorsing
(RGN).
Simultaneously published by Tafelberg Uitgewers in Cape Town.
Rensburg, M.C.J. van. 1989. Oranje River Afrikaans: a stage in the pidgin-creole cycle. In:
Wheels within wheels: papers of the Duisburg symposium on pidgin and creole languages, p.
135-152. Ed. by Martin Pütz & René Dirven. Duisburger Arbeiten zur Sprach- und
Roberge, Paul T. 2001. Afrikaans. In: Facts about the world’s languages: an encyclopedia of the
world’s major languages, past and present. Ed. by Jane Garry & Carl Rubino. New York:
H.W. Wilson Co.
Roussouw, N.J. 1939. Die taal van Hendrik Witbooi as proewe van Hottentot-Hollands. MA
tesis. Univ. van Stellenbosch.
Rust, [?]. 1903. Der Bur und das Deutschtum in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Altdeutsche Blätter
(Leipzig), 1903, p. (?).
Referred to by Gretschel (1993:57).
Schalkwyk, Helena van. 1988. Teach yourself Afrikaans. Johannesburg: Southern Book Publ. Pp
244. ISBN-10 1-86812-068-6.
Schmokel, Wolfe. 1985. The myth of the White farmer: commercial agriculture in Namibia,
1900-1983. International journal of African historical studies, v. 18, 1, p. 93-108.
Schutte, C.H.J. 1942. Kleurlingsonderwys in Suidwes-Afrika. MEd tesis. Pretoria: Univ. van
Suid-Afrika (UNISA).
Spelbos, Peter. 1994. The genesis of the Rehoboth Basters as a people, 1863-1928. Leiden. Pp
151.
Is this a thesis of some sort? Source?
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1984. Die Afrikaner in Suidwes-Afrika. Tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe, v. 24,
1, p. 7-16.
Stals, Ernst L.P.; Ponelis, Fritz [Friedrich] [Albert]. 2001. Só het Afrikaans na Namibië gekom:
Hollands-Afrikaans in Namibië vóór die koloniale tyd. Windhoek: Gamsberg Publ. Pp v, 160.
ISBN-10 99916-0-294-1.
Stellmacher, F.F.; Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1976. Some serogenetic markers and
haematological parameters in the Basters of Rehoboth, SWA. Central African journal of
medicine, v. 22, p. 88-91.
Theron, Anna Sophia. 1974. Aspekte van meerfunksionaliteit in Afrikaans. Proefskrif (PhD).
Univ. van Stellenbosch. Pp iv, 313.
Toit, Brian M. du. 2003. Boers, Afrikaners, and diasporas. Historia, v. 48, 1, p. 15-54.
Trümpelmann, G.P.J. 1948. Die boer in Suidwes-Afrika. Argiefjaarboek vir Suid-Afrikaanse
geskiedenis / Archives yearbook for South African history, #11:2. Pretoria. Pp xi, 166.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1940. Ortsnamen in Südwestafrika. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v.
11, p. 55-62.
Viall, John D. 1959. The history of the Rehoboth Basters. Pp 66.
What is this? Source?
264
Vreeden, B.F. van. 1965. Die bydrae van die Basterbevolkingsgroep tot die naamgewing van
Boesmanland en Gordonia. Tydskrif vir volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 21, 3, p. 1-12.
Webb, Victor N.[C.] 1993. Die herkoms van Oranjerivierafrikaans. In: Linguistica: festschrift
E.B. van Wyk, ’n huldeblyk, p. 161-171. Ed. by Paul Michael Siegfried von Staden & others.
4.2 English & Namlish
[Anon.] 2006. Mother languages are just as good. New era (Windhoek), August 11, 2006.
Opinion piece about the growing use of English among Namibians.
[Anon.] 2007. ‘Namlish’ goes Wiki. New era (Windhoek), August 17, 2007.
[SWAPO]. 1984. English language programme for Namibians: seminar report from Lusaka, 1927 October 1983. Commonwealth Secretariat and South West Africa People’s Organisation
(SWAPO).
[UNIN]. 1981. Toward a language policy for Namibia: English as the official language perspectives and strategies. Based on the work of R. Chamberlain, A. Diallo and E.J. John.
Namibia studies series, #4. Lusaka: United Nations Inst. for Namibia (UNIN).
Peripherals: Karsten Legère, Asien Afrika Lateinamerika, v. 11 (1983), p. 1110-1111; A.D. de V. Cluver, “Language planning
in Namibia: the selection of an official language”, Language and society in Africa (ed. by Robert K. Herbert, Johannesburg,
1992), p. 115-141; Wilfrid Haacke, “Language policy and planning in independent Namibia”, Annual review of applied
linguistics, v. 14 (1994), p. 240-253.
[UNIN]. 1984. Education policy for independent Namibia: some fundamental considerations.
Edited by N.K. Duggal. Lusaka: United Nations Inst. for Namibia (UNIN).
Abrahams, Ottilie. 1990. The implementation of English in Namibia. Fasette-Facets-Facetten
(Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 6-8.
Angula, Nahas. 1984. English as a medium of communication for Namibia: trends and
possibilities. In: English language programme for Namibians: seminar report from Lusaka,
19-27 October 1983, p. 9-12. Commonwealth Secretariat; South West Africa People’s
Organisation (SWAPO).
Angula, Nahas. 1993. Language policy evolution and implementation: choices and limitations.
In: Namibia national conference on the implementation of the language policy for schools:
held at Ongwediva Training Centre, 22-26 June 1992, p. 16-28. Windhoek: Maskew Miller
Longman; British Overseas Development Administration, British Council; Min. of Education
and Culture, Namibia.
Brock-Utne, Birgit. 1997. The language question in Namibian schools. International review of
education, v. 43, 2/3, p. 241-260.
Brock-Utne, Birgit; Holmarsdottir, Halla B. 2001. The choice of English as medium of
instruction and its effects on the African languages in Namibia. International review of
education, v. 47, 3/4, p. 293-322.
Cantoni, Mayari. 2007. What role does the language of instruction play for a successful
education? A case study of the impact of language choice in a Namibian school.
Undergraduate C-level essay. School of Humanities, Växjö Univ.
URL: urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:vxu:diva-1703
265
Chamberlain, Dick; Trewby, Richard. 1989. Teacher education in Namibia: English and local
languages. Lusaka: United Nations Inst. for Namibia (UNIN). Pp 8.
Forson, D. 1990. The implementation of English by the Roman Catholic Vicariate of Windhoek,
Namibia. In: Searching for relevance, p. 85-103. Ed. by J. Keith Chick. Durban: Southern
African Applied Linguistics Association (SAALA).
Geel, Aase. 1989. Language policy implementation, some realities: English as a working
language. Logos (Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 91-98.
Geingob, Hage G. 1993. An informal opening address. In: Namibia national conference on the
implementation of the language policy for schools: held at Ongwediva Training Centre, 22-26
June 1992, p. 11-15. Windhoek: Maskew Miller Longman; British Overseas Development
Administration, British Council; Min. of Education and Culture, Namibia.
Reprinted 1995 as “Our official language shall be English: the Namibian Prime Minister’s perspective” in Discrimination
through language in Africa? (edited by Martin Pütz; Mouton de Gruyter), p. 175-179.
Geingob, Hage G. 1995. “Our official language shall be English”: the Namibian Prime Minister’s
perspective (an informal opening address). In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p.
175-179. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New
York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Originally published as “An informal opening address” in Namibia national conference on the implementation of the language
policy for schools, published 1993 by Longman Namibia.
Goodwin, C. 1987. English in SWA/Namibia: attitudes towards and standards of English
amongst teacher trainee students. Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek), v. 6, 2, p. 23-26.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1979. Is there an African English? ELTIC (English Language Teaching
Information Centre) reporter (Johannesburg), v. 4, p. 25-30.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1987. English in education in Namibia in relation to social perceptions.
Logos (Windhoek), v. 7, 1 (spec. theme: ‘Policy and implementation in bilingual education’,
essays by B. Harlech-Jones), p. 33-38.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1988. The implementation of English as medium of instruction in Namibia:
a teacher-based study in the central area of Namibia. PhD thesis. Univ. of Edinburgh.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1989. The national language question: English and multilingualism in
independent Namibia. Logos (Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 23-31.
An article with the same title appeared also in ELTIC (English Language Teaching Information Centre) reporter
(Johannesburg), v. 14 (1989).
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1989. Politics and policies: language planning in Namibia, with special
reference to English. LAUD (Linguistic Agency, Univ. of Duisburg) papers, series B: applied
and interdisciplinary papers, #205. Duisburg.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1989. The national language question: English and multilingualism in
independent Namibia. ELTIC (English Language Teaching Information Centre) reporter
(Johannesburg), v. 14, 3, p. 15-24.
An article with the same title appeared also in Logos (Windhoek), v. 9 (1989).
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1990. English in Namibia. Crux: a journal on the teaching of English, v.
24, 2, p. 43-49.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1990. Politics and policies: language planning in Namibia, with special
reference to English. In: Searching for relevance, p. 52-84. Ed. by J. Keith Chick. Durban:
Southern African Applied Linguistics Association (SAALA).
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1990. Language and the constitution. Fasette-Facets-Facetten (Windhoek),
v. 9, 2, p. 21-25.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1990. ‘You taught me language’: the implementation of English as medium
of instruction in Namibia. Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press. Pp 264. ISBN-10 0-19-570556-4.
266
Publication (revised) of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Edinburgh, 1988.
Peripherals: Karsten Legère, Language, v. 68 (1992), p. 863-864.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1995. The role of English in Namibia: a sociocultural and linguistic
account. In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p. 223-243. Ed. by Martin Pütz.
Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1996. Attitudes of teachers towards English and other Namibian languages:
revisiting a survey. In: African languages in basic education, p. 90-106. Ed. by Karsten
Legère. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Harlech-Jones, Brian. 1998. Viva English! Or, is it time to review language in education? Reform
forum: journal for education reform in Namibia, v. 6, p. 9-15.
Henderson, T. 1990. English in Namibia. Windhoek: Min. of Education, Culture, Youth and
Sports, Namibia.
Hopson, Rodney Kofi. 2005. The paradox of English only in post-independent Namibia: toward
whose education for all? In: Languages of instruction for African emancipation: focus on
postcolonial contexts and considerations. Ed. by Birgit Brock-Utne & Rodney Kofi Hopson.
CASAS (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society) book series, #39. Dar es Salaam &
Cape Town: Mkuki na Nyota Publ.
(Windhoek), v. 2, 2, p. 19-24.
Louw, Annatjie. 2001. Is language shift to English imminent amongst young Afrikaans-speakers
in Rehoboth Gebiet? In: Endangered languages and the media: proceedings of the 5th FEL
Meyer, M. 1978. An English course in Namibia using a multi-dimensional approach to teaching
English as a second language. Newsletter of the South African Association for Language
Teaching, v. 12, 3, p. 2-21.
Naanda, Aune Nangula. 1992. English language teaching at IGCSE (International General
Certificate of Secondary Education) level in Namibia. MEd (Master of Education) thesis.
Univ. of Bristol. Pp iv, 85.
139.
Otaala, Laura Ariko. 2001. A mismatch between Namibia’s language policy planners and
implementers: a preliminary investigation of the case of teachers. In: Guardian of the word:
literature, language and politics in SADC countries, p. 108-127. Ed. by Brian Harlech-Jones,
Ismael Mbise & Helen Vale. Gaborone: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Pfeil, Joachim von [Graf]. 1893. South-West Africa, English and German. The geographical
journal, v. 2, 1, p. 29-43.
Phillipson, Robert; Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove; Africa, Hugh P. 1985. La planification linguistique
de l’enseignement en Namibie: l’anglais pour la liberation ou le neo-colonialisme? In:
Liberation et unite linguistiques de l’Afrique, p. 45-64. Ed. by Kahombo C. Mateene.
Publications de la BIL OUA (Bureau Linguistique Inter-Africain), #6. Kampala: Organisation
de l’Unité Africaine (OUA).
French version of an article originally published 1985 in Educational strategies in multilingual contexts (edited by T.
Skutnabb-Kangas & R. Phillipson).
267
Phillipson, Robert; Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove; Africa, Hugh P. 1985. Namibian educational
language planning: English for liberation or neo-colonialism? In: Educational strategies in
multilingual contexts, p. 4-26. Ed. by Tove Skutnabb-Kangas & Robert Phillipson. ROLIGpapir, #35. Roskilde (Denmark): Roskilde Universitetscenter, Lingvistgruppen (ROLIG).
Reprinted 1985 in Linguistic liberation and unity in Africa (ed. by Kahombo C. Mateene; Inter-African Bureau of Languages,
Organization for African Unity), p. 42-59; and 1986 in Language and education in multilingual settings (ed. by Bernard
Spolsky; Multilingual Matters Inc.), p. 77-95.
Pütz, Martin. (Ed.) 1995. Discrimination through language in Africa? Perspectives on the
Namibian experience. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter. Pp x, 338. ISBN-10 3-11-014817-X.
Pütz, Martin. 1995. Official monolingualism in Africa: a sociolinguistic assessment of linguistic
and cultural pluralism in Namibia. In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p. 155173. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Pütz, Martin. 1995. Attitudes and language: an empirical investigation into the status and use of
English in Namibia. In: Discrimination through language in Africa?, p. 245-284. Ed. by
Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin & New York: Mouton de
Gruyter.
Pütz, Martin. 2004. Can a ‘foreign’ language be a national medium of education? Linguistic
ecology and equality in Namibia. In: Globalisation and African languages: risks and benefits
(Festschrift Karsten Legère), p. 65-84. Ed. by Katrin Bromber & Birgit Smieja. Trends in
linguistics: studies and monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Shilongo, Teressia N. 2007. The transition from Oshikwanyama to English as a medium of
instruction: a case study of a rural Namibian school. MEd (Master of Education) thesis.
Grahamstown: Rhodes Univ. Pp x, 210.
Sisson, James Joseph Lawson. 1960. The South African judicial dictionary: being a dictionary of
words and phrases as interpreted by the Superior Courts in the Union, Southern Rhodesia and
South West Africa. Durban: Butterworths. Pp 876.
Based on Bell’s South African legal dictionary (3rd ed., 1953).
Sukumane, Joyce B.G. 1998. African languages, English and educational policy in Namibia.
Studies in the linguistic sciences, v. 28, 1, p. 207-220.
Swarts, Patti. 2001. Language policy implementation in Namibia: realities, challenges and
politics. In: Language and development in southern Africa: making the right choices, p. 38-51.
Ed. by Richard Trewby & Sandra Fitchat. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Veii, Kazuvire. 2003. Cognitive and linguistic predictors of literacy in Namibian Herero-English
bilingual school children. PhD thesis. School of Human Sciences, Univ. of Surrey. Pp 258.
Veii, Kazuvire; Everatt, John. 2005. Predictors of reading among Herero-English bilingual
Namibian school children. Bilingualism: language and cognition, v. 8, 3, p. (?).
Wolfaardt, Dolores. 2005. Namibia: a case for a gradual transitional bilingual language
programme. In: ISB4: proceedings of the 4th international symposium on bilingualism, p.
2357-2368. Ed. by James Cohen, Kara T. McAlister, Kellie Rolstad & Jeff MacSwan.
Somerville MA: Cascadilla Press.
4.3 German & Südwesterdeutsch
268
[Anon.] 1885. Deutschland und England in Südafrika. Weimar: Geographisches Inst. Pp 88.
[Anon.] 1894. Die deutsche Schutztruppe für Südwest-Afrika: 44 Abbildungen von Offizieren und
Soldaten, sowie von den Grad- und sonstigen Abzeichen derselben. Leipzig: Ruhl. Pp 11.
[Anon.] 1897. Die deutschen Schutztruppen in Afrika: Südwestafrika, Ostafrika, Kamerun und
Togo. Leipzig: Ruhl. Pp 32.
[Anon.] 1907. Deutscher Kolonialkatalog: ein Verzeichniss neuerer und älterer Schriften über
die deutschen Schutzgebiete. Bremen: Halem. Pp vii, 152.
[Anon.] 1907. Deutsch-Südwestafrika: amtlicher Ratgeber für Auswanderer. Berlin: Verlag von
Dietrich Reimer. Pp 106.
[Anon.] 1908. Deutsch-Südwestafrika: amtlicher Ratgeber für Auswanderer. 2. Auflage,
verändert. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 111.
[Anon.] 1912. Deutsch-Südwestafrika: amtlicher Ratgeber für Auswanderer. 4. Auflage,
verändert. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich Reimer. Pp 161.
[UK]. 1918. Report on the natives of South-West Africa and their treatment by Germany.
London: H.M. Stationary Office.
Known also as the “Blue Book”. It was reprinted in parts in the news magazine New African, starting in issue 404, February
2002. An annotated reprint appeared 2003 as Words cannot be found.
[UK]. 2003. Words cannot be found: German colonial rule in Namibia. An annotated reprint of
the 1918 Blue Book, edited by Jeremy Silvester and Jan-Bart Gewald. Sources for African
history series. Leiden: Brill Academic Publ. Pp xxxvii, 366. ISBN 90-04-12981-2.
Peripherals: Meredith McKittrick, H-Net book reviews (online), July 2007.
Adams, Cyrus C. 1916. African colonies of Germany and the war. Geographical review: a
publication of the American Geographical Society, v. 1, p. (?).
Aitken, Robbie. 2005. The enemy within: gradations of whiteness in German Southwest Africa.
BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) working papers, #4/2005. Basel.
Arndt, Susan; Hornscheidt, Antje. (Ed.) 2004. Afrika und die deutsche Sprache: ein kritisches
Nachschlagewerk. Münster: Unrast. Pp 266. ISBN-10 3-89771-424-8.
Barron, L.S. 1978. The Nazis in Africa: lost documents on the Third Reich, v. 3. Salisbury NC:
Documentary Publ.
Bashford, J.L. 1902. German colonies and naval powers. The fortnightly review, new series, v. 72
[78], p. 622-634.
Becker, Klaus. 1985. Hier is die Swar! Das deutsche Hörfunkprogramm des
Südwestafrikanischen Rundfunks. In: Vom Schutzgebiet bis Namibia, 1884-1984. Ed. by
Klaus Becker & Jurgen Hecker. Windhoek: Interessengemeinschaft Deutschsprachiger
Südwester.
Bedi, Lasme Elvis. 2006. Deutsch in Afrika: Vergangenheit, Gegenwart, Zukunft. Schriftenreihe
Lingua, #4. Hamburg: Kovac Verlag. Pp 314, xliv. ISBN 978-3-8300-2561-0.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Regensburg, 2005.
Belwe, Max. 1916. Gegen die Herero 1904/05: Tagebuchaufzeichnungen. Berlin: Ernst Siegfried
Mittler & Sohn. Pp viii, 152.
Bertelsmann, Werner. 1970. Die Minderheitenrechte der deutschsprachigen Bevölkerung in
Südwestafrika. Dissertation. Göttingen: Georg-August-Univ. (Georgia Augusta).
Bertelsmann, Werner. 1979. Die deutsche Sprachgruppe Südwest-Afrikas in Politik und Recht
seit 1915. Windhoek: John Meinert; SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp
xxiii, 172. ISBN-10 0-949995-29-0.
269
Beyer, [?]. 1891. Beschreibung der Colonie Deutsch-Ostafrika. Archiv für Post und Telegraphie,
v. 19, p. 482-495.
Bley, Helmut. 1968. Kolonialherrschaft und Sozialstruktur in Deutsch-Südwestafrika, 18941914. Hamburg.
Bley, Helmut. 1971. South-West Africa under German rule, 1894-1914. Translated from German
by Hugh Ridley. London, Ibadan, Nairobi & Evanston: Heinemann Educational Books;
Northwestern Univ. Press. Pp xxv, 303.
Reprinted 1996 with a new introduction as Namibia under German rule by Lit Verlag in Hamburg (ISBN-10 3-9847322-5-3)
and the Namibia Scientific Society in Windhoek (ISBN-10 99916-40-04-5).
Peripherals: Richard Dale, African studies review, v. 15 (1972), p. 325-327; L.H. Gann, Internaitonal journal of African
historical studies, v. 6 (1973), p. 121-126.
Bley, Helmut. 1996. Namibia under German rule. Translated from German by Hugh Ridley, with
a new introduction by the author. Hamburg & Windhoek: Lit Verlag; Namibia Scientific
Society. Pp 8, xxv, 303. ISBN-10 3-9847322-5-3, 99916-40-04-5.
Reprint with a new introduction of South-West Africa under German rule, orig. published 1971.
Bochert, C. 1980. The Witboois and the Germans in South West Africa: a study of their
interactions between 1863 and 1905. MA thesis. Durban: Univ. of Natal.
Brand, P.J.; Esterhuyse, J.H.; Höflich, Karl Friedrich; Postma, L.V.; Sibeld, E. 1955. Report of
the commission of enquiry into the language rights of the German-speaking section in South
West Africa. Mimeographed. Windhoek.
64.
Bülow, Franz Josef von. 1905. Im Felde gegen die Hereros: Erlebnisse eines Mitkämpfers.
Bremen: Halem. Pp 88.
Büttner, Carl Gotthilf. 1884. Das Hinterland von Walfischbai und Angra Pequena. Heidelberg:
Carl Winter Univ.-Verlag. Pp ii, 124.
An overview of German missionaries’ cultural contributions in Namibia. Reprinted 1976 by the State Library in Pretoria
(Reprint no 78; ISBN-10 0-7989-0041-5).
Calvert, Albert Frederick. 1915. South-West Africa during the German occupation 1884-1914.
London: T. Werner Laurie. Pp xxxii, 105.
URL: www.archive.org/details/southwestafricad00calvuoft
Calvert, Albert Frederick. 1916. The German African empire. London: T. Werner Laurie. Pp
xxix, 335.
Discusses German South-West Africa, German East Africa, Togoland, and the Cameroons.
Calvert, Albert Frederick. 1916. South-West Africa during the German occupation 1884-1914.
2nd edition. London: T. Werner Laurie. Pp xxxii, 105.
Canstadt, Oscar. 1904. Der Herero-Aufstand und dessen Einwirkung auf die weitere Entwicklung
Deutsch-Südwestafrikas. Berlin: Hahn. Pp 32.
Cohen, Cynthia. 1993. ‘The natives must first become good workmen’: formal educational
provision in German South West and East Africa compared. Journal of southern African
studies, v. 19, 1, p. 115-134.
Crabtree, William Arthur. 1914. German colonies in Africa. Journal of the African Society, v. 14,
p. 1-14.
270
Dahlmann, Kurt. 1985. Scherz, S(w)atire, Ironie. In: Vom Schutzgebiet bis Namibia, 1884-1984.
Ed. by Klaus Becker & Jurgen Hecker. Windhoek: Interessengemeinschaft Deutschsprachiger
Südwester.
Dammann, Ernst. 1977. Die deutschen in Südwestafrika. Mitteilungsblatt, v. 56, p. 2-10.
Dedering, Tilman. 1993. The German-Herero war of 1904: revisionism of genocide or imaginary
historiography? Journal of southern African studies, v. 19, 1, p. 80-88.
Demhardt, Imre Josef. 1997. Deutsche Kolonialgrenzen in Afrika: historisch-geographische
Untersuchungen ausgewählter Grenzräume von Deutsch-Südwestafrika und DeutschOstafrika. Hildesheim: Georg Olms Verlag. Pp 603. ISBN-10 3-487-10506-3.
Photograph collection.
Deumert, Ana. 2003. Markedness and salience in language contact and second-language
acquisition: evidence from a non-canonical contact language. Language sciences: a world
journal of the sciences of language, v. 25, 6, p. 561-613.
Discusses, for instance, Namibian Black German.
Dieter, Karl. 1896. Deutsch-afrikanische Kultur. Das zwanzigste Jahrhundert: Blätter für
deutsche Art und Wohlfahrt, v. 6, p. (?).
Not sure about the contents. It’s on Cameroon, Namibia, Togo or Tanzania; or all of them.
Dreyer, Ronald. 1987. The mind of official imperialism: British and Cape government
perceptions of German rule in Namibia (1890-1896). Essen: Hobbing. Pp xiii, 260.
Eils, Robert C. 1977. The German colonial scandal, 1890-1900. MA thesis. Madison: Univ. of
Michigan. Pp 182.
Eirola, Martti. 1986. The Uukwambi incident and its aftermath: a study of the Ovambo resistence
against the German colonial power. In: Studying the northern Namibian past, p. 75-80. Ed. by
Harri Siiskonen. Univ. of Joensuu.
Esslinger, D.E. 1985. Deutsche Regierungsschulen im Wechsel der Zeit. In: Vom Schutzgebiet bis
Namibia, 1884-1984. Ed. by Klaus Becker & Jurgen Hecker. Windhoek:
Interessengemeinschaft Deutschsprachiger Südwester.
Estorff, L. von. 1968. Wanderungen und Kämpfe in Südwestafrika, Ostafrika und Südafrika
1904-1910. Wiesbaden & Fontainbleau (Frankreich).
Fisch, Maria. 1996. Der Caprivizipfel während der deutschen Zeit 1890-1914. History, cultural
traditions and innovations in southern Africa, #2. Köln: Rüdiger Köppe Verlag. Pp 158. ISBN10 3-89645-050-6.
Fitzner, Rudolf. 1896. Deutsches Kolonial-Handbuch: nach amtlichen Quellen bearbeitet. Berlin:
Verlag von Hermann Paetel. Pp vi, 460.
There are many subsequent editions of this. There are also at least three supplementary volumes (or Ergänzungsbände, issued
1903, 1904 and 1906).
Fitzner, Rudolf. 1901. Deutsches Kolonial-Handbuch: nach amtlichen Quellen bearbeitet, 2 Bde.
2. Auflage, erweitert. Berlin: Verlag von Hermann Paetel. Pp viii, 432; iv, 304.
This second edition seems to have been reprinted more than any other edition, e.g. 2005 by Melchior-Verlag in Wolfenbüttel
(ISBN-10 3-939102-38-5).
Fitzner, Rudolf. 1909. Deutsches Kolonial-Handbuch: nach amtlichen Quellen bearbeitet. 9.
Auflage. Berlin: Verlag von Hermann Paetel. Pp vii, 438, plates.
Auflage. Berlin: Verlag von Hermann Paetel. Pp 258, plates.
271
Auflage. Berlin: Verlag von Hermann Paetel. Pp viii, 68, plates.
Franke, Victor. 2002. Die Tagebücher des Schutztruppenoffiziers Victor Franke, 1:
Tagebuchaufzeichnungen vom 26.05.1896-27.05.1904. Delmenhorst (Deutschland): SwalitVerlag. Pp 420.
Frenssen, Gustave. 190x. Peter Moors Fahrt nach Südwest.
Details wanting.
Frenssen, Gustave. 1908. Peter Moor’s journey to southwest Africa: a narrative of the German
campaign. Translated from the original with the consent of the author by Margaret May Ward.
London & Boston: Arch. Constable & Co.; Houghton Mifflin & Co. Pp 244.
Reprinted 1914 as Peter Moor: a narrative of the German campaign in south-west Africa.
URL: www.archive.org/details/petermoorsjourne00freniala
Frey, Karl. 1952. Vom deutschen Schulwesen in Südwestafrika in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart.
Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 23, p. 45-57.
Frey, Karl. 1956. Aus der Frühzeit der weissen Besiedlung Südwestafrikas. Afrikanischer
Frodsham, [Bishop]. 1917. The future of German colonies. The nineteenth century and after, v.
82, p. (?).
Gann, Lewis Henry; Duignan, Peter. 1977. The rulers of German Africa. Stanford Univ. Press.
Gerhardt, Ludwig. 1985. “Kolonialdeutsch” und “Newspeak”: sprachpolitische Utopien zwischen
Phantasie und Terror. Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 4, p. (?).
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2004. Imperial Germany and the Herero of southern Africa: genocide and the
quest of recompense. In: Genocide, war crimes and the West: history and complicity, p. 59-77.
Ed. by Adam Jones. London: Zed Books.
Gewald, Jan-Bart. 2004. The Herero genocide: German unity, settlers, soldiers, and ideas. In: Die
(koloniale) Begegnung: AfrikanerInnen in Deutschland (1880-1945), Deutsche in Afrika
(1880-1918), p. 109-127. Ed. by Marianne Bechhaus-Gerst & Reinhardt Klein-Arendt.
Glocke, Nicole. 1997. Zur Geschichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft in DeutschSüdwestafrika unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Kolonialkrieges von 1904 bis 1907.
Bochumer historische Studien, neuere Geschichte, #18. Bochum: Univ.-Verlag Dr Norbert
Brockmeyer. Pp 386. ISBN-10 3-8196-0548-7.
Publication of the author’s dissertation, Ruhr-Univ. at Bochum, 1997.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1984. Südwesterdeutsch: eine kritische Bilanz. Logos (Windhoek), v. 4,
2, p. 33-44.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1990. German in independent Namibia. Fasette-Facets-Facetten
(Windhoek), v. 9, 2, p. 1-5.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1993. The lost “Umlaut”: the German language in Namibia 1915-1939 a suppressed language? Logos (Windhoek), v. 13 (spec. theme: ‘Language ecology in Africa,
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1993. The German contribution towards Namibia: cultural contribution.
In: The identity and role of the German-speaking community in Namibia, p. 80-84. Ed. by
Hergen Junge, Gerhard Tötemeyer & Marianne Zappen-Thomson. Windhoek: NamibischDeutsche Stiftung für kulturelle Zusammenarbeit.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1995. The status and use of the German language in independent
Namibia: can German survive the transition? In: Discrimination through language in Africa?,
p. 299-313. Ed. by Martin Pütz. Contributions to the sociology of language, #69. Berlin &
New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
272
Gretschel, Hans-Volker. 1995. Deutsch als Fremdsprache im postkolonien, unabhängigen
Namibia. Deutsch als Fremdsprache (Leipzig), v. 21, 6, p. 632-644.
Gretschel, Hans-Volker; Ludszuweit, Christoph. 2001. The German language in Namibia 19391998: a suppressed language? In: Guardian of the word: literature, language and politics in
SADC countries, p. 170-178. Ed. by Brian Harlech-Jones, Ismael Mbise & Helen Vale.
Gaborone: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ.
Grünewald, Hildemarie. 1993. Die Geschichte der Deutschen in Südafrika. 2. Auflage. Kapstadt:
Ulrich Naumann. Pp 108. ISBN-10 0-620-17551-6.
Heese, C.P. 1986. Das Erziehungswesen in Südwestafrika unter der deutschen Regierung bis
1915. SWA annual / SWA jaarboek / SWA-Jahrbuch (Windhoek), 1986, p. 127-135.
Henrichsen, Dag. (Ed.) 2007. Registratur PA28. Hauptmann Gustav von Sack (1860-1935):
Dokumente aus Deutsch-Südwestafrika / Documents from German South West Africa 18841898. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). ISBN 978-3-905758-02-3.
Hillebrecht, Werner. (Ed.) 1985. Namibia in theses and dissertations: a bibliography on all
aspects of Namibian concern including German colonial policy and international law, 18511984 / Namibia in Hochschulschriften: eine Bibliographie zu namibischen Angelegenheiten
aus allen Wissenschaftsgebieten, unter Einschluss deutscher Kolonialpolitik und
internationalen Rechts, 1851-1984. BAB (Basler Afrika Bibliographien) Mitteilungen, #30.
Basel & Bern. Pp 126. ISBN-10 3-905141-41-8.
Hoffmann, Hermann. 1991. Deutsch-Südwestafrika wird Mandatsland: südwester Geschichte
1914-1925. Okahandja: Selbstverlag. Pp 106. ISBN-10 99916-30-04-X.
Höflich, Karl Friedrich. 1960. Das deutsche Sprach- und Schulproblem in Südwestafrika.
Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 31, p. 98-108.
Höflich, Karl Friedrich. 1961. Das deutsche Sprach- und Schulproblem in SWA. In: Ein Leben
für Südwestafrika (Festschrift Heinrich Vedder). Ed. by D. Wahrhold Drascher & HansJoachim Rust. Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Junge, Hergen. 1993. The Namibian-German Foundation of cultural co-operation’s function and
role in the Namibian context. In: The identity and role of the German-speaking community in
Namibia, p. 60-63. Ed. by Hergen Junge, Gerhard Tötemeyer & Marianne Zappen-Thomson.
Windhoek: Namibisch-Deutsche Stiftung für kulturelle Zusammenarbeit.
Junge, Hergen; Tötemeyer, Gerhard; Zappen-Thomson, Marianne. (Ed.) 1993. The identity and
role of the German-speaking community in Namibia. Windhoek: Namibisch-Deutsche Stiftung
für kulturelle Zusammenarbeit. Pp 149. ISBN-10 99916-710-0-5.
Kaulich, Udo. 2003. Die Geschichte der ehemaligen Kolonie Deutsch-Südwestafrika (18841914): eine Gesamtdarstellung. 2. Auflage. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter Lang. Pp 641.
Keil, Thomas. 2003. Die postkoloniale deutsche Literatur in Namibia, 1920-2000. Dissertation.
Univ. Stuttgart. Pp 793.
URL: elib.uni-stuttgart.de/opus/volltexte/2003/1495/
Kienetz, Alvin. 1974. Nineteenth century German South West Africa as a German settlement
colony. PhD thesis. Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota.
(Windhoek), v. 2, 2, p. 19-24.
273
Kolberg, Hermann. 1991. Die deutschen Namen der Vögel im südlichen Afrika: nach der von der
S.A. Ornithological Society im März 1983 herausgegebenen Liste. Windhoek: Namibia
Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 37.
Kotze, Carol. 1991. Namibian-German co-operation finally on track. Times of Namibia
(Windhoek), v. 1, 13, p. 2-3.
Kulz, Wilfried. 1909. Deutsch-Südafrika im 25 Jahre deutscher Schutzherrschaft. Berlin:
Wilhelm Süsserott.
Lau, Brigitte. 1981. ‘Thank God the Germans came’: Vedder and Namibian historiography. In:
Africa seminar: collected papers, v. 2, p. 24-53. Centre for African Studies (CAS), Univ. of
Cape Town.
Lau, Brigitte. 1989. Uncertain certainties: the German-Herero war of 1904. Mibagus, v. 2, 4, p.
(?).
Lenssen, Hans Emil. 1966. Chronik von Deutsch-Südwestafrika: eine kurzgefasste Aufzählung
geschichtlicher Ereignisse aus der deutschen Kolonialzeit von 1883-1915. 2. Auflage.
Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 246.
geschichtlicher Ereignisse aus der deutschen Kolonialzeit von 1883-1915. 2. Buchausgabe.
Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 246.
Windhoek: SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 308. ISBN-10 0949995-44-4.
Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft. Pp 325. ISBN-10 99916-702-4-6.
Windhoek: Namibia Wissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft. Pp 276. ISBN-10 99916-40-56-8, 3936858-25-X.
Leutwein, Theodor Gotthilf. 1907. Elf Jahre Gouverneur in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Berlin.
Lilienthal, Adelheid. 1992. Hart wie Kameldornholz: ein deutscher Südwester erlebt Namibias
Unabhängigwerdung 1986-1991. Windhoek: Capital Press.
Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2007. Reports from ‘beyond the line’: the accumulation of knowledge of
Kavango and its peoples by the German colonial administration 1891-1911. Journal of
Namibian studies, v. 2, p. 85-101.
“This paper shows that the number of languages in Namibia, as it happens with the linguistic diversity of many countries, is a
range (10 to 31) whereby the margin of error (+/-21) is greater than the minimum count (10) ... the morphological behaviour
of language names, or glossonyms, as well as the way these can be grouped, were to a large extent responsible for this pattern
... the minimum count relates to the use of glossonyms in the media, while the maximum count relates to their use in the
education system” (quoted from the abstract).
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1908. The codification of native law in the German
colonies. Journal of the African Society, v. 7, 28, p. 159-164.
Melber, Henning. 1982. Das doppelte Vermaechtnis der Geschichte: Nationwerdung,
Kolonizierungsprozess und deutsche Fremdherrschaft in Namibia (c. 1890 bis 1914). Bremer
Beiträge zu Wissenschaft und Politik, v. (?), p. (?).
Menge, A.A.A. 1955. Die Verwendung von Fremdwörtern in der deutschen Literatur über
Südwestafrika. MA tesis. Univ. van Pretoria.
274
Meyer, Hans Heinrich Joseph. (Ed.) 1909/10. Der deutsche Kolonialreich: eine Länderkunde der
deutschen Schutzgebieten, 2 Bde. Unter Mitarbeit von Siegfried Passarge, Leonhard Schultze,
Wilhelm Sievers, und Georg Wegener. Leipzig: Verlag des Bibliographischen Inst.
The first volume is on “Ostafrika und Kamerun”, the second on “Togo, Südwestafrika, Schutzgebiete in der Südsee und
Kiantsch”. A new “unveränderte” edition appeared 1914. See also Schwabe (1909).
Möller, Lucie A. 1981. Duitse plekname in Suid-Afrika en Suidwes-Afrika. Tydskrif vir
volkskunde en volkstaal, v. 37, 1, p. 14-33.
Möller, Lucie A. 1984. Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historischonomatischen Darstellung [pt. 1]. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 55, p. 45-54.
Möller, Lucie A. 1986. Duitse plekname in Suidwes-Afrika. In: Names/Name 1983: proceedings
of the 2nd southern African names congress, p. 193-208. Ed. by Peter Edmund Raper.
Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC).
Möller, Lucie A. 1986. Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historischonomatischen Darstellung. Teil 2: Die Schutzherrschaftsnamen. Afrikanischer
Möller, Lucie A. 1986. ’n Toponimies-linguistiese ondersoek na duitse plekname in SuidwesAfrika. Proefskrif (PhD). Durban: Univ. van Natal.
Möller, Lucie A. 1987. Deutsche Ortsnamen Südwestafrikas im Rahmen einer historischonomatischen Darstellung. Teil 3: Ansiedlungsnamen. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v. 58, p.
89-102.
Möller, Lucie A. 1988. ’n Semantiese representasie (SR) van enkele duitse plekname (PN) in
sintaktiese verband: ’n voorlopige beskouing. South African journal of linguistics, v. 6, 1, p.
63-76.
Möller, Lucie A. 1989. The influence of the indigenous languages on German toponyms in
Namibia. Nomina africana: journal of the Names Society of Southern Africa, v. 3, 1, p. 55-65.
Moritz, Eduard. 1914. Das Schulwesen in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Berlin: Verlag von Dietrich
Reimer.
Moritz, Walter. (Ed.) 1996. Erlebnisse im Hereroaufstand 1904: um die aktuellen Vorwürfe
gegen die Missionsarbeit im damaligen Südwest. Aus alten Tagen in Südwest, #3. Werther
(Deutschland): Selbstverlag. Pp 47.
Mühleisen, Susanne. 2005. Emil Schwörers ‘Kolonial-Deutsch’ (1916): sprachliche und
historische Anmerkungen zu einem “geplanten Pidgin” im kolonialen Deutsch Südwest
Afrika. Philologie im Netz (PhiN), v. 30, p. 30-48.
URL: web.fu-berlin.de/phin/phin31/p31t3.htm
Munger, N. 1955. South West Africa: key German minority. American universities field staff:
central and southern Africa series, v. 4, 8, p. (?).
Münstermann, W. 1958. Die deutsche Muttersprache als Unterrichtssprache in Windhoek. Der
deutsche Lehrer im Ausland, v. 5, p. 181-183.
Nahmen, Carsten von. 2001. Deutschsprachige Medien in Namibia: Geschichte, Bedeutung und
Funktion der deutschsprachigen Medien in Namibia, 1898-1998. Windhoek: Namibia
Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Pp 190.
Neumayer, K.H. 1971. Die Minderheitsrechte der deutschsprachigen Bevölkerung in
Südwestafrika. Newsletter of the SWA (South West Africa) Scientific Society, v. 12, Beiheft, p.
8-9.
Neumayer, K.H. 1973/74. Deutsche Sprachminderheiten: eine vergleichende Umschau als
Beitrag zum Problem der Dreisprachigkeit Südwestafrikas. Journal of the SWA (South West
139.
275
Odendaal, W.A. 1983. Report and recommendations of the committee on German language
rights. Windhoek: Administration for Whites.
Oermann, Nils Ole. 1999. Mission, state and state relations in South West Africa under German
rule: regarding the period of 1884-1915. Studien der Berliner Gesellschaft für
Missionsgeschichte, #5. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp 267.
Oldhaver, Mathias. 1997. Die deutschsprachige Bevölkerungsgruppe in Namibia: ihre Bedeutung
als Faktor in den deutsch-namibischen Beziehungen. Hamburg: Kovac Verlag. Pp vii, 184.
ISBN-10 3-86064-520-X.
Deals with German-Namibian relations after 1990.
Opperman, D.P.J. 1968. Die stryd van die duitser om die behoud van sy eie op die gebied van die
skoolwese in Suidwes-Afrika. Potchefstroomse Univ. vir Christelike Hoër Onderwys
(PUCHO).
Is this a thesis?
Palmhert-Keller, R.; Nurse, George Trevor; Jenkins, Trefor. 1983. Serogenetic studies on the
Caucasoids of South West Africa. Human heredity, v. 33, p. 79-87.
Paul, J. 1930. Deutsche, Buren und Engländer in Südwestafrika. Koloniale Rundschau, v. 22, p.
200-208.
Pfeil, Joachim von [Graf]. 1893. South-West Africa, English and German. The geographical
journal, v. 2, 1, p. 29-43.
Pütz, Joe. 1982. Dickschenärie: ein Workshopmänjul für Südwester Deutsch. Windhoek:
MediaCo.
Pütz, Joe. 1983. Dickschenärie II. Windhoek: Camel Graphics; Joe Pütz.
Pütz, Martin. 1991. ‘Südwesterdeutsch’ in Namibia: Sprachpolitik, Sprachplanung und
Spracherhalt. Linguistische Berichte, v. 136, p. 455-476.
Pütz, Martin. 1992. The present and future maintenance of German in the context of Namibia’s
official language policy. Multilingua: journal of cross-cultural and interlanguage
communication, v. 11, 3, p. 293-323.
Rahn, Walter. 1997. Sanitätsdienst der Schutztruppe für Südwestafrika während der grossen
Aufstände 1904-1907 und der Kalahari-Expedition 1908. Homburg (Deutschland): Deutsche
Traditionsverband Ehemaliger Schutztruppen. Pp 125.
Range, P. 1914. Beiträge und Ergänzungen zur Landeskunde des deutschen Namalandes.
Abhandlungen der hamburgischen Kolonial-Inst., #30; Reihe C, #3. Hamburg: Friederichsen,
De Gruyter & Co.
Rohrbach, Paul. 1906. Aus Südwestafrikas schweren Tagen. Berlin.
Rohrbach, Paul. 1907. Deutsche kolonialwirtschaft. Bd 1: Südwestafrika. Berlin: Schönberg.
Rüdiger, Klaus H. 1992. Die Namibia-Deutschen: Geschichte einer Nationalität im Werden.
Dissertation. Univ. Zürich. Pp 186.
Rust, [?]. 1903. Der Bur und das Deutschtum in Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Altdeutsche Blätter
(Leipzig), 1903, p. (?).
Referred to by Gretschel (1993:57).
Schenk, G.T. 1974. German South West Africa. PhD thesis. City Univ. of New York (CUNY).
Schmidt-Lauber, Brigitta. 1998. ‘Die verkehrte Hautfarbe’: Ethnizität deutscher Namibier als
Alltagspraxis. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp 477. ISBN-10 3-496-02656-1.
276
A study of German ethnicity in Namibia. Publication of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Hamburg, 1997. “Major study of
German ethnicity in Namibia ... Chapters deal with the farm as a microcosmos of Apartheid, urban live [sic], the household &
kitchen as terrains for the construction of difference and solidarity, the dynamics of social networks, the construction of
historical myths, the ‘function’ of ‘black Germans’ in German ethnicity” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update
17.11.1998).
Schmokel, Wolfe. 1985. The myth of the White farmer: commercial agriculture in Namibia,
1900-1983. International journal of African historical studies, v. 18, 1, p. 93-108.
Schöllenbach, Hans Oelhafen von. 1926. Die Besiedlung Deutsch-Südwestafrikas bis zum
Weltkriege. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Pp 132.
Schreiber-Stettin, [?]. 1904. Die Sprachenfrage in den deutschen Kolonien. Zeitschrift für
Kolonialpolitik, Kolonialrecht und Kolonialwirtschaft, v. 6, 2, p. 111-121.
Schwabe, Kurd. 1909. Die deutschen Kolonien, 1: Togo, Kamerun, Deutsch-Südwestafrika.
Berlin: Weller & Hüttig.
See also Meyer (1909/10).
Schwabe, Kurd. 1926. Die deutschen Kolonien. Nationalausgabe, vollständigt neubearbeitet.
Berlin: Weller.
The first volume deals with “Togo, Kamerun, Deutsch-Südwestafrika”, the second with “Deutsch-Ostafrika, DeutschNeuguinea, Samoa, das Schutzgebier Kiautschou”.
Schwind, V. von. 1963. Die deutschen Namen der Vögel in Süd- und Südwestafrika. Windhoek:
SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Schwörer, Emil. 1916. Kolonial-Deutsch: Vorschläge einer künftigen deutschen Kolonialsprache
in systematisch-grammatikalischer Darstellung und Begründung. München: Max Hüber.
Peripherals: Susanne Mühleisen, “Emil Schwörers Kolonial-Deutsch (1916): sprachliche und historische Anmerkungen zu
einem ‘geplanten’ Pidgin im kolonialen Deutsch Südwest Afrika”, Philologie im Netz (PhiN), v. 31 (2005), p. 30-48.
Smidt-Boge, Karen. 1997. ‘Germania führt die deutsche Frau nach Südwest’. Auswanderung,
Leben und soziale Konflikte deutscher Frauen in der ehemaligen Kolonie DeutschSüdwestafrika, 1884-1920: eine sozial- und freuengeschichtliche Studie. Dissertation. Univ. zu
Magdeburg. Pp 451.
“Detailed study on migration of and social live [sic] and conflicts amongst German women in Namibia, 1884-1920 ...
Analysis of aspects of emancipation, foreigness, mixed marriages, etc. Based on extensive research of colonial archives in
Germany” (Dag Henrichsen, Namibia Bibliographical Update 14.7.1997).
Söhnge, Walter. 1967. Tsumeb: a historical sketch. Windhoek: SWA (South West Africa)
Soyaux, Herman. 1888. Deutsche Arbeit in Afrika: Erfahrungen und Betrachtungen. Leipzig:
F.A. Brockhaus. Pp vi, 182.
Spohr, Otto Hartung. 1968. German africana: German publications on South- and South West
Africa. Pretoria: State Library.
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1962. Die geskiedenis van die besteelt in Suidwes-Afrika tydens die duitse
typperk (1884-1915). Argiefjaarboek vir Suid-Afrikaanse geskiedenis / Archives yearbook for
South African history, #25. Pretoria.
Stals, Ernst L.P. 1984. Duits Suidwes-Afrika na die Groot Opstande. Argiefjaarboek vir SuidAfrikaanse geskiedenis / Archives yearbook for South African history, #46:2. Pretoria.
Stettner, R. 1962. Deutschunterricht in Südwestafrika. Der deutsche Lehrer im Ausland, v. 9, p.
199-204.
Sudholt, G. 1975. Die deutsche Eingeborenenpolitik in Südwestafrika, von den Anfängen bis
1904. Hildesheim.
277
Tajnsek, Melanie. 2000. Sprach- und Schulpolitik als Instrument der Selbstbehauptung einer
ethnischen Minderheit: eine Fallstudie anhand der Deutschsprachigen in Namibia.
Dissertation. Ruhr-Univ. Bochum. Pp 330.
URL: deposit.d-nb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=963982257
Thiel, G. 1981. Deutsche Litteratur in Südwestafrika, 1890-1920. MA thesis. Johannesburg:
(Swakopmund), v. 8, 3/4, p. 8-12.
Uhl, Gustav. 1911. Deutsch-Südwestafrika. Volksbücher der Erdkunde, #21. Bielefeld & Leipzig:
Velhagen & Klasing. Pp 34.
Reprinted 1996 by Peter’s Antiques in Swakopmund.
Vedder, Hermann Heinrich. 1940. Ortsnamen in Südwestafrika. Afrikanischer Heimatkalender, v.
11, p. 55-62.
Voeltz, Richard Andrew. 1988. German colonialism and the South West Africa Company, 18941914. Athens OH: Ohio Univ. Press.
Volkmann, Richard [Oberleut.] 1901. Reise von Grootfontein nach dem Okavango. Deutsches
Kolonialblatt, v. 12, p. 866-868, 908-912.
Vollmer, Fr. Heinrich. 1866. Die Station Hoachanas. Berichte der Rheinischen
Wahba, Sabine. 1997. Erziehung und Sprache gestern und heute: ein historischer Abriss der
Situation in Namibia, unter besonderer Berücksichtingung des Deutschen als Fremd- und
Muttersprache. Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache, v. 4, p. 422-430.
Wahba, Sabine. 1999. Erziehung und Sprache gestern und heute: ein historischer Abriss der
Situation in Namibia. Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache, v. 4, p. 422-430.
Walther, Daniel J. 1996. Creating Germans abroad: the policies of culture in Southwest Africa,
1894-1939. PhD thesis. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania.
Deals with German ethnicity in Namibia - gender perspective.
Weber, Otto von. 1973. Geschichte des Schutzgebietes Deutsch-Südwest-Afrika. Windhoek:
SWA (Südwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
Wühlich, F. von. 1945. Die Windhueker “Allgemeine Zeitung” und die deutsche Frage von 1933
bis 1939. Dissertation. Heidelberg: Ruprecht-Karls-Univ.
Zappen-Thomson, Marianne. 1993. The teaching of German as a foreign language. In: The
identity and role of the German-speaking community in Namibia, p. 120-124. Ed. by Hergen
Junge, Gerhard Tötemeyer & Marianne Zappen-Thomson. Windhoek: Namibisch-Deutsche
Stiftung für kulturelle Zusammenarbeit.
Zappen-Thomson, Marianne. 1994. Deutschunterricht in Namibia: ein Überblick. Amo: revue
sénégalaise de Germanistique (Dakar), v. 1, p. 10-18.
Zappen-Thomson, Marianne. 1999. Sprachmischung in Namibia: ein Problem, das uns alle
betrifft. Namibia-Magazin: Vierteljahres-Zeitschrift für Politik, Tourismus, Kultur, Wirtschaft
und deutsch-namibische Beziehungen [Göttingen], v. 3, p. 20-23.
278
ISBN-10 3-86153-303-0.
4.4 Portuguese
4.5 Even more languages
Linder, Adolphe. 1997. The Swiss at the Cape of Good Hope, 1652-1971. Basel: Basler Afrika
Bibliographien (BAB). Pp 527. ISBN-10 3-905141-66-3.
Rey, Jesús Lasso; Jalón, María Dolores. 2005. El español en el panorama lingüístico de Namibia.
Annuario de Centro Virtual Cervantes, 2005, p. (?).
URL: www.cvc.cervantes.es/obref/anuario/anuario_05
Romer, Sandra. 2003. Eine neue Heimat in Südwestafrika? Die Schweizer Auswanderung nach
Namibia, 1870-1946. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien (BAB). Pp 195.
Saarelma-Maunumaa, Minna. 2003. Edhia ekogidho - Names as links: the encounter between
African and European anthroponymic systems among the Ambo people in Namibia. Studia
fennica, #11. Helsinki: Finnish Literature Society. Pp 373. ISBN-10 951-746-529-7.
Publcation of the author’s dissertation, Univ. of Helsinki, 2003.
Tjaronda, Wezi. 2008. Namibians to learn Mandarin. New era (Windhoek), March 17, 2008.
5
Namibian sign language
[CLaSH]. 1992. Resumé of CLaSH seminar held in Windhoek, May 1992. Windhoek:
Association for Children with Language, Speech and Hearing Impairments of Namibia
(CLaSH).
Akach, Philemon A.O. 1997. Promotion of sign language in Namibia. UNESCO (United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization) assignment report, ref.
FMR/ED/BAS/97/240, NAM/95/M01/NOR. Pp 22.
Ashipala, Sackeus P.; Daniel, Profelius; Haikali, Marius N.; Israel, Nangolo; Linus, Festus T.;
Niilenge, Henock H.; Haiduwah, Timony F.; Hashiyanah, Rauna N.; Morgan, Ruth. 1994. The
development of a dictionary of Namibian Sign Language. In: The deaf way: perspectives from
the international conference on deaf culture, p. 342-346. Ed. by Carol J. Erting & others.
Washington DC: Gallaudet Univ. Press.
Ashipala, Sackeus P.; others. 1989. Namibian sign language dictionary. Windhoek.
Maddison, John; Paulus, Damiana. 2006. Namibian sign language book. Okahandja: National
Inst. of Educational Development (NIED).
Details wanting.
Morgan, Ruth; Liddell, Scott K.; Haikali, Marius N.; others. 1991. Namibian Sign Language to
English and Oshiwambo. Washington DC: Gallaudet Univ. Press. Pp 254.
Philander, Frederick. 2006. Sign language book now a reality. New era (Windhoek), October 5,
2006.
6
General, miscellaneous
6.1 Linguistic and ethnographic overviews
[Anon.] 1914. A handbook of German South West Africa: reliable information concerning
history, geography, climate, flora and fauna, native tribes, minerals, trade, railways, public
works, wireless telegraphy, etc., etc. Johannesburg: Transvaal Leader. Pp vi, 52, plates.
[Anon.] 1987. Primary atlas for Namibia. Collins-Longman atlases. Windhoek: Maskew Miller.
Pp 33. ISBN-10 0-636-00938-6.
[UN]. 1985. Map 3158: Namibia (1:1,000,000). New York: United Nations (UN).
Avenstrup, Roger; Hofmeyer, Retha-Louise; Katjavivi, Jane; Kenny, Leo;

namlob - Glocalnet

Transcription

Documents pareils

Allgemeine Zeitung Windhoek, Namibia

Namibia - Reisen

Ethnologie in Bayreuth

Fußballweltmeisterschaft 2014 und Versteigerung

Namibia - bundesbierschutz.eu

Reisetipps

Datei herunterladen

Annika Barbara Bergbauer

Erfahrungsbericht zu einem Auslandspraktikum an einer